Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SECTION
602 CHASSIS
MODELS 521 528
Under normal operating conditions, battery life Batteries listed above are volt, "C" size flash-
11/2
may be in excess of 1000 operating hours. light batteries.
Batteries deteriorate more rapidly in excessive
heat. Therefore, do not leave this set on or near REMOVING THE CHASSIS
a radiator or other source of heat. Also note that all
batteries will run down with age even when not in 1. Remove Tuning knob and Volume control
CHASSIS 6T2 use. it is recommended that all batteries be replaced
when reception becomes weak, muffled or distorted.
knob by working them forward and off the
shaft.
or radio fails to operate. 2. Open cover on rear of cabinet.
TRANSISTOR PORTABLE IMPORTANT! Run-down batteries should be
removed IMMEDIATELY because the chemical 3. Remove the battery case.
MODEL COLOR CHASSIS action iltside the cells will cause some batteries to 4 On the front of the cabinet, loosen the two
leak when they are worn out. The acid which leaks Phillips head screws adjacent the tuning shaft.
from a run-down battery may damage parts of the
521
Golden set or the cabinet because of its corrosive action. 5. Loosen the hex slut that secures the Volume
Charcoal 6T2 control to front of case.
Batteries listed below, or an equivalent substitute
may be used. Hold the printed circuit board while removing
528 Turquoise 6.
Burgess General the two screws and hex nut, to prevent damage.
1 914
Eveready '935 Ray -O -Vac 1LP 7. Gently lift the circuit board from within cabinet.
PARTS LIST
RESISTORS CAPACITORS MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS
Sym. Description Part No - Sym, Desertptlon Part No. Description Part No.
m R4 660 C30 8.2 mmf, 500 volts, ear. dise,, Nut, Hex, 49-32 (mounts Volume
n
RS
R6
R7
470 h,
130 ,000hm ohms,
4,700 omshmº,
t5 watt ............... .....60B 8-401 C31A 272.3 m
NPOm temp.
ax. ant.
cati(.
C31B 102.1 mmff, meut. ose.) gang ...6SB
....__............83D 30-131
663
controls ..._........2A 2-69T1
Palnut, y.-23 (mounts Handle to
case)tenn._.._ ................._._2A 6-12-Tí
RS 2.200 ohms, iA wntt..._ ................60B Ringirrer. Nut (antenna ceRandl..__.....15A 1611
SPECIFICATIONS R9 24.000 ohms, +i wat 1, 5%............606
3-222
T-243
Ring. Retaining, Antenna Handle
R10 2,00,700 ohms, wnti ......................60B riangular)
CIRCUIT: Superhetrodyne using six transistors and RII 1,000 ohms. t4 w aftL .....................60B 3-102
5-272
Aent
BHM mfg.
FREQUENCY RANGE: Standard broadcast band.
R13
R/i
220 ohms, 4 -watí .........................80H 3-221
3,900 ohmº, 5< w at [........._........60H 3-392
LI
L2
ntenna, Rod .............._......_.......69B 225-3
Coll, ...... e .............69B 223-2
11 2° H...
ít6-32 x YA HHSTS PH ((or mtg.
_.. 1C 185-328-70
(or._
535 to 1600 KC. IMPORTANT: When installing batteries R20 24,000 ohms, 'h watt, 6%............60B 5-243
L3 Coll, Antenna Adjustment ..._..69B 224-1 7R" coUer to antena casel....lA 56-10-n
Tl Transformer, 1st IF ....................72C 190-4 FHSTS PH (tar mfg. antenna
POWER SUPPLY: This receiver is operated from
refer to figure 2, or the diagram on the bat- R21 5,600 ohs .........60H S -S62 T2 Transformer, .......... M Hanalei 201-3-70
R22 ,000 oh at ........608 3.102
power supplied by eight, 11/2 volts, "C" size,
tery case, to retake sure the batteries are being R23 100 ohms, ......,.60B 8-101
T3
T1
Transformer, 3rd IF ....................02C 190-8
Transformer, Driver .. .... 061
Socket, ConeTransistor ............_......._.._._ß7B 63-4
Spring, Cone (battery ease)......__._.__ IA 133
flashlight batteries. installed in the case properly. When installing R24 3,200 ohms .........BOB 8-822 TS Transformer, Output .._............Part of Ml Spring, Latch (Bolo Antenna)..__ .__13S5 193
cap on case, check the diagram again to make
R25
R26
10
10
ohms,
ohms, ..
.........60B 8-100
...- 606 3-100
6(I Spanker,
output
i'
PId (Includes
,former 05í............08C 145-2
Washer, Spring. Antenna Havtlle......_4A 3-20
Washer, Flat. Antenna Handle. ......_.._4C 1-129-71
ANTENNA: Built -In Ferro -Scope (iron core). R27 2,500 ohms, introl ( in- peckei. 3yc" Pill .......................Tß6144-1
sure the cap is not reversed. ides f[ h 61)........TSC 25-9
612
Sl Switch O(f-0n ................._.........Part o( R7f
SPEAKERS: 4" PM and 31/2" PM. R
R3030
1,000 ohms,
5,200 ohms,
...................BOB 8-t02
...........60B 8-822
CABINET PARTS
WASNING t INSi1lL BAIiFAIES EAAC1lY A$ $I 1131 3,900 ohms, ..........80B 8-392 Description Part No.
ADIAY
BE BANASEB /OSIIIOX BAIIEXY
R32 000 ohms, TRANSISTORS AND DIODES wntenna tete (wan eyelecì
BATTERY REPLACEMENT (ASE YIIX OY IOP IXS1All BA IFA CApS YACIXA IX INE
.34E 133-I
the cabinet back to swing down on its hinges. The
batteries are Located inside the long cylindrical
_ ig+t ^ iR_+t Cl
C2
.Ol m(, 600
.005 m(, 500
vlts,
voolte,
..65D 30-41
...65D 10-152
Q6
CCRS
Output. PNP translator
AGG, Crystal Diode ....
Detector. Crystal
.....22210
.... 1N29á
TLMluoise, Model
Eºcufchean (mounts on ea0lnet
52S......
front.
34E 332
.....658 45-6 RZ Diode ..- .....12295 around- the Iront spanker grinel.._23D 314-1
plastic case, at bottom of cabinet. The battery JOEIIEA CAPS/J 110SI11YE IEAXIXAl1 ......65B 45-6 I( either QS or QB needs replacing, order two Grille, Speaker fats on cabinet
.65B 45-0 replacement transistors and specify that they front) 36B 93-1
case is held in position by two spring clamps. Re- ..... 65B 45-6 area "Matched Peir". Handle Afll(, Tongue
Figure 2, Battery Case, showing Correct Method for ......68H 48-6 Black, Models 521 and 525.......__..... 33D 231-2
move the battery case from the cabinet by grasping
Installing Batteries, ......OSB 45-6 Handle Hal[, Groove
it between the thumb and fingers and pulling it ......65H 45-6 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 33D 234-4
free of the spring clamps. Use caution when pull- ......BSH 45-6 Knob. Volnme control (wren
Deaniptton Part No, ring)
ing out the case to prevent undue strain on the two WARNING: TURNING SET ON EITHER .....65D 6-136 Battery Case End Cap (bottom) .33C 223 2 "V.7slov
Tray. Moaeu Sz1 ana
wire leads connected to the cap. AFTER INSTALLING THE BATTERIES ........BSD 8.338
flattery Case End Cap (top; wRh
Íttery ÁS350
Knob, TUning (with campresslon ring)
Chrome ana Models 321
clear,
To remove the batteries, first remove the cap WRONG, OR REVERSING THE CAP CAN Battery Csae,
Case, Tubular (with eDringe)..A3338 ana Szs r._ ....... ...._._._37A 259-5
PERMANENTLY DAMAGE THE TRANSIS- ........BTII 32-6-d Bearing Plate (Roto Antenna) 15A 1610 , Lat. Plunger. Roto Antenna 27A 254
from the case by pulling back the two cap retaining ........806 32 Clip, Haftery Case Mounting 13A 10-13 Sleeve, Aandle Mounting 2TÁ 256
TORS AS WELL AS OTHER PARTS OF ........87H 35-6 Handle Lnieh Plate Stud, Fasfenieg (mounts handle
springs and lifting off the cap. Invert the open end ........87H 32-10 is to case with handle,- 15B 1607 halves) ........_...._ ..................................2TÁ 253
of the case a few inches over a table or any con- THE RADiO. If radio does not play after ..........BSD 10-3T
Nut* Hex,
lo
3y-24
antnna)
(tor mfg- Handle
..........................................2A 2-T0-71
guppnrí Printed Circuit Bosrd ..............ISA 1814
Support, PHntetl Circuit BOard............15A íT41
venient surface. This allows the batteries to slide installing new batteries, turet off immediately,
out of the case. The case holds eight "C" size bat- and check for improper battery installation.
teries, four in each section. This size battery is
When inserting the buttery case in the clips
commonly used in flashlights and is readily avail- in the cabinet, tip the case up at a slight angle
able at drug and hardware stores. to insure proper cloture of cabinet back.
CHASSIS 612
MODELS 521 528
ANTENNA
R00 O Tl 2
N295
ElAZTOR
211140 WI'
ADJ.
CONVERTER
lìr
VOLTAGE DATA figures 3 and 4 with the schematic diagram for
DC voltages shown measured with no signal, circuit tracing as well as voltage and resistance
using fresh batteries. readings.
Volume control at minimum; dial set a low Refer to Service Manual S559, available from
frequency end. your Admiral distributor. for further general service
l_
CRI
nDl , AIS
sa ,
yZY
All readings made between transistor socket and repair information of printed circuit wiring.
illa
-/I.RY
Iry terminals and B plus (ground).
T«A/ I9 All An
cg
ADD
E16M
I-Il1Y. All voltage readings are negative. CLEANING CABINET
900 TOS OH iT0 zoo TOS 1000 6000
SY 11
ÌÓ09
'Ilty
E11Ó0
A7IEAIFS To clean the cabinet use a mild solution of soap
or detergent and lukewarm water. Apply the solu-
8-UNE TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS tion with a soft rag or sponge. Squeeze out
CC LI
NOTES: EI To simplify circuit tracing, as well as locating thoroughly before applying to avoid any excess
)
C
IF/51A
211217
-A- CRAMS MUND
(I
IRANSIS OVIEASOCEEIW 2N406 and identifying individual circuit components, refer water from coming in contact with any of the elec-
'7 MNA í0 OA
4 to figures 3 and 4. Figure 4 is a photograph of trical parts. Rub the surface thoroughly with the
VC"' 1Y
''T the circuits components as they appear in their solution. Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe
T
CAPACITOR VALUER MICROfARADS yy
IY IRTA( fYAA(AIRAA/A AAARA/NA/f(I Czt
MESS /ARS
¡
Á
CONIAR[ A7 N/A/NtlN
All vines.
2á! A50A i tt
/iA[/fG ,7
1
NOT USED 0Y
AYR A05/ORA[ '0Dr. side of the printed wiring board. Schematic symbols
I0WóL
a e is0 illustrate what appears in approximately the same CAUTION: Never use carbon tetrachloride,
acetone, naphtha, alcohol, gasoline, or any com-
OF
BOTTOM VIEW
TI,T2 li7
position on the reverse side of the board Use mercial cleaning fluids for cleaning the cabinet.
DSCILLItTOR COR
-COLLECTOR
O
BABE B TYPE (MP)
EMITTER
CODES
COLOR
íl- TElLOY
li-CPEEN SPEAKERS DISCONNECTED FROM T5 SECONDARY
TRANSISTOR SYMBOL
B- T0J 5
WHITE BLUE f RED BLACK B+
T4 c.r. __CFL-7y B -BUSS
OE
- -*Ire -T1;:L_S
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE IRED
é Rla III""" 03 C41- 2 3 I
CR2 T3
y
c RS_
Fresh batteries should be used when making an alignment. Use lowest setting of signal generator capable of produc-
ing adequate indication on lowest scale of output meter.
R24
.,
II1
}x{ t- Cf0
1
R6
5
C6'
'
IS
z1
l
I
Use non-metallic alignment tool for IF transformers.
T r --
a ¡f
Connect output meter across speaker voice coil. Refer to "figure 4" for location of alignment points. c L
4
R22
T R23
"-I.t-
R20
C11y`
'` jII1 Tca
f.
Cie
lo- ,
9 _l.
É {F+t Tb14/E,
'
I
If sufficient signal cannot be injected by this means, connect the signal generator "hot" lead to the R30
fixed plates on the tuning gang) and the ground "cold" lead to the gang frame (ground).
mixer'etator plates (large
74
C2 C30
Remove chassis to make adjustments on IF transformers.
C23 CI
Fasten chassis into cabinet before performing "Step 2".
R24 R26 L3
R29 10295 73 R12 CIO R5 2N139 C5 R6
§ Make adjustment for maximum output. Then try to increase output further by "rocking" the signal generator frequency
trol slightly while making the adjustment. con- 2N217 R25 R14 CI7 O R13 CI3 R4 C6 C4 C12 LJ R32
Figure 4. Top View of Chassis Showing Ports Location.
©John F. Rider
Emerson Radio
PRELIMINARY SERVICE NOTE
NOVEMBER, 1958
MODEL 555
"AIL-AMERICAN"
THIS NOTE CONTAINS SUFFICIENT INFORMATION FOR BASIC
SERVICING, MORE EXTENSIVE NOTE WILL BE RELEASED SHORTLY CHASSIS 120457
GENERAL nünmeEATION
Model 555 "ALL-AMERICAN" is an all transistor, pookot-size radio, using four (4) transistors,
one (1) crystal diode, end requiring only a e1x volt battery eupply. A reflex -type amplifier circuit
ie employed. All component. are Mounted on a single etched printed circuit board which becomes acme. -
able for repair by removal of ohs cabinet -mounting screw.
Power Supply: Four 1.5V leakproof Penlight batteries, size "A -A" RAY-O -VAC 71P,(EVEREADY #915,
#1015, or equivalent] If extra -long battery life ie desired, use mercury type cells (07x205DY E-9,
MALLORY 7M-9, or equivalent.)
-i
o
T -I T_2
SNDLPamecln.w
L-1
ftJ]e_1_[j
); -p
~
C.,I=
I
'°-°4-
- _ _ xbi
_
_2
1.74r0-0,0
éóódé'E',oóOT°=°`
1
°oDR
ö
,n,np
°FI°á4°}I 9ñób
la
L-2
2 VOLT9
sw-1
*M'ICPO'M9ÇáÓ IN
µPD9.MIWCAPACITOR9.CAPACRY
TSIONIPIE TUBULAR CAPACROR9.CAPACITYIN MICROM
P191BTORB ARIIM OHM9lNIO00 ONM9IANOIR WAiI
CHASSIS 120457
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. 4-C-40 TECHNICAL SERVICE INFORMATION CODE N0. 1-8-71/483
CODE 1-8-TW6
©John F. Rider
CODE 1-8-TW6
111
1
i/
8
N
z
II
N
z
O
cs)
I
r'
4)11.
1-+
NO
3mm o
A K D A
cmn o
m
ANm
r r
r
m N E
O z
D T
o
t0
CJohn F. Rider
PRELIMIIARY REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - P745A, P746A CONTINUED
S- P 745A
CAT. N0. SYMBOL DESCRIPTIOL 'PRICE CAT. N0. DESCRIPTION PRICE
COVERS
I
GENERAL INFORMATION
4.
1.
2.
Check alignment.
INTERMITTENT:
Check battery contacts for corrosion.
Check solder connections on dip -soldered side of
1!
-1
The models P745A and P746A are all transistor circuit board.
-11-
battery operated pocket portable radios. F
Intermittent audio, motorboating, and poor re-
An earphone jack for private listening is pro-
vided on the speaker end of the receiver. When the
ception is frequently caused by poor battery contact.
The battery terminals should be cleaned with emery
\
earphone is plugged in, the speaker is automatically
silenced.
cloth to insure positive electrical contact. 17u
TO REMOVE CIRCUIT BOARD. TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Remove cabinet back by twisting a coin in the tao When replacing a defective transistor, be sure
slots provided along bottom of the cabinet. to observe correct lead positions, as shown on the
2. Remove the four screws that secure the circuit schematic diagram in outline form.
board to cabinet bosses. ( SEE COMPONENT WIRING TOS has a "heat sink" mounted on it. It is
DIAGRAM FOR MOUNTING SCREW POSITIONS). important that the "heat sink" remain insulated from
3. Remove the two so=ws that secure circuit board any contact with ground and all component leads.
to speaker. ( SEE COMPONENT WIRING DIAGRAM FOR
MOUNTING SCREW POSITIONS). REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS
4. Swing circuit board out of cabinet front. Leave After removing a defective part, clean the
all connecting leads attached to volume control and mounting holes of all solder; replacement part can
tun., capacitor. then be inserted more easily and a better solder
connection can be accomplished. Apply a soldering
TO REMOVE TUNING CAPACITOR iron just long enough to heat the terminal to remove
1. Follow steps 1 and 2 as above. the component. Too much heat may damage a component.
Remove. tuning knob by unscrewing the thumbscrew
2.
in its center in a counterclockwise direction.
flat located under tuning
PRELIMINARY REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - P745A, P746A
CI
' .
-.taA -^-,@d`' .V,';4:7Eg`,4b.
.:\:,y
cu
Remove
3. the head
screws stW
knob. DESCRIPTION I.PRICE
CAT. N0. SYMBOL
La
t
D
m
-`1<r
m ó
In
ñ
11
O
- N i "4
ti
-n z
®John F. Rider
PRELIMIIAR:' REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - P745A, P746A CONTINUED
S- P745A
CAT. 1:0. 'SYMBOL DESCRIPTIOI: 'PRICE CAT. N0. DESCRIPTION PRICE
COVERS l
COVERS L-7-
0666000
SERVICE MANUAL
POR
MODELS a 9 ,..1232-rhxxxxsx.a, -
P715D-P716D
SPECIFICATIONS yo 00
©John F. Rider
e
TO LI
CAT. N0. I DESCRIPTION I LIST PRICE CAT. N0. I DESCRIPTION (LIST PRICE
n-RAC -213 Right End Cap 1.05 n- RAD -231 Bracket, Right End .10
n -RAC -214 Loop Cover .75 n-RAD -232 Bracket, Phone & Charg. Jack .20
n -RAC -215 End Cap. Assen 1.05 n-RAD -233 Bracket, Batt. W/Bush. & Spring .22
n-RAG -102 Speaker Cover, Gold, P715A, B,D 1.30 n-RAD -234 Bracket, Tube Strap .04
n -RAG -103 Speaker Cover,Plaid,P716A,B,D 1.30 n-RS -1227 Battery Holder Tube .15
n-RAV-1040 Cabinet W/Leatherette(Beige) n-RHS-194 Screw, Dial Tuning .45
P715A,B D 5.40 n-RHS-195 Screw, Left End Fastner .25
n-RAV-1041 Cabinet W/Leagherette(Black) n-RNS -196 Screw, Right End Fastner .25
P716A,B D 5.40 n-RJJ-019 Jack, Charging .20
n-RDK-635 Tuning Dial .80 RJS-230 Jack,Earphone,Sma11 Mtg. Stud .90
n -RS-1009 Leatherette P715A,B,D(Beige) .10 n-RMS-398 Spring,Battery Contact .05
n -RS-1010 Leatherette P716A,B,D(Black) .10 n-RMS-399 Ring, Compression .04
n-RHY-087 Handle .45 n -RS -1195 Jack, Earphone,Large Mtg. Stud .90
n -RIG -018 Speaker Gasket .20 RED 001 1N87 Diode (01) 1.90
n-RDK-636 Volume Control Knob .35 Use the following test hook-up for P715 series
n-ROP-043 Speaker 7.25 and all models with earphone jacks, to eliminate
soldering and unsoldering of external speaker.
POTENTIOMETER
Column 1 lists all transistors originally used OSC. 2N168A 2N168A or 2N164A*
SPOT aw.
in G. E. Models P715A, B, D series radios. 2N164A
Column 2 lists substitutions for all these tran-
sistors by stages.Some transistors in Column 2 as I. F. 2N165 25169 or 25165*
marked with asterisk have a higher beta; they must be 25169
treated as regular replacements were in the past, 2N292 2N313*
that is, special attention should be given to correct 2N293 25314*
biasing for satisfactory performance.
DRIVER 25191
Model P71SB - 25217 (RCA) units in driver and 2N192 25192 or 25324*
output stages can be replaced by 2N192 or 25324* as 2N3240
driver end 25241 or 25321 as output, only if re- 25323
sistance values in receiver are Be follows:
OUTPUT 2N241 2N241Á or 2N321*
R8 -240K ohms 25321*
09-1800 ohms
R10-120 ohms
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
CHASSIS REMOVAL
1. Remove knobs. 2. Remove the batteries.
3. Remove the 5 screws holding chassie to the cabinet.
4. Lift circuit board out from circuit board springs.
(When replacing chassis, slide the antenna edge of
circuit board under circuit
clips.)
board holder retaining {"-1
P750A ,I f
TROUBLESHOOTING
Remove batteries and bend both the contact springs
A check of battery
condition and total current and holding springs inward to increase their tension. Ñeú`m°a
drain of the receiver should be made first. All Oxidation may occur on the contacts of the batteries
current measurements are made at quiescence with the themselves. This tends to insulate the batteries
receiver turned on, volume control at maximum, tuning from the battery contact springs, and increase
gang closed, and with no signal conditions. electrical resistance. The terminals on the
The total receiver current drain is 16 to 1Bmils. batteries should be cleaned to insure positive
This is measured by inserting a milliammeter in electrical contact.
series with the batteries.
After the set has been aligned and placed in the
If an excessive total current drain ie recorded, cabinet, recheck the antenna trimmer at 1500 KC. Due
the individual collector currents of each transistor to the inductance effect caused by the proximity of
should be checked. An excessive current reading may the speaker when the cabinet is closed, a change. in
mean a shorted transistor; no current will indicate the peak operating condition will be noticed.
that a transistor or associated Open
circuit component the cabinet and slightly adjust the trimmer, then
is defective.
close the cabinet and recheck again, continue the '(H
A single-edge razor blade is a satisfactory tool procedure until the proper operating performance
for cutting the copper circuit is
wiring so that a milli - attained,
ammeter can be inserted in series with the break to
measure the current flow. After each current check TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT
is completed, solder the cut carefully to complete
the circuit again.
When measuring voltages at the transistor lead
NO RECEPTION:
terminals, be sure to observe correct voltage polari- 154
ties as shown on the schematic.
1. Check battery voltage and battery contacts. When replacing a defective transistor, be sure o
2. Check on -off witch.
3.
4.
Check
Check
all antenna lead connections.
coil L2.
to observe correct lead positions, as shown on
schematic diagram in outline form. fi)
WEAK AUDIO:
REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS
i. Check battery voltage for 4.5 volts.
2. Check battery current. After removing defective
a part, clean the
3. Check transistor collector currents. mounting holes of allsolder; the replacement part
4. Check alignment. can then be inserted more easily and a better solder
INTERMITTENT: connection can be accomplished. Apply a soldering
1. Check battery contacts for corrosion.
iron just long enough to heat the terminal to remove
2. Check solder connections on dip -soldered ide of the component. Too much heat may damage a com-
circuit board.
ponent.
R15 is a thermistor (temperature compensating
Intermittent audio, motorboating, and poor re- resistor) and regulates the current flow to the out-
ception is frequently caused by poor battery contact. put transistors. After replacing R15, allow it to
reach ambient temperature before turning the radio
on.
©John F. Rider
II:TLACLTSNT rARif L127
TTeAW515T0.5 A DIODES
a Denote., Part* Nul Prevl,ruely Cataloged.
RS_1531 1 212/1297 (on toma note). 3.55
B5-1531 itt 1., TR3 23)613. (can Koine nata) 3,20 ill Forte Not tintad By Cata log Numb,* Are Comen
RS -1533 TBl,TR3 28]69 (on same Reta) Item., Obtalnahle From Radi., Part, Jobber,
XS -1547 TR2, TA3< 2894 (T13 on ammo Rain) 3.15
28515 (tin Kama net.)
11,-1530.
35-1531
T113
7113 28293 (on nom Reta)
3.15
3.15
Price. Ara Sugge.ted Lint Triraa And SuL)erl. T
Change Without Notice.
R5-154.6 734 217235/42](285208 2.95
P5-1542 T85,1)3. 2172417,2.270, or 28721 3.27
RED-OOY DY 1.W87 Diode Detecto 1.90
ND 0 0 g
PA O Ct
POWEA Undistorted 50 MW . e
OCTTOT: Max he Me
TO REIM CIRCUIT RCM.
1. Renew screw from the cabin,. beck.
2. Insert a coin in either alot en the cabinet A "heat sin, is placed around the output
bottom and twist to remove the cabinet back. transistor (TR5) and the hest is transferred to the
3. Ressave scree holding tuning dial. output transformer cage via the flexible shield.
4. Remove 3 acreva under tuning dial to release It is important that this "heat sink"
be in place
tuning gang true cabinet front. at all time.. If it becomes necessary to replace TR5
5. Remove 3 beeheed err..
end one 11/32°' nut(bottom remove it from the circuit board and slide the "heat
center of circuit beard) bolding circuit board to sink" off of the top of the transistor. When in-
booms on cabinet front. stalling a new transistor slide the "heat sinknover
6. Fold tuning gang and circuit board out of cabinet the top of the new transistor. Do not try to snap the
front tower, the volume control end. It is not heat sink" around the transistor body as this will
neceseary to remove volume control to repair the spring it out of shape.
circuit board. Intermittent audio, motorboating, and poor
reception is frequently caused by poor battery
TO IDEO! V(LIIME CONTROL contact. This may be caused by oxidation
or corrosion
of the battery contacts. To effectively
correct this
I. Remove cabinet beck. problem, remove the oxidation with fine emery
cloth.
2. Remove hex bead acre. from ceste, of volume
control knob. REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
3. smmmee chassis, 1
4. Remove pal nut bolding volume control to cabinet CAT. NO. SYMBOL 1 DESCRIPTION
Lo_
front boa,
I
F7177-
CAPACITORS
TO WINE SPEAM
s-16-1540 C16 65MF @ 15V. Electrolytic... 1.10
I. %mow cebinet bat.. s -RS -1591 C15 100MF @ 15V. Electrolytic.. 1.25
2. Remove chaesis. .-RS-1592 C5 8MF @ 10V. Electrolytic.... 1.10
). Unoolder speaker wires. e -RS -1593 C12,13 5MF @ 12V. Electrolytic.... 1.10
4. Remove clips holding one..Uo to cebinet front. s -RS -1586 CA,B,C,D Tuning Capacitor 3.85 e .2
TRCUILL swernic POTENTIOMETER
A check of battery current drain will indicate .-4S-1587 018 Vol. Cont. 10K 8. So 1.e0
if a receiver is operating properly. To measure the
current drain, remove cabinet beck, unsnap ground COILS 6 TRANSFORMERS
section of battery terminal end suing 'may from
battery. Connect mall laelebeter bet...en battery terminal
1
F-Ider
PARTS LIST (CONT.)))
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
MISCELLANEOUS
CABINET & APPEARANCE ITEMS
A-RS -1811 Crystal Diode, (was RED001) 1.90 *-RB-1082 Cabinet Front, Back, Grille, Insert 4.95
RS -1195 Jack, Earphone .90 *-RS-1573 Knob, Tuning .50
RS -1363 Screw, Tuning Knob .40 *-RS-1574 Insert
*-05-1578 Bail, Handle .35
.05 *-RS-1575 Grille Assem 1.20
*-RS-1580 Screw, Cabinet Lock .10 *-RS-1576 Knob, Volume
*-RS-1589 Battery Contact Assem .35
.35 *-RS-1577 Handle
*-RS-1594 Clip, U Type .60
.05
*-RB-1083 Speaker, 3.2 ohms 3 1/2" 4.95 * Denotes Parts Not Previously Cataloged.
Prices Are Suggested List Prices And Are Subject To Change Without Notice.
"A" Denotes part used in former radio/phono models. you may have it stocked under number shown
in
parenthesis. Please change your records to the new number with two-letter prefix.
eJoìn Fo P,id®r
MODEL P755A
MODELS P760A, 1,761A
GENERAL 1NPORMAT1ON
C1iASSIS REMOVAL
TROIJBLgSNOOTIIR. P760A,P761A
gó
A check of battery conditions and total current end holding springs inward to increase their tension. II--.
drain of the receiver should be made first. All Oxidation may occur on the contacts of the batteries. 22
current measurements are made at quiescence with the This tends to insulets the batteries from the battery
receiver turned on, volume control at maximum, tuning contact springs, and increase electrical resistance.
The terminals on the batteries should be cleaned with
I-
gang closed, and with no -signal conditions.
/he total receiver current drain is 58 to 67 mils. emery cloth co insure positive elactr teal contact. T `2
This is measured by inserting a millimeter in After the set has been aligned and placed in the
series with the batteries. cabinet, recheck the antenna trimer at 1500 KC. Due St
If an excessive total current drain is recorded, to the inductance effect caused by the proximity of
the individual collector currents of each transistor the speaker when the cabinet is closed, a change in
should be checked. An excams ive current reading may the peak operating condition will be noticed. Open
mean aborted transistor; no current will indicate the cabinet and slightly adjust the trimer, then
that a transistor or esoeiatad circuit components close the cabinet and recheck again, continue' the
are defective. procedure until the proper operating performance is
A single -edge rase, blade is a satisfactory tool
attained.
for cutting the copper circuit wiring so that a
eilliammetsr con be inserted in eerie, with the break TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT gºg s1
to measure the current flaw. After each current check
is completed, solder the cut carefully to complete
When measuring voltages at the transistor lead
terminals, be sure to observe correct voltage polari-
ties es shown on the schematic.
º $ "`J`Jv-_ º8
chacinuit .gain.
When replacing a defective transistor,be sure to
8'
Check battery voltage and battery contacts. observe correct lead positions, as shown on the sche-
2.
3.
Check
Check
on -off switch.
all antenna lead connections.
matic diagram in outline form. When replacing TR2,
mount carefully so that the transistor casing does not 4ºI"
-w; z;
4. Gheck coil 12. touch other circuit components.
WEAR AUDIO:
1. Check battery voltage for 6 volts. REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS
2. Check battery current. After removing a defective part, clean the
3. Check translator collector currents. mounting holes of all solder; the replacement part can
4. Check alignment. be inserted more easily and a better solder connection
INTERMITTENT: can be accomplished. Apply a soldering Iron just
1. Check battery contacts for corrosion. long
enough to heat the terminal to remove the components
2. Check solder connections on dip -soldered side of Too much heat may damage a component.
circuit board. After completing a soldering operation, inspect
Intermittent audio, motarboating, and poor re- and clean the plated circuit of any excess solder that
ception is frequently caused by poor battery contact. may short or bridge across nearby copper plated wiring
Remove batteries and bend both the contact springs After replacing C12, "dress" capacitor so that it
is parallel to the chassis board.
CJo:v0 Y. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
CAPACITORS MISCELLANEOUS
I-
S -P765
COVERS
MODELS
P 76$A, B
PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA P766A,B
ELECTRICAL 2 1/2 to 3 Volts DC Total battery drain used by the receiver will
RATING: give an indication of whether the transistors are
operating normally. This current check is made at
BATTERIES: (a) Carbon Pen -light cells: 2 Eveready quiescence. This means the volume control should be
#915, or 2 Burgess #Z or 2 Mallory M15 all the way open, the tuning gang all the way closed,
(b) Mercury Cells: 2 Eveready #E9, or and with no signal or noise being picked up.
2 Mallory #ZM9 With the radio controls set accordingly, a
(c) Nickel Cadmium Cells: RECHARGEABLE current flow check between the battery end cap and
CELLS 2 Gould #AA. The rechargeable the negative end of the battery should indicate
cells are packed with the recharger properly operating transistors. If excessive total L
carrying case accessory. current is noted when this check is made, individual
current checks should be made at the collector section
OPERATING Tuning range 540-1620KC of the suspected transistors.
o
FREQUENCIES: IF Amplifier 455 KC. We are including in the schematic of this radio
the proper current ranges found at the various check
POWER OUTPUT: Undistorted - 100 Milliwatts points. A properly operating stage should not vary
Maximum - 130 Milliwatts, with 3 volts from these readings. An excessive current reading
input. will likely mean a shorted transistor. If no current
can be read, this will indicate an open transistor or
SPEAKER: 2 3/4" PM 15 Ohms @ 400 Cycles other component in the circuit.
1
fP715C & PISA Input 110 Volts AC 2.5 Watts DEAD:
CHARGER: Output: See diagram page 2 1. Check batteries.
2. Check speaker by substituting earphones.
TRANSISTOR OSC. CONY. 2N164A or 2N168A 3. Check earphone jack.
COMPLEMENT: I.F. 2N293 or 2N314 4. Check for broken antenna leads.
I.F. 2N293 or 2N314
Germanium Diode Bret. 1N87 WEAK:
Driver 2N191 or 2N323 1. Check battery voltage -Gould batteries 2.5 volts;
Audio Output 2N241 Carbon or Mercury batteries 3 volts.
Audio Output 2N241 2. Check R. F. alignment.
3. Check I. F. alignment.
GENERAL INFORMATION
DISTROTION:
This receiver is of standard superheterodyne 1. Check battery connection on end cap for corns ion.
o=
design, using a ferrite -core antenna loop. 2. Check battery voltages (same as for weak.)
Conventional IF circuitry is used except in the 3. Check I. F. alignment.
second stage where a capacity divider is employed. A 4. Check output transistors for proper match.
germanium diode is used as a detector ahead of the u J 'If
®John F. Rider
7. Slide the chassis toward the tuning dial end about CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
1/2 inch to gain access to the loop connections.
8. Unsolder the 3 loop connections. Be sure to MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
observe lead color coding.
9. Continue to slide the chassis out in this dir- RAD -231 Bracket, Rt. end P765A,P766A .10
ection. Let the end cap with the wire attached follow RHM-043 "C" Washer P765B,P766B .01
the chassis through the case. RS -1227 Tube, Battery .15
RAD -232 Bracket,Phone & Charging Jack P765A .20
NOTE: Do not remove the loop RAD -233
unless it is found to Bracket, Battery .20
be defective, RAD -234
as this will affect the alignment of the Strap, Battery Tube .04
receiver. RHS-194 Screw, Tuning Dial .45
RHS-195 Screw, Left End Cap P765A,P766A .25
When repairing the chassis out of the cabinet, RHS-196 Screw, Right End Cap P765A,P766A .25
there is a jig available from the service center. It RHM-043 "C" Washer .01
has a loop attached which eliminates the removal of RJS-230 Jack, Phone .90
the loop from the cabinet. RS -1231 Ring, Retaining P765A, P766A .05
The diagram below shows a convenient means of RMS-399 Ring, Compression .04
testing any of the various receivers models, including n -RS -1420 Screw, Left End Cap P765B, P7660 .25
the P765 series, using earphone jacks. This ar- n -RS -1421 Screw, Right End Cap,P765B, P766B .25
rangement provides a means of checking the audio out- n -RS -1422 Ring, Retaining P765B, P7660 .05
put without soldering and unsoldering speakers.
CABINET & APPEARANCE ITEMS
CAT. N0. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ¡PRICE
n -RS -1357 Right End Cap .60
CAPACITORS RAC -214 Loop Cover. .75
n -RS -1356 End Cap Assembly 1.60
C3 Elect SHED 03V RAG -102 Speaker Cover P765,A B 1.30
CEO Elect. 3MFD 03V RAG -103 Speaker Cover P766A,B 1.30
C12 Elect. 50MFD @3V RAV-10'40 Cabinet, W/Leatherette, P7654,0 5.40
n-RS -1361 CA,B,C,D Tuning Condenser 7650,766E 4.20 RAV-10410 Cabinet, W/Leatherette, P766A,B 5.40
C1,2 .01 MFD 450V n-RS -1358 Tuning Dial .70
C4,9,11 .05MFD S0V RS -1009 Leatherette P765A,P765B .10
C13 .02 MFD 100V RS -1010 Leatherette P766A,P766B .10
C5 360 ROlF 300V n -RS -1359 Strap, Carrying Asem 1.05
C6 330 MME 300V RIG -018 Gasket, Speaker .20
C7 .0005 MFD 50V RDK-636 Knob, Volume Contrai .35
C8 470 008F 30V RS -1039 Speaker 7.65
n-RS -1434 CA,B,C,D Tuning Cap. P765A,P766A 4.20 n-10-1433 Bracket,Phono & Charging Jack P765B
P766B .35
POTENTIOMETER
Battery chargers, model PISA & P715C, are available
ROC -420 2K Vol. Con. & Sw 1.90 for use with this receiver, as an accessory.
RLC-147 T1 Oscillator Coil 1.30 RAF -009 Trim Strip P715C .50
RLL-072 L1 Loop 1.40 RAH -007 Charger Housing P715C .60
RS -1334 T2 I.F. Transformer 1st 2.15 RB -1035 Case, Charging PISA 17.85
RS -1333 T3 I.F. Transformer 2nd 1.75 RAU -475 Case, Charger P715C 4.50
RTL -213 T4 I.F. Transformer 3rd 1.65 RJB-083 Terminal Strip, P715C & 1,15A .05
RTL -210 TO Driver Transformer 3.65 RJP-068 Charging Plug P715C & PISA .10
RT0-206 T6 output Transformer 3.70 RTC -006 Transformer, P715C & PISA 2.80
RWL-043 Power Cord P715C & P15A .90
RESISTORS RS -1008 1 Nickel Cad. Battery 4.25
RS -1199 Charging Plug Assem. P715C & P15A 1.00
RS -1355 RIO 50 OHMS Current Var .50 RS -1111 Identification Plate P715C .30
RS -1198 Charger Housing P154 .70
All resistors and capacitors not cataloged are RS-1200 Identification Plate PISA .30
common types obtainable from radio parts jobbers.
Refer to schematic for symbols and values. 'o' DENOTES ITEMS NOT PREVIOUSLY
CATALOGUED
15 OHM
SPEAKER SPEAKER PRICES ARE SUGGESTED LIST PRICES AND ARE SUBJECT
TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
LEdReHONE
CORD
SET
SPOT SW,
ER -S- PISA
COVERS
RI3
MODELS 220
P715C
P15A
110 V
60 ti
s(M£&ot® E([tals
P715C P 15A
These charging units can be used with all G. E. TROUBLE SH00TING
transistor radios having a recharging jack and using
2 rechargeable 1.2 volt batteries. When checking the charger output as previously
In the early production of the P715C charger described, if less than 2.5 Volts D. C. make the
units, the charging transformer had an output of 2.7 following checks:
volts A.C. However, in the later production P715C
and all of the PISA chargers this transformer has an 1. Check output voltage of the transformer.
output of 12 volts A.C. and uses a 220 ohm 1 watt (a) If the charging unit uses the 220 ohm re-
series dropping resistor. sistor, the transformer output should be 12
If it becomes necessary to replace the charging Volts A. C.
transformer, only the type catalog number RTC-006 (b) If the 220 ohm resistor is not used in
with the 12 volt A.C. output, should be used All
. unit the transformer output should be 2.7
RTC -006 transformers will be supplied with the 220ohm Volts A. C.
dropping resistor. The resistor should be connected 2. Check solder connections on terminal board
in the circuit as shown in the schematic diagram. and at charger plug.
For quickly checking the output of the charger a 3. Check the 220 ohm resistor by unsoldering one
simple test item can be constructed in a couple of end and substituting one of proper resistance.
minutes. Take a charging jack -and -bracket assembly 4. Check diode D2 also by substitution.
(cat. no. RS -1433) and solder a 170 or 180 ohm
resistor between the jack terminal and the bracket CAT. Ni. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PRICE
frame.) With the charger plugged into the jack and
tenet tad to a 105 to 120 volt AC supply the voltage RAF-009 Trim Strip P715C .50
across the 170 to 180 ohm resistor must be greater RAH -007 Charger Housing P715C .60
than 2.5 volts D.C. RAU -475 Charger Case Assam. P715C 4.50
Rechargeable cells that remain in a discharged RJB-083 Terminal Strip .05
condition may accumulate corrosion on the terminale. RTC -006 Transformer 2.80
This corrosion acts as a high resistance in series RWL-043 Cord, Power .90
with the charger when attempting to recharge th RS -1008 Battery, 1 Nickel Cad 4.25
batteries. RS -1111 Plate, Identification P715C .30
Batteries in this condition may never become RS -1198 Housing, Charger PISA .70
fully charged creating the illusion of a faulty RS -1199 Plug, Charger Assembly 1.00
charger. It is necessary therefore, to clean the RS -1200 Plate, Identification PISA. .30
terminals with fine emery cloth before attempting to RB -1035 Case, Charger PISA 17.85
recharge the batteries. RS -1653 D2 1092 Diode 2.00
Normal recharging time for a set of rechargeable
batteries is 14 to 16 hours. However, this time may
vary depending upon the condition of the batteries All components not cataloged are common types
when the recharge begins. obtainable from radio parts jobbers. Refer to
CAUTION schematic for symbols and values.
Make sure the batteries are installed in the
correct position. IF RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES ARE IN- PRICES ARE SUGGESTED LIST PRICES AND ARE SUBJECT TO
STALLED IN THE REVERSE POSITION THEY WILL BE RUINED CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
DURING RECHARGE.
©John F. Rider
GENERAL ELECTRIC ER -S-P7256
COVERS
SERVICE MANUAL
MODELS
i
FOR
TRANSISTOR RADIO RECEIVERS
P725B II
(540-1600 KC., 433 KC., 1-F.) P726B
Supersedes Service Note S-P725B
/
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
CHASSIS REMOVAL
1.
3.
Remove both knobs. 2. Remove the 3 batteries.
Remove cabinet retainer strap. 4. Unsolder the
....- sB
I
two leads on the speaker. 5. Unscrew the 5 screws -_1
holding chassis to cabinet.
P7258, P726B
TROUBLESHOOTING Remove batteries and bend both the contact springs
TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT
-; \\
is completed, solder the cut carefully to complete transistor lead
When measuring voltages at the
the circuit again.
terminals, be sure to observe torrent voltage polari-
ties as shown on the schematic.
NO RECEPTION: a defective transistor, be sure
When replacing
1. Check battery voltage and battery contacta.
to observe correct lead positions, as shown on
2. Check on -off switch.
schematic diagram in outline form.
3. Check all antenna lead connections.
4. Check coil L2.
REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS
WEAK AUDIO:
1. Check battery voltage for 4.5 volta. clean the
After removing a defective part,
2. Check battery current. replacement part
mounting holes of all solder; the
3. Check transistor collector currents. a better solder
can then be inserted more easily and
4. Check alignment. soldering
connection can be accomplished. Apply a
iron just long enough to heat the terminal to remove
INTERMITTENT:
the component. Too much heat may damage a component.
1. Check battery contacts for corrosion.
SIS is a thermistor (temperature compensating
2. Check solder connections on dip -soldered side of flow to the out-
resistor) and regulates the current
circuit board.
put transistors. After replacing 015, allow it to
reach ambient temperature before turning the radio
Intermittent audio, motorboating, and poor re-
on.
ception is frequently caused by poor battery contact.
©John F. Rider
MAnNUALQ 572A
ERVICE MANUAL
RADIO
MODEL BR -1102A 1. Remove battery.
2. Remove tuning knob stud by turning counterclockwise and remove tuning knob.
SERIAL No.75X 3. Remove case cover mounting screw located behind tuning knob and remove case cover.
AND REPAIR PARTS 4. Remove three chassis mounting screws.
62Z -5149B"
5. Carefully remove chassis from case allowing battery cable to slip through battery com-
FOR REPAIR SERVICEDEPARTMENT partment hole.
WARDS NO -92
BURGESS NO -2N6
EAR PHONE EVEREADY NO -246
OLIN NO-1707
RECEPTACLE
RCA VS-305
Approximately 100 hours performance can be experienced with the above batteries
ON -OFF before replacement is required. Battery replacement should be performed
when the sound
VOLUME output is noticed to be muffled or distorted with a decrease in total output or
if a voltage
Model BR -1102A volts. The battery voltage should be measured with the
measurement shows less than 6
Turquoise and White ...asiver turned on after et least 5 minutes of operation.
BATTERY LOCATION
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
©John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LISTS
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION
RESISTORS TRANSFORMERS
Tl
T2
T3
13E-26452
51B2260
13A-26380
TRANSFORMERS
Rod Antenna
Oscillator coil
lst, IF Transformer
RT4
"
2N-109
19C 1980
Transistors are to be
I)
Crystal deteNct295or
(CK706 or
NOTE: All chassis marked "Run 2" include the following changes:
Some Run 2 chassis used %y watt resistors in place of V watt. In all Run 2 chassis for re-
placement parts either 1/2 or watt resistors may be used.
IV44
Use universal parts where part numbers are not shown. Order from (LRS).
MANUAL 575A ;
R 2
TRANSISTOR RADIO
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency range ..............................................540 to 1600 KC
Intermediate Frequency 1
455 KC
©John F. Rider
4. (fold the radio in the palm of the hand with the open side
BOARD REMOVAL up. Grip the printed board with the other hand and slide
of the tuning it down towards the tuning capacitor end of the cabinet,
1. Remove the screw located in the center until the speaker bracket is free of the metal lip. Now
knob. Turn dial to the high frequency end and remove the raise this end of the board over metal lip and slide it out
screw by turning it in a counter clockwise direction while of the cabinet.
gripping knob. 5. When replacing screw. dial knob, do not strain tuning PARTS LIST
2. Open the back cover and remove battery. condenser. Turn knob to low frequency end and grip
3. Remove the mounting screw located
at the tuning conden-
knob while tightening screw.
ser end of the printed board. Ref. No. Port No. Description
CAPACITORS. R219 39 0,5 10% Carbon
R220 470 0.5 10% Carbon
ET
ieRACNER
C201 3300005001 Variable gang condenser
BATTERY 9 VOLTS
C202 .0047 mf 500 v Ceramic
C203 2159300015 .001 mf 30 v Ceramic
C204 2180012h)11 10 mf 3 v. Electrolytic TRANSFORMERS AND COILS
.L,
C205 2159300011 .01 m) 30 v Ceramic
C206 2150300h112 .01 mf 30 v Ceramic L201 310V012002 Antenna - Iron Core loop
C207 .0022 mf 500 v Ceramic L202 230V026M01 Oscillator coil
C208 2159303003 .05 mf 25 o Ceramic T20 1 2359014001 1st IF transformer
`I d . C209
C210
C211
C212
2159303004
2181012M09
2159300015
2I8V012M01
.02 mf 25
5
.00I
40 mf
v Ceramic
mf 12 v Electrolytic
mf 30 v 0h10 Ceramic
12 v Electrolytic
T202
T203
T204
235001400
2359014002
430003400
2nd IF transformer
3rd IF transformer
Output transformer
I ú
, \
1
.::.
r
1,
0213
C214
C2I5
C216
2189012009
2180012002
2180012h101
2159300015
5 inf 12 v
40 mf 3
40 mf 12 v
.001 mf 30
v
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
Electrolytic
v GMV Ceramic 2979008001
2979002004
TRANSISTORS AND D10DE
20252 Transistor
20253 Transistor
- converter
- 1st IF
2979002005 20254 Transistor - 2nd 1F
RESISTORS 2979004001 2N238 Transistor - audio driver
I 297V009M91 20291 Transisror -
audio output
OHMS WATTS 2969002001 100295 or 11087G crystal diode -detector
12201 39 k 0.5 10% Carbon
R202 8.2 k 0.5 10% Carbon
R203 4.7 k 0.5 10% Carbon MISCELLANEOUS
0.5 10% Carbon
R205 IOO
0.5 20% Carbon 7540008001 jack (31) -
for earphone
0206
0207
I k
0.5 10% Carbon 2700024001 -
Switch on -off (SW1 parr of 0212)
15 k
0.5 10% Carbon 770VI09002 -
Bracket Volume control mounting
raruspERr
R208
R209
1
470
k
0.5 10% Carbon 778VO18h101 -
Bracket Speaker mounting (includes
-
1191
R210 1.5 k 0.5 10% Carbon battery negative terminal less speaker)
I.,rr.ARP-rmv 0.5 10% Carbon 5130014001 Cabinet -
leatherette
Tlm AarB3TX01T
R211
12212
56 k
5 k Volume control (includes SW1) 754000700, -
Connector assembly battery positive
Figure 2 Top View Ports Loyout 0.5 10% Carbon
terminal
22 k
R213
0.5 10% Carbon 5500033M02 Knob - tuning
L 201
0214 3.3 k
0.5 10% Carbon 5500017h101 Knob - on/off/volume
R215 I k
0.5 10% Carbon 7610804001 Screw - dial knob
000600060000000000000000000600000000000000000000 0216 2.2
12 k
k
0.5 10% Carbon 5700004001 Speaker - 2T/4" PO
0217
0218 1.5 k 0.5 10% Carbon 7639000063 -
Washer tuning knob
L202
NOTE: USE UNIVERSAL PARTS WHERE PART NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED. ORDER FROM (LOS)
C201
VcoaruaOLUWE
CAPACITOR ELEC.
JACK
C5
880
11
SPEAKER --
BATTERY9 VOLTS
POSITIVE TERMINAL
AND REPAIR PARTS 75X
T3
DETECTOR
ADIUSTM NT
Form No. 62-Z-5788' T4
VOLUME CONTROL
ASSEMBLE WITH STRAIN RELIEF
FOR REPAIR SERVICE DEPARTMENT AUDIO DRIVERS R15
KNOT AS SHOWN
310/2X238
ON-OFF SWITCH
\
rea eme,
SWI
IN I
ANTENNA
TRIMMER "B"
xy V
o POSITIVE BATTERY
CONTACT
TUNING CI
iNLJ
G-,.
CONVERTER 24252
PRINTED BOARD
OSCILLATOR
OSCILLATOR COIL L2
TRIMMER "D"
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Figure 3 Top View Parts Layout
LI
This Airline transistor radio is a seven transistor portable Intermediate Freq uency ....................................................455 KC
broadcast superheterodyne receiver. A jack is provided for Sensitivity .................... 200uv'per meter, 50mw output approx. TO "A" & "B"
private earphone connection. It replaces the loudspeaker Selectivity ...............................................8 KC at 6db bandwidth OF CI 8.4V
when a miniature plug is inserted through the hole in the Transistor Complement
back of the receiver. This silences the speaker and allows 2N252 ......................................................................Converter C12
tl R i
1
the user to listen under noisey conditions, or situations in 2N253 ..................................................................1st IF Amp. 1------11---14, I-i---ll-'-.yI
Ri'
1
1
1
2N254 ................................................................ 2nd IF Amp.
880 or 2X94 .........................................Transistor Detector
2X238 or 310 ....................................................Audio Driver
-.. 2
T2 ,-G-3
4h .
R4
C-B;. I7 V ¡oDol4 1
y9yJ3
,g:
-
I
^ 2I
transistor. Each transistor is operated class 'B' and the Approximate Battery Life ..................................... 75 hours
alternate halves of the audio signal are combined in the I
r
Figure 4 Bottom View of Printed Board Showing Top Components Symbollicolly
®John F. Rider
PARTS LIST
Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Port No. Description
CIA,B,C,D 330V005H01 Variable Gang Condenser LI 310V012H03 Antenna -Iron Coré Loop
C2 .0047 mf 500V Ceramic L2 230V026H01 Oscillator Coil
C3 215 V300H15 .001 mf 30V Ceramic TI 235V014H01 1st I.F. Transformer
C4 215V300H12 .01 mf 30V Ceramic T2 23590141101 2nd I.F. Transformer
C5 2I8V012002 40 mf 3V Electrolytic T3 235V014H02 3rd I.F. Transformer
C6 215V300H12 .01 mf 30V Ceramic T4 430V024H01 Audio Driver Transformer
C7 215V102Á22 .002 mf 30V Ceramic T5 430V025H01 Audio Output Transformer
C8 2159303003 .05 mf 30V Ceramic
C9 215V300012 .01 mf 30V Ceramic ä1e
C10 215V300H12 .01 mf 30V Ceramic TRANSISTORS
C11 215V3000115 .001 mf 30V Ceramic
C12 218V012001 40 mf 12V Electrolytic 297V000001 2N252 Transistor - converter
C13 215V303003 .05 mf 30V Ceramic 297V002004 20253 Transistor - 1st IF
297V002H05 20254 Transistor - 2nd 1F
297V005001 080/2N94 -
Transistor detector
RESISTORS 2979004001 310/20238 Transistor - audio driver rAddd
297V003001 20185 (2) Transistors (Matched Pair
Ohms. Wotts - audio output) 1
v
(ddEdd
NOTE: USE UNIVERSAL PARTS WHERE PART NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED. ORDER FROM (L RS). o
ó4=
SUGGESTED SERVICING HINTS
MANUAL 580A
/'1`'fiL.I_ILL REMOVING CHASSIS FROM CASE
TRANSISTOR 1. Remove the battery.
Remove tuning knob by pulling straight out from the case.
WARDS NO -92
BURGESS NO -2N6
EVEREADY NO -246
RCA VS -305
Approximately 100 hours performance can be experienced with the above batteries before replacement is
required. Battery replacement should be performed when the sound output is noticed to be muffled or distorted
with a decrease in total output or if a voltage measurement shows less than 6 volts. The battery voltage should be
measured with the receiver turned on after at least 5 minutes of operation.
When battery replacement is necessary, remove the battery cover by pushing the release button upward,
grasp the latch and pull up and away from the case. Remove the old battery and un -snap the battery cable. Snap
the battery cable on to the replacement battery and insert it into the case. Be sure the rubber cushion is between
the battery and side wall of the case to prevent battery movement. Insert the battery cover in place and push the
latch down.
Model HA- I
BATTERY COVER
©John F. Rider
TRANSISTOR SERVICING ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Thebattery shouldbe the first component checked when the radio is presented for service, since the battery volt- I. F. 455KC . 5MFD To Base To Connect in T3, T4
age decreases with use and age. The battery voltage should be checked at the battery cable connections with the of Ql Chassis place of
receiver turned on, andafter at least five minutes of operation. Batteries have a tendency to reactivate (recharge) speaker
when not in use, andatrue test of the battery's capabilities can not be determined until sufficient current has been
drawnfromthebattery. If thebattery is found to be dead, the receiver should be checked for a short circuit before Repeat above step two or three times for best results,
the replacement battery is installed. Disconnect the battery and measure resistance with an ohmmeter at the keeping generator output in all cases as low as possble
battery cable connections. The ohmmeter will indicate approximately 1700 ohms with positive lead to chassis, to prevent overloading of audio.
approximately 400 ohms with negative lead to chassis and approximately 4000 ohms with all transistors out of the
circuit with either meter lead to chassis, Battery replacement should be performed when the sound output is Ose. 1620KC . 5MFD To Base To Connect in Open Gang C12A
noticed to be muffled or distorted with a decrease in total output. of Ql Chassis place of (Fully clock -
speaker wise)
OHMMETER READINGS
Caution: Too high an output from signal generator may
When using an ohmmeter to check continuity and resistance readings, caution must be observed. It is important cause setting of trimmer on a spurious response.
toknowtheinternalbattery voltage of the ohmmeter as damage could result due to excessive voltage being applied
to the ohmmeter. It is also important to know the battery polarity of the meter leads. Incorrectly placing the Ose. 535KC . 5MFD To Base To Connect in Closed Gang T2
ohmmeter leads across a lytic capacitor with a low working voltage may damage the capacitor due to excessive of Ql Chassis place of (Fully counter -
reverse current. If the meter battery voltage is greater than 12 volts, the high frequency transistor rating will speaker clockwise)
be exceeded and may be damaged. A diode action will be experienced when attempting to check the resistance
readings with the transistors in the circuit. It is advisable to remove all transistors from their sockets before Osc. 1620KC . 5MFD To Base To Connect in Open Gang C12A
making ohmmeter checks. of QI Chassis place of (Fully
speaker clockwise)
SOLDERING
Ant. 1400KC Connect 3 urn loop to generator Connect in Ganged CIA
Caution must be observed when using a soldering iron as excessive heat may easily damage a transistor. If a and place near Tl. place of Condenser
speaker should be
component is replaced which must be soldered to the transistor socket, remove the transistor. When attempting rocked
any soldering, a low wattage small diameter tip iron is suggested. Heat may also damage other components,
therefore, dissipate the heat by grasping the component lead with a long nose pliers. Check for alignment and d'al calibration at 1000KC and 600KC.
TRANSISTORS
If a transistor is suspected of being defective, substitution will be the only reliable check. Checking resistance 04
readings of a transistor with an ohmmeter will indicate only a shorted or open transistor. When inserting a 2N)85
transistor in its socket, make sure the transistor's leads line up with the socket holes. Illustrations on the AUDIO OUTPUT
schematic diagram show the spacing between transistor leads and the transistor sockets, If a transistor substi- SPEAKER QI
tution is made in the RF or IF circuit, realignment may be necessary. This is due to the difference in operating 2N252
characteristics from one transistor to another. 12 MIXER OSC.
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT T3
An important consideration is component replacement. Miniature as well as close tolerance components are used
CIS -125
throughout the radio; therefore, all components must be replaced with exact duplicate parts.
EARPHONE
CIA
TROUBLE SHOOTING RECEPTACLE
C12Á
Trouble in atransistor radio can easily be isolated by using a signal generator and listening to the speaker. Cir-
cuittracingfrom thebase of the output stage back through the receiver to the antenna, should quickly reveal which T5
stage Is not functioning properly. When injecting the signal, use a 50 mfd lytic, negative to base, in the audio Q3
circuit; a , 5 mfd capacitor in the IF or RF stages and inductive coupling to the antenna. 2N238 T4
AUDIO AMP
Caution must be observed not to accidently short the collector circuit to the chassis, as damage to the transistor
may result. Also, the practice of deliberately shorting a circuit to chassis to determine it voltage is present or
to listen for a click in the speaker, must be avoided for the same reason. 02
2N308 092-102772
I.E AMP.
PARTS LIST
Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description
TRANSFORMERS
Antenna Rod Assembly R8
RESISTORS (CON'T)
6, 800 ohm
'r aisa000a
á
TI 257-300002
T2 251-200007 Oscillator Coil R9 33, 000 ohm
T3 250-200002 Transformer, I. F. R11 560 ohm
T4 250-200003 Transformer, Diode R12 82 ohm
T5 255-300009 Transformer, Audio Input R13 3,900 ohm
T6 255-300010 Transformer, Audio R14 470 ohm
Output
MISCELLANEOUS Om
CAPACITORS
206-300007 Socket, Sub -Min.
C1AB, 248-300001 Variable (Gang) (3 Prong)
12AB 036-200085 Receptacle, Earphone
C2, 10 . 01 mfd 20% 500V. 285-200006 Speaker 2-3/4" P. M.
Cer. Disc. 287-200007 Battery Cable Ass'y.
C3 .005 mfd. 20% 500V. 329-400001 Printed Circuit Board
Cer. Disc. 276-200018 Clip, Antenna Mounting
C4 10 mmf 10% 500V. ñP,
Cer. Tub. ly aooa4,LL
CABINET PARTS o
C5 245-200011 15 mfd +100-20% 3V.,
lytic 316-400004 Portable Case
C6 247-300017 .05 mfd +80-20% 50V., (Tourquoise)
Cer. Disc. 215-300059 Knob, Indicator
C7 245-200009 6 mfd +100-20% 3V., 215-200058 Knob, (Vol. ON-OFF)
lytic 241-940016 Battery Cover Heat Seal
C8 245-200013 50 mfd. +100-20% Assembly
3V. , lytic 316-300005 Case, Cover (White) < ó'N - -= _
I">
R4,10 1,000 ohm Q4 312-300005 Audio Output (2N185)
R5 100, 000 ohm
R6 5, 600 ohm *Transistors are to be
R7 225-200011 Volume Control and purchased from manufact-
switch, 10, 000 ohms urer of radio.
Use Universal Parts where part numbers are not shown. Order from (LRS).
©John F. Rider
MANUAL 582A
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
The following is required for aligning:
1. A signal generator capable of covering frequencies of 455 KC and the entire broadcast band with provisions for
TRANSISTOR RADIO
STEP FREQUENCY SETTING CONNECT GENERATOR OUTPUT TO: ADJUST FOR MAXIMUM
;.. ` .. ...
(I) 455 KC loosely couple to Tl T3 inorder indicated. Reduce generator output if
cessary for T5 and T4 adjustments.
ne
Q .
:b $p
0
t3 & (21 1640 KC Adjust oscillator trimmer "Cl -B."
F Æ 0 $ (3) 535 KC loosely couple to Tl Set Gang Condenser fully closed. Adjust T2 Slug to
t 1` d-
4,, 4
tI
locate generator signal. The low end should be 535 KC.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (7) Tracking is checked at 600 and 1000 KC by bringing into close proximity of the loop a piece of ferrite rod, then a
piece of brass. In either case, the output meter should show a decrease. An increase in output meter reading indicates
FREQUENCY RANGE. 540 to 1600 KC SELECTIVITY -4.5 a mistrack condition, which may be corrected by adjusting the turns of wire on the antenna rod. If adjustment on
KC broad at 2 times signal at
1000 KC.
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY 455 KC I.F. Base Sensitivity at 455 KC (with loop disconnected from con - antenna rod is made, step 4 must be repeated.
TRANSISTOR AND DIODE COMPLEMENT denser) coupled to converter base about 10 to 15 microvolts.
1
1
2N140
2N139
2N139
Converter
1st IF Amp.
2nd IF Amp.
Battery Current drains at 400 cycles, 30% modulation
CHASSIS-FRONT VIEW
Ó
PARTS LIST
ñ
PART
m
REF. REF. PART
NO. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
NO. NO. NO.
O
5 N
O
RESISTORS TRANSFORMERS AND COILS
N N
R1,R9 2.2 K Ohms '/3 Watt Tl E6019 Antenna Loop (Ferrite Core) ñA W U A A N
R2,R11,R16 33 K Ohms I/3 Watt 12 E6128 Oscillator Coil (with C-3,
P V V A A
R3,R12 1 K OhmsWatt
Vs .01 mfd. Condenser) t7tJ
R4 10 K Ohms Vs Watt T3 E6215 1st. I.F. Transformer
R5 12 K Ohms I/3Watt T4 E6216 2nd. I.F. Transformer IL
R6,R10,R15 150 K Ohms V3 Watt T5 E6217 3rd. I.F. Transformer m
a
R7,R17 470 Ohms %3 Watt T6 E1116 Interstage Audio Transformer m-Lg;
RB 390 Ohms Vs Watt T7 E1115 Output Transformer
R7-/ 470 Nn
R13 1200 Ohms Y3 Watt
R14,SW1 E2520 2.5 K Ohm Volume Control =ñ Añp ;2
=
w/SPST Switch
o
R18
R19
100 Ohms V3 Watt
8.2 K Ohms 1/3 Watt
MISCELLANEOUS Ó OD A cyi
E1019 Speaker, P.M., 23/a"
CONDENSERS J1 E636 Phone Jack
E4924 Hex Nut for Phone Jack
E3520 Tuning Gang 150K 3
C1A,C1B El 89 Battery Clip, Female
C2,C4,C6, .02 mfd. GMV Discap E1810 Battery Clip, Male
C7,C9,C10 E5053 Knob, Tuning
C11,C13,C16 E5054 Knob, Volume
C3 See Ref. No. T2-Part E7032 Cabinet with Handle
No. E6128 E7613 Insulator, Battery Nn11-1-iÑ
C5,C14
C8
E3216
E3331
4 mfd. 6 Volts
91 mmf. 5% Discap
E7614
E2628
Shield, Fishpaper
Transistor Sockets, 3 pin.
;7., -7: O -O m V P(A A W N-+ Á3 wv9 ÑO
m
U.
NOTE: USE UNIVERSAL PARTS WHERE PART NUMBERS ARE NOT SHOWN. ORDER FROM (Lest.
VVM
< 470
V V ao Or
P Ó O p Ú Ú in O .a Ñ O
oa.
D
m 40000094,
11-7(15-
R19
N N N N 8.2 K
W N2. O.O W V P , A o O
:I
C
(n
O-- n
P =
O O H O H O
ln U N g A
(11
VOLTS
.M.2.91.92.212,
CHASSIS-BACK VIEW
©John F. Rider
o
d G
S
0C D
m
_'
ó a^D- O
O O-
F. o
m.
a D
v
m -,--,-
o
m
<
2-
Ñ
- c m
3 o-
ó .
S
N
O- V m
á
. N rt
1
m m' m
3' Ñ tn
w
1 0 N
O Oi
d D
O-
m 3 F
í0 (7`,' o T
m S
N
_
M
n
N N
> ó.
Z
'o,
O
(71
t
uc M mpp
ry
Ç OpC . Pg
» x : o 'mgoóg
R ry n
a a z
p ó G mv
bH wo 7
ó ' . ó' ó1 v
óm E9 ^ gxA'
óry w"a»ó
P7' yH á r.
óN ro T2
4c
É
N Ó w o P
. 4,!. .
C
"1 -;:for:
R S -
M
âáoá
nñ
aÉp x !°17jaa
N
áó
ev
CHASSIS HS -679
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -679
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
v
NOTE: Whoa ordering parts, specify model number o1 set Sn addition to part vumDer and description of Dart.
EMITTER RESISTOR VOLTAGES Electronic parts oz equivalent rating are not nocessarily o1 equivalent standards. The components
listed Sv this Service )(annal have bee^ chosen for rel.Bility and applicability to the specific
Voltages across the emitter resistors are provided on c lrcults involved, Por maximum customer astis action and minimized call-backs, use the exact
He schematic as an additional aid in servicing this receiv- Motorola parte rep lacoment,
er. A check of these v hags: will indicate whether or not a Ref. Part Re1,
transistor stage is functioning normally. No, Numbor Description
Part
I CHASSISMOUNDNCNU1i
xo, Numbor Description
An alternate process of locating a defective stage is by RF CORE ANT CORE OSC CORE
600 KC 600 KC 600 KC
injecting a signal from stage to stage. A signal generator
RF TRIM OSC TRIM ANT TRIM
ALIGNMENT 1400 KC 1620 KC 1400 KC
Connect an output meter actos the speaker, Set volume to maximum. Attenuate signal generator output to maintain . 6
volts on output meter at all times to prevent overloading.
GENERATOR
GENERATOR FREQUENCY
STEP CONNECTION (400 cycle mod) GANG SETTING ADJUST REMARKS
IF ALIGNMENT
1. I Ant section of gang 455 Kc Fully open 1, 2 es 3 Adjust for maximum.
thou . 1 mf & ground
RF AL GNMENT
2. Radiation loops 1620 Kc Fully open 4 Adjust for maximum.
3. " 1400 Kt Tune for max 5 & 6 ^
4, ^ 600 Kc o 7, 8 & 9 ^
5. Repeat steps 2 and 3, RF trimmer adjustment (6) should be the last adjustment.
"Connect generator output across 5^ diameter, 5 -turn loop and couple inductively to receiver antenna. Keep radiation 1ST IF
455 KC
2N0 IF
loop at least 12" from receiver antenna. 455 KC
11,
455 KC
ALIGNMENT POINTS
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -679
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -679
RI C2 L4 R2 R5 R8 C4 V2 R9 T1
VI
R3
L2
R7
L3
C6
R12
C3
R6
C8
V3
CI
C7
R13
C20
R4
R11
R16
R14
T2
R15
E2
C9 R17 V4 C11
E3
V5
C10 T3
C13 R20
R23
C16
R19 R29
R28
R3 T4
V6
R26 V7
C17 R27
R18
C12
R25
R24
C15
M
2X409
1576 AMP
a
PARTS
5 )
LOCATIONS
r
VCON
e
D15
AMP
M
E B C
vzllotrówNl
V6
DIS
-- El6EtCONN
®
V7
2N4]7
PVIR A
PNPMP
.0015
AE ORIVER EARPHONE
PNP PNP PNP JACK
C8)191
2 72
I ,=á EL
T
r61 CIy.61 I _
<Ti fy
u .0015
Cl
513
2X477
PWß AMP
PNP
R11 470
R27 100 DUO 62.03.57-11
NO7E5:
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
©John F. Ridar
9 le gw Z
22222
G .-
m 88882888 áó
-ÿ 2 p
.
@ç.°má
a w 22E
m 57
úg g 1 i«:>
tl j 5 yw
''-"e
O
O"
W 1 to
.r -Z+
ó
Á.6ç
jbóó 9
º a- Xi.
w.2.2111..B!-, y
2i óe eg).4.,
u
ó ÿ
I °
1
he ',ó
ái
9
cl oÁde.Ñ&.i
°?
Ug vvvvlw=5
eievEgz tetNz
ssaE -ad 8£L 8 9£L '4£L 'L£L S3403 -£-1 1300W OIOVg 8O1SISNV111 03IIHd
vI
F-
o
0
®John F. Rider
©John F. Rider CHASSIS 528. 53400
CHASSIS 528. 53400
T3 AV.C.
PA I
3RD I,F
2N515 T2 TI L2
2ND
T4 I. F. IST I.F, OSC COIL 2
TR DIO TRI
2N306 DRIVER 2N2I2 m
TRANS E:=51
II
TR5
TR2
2N516
e C2
OFF/ON SYL1253
11111 11111111111
T D-- STATION
VOLUME TR6 1111111111111111 SELECTOR
CI7J SYL1253
CIA CIB
RESISTORS
(All resistors h w., 10% unless otherwise noted)
R1,R16 60-56201 5.6K ohm
R2 60-27201 2.7K ohm
R3 60-10401 100K ohm
R4,R9 60-10201 1K ohm
R5,R8, 60-47101 470 ohm
R15
R6 60-68301 68K ohm
R7,R13 60-22301 22K ohm
R10 60-33201 3.3K ohm
R11 24-331-0 2.5K ohm, Volume-Off/On Switch
R12 60-22201 2.2K ohm
R14 60-22101 220 ohm
R17 60-82001 82 ohm
R18 60-56901 5.6 ohm
PACI 13-14-5 Pac unit
("John F. Rider
,e11111,
41»
Sony Radio TR-86
`r
ens
Antenna Col l. LA.461.6E X6 Dr,v,r 2T6 Ru 4704 t20% J419 Rx 220 t10% '/.W Cv 2P (Styrol;
L2
S P
Y'Parma:(entDynamic R,s 2.2K4 a a RIs 10K4 n a C. 0.01pF (
a) Cte Sp 6V (Electrot:tic)
Spwker. V. C 84
Earphone Jack. R, 2.2K57 .. ., Re: 56K4 a a Cs 0005pF ( a) C 30pF3V lEkctrotittcl
a)
J
R Rattcry. 13L-006P19G) Rs
®John F. Rider
MODEL TR -86
MODEL TR -610
SONY TR -610
--
N
1J ix
x, 2173 x,2T/6 x,2T65 x,.62165x2
JF T, IF T,
R5470a
0024° OÓ05
R,
OÁ05
47ÓC c, c, cw;
70712 '9D
1T52
C
-------- ca0
©John F. Rider
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Tri
0 EL 6-TRS
1r3 Oro Trs
.>
TUNING RANG
o
z
MODEL 6-TRS
üjohn F. Rider
MODELS
H -685P8
RADIO (White & Brown)
H -686P8
(White & Pink)
SERVICEDEPARTMENT > -
'RADIO -TELEVISION DIVISION
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORP..
METUCHEM N rfí,__
CHASSIS V-2396-1
SPECIFICATIONS r-`
Frequency Range 540 to 1600KC
Intermediate Frequency 455KC
Transistor Complement:
1 2N252 Mixer
I R-227 Oscillator
1 2N306 1st IF Amp.
1 2N309 2nd IF Amp.
1 R-242 Detector
1 2N402 Audio Driver
2 2N60, 2N61, 0060 or 0061 Audio Output
Power Output:
Undistorted 0.120 Watts
Maximum 0.200 Watts
Loudspeaker 3" PM
Radio Battery Current Drain (no signal) 9ma.
Clock Battery Current Drain lma.
Radio Batteries: (four 1V, Volt Batteries) To replace radio batteries insert a coin into slot between
Flashlight Batteries: Mercury Batteries: battery cover (see figure 4, page 4) and receiver case. Turn
Eveready 915 or 1015 Mallory ZM-9 coin in slot and pull cover down and out from receiver case.
Ray-O -Vac 7LP or 7R Eveready E9 Pull battery holder out from its compartment. Install four rH
Burgess Z or 930 1% volt pen -light batteries into holder. Use either flashlight
or mercury type batteries. Mercury batteries give much
Mallory M15
Clock Batteries: (one VA Volt Battery) "D" size
longer battery life and are placed in holder with buttons in
opposite direction to those of flashlight type batteries. Be
413
Eveready 950 General 912 sure batteries are in holder correctly before turning radio on.
Burgess 2R Olin 1550 Refer w sketch and label on battery holder. Slide battery
Ray -O -Vac 2LP holder back into its original position as indicated on battery
holder and replace cover.
To replace clock battery insert a coin into slot (on
bottom of receiver case) between battery cover and case,
BATTERY INFORMATION Turn coin in slot and pull cover out from receiver case.
Install 1% volt flashlight type battery into battery holder
This receiver can use either four Ir/ volt flashlight o with battery button (positive terminal) contacting the spring
mercury type batteries.' The Mercury batteries give much contact. If battery is not in holder correctly clock will not
longer 1í1e and are placed in the holder with buttons in operate. Slide battery cover back into original position.
opposite direction to those of flashlight type batteries. IMPORTANT: Worn-out batteries should be removed as
It is important that batteries be in holder correctly before soon as they become defective. Otherwise radio may be
turning radio on. Refer to label on the battery holder for damaged by worn out battery swelling or corroding. Also
correct battery installation. remove batteries before storing radio for long period of time.
MIXER
OSCILLATOR
T1 XI TRANSISTOR
L2 TRANSISTOR CI
BATTERY
CASE TAB
OSC. INSERT RADIO
TRIMMER BATTERY CASE
AS SHOWN
BATTERY
POSITIVE CONTACT .i.,.. ANT. 1.5 V.
TRIMMER CLOCK BATTERY
NEGATIVE
CONTACT
1st IF AMP. -
TRANSISTOR CLOCK BATTERY
BATE
COMPARTMENT
COVER
SR1A & B
C8A & B
R17
VOL. CONTROL
CLOCK
BATTERY
INSERT
DETECTOR
TO TRANSISTOR f
\ALARM VOLUME CLOCK BATTERY
CONTROL AS SHOWN
1.5V.
2nd IF AMP. RADIO BATTERY
AF OUTPUT
TRANSISTOR CELL COMPARTMENT
T3 TRANSISTORS COVER
AUDIO USE COIN TO
DRIVER PRY OPEN
SPEAKER C17A & B
C16TRANSISTOR T4
LEADS
Figure 2 - Top view of printed circuit board. Figure 4 - Radio and C lock battery installation
LI CHASSIS REMOVAL NEW RADIO CIRCUITRY OPERATION
000006A560ü06560065000000000000000SRS616b0000000 1. Remove the screw located in the center of the cabinet Oscillator - A separate transistor is used to develop the
rear. Remove the two screws on the underside of the local oscillator signal. Oscillations are developed by in -
cabinet. phase signal feedback from the collector to emitter through
2. Separate the cabinet front from the cabinet back to expose capacitor C4. The tap on the oscillator coil determines the
tl
the radio chassis for servicing. If it is necessary to have amount of feedback. The base of the transistor is placed at
OSC. MIXER
Ce
R32
r'B` C3
-lF--
B.` complete access to all the components then proceed with
steps 3 through 7.
RF ground through capacitor C9. Resistors R31 and R32 form
the divider network to develop the correct base voltage. The
3. Remove the three 13%" hex head screws which mount the oscillator injection voltage is obtained from a tap on the
¿E Ci
R.3 printed circuit board to the cabinet front (through fiber
stand-offs).
oscillator coil (L2) and coupled to the base of the mixer
R3
t4 L2 ir R2 R3 S TI I
-
AGC - The gain of the first IF amplifier is controlled by
ci
,5--g(
C5 /^
CNv
R28
-if-71, 1
.
.
'.'..
e9.F.
AMP.
holder contact (under clock case) to the printed circuit
board chassis ground at the printed circuit board
connection.
AGC. Part of the emitter bias current for this transistor (see
figure 1) flows from the -4.4 volt B- line through RI2,
secondary of T3, R11, R13 and R6 to ground. A fixed
RS 5. Remove the spade connector leads from the speaker,
EF--- negative 1.2 volts bias appears on the emitter of the first IF
CI
-
T____ XI= r_-`
i
0 /Y clock battery contact (positive side) and the printed amplifier transistor (with no signal). When the detector
I
+ circuit board terminal next to the audio output trans- transistor conducts, current flows from the collector to
\r4
R22
former (T5). emitter of the detector transistor, through R14, RI3, R6 to
CBA7R9f. 6. Remove the tuning knob and dial as follows. Slip a loop ground.
---ik-{ R24
R
RIS + COIL
VOICSPEAKERE;
J 1
\\ -177A-1-27
C1 B
Ì
RT
)
I
of string under the tuning dial and pull the dial and tuning
knob up and out of the cabinet front.
7. Separate the punted circuit board chassis from the cabinet
The detector current is in the same direction as the
emitter bias current of the first IF amplifier transistor. As
l'-- the signal level at the detector increases, the detector con-
i T2
1
p
RI8 I CII front. To operate the chassis it will be necessary to re- duction increases and the emitter bias on the first IF
D10-.0 Ei L3
DRAUIVER 13 41 3 2.3.2,T connect the speaker and radio battery leads. To replace amplifier becomes less positive with respect to the base.
HCII--. the chassis into the cabinet follow the reverse of the Hence as the signal level at the detector increases, the first
``BR12S 1.S T3 O- above procedure. IF amplifier forward bias is reduced and the gain of the
,`E C;2Á1LP CLOCK REMOVAL stage is decreased.
1C TCI6
'RI6 t
g.R14
T RADIO
BATTERY Z I. Remove the printed circuit board from the cabinet as
described under "Chassis Removal". NOTE: It is
To increase the range of the AGC control voltage and
prevent possible overloading on a very strong signal, a diode
( XL ) is connected from the 1 ow side of T2 to the collector of
RI3 6V. necessary to remove the printed circuit board to provide
6V the mixer transistor. With no signal being received the diode
DETECTOR clearance for removal of the two clock mounting nuts is reverse biased (-2.8 volts on cathode and -4 volts on
VOLUME located under the edge of the printed circuit board. anode provides 1.2 volts reverse bias) and does not conduct.
I.SV. CLOCK1
SWIIA) - SWIM
CONTROL
BATTERY T CLOCK
MOTOR
10. SW2 2. Unsolder the four wires from the terminals on the under
side of the clock case.
When a signal is received, the first IF amplifier emitter
voltage becomes more negative reducing the gain of the
SHÓWN IN RA010 POSITION
R I
3. Remove the four 5/16" nuts securing
cabinet front.
4. Remove the
the clock to the
©John F. Rider
AUTHORIZED (Weslclox) CLOCK SERVICE REPAIR STATIONS (see page 1 - Clock Service Information)
ALABAMA
TO CLOCK BATTERY (-1.5V) p TO CLOCK CASE e BATTERY (*1.5V) Birmingham .. Cliff's Watch Repair .. 244-45 Brown -Marx Bldg. St. Paul
MINNESOTA
Empire Clock Co., Inc 492 N. Robert St.
Los Angeles 15, Hayco Electric 947 So. Grand Ave. Albany 6, Ialien's Clock Shop, Inc 114 Bradford St.
RADIO
BATTERY Appliance Service Brooklyn 17, ... Electime Corporation 306 Livingston St.
CASE San Francisco 5, Schloss Mfg. Co. 540 Mission St. New York 22, ... Greenhill & Rogers 670 Lexington Ave.
CONTACT Brooklyn 15, The Clock Repair People 299 7th Ave.
(-6V)
CONNECTICUT Buffalo 9, Shields Bros. 1410 Main St.
PARTS LIST
When ordering parts, specify part number, description of part and model number. Do not order by model number alone.
Where applicable, prices include Federal Excise Tax. Prices are subject to change without notice.
MODEL PARTS
1 5599045801 Knob Assy., AM dial (includes compression spring) .50 Part No. Part N. Equiv. Part No. Description Laeatíon List
t 761 V009H28 Screw, self -tapping hex head (mounts chassis to cabinet .05 or Function Price
front) R20 RC20AE153J 250V221Á53
783V074H02 Spacer (mounts chassis to cabinet front) .10 Resistor, 15K ohms Audio driver .11
t R21 RC20AE681J 2509216A81 Resistor, 680 ohms
570V058H01 Speaker, 3" PM 5.25 R22 250V221A81 RC20AE181K Audio driver .10
t
Resistor, 180 ohms Audio driver .17
R23 RC20AE153J 250V221A53 Resistor, I5K ohms Alarm
R24 RC20AE121K 250V221A21 circuit .11
Resistor, 120 ohms Audio output .06
R25 RC20AE332K 250V223A32 Resistor, 3.31( ohms
R26 RC20AEIOOK Audio output .05
CHASSIS PARTS 250V221A00 Resistor, 10 ohms Audio output
R27 255V225A62 RC20AE562K .06
Resistor, 5.610 ohms Audio output .06
R28 RC20AE822K 250V228Á22 Resistor, 8.2K ohms
R29 250V224A71 RC20AE471K Mixer base .05
New Ref. Part N. Description
Descri Location List Resistor, 470 ohms Oscillator .06
Part No.
E q uiv Part No. P or Function Price R30 RC20AE332K 250V223A32 Resistor, 3.3K ohms Oscillator
R31 RC20AE103K 250V221A03 .05
Resistor, 10K ohms Oscillator .05
C1 330V026H01 Capacitor, variable Tuning 3.75 R32 RC20AE822K 250V228Á22 Resistor, 8.2K ohms Oscillator
t
SW1A .05
C2 R2CC63Z5ZI03P 215V111Á03 Capacitor, .01 mf, ceramic Mixer emitter .20 270V066H02 itch
Swwitch
2159300804 R2CC62Y5Y472M Capacitor, .0047 mf, ceramic Ant. coupling .25 1 SWlB #S (part of R17) Radio
-Alarm switch 2.00
C3
C4 215V300H04 R2CC62Y5Y472M Capacitor, .0047 mf, ceramic
Capacitor, .05 mf, ceramic
O. emitter
Osc. collector
.25
.40
i T1
T2
23590451101
2359045801
Transformer
Transformer
1st IF 2.25
CS 215V303803 t
i
©John F. Rider
_T2 2nd IF TRANS
TI Ist IF TRANS
:NIT°
T3 3rd I F TRANS
121-92
121-93, 121 94r 121-95
121-96
MATCHED PAIR
121-96
1260 KC
&3 WAVEMAGNET
- I260 KC CIA Align loop ant.
Frequency Range 540 to 1600 KC
Intermediate Frequency 455 KC
Sensitivity Approximately 500 microvolts/meter for S. Tin leads on component before soldering.
50p milliwatts output 6. Use only EUTECTIC solder 63% tin 37% lead. CHASSIS INFORMATION CHART
Power Output Undistorted 100 milliwatts
This solder has an extremely low melting point.
Power Output Maximum 150 milliwatts
Speaker 3 1/2 inch P.M.
7. Metal pick (soldering aid). Transistor
Alnico V Voice Coil Impedance 3.2 ohms at 400 cycles Layout Part Crystal
Accessory Earphone B39-24 (Impedance 15 ohms at COMPONENT REPLACEMENT Chassis Label No. Mixer Osc. 1st I.F 2nd I.F. Diode Driver Output-Output Supplier
400 cycles) Resistors and capacitors should be replaced by clipping
Color Detector
CHASSIS IDENTIFICATION out the defective part and neatly soldering in the new
part. If a unit, such as the oscillator coil or IF trans- 7AT48Z Red Zenith 121-92 121-91 121-93 121-94
The "Royal 200" seven transistor portable has been former, is to be removed heat the mounting lugs with a 103-19 121-95 121-96 Raytheon
102-4234 RETMA 2N485 2N483 2N483 2N482 1N87G 2N362 2N632
produced with three basic chassis. This expedient was pencil type soldering iron and move them away from the Type PNP PNP PNP PNP PNP
soldered connection with a long -nose pliers or metal or Matched Pair
necessary to enable us to produce sufficient quantities 102-4861 PNP
by using transistors from many sources. pick. Continue heating the lugs and brush away the
molten solder with a small stiff glue brush. Remove the
Chassis 7AT48Z, 7AT48Z2 and 7AT48Z4 use identical defective unit by lifting it off the chassis. Before in- 7AT48Z2 Black Zenith 121-62 121-65 121-73 121-74 103-19 121-64 121-61
circuitry, however, they use transistors from different serting the new unit, be certain that the lug holes are R.C.A.
open and free from solder. Forcing a lug against a 102-4007 RETMA 2N411 2N409 2N409 2N409 1N87G
sources. The transistor and trimmer layout and schematic or Type PNP PNP PNP PNP PNP Matched Pair
illustrate chassis 7AT48Z. The chassis information solder filled lug hole may break the bond between the 102-4862
chassis base and the "printed" wiring. It is, therefore, PNP
chart supplies the necessary information on transistors
used in chassis 7AT48Z2 and 7AT48Z4. Transistors necessary to exercise care when replacing units.
for specific functions are interchangeable, for example 7AT48Z4 Green Zenith 121-83 121-82 121-79 121-80 103-19 121-81 121-84 Tung
in chassis 7AT48Z the mixer transistor is 121-92 but An open or damaged section of "printed" circuit wiring 102-4235 RETMA 2N414 2N413 2N413A 2N413A 1N87G 2N383 2N383
121.62 or 121-83 can also be used. can be replaced by soldering a short jumper wire across Sol
the points to be connected. Type PNP PNP PNP PNP PNP Matched Pair
PNP
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS 7AT48Z, 7AT48Z2, 7AT48Z4
CHASSIS 7AT48Z, 7AT48Z2, 7AT48Z4
(ff rffff - i
osl sN ,1,
i -N
CHASSIS PARTS
'IF O- CHASSIS PARTS
ri-
r--
I 24 .2A I
iH
n
° !N
--1
0 ;-<
PART
NO.
Chassis 7AT48Z, 7AT48Z2
DIA.
NO. DESCRIPTION
& 7AT48Z4
PRICE
PART
NO.
Chassis 7AT48Z, 7AT48Z2 & 7AT48Z4
DIA.
NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
i. s.si Iñ m<ó
-- 6.54 s.sA
12-2659
22-3
Volume control mtg. bracket
.01 mfd. ceramic disc - 500V
.30 121-62 Transistor (mixer) 7AT48Z2 2.75
8 .30 121-64 Transistor (driver) 7AT48Z2
22-17 C14,15 .001 mfd. ceramic disc capacitor -
-- --o- 6A 1000V (2 used) .25
121-65 Transistor ((oscillator) 7AT48Z2
2.25
2.65
i '
L --- ---J 22-2381 C9 6 mmfd. ceramic disc capacitor -
500V
121-73
121-74
Transistor 1st I.F.) 7AT48Z2
Transistor (2nd I.F.) 7AT48Z2
2.65
2.65
,
i
i iHl
A e--1-
v,
T
22-2728
22-2729
c2,5,7, .05 mfd. ceramic disc capacitor -
10,16,
18
C19
25V (6 used)
.25
Z2 zN
1,4
C. 44-34
C,D
J1 Miniature jack
3.75
.90
S-44217
5-44218
L1 Antenna
Housing & spring assembly
49-859 SP1 3 1/2" PM speaker 4.75
?,-P 54-139 3/8-32x9/16 palnut .03
r=` 54-417 1/4-32x3/8 hex, nut - brass CABINET PARTS
e g
444117,
63-1701
63-1715
(mts. 44-34)
10 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10%
22 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10%
.10
.17
.17
PART
NO.
DIA.
NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
63-1744 100 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 20%
--
.17
63-1765 330 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 20% .17 Z-8 11/2 volt battery (use 4)
_ I
63-1772 470 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 20% .17 12-2662 Screw retaining bracket
Lo-- - 63-1775
63-1786
560 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10%
1 K ohm resistor 1/2W
.17
Ins. 20%
14-2443
14-2444
Plastic cabinet - front -Royal 200K 3.00
Plastic cabinet - front -Royal 200W 3.00
(3 used) .17 14-2445 Plastic cabinet -front -Royal 200V
1102 63-1792 1500 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 14-2446 Plastic cabinet -front -Royal 200F
63-1799 2200 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 14-2448 Plastic cabinet - rear - Royal 200K 3.00
63-1803 2700 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 14-2449 Plastic cabinet -rear - Royal 200W 3.00
63-1806 3300 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 14-2450 Plastic cabinet -rear- Royal 200V
I
b
o 63-1810 3900 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 14-2451 Plastic cabinet -rear - Royal 200F
63-1813 4700 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10% 16-1474 Packing carton
» (2 used) .17
5= Ko
i m c0
cri
63-1817
63-1824
63-1827
5600 ohm resistor 12W Ins. 10%
8200 ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10%
10 K ohm resistor 1/2W Ins, 10%
.17
.17
.17
36-218
46-2008
46-2009
54-79
Cabinet handle
Volume control knob
Tuning control knob
6-32x1/4 AF hex. nut (2 used)
.50
63-1834 15 K ohm resistor 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 54-460 6-32x3/16 hex. nut (3 used on
63-1845 27 K ohm resistor 12W Ins. 10% .17 chassis)
6í6A
0000000400 -
63-1859 56 K ohm resistor 12W Ins. 10% .17 57-2498 Emblem plate .35
n 63-1869 100 K ohm resistor 12W Ins. 10% .17 57-2565 Escutcheon 1.25
600608 bbbbbb ae ó 63-4392 RI Volume control & switch 2.05 83-3031 Battery pull-out strip
isoA 4 isaA 78-1067 Three contact socket (1 mts. ea. 110-320 Grille cloth - Royal 200K .10
121-61 & 96) .30 110-321 Grille cloth - Royal 200W .10
93-1257 Washer 110-322 Grille cloth - Royal 200V
á á 95-1589 T6 Oscillator transformer 3.00 110-323 Grille cloth - Royal 200F
95-1628 T1 lst I.F. transformer 112-901 6-20x3/8 phils, rd. hd. screw
g 95-1629 T2 2nd I.F. transformer (used on chassis)
G áé c 95-1630 T3 3rd I.F. transformer 112-1171 6-32x3/8 special hd. mach. screw -
.03
95-1631 T4 Driver transformer brass (2 used on 14-2448 62451) .03
rn I
95-1632
103-19
T5
X1
Audio output transformer
Crystal diode .75
114-253 6-20x3/8x1/4 AF hex. hd. self -
tapping screw .01
aas a s 40990
24 I i2A
494040r
114-48 6-32x1/4x1/4 AF hex. bd. mach.
screw (2 used on 22-3092 & 3 on
49-859) .03
114-639 6-32x
screw
1
(3
12x1/4 AF hex, hd. mach.
used) .05
188-120 Knob clamping ring (used on
g `,",17,> c
c
i
t0
rn
II sA 114-641
114-642
6-32x1/4 hex, hd. mach. screw -
flat washer att.
4-40x1/8x1/4 hex. hd, mach. screw
(mts. S-44217)
188-192
199-259
46-2 009)
K4nob
Spacer
clampingring (used on
sleeve
.03
.03
121-61 Transistor (output) 7AT48Z2 199-260 Spacer sleeve (2 used) .03
'1H (2 used) 4.50 202-1383 Instruction book
©John F. Rider
HOME RADIO
SECTION
TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS To replace needle assembly, refer to figure 3 and
loosen the knurled nut that is located under the cart-
Tube locations for the tuner and amplifier are ridge. Slip the worn needle assembly out and insert
shown on figures 6 and 7. Alignment points for the
7N1 FM -AM TUNER and 4S2 HI-FI AMPLIFIER tuner are shown on figure 6.
the new needle assembly in the exact same position.
Tighten the knurled nut.
For complete Record Changer servicing information, see SERVICE MANUAL 5800. Tubes may be reached from rear of cabinet for See "RECORD CHANGER PARTS" for replace-
servicing purposes. ment cartridge and needles.
HI-FI FM-AM CONSOLE B+ voltages and filament voltages for tuner are
PHONOGRAPH AMPLIFIER CHECKS
furnished by power supply on amplifier chassis.
CONTROL SETTINGS FOR AMPLIFIER CHECKS
RECORD By placing a jumper wire between lugs 4 and 8 Loudness Conhol
MODEL COLOR CHASSIS Fully Clockwim
CHANGER of M606, the amplifier may be serviced separately. Baas Cenhol Mid Rotation
Treble Conhol Mid Rotorion
NOTE: When amplifier is serviced separately, volt-
392 Mahogany 7N1 age readings will be higher due to the reduced load AMPLIFICA510N CHECK
RC
and on the power supply.
393 Blond 4S2 637-8 AUDIO
GENERATOR
Frequency Volts In
HUM LEVEL: Excessive hum can often be mini- OUTPUT 1000 Cycles 0.34 Volts
mized by reversing line cord plug in wall outlet. AMPLIFIER Volts Want
CHASSIS REMOVAL Move Rej -On -Off pointer to "ON". Touch record OUTPUT
5.6 Volh 10 Wont
To remove amplifier chassis from cabinet:
changer centerpost and note hum level. Reverse line
cord in wall outlet; touch centerpost again and FREQUENCY RESPONSE CHECK
1. Disconnect line cord from power source. again note hum level. Leave line cord in position Frequensy Volts In
2. Disconnect record changer power plug (M611), giving least hum. AUDIO In steps
speaker plug (M615), tuner audio output plu GENERATOR bewein 0
0.34 Vnln
(M604), and power input plug (M606) from A Hum Level control is located on the tuner OUTPUT ro 30,000
Cycles
tuner chassis. chassis, see figure 6. Hum may be further reduced,
Volts Ob
SPECIFICATIONS 3. Remove screws that hold chassis to cabinet. if necessary, by adjusting this control.
AMPLIFIER 5.6 Velh Db
To remove FM -AM tuner from cabinet: OUTPUT
FTEQUENCY RESPONSE:
1. Remove control knobs from tuner front panel RECORD CHANGER SERVICING
AMPLIFIER-Amplifier section flat from 50 to and phono output plug (M608) from tuner. AMPLIFICATION AND RESPONSE CHECK
20,000 cycles within 1 db at 10 watts output. chassis. For complete record changer service information, The amplifier may be checked for gain and fre-
see Service Manual S800. quency response by using the tests outlined below.
PRE-AMPLIFIER-At 1 watt level, Bass control 2. Disconnect FM antenna from terminal board and
remove terminal board from cabinet. If it becomes necessary to remove record changer TEST EQUIPMENT:
gives 31 db change at 100 cycles and Treble
3. Support tuner from bottom and remove 4 hex from its mounting board, remove the three large Audio Oscillator, preferably with flat output from
control gives 26 db change at 10,000 cycles. 50 cycles to 20 kilocycles.
nuts and lock washers that hold tuner chassis to washer -head screws extending through bottom of
cabinet. Carefully remove tuner chassis from the mounting board. With these screws removed, Vacuum Tube Voltmeter, preferably with decibel
DISTORTION-3% at 12 watts. cabinet. scale.
the three springs which "float" the record changer
To remove FM RF tuner sub -chassis: may be loose. Lift record changer from the mount- PROCEDURE: Disconnect phono power plug
POWER OUTPUT-17 watts maximum. ing board, being careful to retain mounting screws
1. Remove four screws that hold sub -chassis and (M611). Disconnect phono output plug (M608)
disconnect wires from antenna terminals. for installation. from socket (M603) on tuner chassis. The oscillator
POWER CONSUMPTION-100 watts.
2. Disconnect cable from pin 8 on S601. signal is to be injected into socket (M603) on tuner
chassis. This enables the checking of the preampli-
POWER SUPPLY-117 volts AC, 60 cycle only. 3. Lift sub -chassis up for servicing. DO NOT dis-
fier and amplifier for amplification and frequency
(Phonograph can be converted to 50 cycle opera- connect FM tuner dial cord. response. Measurements taken with FM-AM -Phono
tion. See "RECORD CHANGER PARTS", "Kit, TONE ARM NEEDLE SELECTOR switch in "PHONO" position.
KNOB
50 Cycle Conversion".) Connect audio oscillator ground to chassis. Con-
nect signal lead to phono input (M603). Allow sev-
SPEAKER SYSTEM-Woofer, 12" PM; Tweeter, eral minutes warm-up for oscillator and amplifier.
Set Loudness, Base, and Treble controls as shown
3%" PM. in "AMPLIFIER CHECKS" table.
To check amplification, adjust audio oscillator
output to 0.34 volts at 1,000 cycles, measured from
KNURLED REPLACEMENT M603 to ground with e vacuum tube voltmeter.
CARTRIDGE NUT NEEDLE ASSEMBLY
Connect a 3.2 ohm resistive load across secondary
of T609 (audio output transformer). Measure out-
put voltages across the load.
Figure 3. Needle Replacement. To check frequency response, adjust audio oscil-
lator output to 0.34 volts. Change oscillator fre-
quency in steps between 50 cycles and 20,000 cycles,
NEEDLE REPLACEMENT
readjusting oscillator output to 0.34 volts each
Figure 2. Bottom View of FM Tuner Sub -chassis.
Figure 1. Operating Controls. A worn needle causes "scratch" and a harshness time a new frequency setting is made.
Location of components shown.
of high tones in the output. Damage to records may Compare amplifier output voltage with readings
be caused by worn needles. given in "AMPLIFIER CHECKS" table.
.Ol
car,,t(c)
lise volts,
10-6 White Lettering (used with
BROWN background and
car. disc ..........................65D 10-3 extension) ..........................._......212 108-1
)616 30 mmf, 500 volts. jD8( Scale Window, Plastic,
FM-AM TUNER CHASSIS 5%, ceramic, Black Lettering (used with
NPO temp. coeft..........65D 6-118 ALUMINUM background
)617 .02mf, 500 volts, and extension)._.. 1000...._..10021) 108-5
(7N1) GMV, car. disc............_65D 10-28 (Dial Background, Dark 2C 33-1
C618Á 004 mf, 500 volts, jDia] Background, Atumtnum
C618B dual car. divol........65A 17-1 finish.....grou92.x ... -22e 23-5
RESISTORS )619 220 mmf, 500 volts . cer.65D 6-00 (Dial Beckgrountl Extension,
C620Á 1 .004 mP, 500'80110, Dark Brow1',-d 1" 1757
11601 2.2 megohms, watt ......60B 8-225 C620H J dual car. divolt............"A 17-1 jDtal Background Extension,
SS
tr 20-103 )621 275 mmf, 500 volts, Aluminum ..................................158 1757-2
11602
R603 1°,..22012%2,7,',2-1.7120
s, .. 2-51 5%. mica..._ ...........650 1-4 Dial Pointer and Carr "B 63
15 watk.......60B 8-225
)622 275 mmf, 500 voltss, Pulley, Single Groove........_...17C 1-34
R605 2.2 megohms, 5% mica 0000. ........_......650 1-4 Pulley. Double ................172 1-50
R606 1 m00ohm, 55 watt.....:....._60B 8-153 )623 .001 mf, 500 volts, Roller (gildes FM tune[
R60 15,000 ohms, h tt_........608 8-153
car. disc. ..............65D 10-53 dial string)._ ..........................._632 2-65
R607 10000 ohms, 1watt 14-103
C624 270 mmf, 500 volts. Screw, (holds circuit board to
R608 150 ohms, 15 watt ..............60B 8-151 FM tuner sub -chassis)
86099 100 ohms, 5 watt...............608 8-101
)625 5 mf. 50 volts, 3 re9utred..................._...............532 2-62
R610 100 ohms, 8-101
15 200,watt.5...._.......608
7-680 electrolytic ....................678 4-37 Shield, 9 pin tube ......................872 720
8611 68 ohms, 45 watt. Socket, Octal, Magic Eye
68,000 ohms, 15 watt, 5%.608
7-663 )626 .02 mf. 500 voltr, 87A 20-3
R612 GMV, ceramic dise ...65D 10-28 Socket. Pilot Light........................820 20-2
11613 1,500 ohms, 'z watt, 5%...60B 7-152 220 mmf, 500 volts, cer..65D 6-80 Socket, 9 pin miniature,
.14 1000 ohms, 5 watt, 5%_.60B 7-102
2.2 megohms, 55 watk.......60B 8-225
C627
C628 .1 mf, 400 volts, shield ed........... .....................870 232
R615 mylar cecvolts,
..................69C 24-32 Socket, 7 pin miniature 39-2
R616 6.800 ohms, watt, 5%....608 7-682
mf 500 Spring, Conical (Nis under
8617 6,800 ohms, S5 walk 5 %_.608 7-682 )629 .0015 ,
megohm. GMV, car. dise ..............65D 10-4 FM tuner roller) ....................... 19D 1-45
R621 1
.001 volts, car. Spring. Dial String .......................19D 1-5
R622 megohms,
1.8 atk..__.60B 8-185
(usedd in prod.
discse Spring, Tuning Core Return
8623 10,000 ohms, 15 watt, 5%..60B 7-103 runs10 and 11 only) 651) 10-53 (F tuner) ........:.......................532 2-57
R624 6,000 ohms, HUM C630 (Indicates matohing parla.
LEVEL control.._....._.. 75C 20-107 .002'sn 500 volts, car.
R625 2,200 ohms, V. watt .........60B 8-222 disc (used lrt prod. jIndicates hatching parts.
11626 1 megohm, TREBLE un 12 and later).........65D 10-125
control. _ ............._-...........75D 1-105 .03 400 volts, paper
R627 1 megohm, BASS (used ln prod. runs AMPLIFIER CHASSIS (4S2)
control.. 75D 1-105 648 1-23
R628 100,000 ohms, V. watt.....60B 8-104
C631 ' .021m° fr4001volts )paper
(u76%1n prod, run RESISTORS
47,000 ohms, !G watt,
5% (used In prod. runs 12 18000)........_..._...648 1-24
C032 .Olmf, 400 volts, paper..646 1-25 R661 1 megohm, 5 watt,...........60B 8-105
10 and 11 only). ............60B 7-473 8662 9,700 ohms. watt.........._60B 8-472
R629 2833 ,015 mf, 200 voltr, 15
11663 330000 ohms, 15 tatt.......eOB 8-334
100,000 ohms, 15 watt 11664 47,000 ohms, i5 watt, 5%_608 7-473
(used in prod. run 12 )634 .033 600 volts,
ceramic disevol ................64C 25-30 R666 47,000 Ohms, ?5 watt, 5%.600 7-473
and later) .........................60B 8-104 11668 475%... ohms. ?5 watt,
4,10087039,666908, )635 .015 200 vo(tr,
10%, paper......_...........640 2-26 5.000 watt........600 7-474
5% (used in prod, runs 11667 475000 ohms, )5 watt.
10 and 11 only) ................608 7-472 .)836 .005 mP, 500 volts, 5%................................608 7-474
11630 ceramic dise..........._...-"D 10-I
R668 270 ohms, 4 watts.ttr,
10,000 ohms, 5 watt )637 .005 mt. 500 volts.
ceramic dlsc..........._.....65D ]0-1 non-inductivehm,..tt ..........618 20-22
(used in prod. run 12 8669 1000 ohms, watt.._..... EOB 8-392
and later). .... 60B 8-103 )638 220 mmf, 500 volts, car. 65D 6-80
)639 100 mmt, 500 volts, cer.65D 6-3 11670 100 ohms, 2 watts.....,......_.60B 20-101
R631 100,000 ohms. 'S 8-104 8671 0 ohms. 2 3wattswatts.
s............61B 20-101
)640 02 mf, 400 volts, paper-548 1-24
R632
R633
970,000 ohms,
470 ohms, t5
15 watt......_60B 8-474
walk.. 0,.........60B 8-471 )641 25 mf, 15 volts, .72 3,300 ohms, 3 watts............61B 24-337
.lade,. lia....._...........670 4-30 R674 1,000 ohms, 1 watt ..............60B 14-102
8634 22.000 ohms, )5 watt 00. 8-223
)642 volis, 11674 1.000 ohms, 2 watts ............60B 20-102
8635 390,000 ohms, 5 watt 60B 8394 .02
R636 220,000 ohms, 5 watt .....,..60B 8-224 ceramic disc ...............65D 30-28
R637 390,000 ohms, 5watt ....60B 8-394 C543 1010%ice CAPACITORS
8638 51,000 ohms, 15 watt, 5%..60B 7-513
0
0,004disc.._.._65D 6-44
R639 500000 ohms, LOUD- C661 .022 mf, 400 volts,
NESS control .75D 1-106 mYlar die]ec ................64C 24-36
11640 51,000ohms, 5 watt, 5%..60B 7-513 COILS AND TRANSFORMERS )662 .022 mf, 400 volts,
R641 220,000 ohms, G watt ........60B 8-224 ©year dlel oelis..._....___64C 24-36
.642 1 megohm, ;. watt ......_..... 8-105 L601 Choke, Filament............53C 2-54 0663 220 mP. 500 volts, cer......65D 6-80
N643 1,000 ohms, ?5 watt .60B 8-102 L602 Antenna, Rod.... 69B 229-1 )664 50 mf, 25 volts,
NOTE: Symbol numbers 8618, 11619 and L603 AM Oscillator Co11........69A 227-I electmlytic ....................67A 4-31
R620 not used. 1.604
L605
Heater Choke.........._.....73A 2-8
Heater Choke. 73A 2-13
C665A 80 mL 400 vl
C665B 40 mf, 400 v. e lectro-
L606 Heater Choke........._......73A 2-12 C665C 40 mf, 400 v. lytic........_67D 7-33
CAPACITORS T601 Antenna Trans- C665D 40 mf, 300 v.
former, complete......53C 2-63 2666B8A mf. 300 v.l (early
EO
Coil, with 50 mf, 150 v.. produc-
C601
101Ó%Ier2.,yéltr.
T602A `nine
T602B J
wind(ng .......................53C 2-68
C66
C666C 50 mf. 150 v. tion).........67D 7-34
TuningCore ....................53C 2-67 2666A 10 mf 250 v., electro -
N470 temp. coeft..........53C 2-52 T603 AM Ist IF Trans- lYtic (later Prod.).... -.67B 4-38
C602 .001 mf, SOD voltr, former. 955 KC...........72D 28-70 lect.
}50-20%cer.........._..52C 2-53 T604 FM 1st IF Trans- 26668 50 mf, 150 v.
C666C 50 mf. 150 v. } tlater).. 67D
7-31
C603 .003 mf. 500 volts,
}50 -20% car,......... _SOC 2-53 T605
former ]0.7 MC.........53C
FM 2nd IF Trans-
2-69
C667 .047 mi, 600
or....
volts'
C604 Ceramic rnm .......... 53C 2-55 former, 30.7 MC .72D 28-68 myylar dielec ..................63B 12-1
)605 20 mmf, 500 volts, T606 AM 2nd IF Trans-
5%, ceramic, C668 4 mf. 10 volfs ....................64B 13-1
former.
NPO temp, coefl..........53C 2-56 7607 FM Ratto Detector
C606 20 mmf, 500 volts, Transformer....... 28-69 TRANSFORMERS
5%, ceramic. martkenmTrÁ32-676a8.52-67ogeth
)..72D er
NPO temp. coeft......_..53C 2-56 T608 Power Transtormer.,.........80B 59-I
C60T Ceramic trlmmer............53C 2-58 7609 Output Transformer..........79C 56-8
)608 82 mmf, 500 volts,
10%, latuu............53C 2-59
)009 68 mmf, 500 volts, MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS
ceramic,
87 temp. caeft..........53C 2-80
N750 M601 Pilot Lamp. #47 ...............810 I-8 211601 Rectifier, Selenlum.........938 1-6
)630 30 mine, 500 volts, M602 Pilot Lame. 1f47 ...............83Á-8 M806 Socket, Power Supply
IO%, ceramic, M604 Socket, jO Input...,..88A 1 (141ug) ...........................5' 20-2
N470 temp. cceft..........53C 2-52 M605 Plug, Audio .......980 2-3
M60T Socket. Audio from
)611 15 mmf, 500 volts, M605 Plug, pin, Power tuner.141 ....................... "A
ceramic, supply..................,........ BBA 20-I M612 Socket, Ph ono
NPO temp. eceft..........53C 2-61 S601Á1
Motor AC... er.,......,._..2 8-6
C612Á¡ S601B 1}Switch. FM -AM Phono.77B 76-1
612B S601c M613 Sceket, Speaker.........._...BBB 5-3
612C Tuning capacitor, ÁM00.66)
C12D 69 5602 Switch, .............15A77B 77-1 Line Cord, 8 ft .................................897 1-1
Bracket, Pilot Light Mtg............15A 1001 Socket. Octal, Tube ........................87A 5-1
)613 33 mmt, 500 volts, Bracket, Tuning Sleeve .............15A 1713-1 "PARTS LIST" continued on
5%, cert dice, Bracket, Pointer Slide................15A 1717
N1400 temp. cceft.......65D 10-119 Cover, for M805 ............................880 20-12 next page.
©John F. Rider
FM IF AND RF ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE USING VTVM AND AM SIGNAL GENERATOR
AM IF AND RF ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
NOTE: For FM alignment, use a signal generator that has crystal calibration. Signal generator settings
are critical for FM alignment. Turn receiver and amplifier on and allow 15 Use 400 or 1000 cps modulation for alignment.
Turn receiver and amplifier on
minutes warm-up.
and allow 15 Use anon -metallic alignment tool with tip 3/32" Use lowest setting of signal generator capable
minutes warm-up. wide footransformer adjustments. Set Volume control at maximum, Bass and of producing adequate indication on lowest scale
Set Volume control at minimum, Bass Refer to figure 6 for physical location of align Treble controls at mid -rotation. of output meter.
and
Treble at mid -rotation. ment points. Use a non-metallic alignment tool with tip 3/32"
Rotate Selector switch to AM position.
Rotate Solomor switch to FM position. Use unmodulated signal for alignment. wide for IF transformer adjustments.
Repeat adjustments to insure good results. Connect output meter across speaker voice coil. Repeat adjustments to insure good results.
Use DC VTVM as output indicator. Set generator
output so that indication on VTVM is 1 volt above Adjustments "A", "B", and "E" made from be-
noise level for maximum adjustments. neth chassis.
STEP
GENERATOR GENERATOR RECEIVER
CONNECTION FREQUENCY GANG SETTING ADJUSTMENT
GENERATOR GENERATOR RECEIVER
STEP
CONNECTION FREQUENCY GANG SETTING ADJUSTMENT
Connect DC VTVM from "S" to ground. Voltage reading will be negative. 455 KC Fully open "L" and "M for
To FM antenna terminals on FM
RF sub -chassis. 10.7 MC I Fully open
for maximum. Some as "STEP I". 1620 KC Fully open "N" for maximum.
Disconnect VTVM and connect between point "R" and ground.
Same as "STEP 1". Radiated signal. Loop of several
10.7 MC I Fully open "F" for zero reading. turns of wire r place generator Tune in on
I
Ìi12
part cannot be repaired ecohomlCIIlly.
CEscutcheon.Mountinngg
Escutcheon. ... 2A 31-1 M609 Plu, Phono
Plug, Button, Record Changee ...13B 3-15
Coovet. Speaker Plug (M615j _... .........gBA 2-3 Replacement Parts for Record
Escutcheon, Dial. Gold finish, ... 21C 2892 5-12 M609 Cartriddesge.Pick-up ChAngeWoo,r 07
locations and alignment points shown.
Escutcheon "hi deiity".._....._. 23D 303 assembly
needle
(Includes fire/ _4 9RC 15-ST
foreMahogany cabinet (392).. sa ,1127,twithtwin Idler SPring .. ...........................98C 15-58
for Blond cabinet 1393).......... 36D 86-38
364 I86-40 M810
needles)
Motor, Record Chnngar.
ge....4°' 20 Drive Helt. 16 33 RPM..98C 15.59
Ltd ................_..........._......... 37A 106-2 Drive Start, t0 and 33 RPM.98C 15-60
Knobs and Aasoc)ated Parts
IDZ'o 4-speetl........otc(...._ Drive Spring. 78 RPM............98C 15-61
TuNng, Beige ............................ 33C 259-6 M611 Plug Phono Motor FF"_Inc
888 8245- Spindle. RPM Adnpter.............C4008 645-2
Se]ec AM-FM-Pbono, 3604 3 Itch, "R OFF"408A 1 Spring, 'Float (changer
Adaptor. 45 RPM Record mg).........._ .............._..._....405A
Gold,................ (en, lope of 3)....... ..48A 8.2 Tonn= We
139-2
(Coral) .................403D 65-3
1/26807A
"222,1 FM NNE', 9302
NdEA 26,
vjs
6A L5
t IN t- -1"
I 4 S4el .7>r '41 ".bY
ite
111f
L109 it
'de r
-
;':4Or -
lee
r,
V6068
560
(6.
exASS'I'S' Vie,51,1P.131.5(1.
V60
4S2
füi
27-
e
000r to 1,
Ea::". man. a v64 4
NOTES:
CJohn F. Rider
TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS To replace needle assembly, refer to figure 3 and
loosen the knurled nut that is located under the cart-
Tube locations for the tuner and amplifier are ridge. Slip the worn needle assembly out and insert
shown on figures 6 and 7. Alignment points for the the new needle assembly in the exact same position.
8H1 FM -AM TUNER and 4S2 HI-FI AMPLIFIER tuner are shown on figure 6. Tighten the knurled nut.
Tubes may be reached from rear of cabinet for See "RECORD CHANGER PARTS" for replace.
For complete Record Changer servicing information, see SERVICE MANUAL S800. servicing purposes. ment cartridge and needles.
HI-FI FM-AM CONSOLE B+ voltages and filament voltages for tuner are
furnished by power supply on amplifier chassis. AMPLIFIER CHECKS
PHONOGRAPH
By placing a jumper wire between lugs 4 and 8 CONTROL SETTINGS FOR AMPLIFIER CHECKS
r r r r
Location of components shown.
be caused by worn needles. given in "AMPLIFIER CHECKS" table.
Y
©John F. Rider CHASSIS 8N1 -4S2
CHASSIS 8N1-4S2
C622 2700020050033130.
11607
11608 Mgr, Íwatt
10.000 ohms.
150
watt............608 14-103
...............60H 8-151
100 ohms, i watt.._.......:...60B 8-101
C623
5%, mica ...... ................ 65B 1-4
.001 mf, 500 volts,
finish.
1D1aI
220 33-6
Background Extension,
11609 ?
cer. disc .............._..........650 30-53 Dark Brown ISH 1757
R610 100 ohms. !í watt ...............60B 8-107 C624 270 mmf, 500 volts, #Dial Background Extension,
11671 66 ohms, !í Watt, 5%.......608 7-680 5%, mlca ..................._...65B 7-4 Aluminum ISH 1757-2
.12 86.000 ohms, % .BOB 7-683
C625 5 mf. 50 vol,, Dial Pointer and Carriage..........25A 63
R613 1.500 ohms. !í watt, 5%.._60B 7-152
electrolytic ..................6775 4-37 Pulley. Single Groove. 17C 7-34
11614 1.000 ohms, lí watt. 5%....60B 7-102
C626 .02 mf, 500 volli, 301100. Double Groove .17C 7-50
11815 2.2 megohms, 8-225 Roller (guides FM tuner
R61ú 6.800 ohms, 1í watt. ....608 7-682 GMV, ceramic dlsc....65D 10-28
C627 220 mmf, 500 volts, cer_65D 6-80 dial string) 030 2-65
11617 6,500 ohms. ?í watt, 5%....60B 7-682
C628 mt, 400 volli, Screw. (holds circuit board to
11618 1 megohm, ?í watt .............60B 8-105
m2(lar es12ec.its,..........MC 24-32 tuner subchassis)
11619 1 megohm. !í watt_........._60B 8-105 .0015 mP. 500 volli, 3 required. 53C 2-62
C629
11620 33,000 ohms. !í watt..........60B 9-333
GMV, cer, dletrste........"65D 10-4 Shield, 9 pin tube 87C 7-20
11621 1 megohm, ,i watt_......... 60B 8-105 Socket, Octal, Magic Eye...._...._fl7A 20-3
.001 mf. 500 volts, ear.
11622 1.8 megohms, !í watt_..._ sots 8-185 disc (used in prod. Socket, Pilot Light. ."A 20-2
0.623 10,000 ohms. !í watt. 5%..60B 7-103 runs 10 and 11 only)...65D 10-53 Socket, 9 pin miniature,
11624 6,000 ohms, HUM C630 0 cer. shielded. 87B 23-2
LEVEL control ................75C 20-107 disc f(u ed ind'prod. Socket, 7 pin minlature..............87A 39-2
Rú25 2,200 ohms, !í att..........60B 8-222 run 12 and later).........65D 30-125 Spring, Conical (fits under
11626 1 megohm, TREBLE .03 900 volli, paper FM tuner roller) 190 1-45
control..._ ..........................750 7-105 (used in prod. runs Spring, Dial String...... ..._...........190 1-S
11627 1 megohm, BASS
C631
]0 and 11 ed)
.............64H 7-23
400 prod, paper
Spring. Tuning Core Return
(FM tuner).........
R628
;V-1212 8-05 .02
lased in prod run 7204)1ates matching parrs.
53C 2-57
12 and later)......__......64B 7-24 ;Indicates malching paru.
run.6B .01 mf, 400 volts. paper. 64B 1-25
7-473
R629
..
C6332632 .015 %f, 200 volts, AMPLIFIER CHASSIS (4S2)
100,000 ohms, 5í watt cs3a voi,, -643 2-26
(used to prod. run 12 .033 mf, 600 RESISTORS
and later)..........__. ..._.... 60B 8-104 ceramic disc ....._........64° 25-10 11661 1 megohm,
°635 .015 mP. 200 palli. .662 4,700 ohms, !í watt. ......60B 8-472
4,700 ohms, 54 watt. 10`/0. Paper..........._.._. 64B 2-26
5% (used ìn prod. runs R664 330,000 ohms, !í watt....._. 608 8-334
C636 .005 mf. 500 volli, 11664 47,000 ohms, !í watt, 5%..6B 7-973
30 and 11 only)........__....60B 7-472 ceramic dlsc...._........65D 10-7
R630 11665 47,000 ohms, !í watt. 5%_60B 7-473
°637 500 volli, 'í watt,
10,000 ohms. ! í watt ceramic disc .... .............650 30-1
11666 470,000 ohms.
(used in prod. run 12
and later) ................. _-.....60B 8-103
100.000 ohms. ?í watt........60B 8-104
C636
°639
220 mmf, 208 volts, cer.65D 6-80
.00 mmf. 500 volte, cer..65D 6-3
11667
57400 .......
470,000 ohms.
5%.......
! watt.......6012 7 474
................60B 7-474
R632
R633 470,oh ohms, ',í watt........60B 8-474
°640 02 mf, 400 voi,, "Per
'64B 7-24 11668 270 ohms,, 4
..
watts.
470 Ohms, ............6B 8-471 °641 25 mf, 15 volli. 20-22
R633 electrolytic....., --._......678 4-30
R634 22,000 ohms,, !í wattwatt.._......608 8-223 11669 3.900 ohms, ?í watt. 601 8-392
°692 .02 mf, 500 voi,,
8635 390,000 ohms, ií watt......60B 8-394 ceramic disc......._....... -"D 10-28
11670 20-101
R63 220,000 ohms, ',í watt....... 60B 8-224 11671 100 ohms,
C643 220 mmf. 500 volli. 3,300 ohms.
116377 390,000 ohms. I, watt ..608 8-394 ceramic a1sc .................65D 6-80
11672
8639 5L000 ohms, watt. 5%..60B 7-513 11673 1,000 ohms. 1 watt 6DB 14-102
LOUD- C644 680 mmf. 1000 olts, 11674 1.000 ohms, 2 wat,. 60H 2O-102
11639 SOO,.S 10%, ceramic disc.....65D ]0-43
NESS control. 75D 7-106 C.5 680 mint 1000 voi,.
RMO SL000 ohms, !í watt, 5%..608 7-513 10%, ceramic dtso.......65D 10-43
CAPACITORS
R642 ©OÚ0 ohms. tt....wat ......60B 8-224
C.6 680 mmf, 1000 volli, C66I .022 mf. 400 volts,
11642 1 megohm. ! í watt.... 8-105 mylar dielec.. ......... 64C 24-36
10%, ceramic dtso....._ BSD 10-93
11643 1,000 ohms. watt. ........60B 8-102 C647 10 500 volli, C662 .022 mf, 400 v01ä,
R644 180,000 ohms, !í watt 60B 8-184 10%, ceramic disc....... 651D 6-44 ylar dielec 64C 24-36
645 820.00 ohms. ?í watt. ........6 08 8-823 C663 220 mf. 500 volts, cer.._..65D 6-80
R 120.000 ohms, !í watt........6013 8-124 C664 50 mf. 25 volts,
1164.77 120,000 ohms. ?í watt.......608 8-124 COILS AND TRANSFORMERS electrolytic .............._....670. 4-31
L601 Choke, Filament........ ..53C 2-54 C665Á 80 mf, 400 v.
CAPACITORS LCO2 Antenna, Rod ............... 69B 229-1 C665B 40 mf, 400 v. lectro-
C601 10 mf, 500 volts,
.03 AM Oscillator Coil ....._.69A 227-1 C665C 40 mf, 400 v. lyric. 67D 7-33
L604 Heater Choke ................. 730. 2-B C665D 40 mf. 300 .,
30%, ceramic, L606 Heater Choke_......_.......73A 2-13 C666Á lU mf. 300 v:1 (early
N470 temp. coeff.._......53C 2-52 L601 Heater Choke................. "A 2-72 C866B mf. 150 v. ` roduc-
0602 .001 mf, 500 volts, 7601 Antenna Trans- C666C 553, mt. 150 v.I tion)........67D 7-34
+50 -20% cer.............330 2-53 former, complete.... 53C 2-63 C666Á 0 mf, 250 v., electro-
C603 .001 mf, 500 void, Coil, with lytic (later elect....._67B 4-38
+50 -20% cer....... ...532 2-53 T602ATuning
,,,,6..}T winding......................53C 2-66
2609 Ceramic trimmer...... .. 53C 2-55 uning Core ................- "c 2-67 2666H 50 mf, 150 v.
670 7-31
°605 20 mmf, 500 vol,. 7803 AM Ist IF Tans- C666C 50 mf, 150 v. } (later
5%, ceramic, former.955ItC......--720 28-70
NPO temp. cceft......_..53C 2-56 °667 .047 mf. 600 valu.
7804 FM 1st IF Trans- dielec ................. 63H 12-1
°606 20 mmf. 500 vol,,
5%, ceramic, 7605
former, 10.7 MC......_. 53C 2-64
FM 2nd IF Trans-
°668 erg
4 m 10 v0:d....._......_..... 64B 13-1
.
©John F. Ridar
\. (le
AM IF AND RF ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
FM IF AND RF ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE USING VTVM AND AM SIGNAL GENERATOR
NOTE: For FM alignment, use a signal generator that has crystal calibration. Signal generator settings Turn receiver and amplifier on and allow 15 Use 400 or 1000 cps modulation for alignment
are critical for FM alignment. minutes warm,. Use lowest setting of signal generator capable
Turn receiver and amplifier on and allow 15 Use a non.metallic alignment tool with tip 3/32" el producing adequate indication on lowest scale
wide for transformer adjustments. Set Volume control at maximum, Bass and of output meter.
minutes warm.up. Treble controls at mid.rotation.
R.eefnetr ptooineure 6 for physical location of align. wIlisjettforn-Fmetrt:InlIramlirmzttomttth tip 3/32"
iSeruol.urrnei, minimum, Bass and
croontattr7.1,,.at
Rotate Selector switch to AM position,
Use unmodulated signal for alignment. Repeat adjustments to insure good results.
Rotate Selector switch to FM position. Connect output meter across speaker voice coil.
Repeat adjustments to insure good results.
Use DC VTVM as output indicator. Set generator
output so that indication on VTVM is 1 volt above Adjustments "A", "B", and "E" made from be. GENERATOR RECEIVER
twath chassis. GENERATOR ADJUSTMENT
noise level for maximum adjustments. STEP
CONNECTION FREQUENCY GANG SETTING
To FM antenna terminals on FM as "STEP 1". 1620 KC Fully open "N" for maximum.
Fully open 2 Same
RF sub -chassis.
Disconnect VTVM and connect between point "R" and graund. Radiated signal. Loop of several
turns of wirt or place generator Tu. in on
"P" for maximum.
2 Same as "STEP 1". 10.7 MC Fully open I "F" for zero reading. generator signal
lead close to receiver for signal
I I
I
Disconnect VTV61 and connect between point "S" and ground. If "Adjustment" for step 2 was in great error, pickup.
fi)
FugiaorceatitisTorrncr2g:f.Teoe7peoVs15,:3,T,;.bt
Figure 4, Dial Stringing (Early Production).
"utVrcgr," 7
CHASSIS 8Ni-4S2
CJohn F. Rider
CHASSIS 8N1 -4S2
22t tee.
IO
.715,
T
P 77' V60613
.40 56016
V
, 934
weg . 1.1603
jelt18{¡L!egS
MN,
'12°1 tetl
1g' 2
cznz CHANG E S 560,1 I 30/1
,t7,22`,14.
452
3 6
e
43v
6ot.
61
30,
5Y36T
el16.01.
136
wASN7
NU 21
/17, It
:....tjórjettZZIrtmlrónicZit tiEgg'""
mt. Tv/. vatt,gt1[0.
Ley:4:Lgejeaf fet21,
roe voo4e
©John F. Rider
HUM LEVEL: Excessive hum can often be mini- AMPLIFIER CHECKS
mized by reversing line cord plug in wall outlet. Sot Lo..Fully and Treble to -s
Move Rej -On-Off pointer to "ON". Touch record AMPLIFICATION ,kw. Set Campen -
RADIO". Set AM -FM -
CHECK
changer centerpost and note hum level. Reverse line Phono swift
cord in wall outlet; touch centerpost again and AUDIO FREQUENCY VOLTS
again note hum level. Leave line cord in position GENERATOR
0.2 Volte
8H1 FM -AM TUNER and 6D3 HI-FI AMPLIFIER
1,000 Cycles
giving least hum. OUTPUT
A Hum Level control is located on the tuner VOLTS OUT WATTS OUT
AMPLIFIER
HI-FI FM -AM CONSOLE PHONOGRAPH chassis, see figure 6. Hum may be further reduced, CUTPUT 13.3 Volts 22Wam
if necessary, by adjusting this control.
RECORD set l dn ana
MODEL COLOR CHASSIS FREQUENCY mBass
penwtor to
CHANGER Trobl
RECORD CHANGER SERVICING RESPONSE "LOF AM-FMPhono
CHECK
412 MAHOGANY For complete record changer service information,
8H1 AUDIO GENERATOR AMPLIFIER OUTPUT
RC637 DB CHANGE
413 BLOND and see Service Manual S800. OUTPUT VOLTAGE
-3F
6D3 To remove record changer from its mounting Freq. Voltage Boost Cut Boost Cut
414 SIERRA
board, remove the three large washer-head screws s.1s .22 +4 -223
.035
2. Disconnect FM antenna from terminal board
extending through bottom of the mounting board. J2,
ryde. volts vlt.
With these screws removed, the three springs which
and remove terminal board from cabinet. 1,000 2.9
.035
"float" the record changer may be loose. Lift record rydee volt.
3. Remove four hex nuts that hold tuner in cabi- changer from the mounting board- being careful to 10,000 -035 +123 -19.5
net. Slide chassis out of cabinet and remove retain mounting screws for installation.
cycle. iós
Ih volti
,,i t
metal cover from chassis bottom to expose cir- ',For .035 volts input to M603, refer to "FREQUENCY RESPONSE
CHECK" portion of following fez`.
cuitry.
To remove FM RF tuner sub -chassis: TONE ARM NEEDLE SELECTOR Connect audio oscillator output from phono in-
SPECIFICATIONS KNOB
put socket (M603) to ground. Before proceeding,
1. Remove four screws that hold sub -chassis and
FREQUENCY RESPONSE: adjust HUM LEVEL control for minimum hum.
disconnect wires from antenna terminals.
AMPLIFIER -Amplifier section flat from 30 to TO CHECK AMPLIFICATION, set controls as
2. Disconnect cable from pin 8 on S601.
20,000 cycles within 2 db at 10 watts output. *10-7F44544 shown in the table under "AMPLIFICATION
3. Lift sub -chassis up for servicing. DO NOT dis- CHECK". Adjust audio oscillator output to 0.2
PRE-AMPLIFIER -At 1 watt level, Bass control connect FM tuner dial cord. IA(tf;i 1
volts at 1.000 cycles, as measured from phono input
gives 26.5 db change at 100 cycles and Treble
socket (M603) to ground. Measure output voltage
gives 32 db change at 10,000 cycles.
- KNURLED REPLACEMENT across 3.2 ohm load and compare with the reading
DISTORTION-Less than 1% at 10 watts output. CARTRIDGE NUT NEEDLE ASSEMBLY
in the table.
POWER OUTPUT -38
watts maximum. FREQUENCY RESPONSE CHECK: Set controls to
POWER CONSUMPTION -155 watts. positions shown in "FREQUENCY RESPONSE
Figure 3. Needle Replacement.
POWER SUPPLY-117 volts AC, 60 cycle only. CHECK" table. Leave the oscillator connected as
(Phonograph can be converted to 50 cycle opera- NEEDLE REPLACEMENT shown previously.
tion. See "RECORD CHANGER PARTS"; KIT, If a vacuum -tube voltmeter, that can measure
worn needle causes "scratch" and a harshness
0.035 volts, is not available, construct a series net-
A
50 cycle Conversion.)
of high tones in the output. Damage to records may
SPEAKER SYSTEM -Woofer, 15" PM; Mid -Range, work consisting of a 100.000 ohm, 5% resistor and
be caused by worn needles.
8" PM; Mid-Range, 51/4" PM; Tweeter, 31/2" a 3,900 ohm, 5% resistor. Connect this network
To replace needle assembly, refer to figure 3 and across the generator output and then connect the
PM.
-AM-PHONO SWITCH TUNING
loosen the knurled nut that is located under the car- 3.900 ohm resistor between socket (M603) and
OF Figure 2. Bottom View of FM Tuner Sub -chassis.
tridge. Slip the worn needle assembly out and insert ground. Apply 1 volt across this network and the
A.e 5s 6 7 8 9 a it 14
Location of components shown.
the new needle assembly in the exact same position. proper input voltage for frequency response meas-
88 92 98 100 104 108 . Tighten the knurled nut. urements will be applied to M603.
See "RECORD CHANGER PARTS" for replace Apply 1 volt at 1,000 cycles to amplifier at M603
TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS ment cartridge and needles. and vary the Bass and Treble controls. The out- D
Tube locations for the tuner and amplifier are put voltage, measured across the 3.2 ohm load,
LOU oTon M -1 -
shown on figures 6 and 7. Alignment points for the AMPLIFICATION AND RESPONSE CHECK should not appreciably change.
TUNING Eve
Figure 1. Operating Controls. tuner are shown on figure 6. The pre -amplifier and amplifier may be checked Apply 1 volt at 100 cycle`s. Vary Base control
Tubes may be reached from rear of cabinet for for gain and frequency response by performing the and measure output. At MAX (Boost), output volt-
CHASSIS REMOVAL
To remove amplifier chassis from cabinet:
servicing purposes. -
©John F. Rider
giCSW'ttº. : t , 4 s..
,bee }ttâd:R. -ü-i.31 a.7 cep.
..M 4930ì. a' 4:..d,4101443
,+.
AML.
era ai0.
er
a M A 40..l.k ..
erte
.
a6. +'
l
» 16.#6F ±pA.+
ºo-a.+ws aarro'#.
*Wm w+mAr ..e
martta» wn+w
s+._. t#lrarA ea.a+a M r
.......' A 0.00.0040. aee.. 4.4 14`.1. r «,
a l..a...a. '..4.A .. +new.#. O.
t.r/fís. #a.Fºi4.s
.W f+z.ì Amt. . ..+.+a:cw. w
i
wë +.111ÀAr.
_
W 1tA *
# cvìsw.. N A.n+..
e;a tesweeeteiet
A:44, .....
me. /M ..44. +to
,..
In.
w
. 444. ffiiR.-,
f..w.. A.Yuse se..
z..#### «ss ..r ..### .#*«"
s.u. .e. kl' #.a.-tl.Ara. }rdy*.w.<Ts:..
... .Ir
unu.s+rk A. @'.R 1434414M411 oar* 11444
1 'war. *ere. e mime
.... .. F
M
#
0.0. ....
`w
.wwl M
>.a... +
a.
[
i tp. P.
w iah º wee "t M .s#..M,
.º rx
. .4
`°..+
v.==. r.
...
w
....y
pV- P®T°r
M ..:W
s
o Yare !F° C v®irAM aat#
.,'e
.t ,ew6 ,,.ea,,.y 4444.... ,* k91 tie.A. a.,. dayy,+tess. re,",
i? e... iE' ..w. M .. eereee. # rensowersemessee,.
s+tit]Inr,. H
eiiiRw *wet
rime 4.W iteeseeee
teepee* +k .Àuraa..
111t>'rnti 14-1T11413
R
01d44.. .c-.. ..
w,.<.f
...«..a .í.. _.t4.4..4
<6.. -.,..
... +dt#
.ìnae.i»
.a
.wPL
W'>:
i* -e
T. rq...l
44 6w4+wrt Wert*
Jui/ w'wM*- kw`.r° ds
rÌ way ds w Id
eed*
.N+aV
pewee 404* áW... Re..
ease
.n.eR *a11) Aloes anr.+a#¡
."iÁw
.s.
.....wwN ..
a*.
a a t.
,=ºe..+A . ..s....w.aM.a .a..,a:.L 'tt.,.ar.'
t..44r.41
wa"«nk .^
.
ä..k=w
w .a.e. ,-.... .*-_<.,.,.
.
':...>;<.i::
:: . a ......
Wll1i iMl! ifi90,02laatfll
, ..
a ... . r".sr.
t . c..r
Pe. ., nd }..
`.. ,,. -
..r.1.e.w/I'.
IP.
*..... .e,.
9 111I44
»ex* , A
w..;.e
iA.
Flk' Te Y
K, a
..s R.''''. .rº=
tVi 118.'
w
46!
_
!
...
IN
t+4.
J
.
eft.. a..
k+ 6a- Y IrJ M ..w# 44#6 ú
NW. Mw «,.. N4 A !M
#`.k.0441
1.444nJl «AayM.
11441
11}Ik.
'.U +. Ase. .
M
"'^'T Seel
hlF61144{ fie,* . fi..P t.roy+. Asa/ hir..,,a..
r..y
+
A+
. k* a./ii../ *..
......Jia.w.Q.
sa. Mr 4+ -zAe ,44.
LAMM 11111171111 *` r, _
R4w.... .t.r., iA 4x..
.kiMY .
,
........
1111.' Pok#
04#4p
4. #
.. f- ..
4W sr
.. w..
..
. w.. -.,wr
41111 al #4..r. 1M a... I.
Aw=:..+
.. r+ RV,+
.» aa.
9;A k' oe."
,y,r. 7 9re.; i'rw d ...ewe Á.3e...
A4 # A
CHASSIS 8H1 -6D3
CHASSIS 8H1 & 603
MODELS 412 413 414
6.,11&,
'
0111.1.,:e
Id 901,0,022
d'Irg
?t'el
e
6AU8
001,11,0092. 2602 /7,11 1/212An nu
210(1011,
0., "Zo?'.
e -
777-T JIS
eim, 3' e!
V608 --t
2603
M
19/1 21
,nerna2.. t2,2,
260
6D3
U613
91-34
.49 ,
.us, 2/131
1111111
Ofgrr i"121U
EL84
71 111111
legm
H SI , 11 011
28
St
EL84 EL84
yak 3e,
'
/38 201
©John P. Rider
CHASSIS IN14 403C
74015111 472 473 474 444 449
CHASSIS DIFRERENCES
CHI and 11101111
8H1B FM -AM TUNER and 4S2C HI-FI AMPLIFIER Minn [?arilLEur. Rehr tu F1NAN Tuner tcA..n.r+
diagram. in thf. tuppence for chase diRcreaa+.
Werra RacsrJ cnu.,y.., xi.,.::,e.2 ,nr.;r.nºseo.+- nee 44RVIC1 MANUALS 4400 and S2100A.
CHASSIS DIFFEEENCIS
!Rue Sere:.. Mnonn.I Sapplr n..0 o usad rísA Sarao. Manua! SE 12 452 and 452C
14, sera í0e Mods. 472, 473, 474. 4214 and 489.
The only d1$eree. 1-leeen the l'2 .haw.. and
the 4S2C chased. ib that the 40 2C pilot Lamle. use..
H1-FI FM -AM CONSOLE PHONOGRAPH ,eer frÇure S {below I fur _cin'nection of pilot lamp
ente, rírcuit. the the 4S2 .0110:.äc dï.F..m in S812 t.ur
2r21.i
for ben -n-1rl the 4S2C .mplilie ,
.000(1 COLOR (RASSIS
tECOtD
CHAMGft
472 Abh.qaey 8H18 I0 CRY IT 11111
01 1404 Of RiOfi
473 .lend and M6?O
474 4:.1.0 450 RC
,0 OIuSf0011
111C ORL11
G.oy .H11 638.2 TOG11 P1Y 1
484 3.5
ra..,.rw and 01 1/01 01140E
FlgnI
409 F.urrsoed 452C repute S. Ported' .chemot;c o1 452( showing Sp.alrr Syol.
con.xcteon of pdat lamp. All Modal..
TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS
J..1 u.ar. rn.,tkl.,
1 thee Toron I..r te mounted PARTS LIST
horia.atall7 under the F EAM Tuner 011.a.í.. T
fvp... 4. F:nr Vía. o# Model 477. remove Zhu tube. grasp il 6T the rower on the bane (8H1B)
fend wont n borlerands mg n. damp, d MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS
.re.l hn 1h1n ul)=l.-ell wer.r:1 II., I;II! 111 1\1
Ìueeer Te. e.-r.*irx 11a r lune.>. 17 ;;111 If ; 114
CAPACITORS Flo
F.Pa.s 2 Freer Yee. or Aagyj.l 434. NOTE- I I 111,
H1400 e..ep. .e.11 85b t012v ..n:1.e end tae4e Itere M67U1 klA Ii ;
AMPUFI[I CHASSIS REMOVAL Chit tißi mf, 440 .ath, a4FY, ea. d.e< 650 10.4
4647 10 mml, ä90 «w0s. 10'º6, «e+ d:ee. 6. 644
QR Modern 172. le7 71. and 1J."1, the c:41e1rvt a o 144
hot Atari wt
1e reenteno4 to .errase tie naplttfier. [611 41 m.N 909 .a bt, 10.6, re. 4,e., RECORD CHANGE4 ZI
This pease !
lmeaMd n. the rear 4f IFtt eabiner be.
Ceta
N710 tamp. re, 430
654 to
10 177
1
RC438-2
.
D
bind doe record simmer enehose tie sores that C 447 A. 10,3 NOTE I L. "111(1/111) t. IIAhl.I,it" them
tai/ e!e mewl in glare and Sb tb pail
fram the l'11 1 1.1,1"i»`+111`L,aille flu.1.11
enigma butt Inn
COILS AND TRANSFORMIRS
Mee to AMPLIFIER CHASSIS REMOVAL it 1,at#r4 6;11
5412 to eseopf.er te..o.d of the somber .1a...í. Lem 4.M Ou:41ekar Cat,.
Fat Model 484, the 4wprefser he«2, r«0 -,,.e al pr,- 144 444
4001
md« en SSAli i. sore!_. 19we 4 rJperat.r.g CGae+trv.l.. All model,. 1.&71 14e. .aere=teta. Can1
4120
O -n -
O tool
i !/J
o
5 N^
Symbol Description Parr No - 1A sorss T60Ye IV60161611 T60 nob
üA
¡ t
e D
tf@L geo,l
áut
M614
M615
M616
Terminal Board, External Speaker....._....1013 13.2
Plug, Speaker. 4 Pin....._ ................._.._...888 5-2
Speaker, Woofer, 12" PM (3.2 ohms 2aT T\
- ii Itl
eJr ÷--l ea ^
só0te r J.
n1
f10
tl
r r`_
I
tlióï'ñe
Bezel, Chrome, with Threaded Studs
/68E6
IMNnER-OX. T603
ll ; DY10
6ñ 16,
ton, UM
Bezel, Gold, with Threaded Studs Lt
4'V raue romil
/ _
JI
toaoe nlorwos
u n[[w,yJ7
602 ,sues
Bolt, "U" Type, Tuner Mounting.._._ .............._...... 28A 111 N-wlww
Bullet Catch. Record Compartment Door, Brass na na na aAsm nnme, ama n n rosnla
,Itt
ISl
(Model 464) ................._------....-.-------..........._.._.. 35E 432-55 2ua ant .ói1á
606 1/2 (2)X7 I/212AX7
*Cabinet 11EI10
6AV6
' 151 At 2110 AfPAEAMP
Ill Ar AMP
Mode) 484, Italian Provincial, Gray Pumice... 35E 430-4
Tóü tl
T/Y1 tJ :R .0. 71,.* (/Z V6069
tJJÍ'
tle0r
/rrY
Model 489, French Provincial, Fruitwood--.-.__...35E 428.9 n a. ate t.rr r
11
Sen
i A61r"T_Ci
: os
625
CON
12
é~
A6
f
á
Dial Scale Window, Plastic, White
Lettering...._..............._..........-...._...-.-..--_......._..21C 108-7
Door Pull, Brass (Model 489) az 11010
Key Escutcheon Section. -..---.._.......__....-....-._...... 374 171-1 I4N1 I
Grille Cloth
4a11 I YIP c01 56021 1 56026
RUN CHANGES
ILA
Hinge, Record Compartment Door. .._-.__--------------374106-2 `- Cñ1+ .er.Orm/,a6LMyrr epek br°re lm/,iPo V606
Jewel, Pilot light, Green_.__......_.....__.. --_...._._...82A 10.8
Kepsnut, #8-32 (speaker and tuner dial
mounting) ..__ ................._............1A 19-2.71
Knobs
for Model 484 ®u,/rpoprr mqarW, Róap //IAr/eee /p aeu v15Y1[iVG
Tuning (Gray) .... ............33C 254-2
FM -AM -Phono Selector (Aluminum)....._....._. 33C 254-4
pNR630JO,rnrp;aYCeJ vsoz 601 } V605
Loudness, Ban, Treble, On -Off and lBRópp/P)OK/
porüW6' p/:a.mp eranp w rrm.y
lo se,wrolr
r4++ro°e rr nwn.
Compensator (Aluminum and Gray)-..-..-..33C 254-5
External Speaker Switch
(Gold and Beige) -_-..........._......_._...-_. ... 33C 254-8 11605
for Model 489
Tuning (Beige)..._._................... _.........--....._...33C 254-6
FM -AM -Phono Selector and Extemal
Speaker Switch (Gold) .............._-__.....-....33C 254.7
Symbol
Loudness, Bass, Treble, On -Off,
Compensator (Gold and Beige) 33C 254.8
CABINET PARTS Description
Sierra (Model 474) ....................................
Part No -
35E 432-14
Symbol Description
Knob, External Speaker Switch
Part No,
Leg, Groy Pumice (Model 484 _35E .0-54 MODELS 472, 473 and 474 Clip, 45 RPM Spindle.._ ......................:.......: 11A 20 (Gold and Beige).................................................33C 254-8
Lid Support (Statuary Bronze) Cover, Speaker Plug ..................................... 88B 5-12 Leg, Molded, with Ferrule and Anchor Bolt
for Model 484_._._.-..__-----_-.__-_._------_--.-,37C 170-6 Symbol Description Part No. for Model 472 (Mahogany) ...................................37D 168-2
M614 Terminai Board, External Speaker......... 10B 13.2 Dial Scale Window, Plastic, White
lid Supports (Bross Plate) for Model 489 .,21C 1M 7 for Model 473 and 474 (Ebony).............._...........375 168.4
Right Hond....-_._-... __....--.--._.----._ ................37C 170-5 M615 Plug, Speaker, 4 Pin............ _ ................... 88B 5-2 Leg Mounting Plate (straight mounting type) -.-...--.1513 1813-3
M616 Speaker, Woofer, 12" PM (3.2 ohms .37A in
Lid Support, Brass..............................................._...37C 170-6
Polnut, 94" (speaker switch mounting) ---_-_-------.---213 6-43-71 voice coil impedance). .78B 112-3 Escutcheon, External Speaker Switch .23A 3H
Monogram, Admiral "A". . 26C 68-1
Polnut, #6-32 (bezel mounting)_.____ -_-_-._-.- -28 6-38-71 M617 Speaker, Tweeter, 31/2" PM (3.2 ohms Grille Cloth Polnut, ?4" (speaker switch mountng)-------------------286-43-71
Panel, Cabinet Back (one side covered with voice coil impedance) ............................788 91.2 36D 86-29
PolnO, #6.32 (bezel mounting)... 28 6-38-71
Qom:stiavl material M618 Speaker, Mid -Range, 5r/." PM (8 ohms for Model 473 .............:.................. 36D 86-30
Panel, Cabinet Bock (one side covered with
voice coil impedance) ...........................7813110.4 for Model 474 :...................... 36D 86-31 acoustical material._._ ........................._.............43D 308-2
for Model 489..--._..--.-__.__.-----..-_--...._.-----.__.359308-4 M619 Speaker. Mid -Range, 4" PM (8 ohms 37A 106-2 Screw, #10-32 x 1." WH Phillips
voice coil impedence) ............................ 78B 84-6 (record changer mounting) ..............................._ --14 153-30.71
Hinge, Record Compartment Door, Brass.. ... 35E 432.54
Screw, #1032,. 1% Washer Head Phillips Antenna Terminal Board......_._..........._..................1013 13-5 Spacer, Felt (for 'G" tuner control shorts), 5A 12-1
(record changer mounting) --_--_----..._--------------.IA 153.30-71 Bezel, Chrome, with Threaded Studs...................... 23C 299-3 Kepsnut, #8-32 (speaker and tuner dial
Bolt, "U" Type, Tuner Mounting ................... _........ 28A 111 2A 19-2-71
Spencer, Felt (for ne" tuner control shafts). 5A 12-1 Strike Plate, Record Compartment Door, B,..s.......35E 432-57
Spacer, Tuner Sleeve......-._.._-..---.--_ ....................32B 3961 Bullet Catch, Record Compartment Door, Bross. 35E 432-55 Knob, Tuning (Gray) .........................._._............. 33C 354-2
Switch, External Speaker, 3 Position......_ ...............77481-1
Strike' Plate, Record Compartment Door *Cabinet Knob, FM -AM -Phono Selector (Aluminum)....... 33C 254-4
(Model 484)._........_..__........--_...._---------------------35E432-57 Mahogany (Model 472) .......................................35E 432-12 Knob, Loudness, Bass, Treble, On -Off, Orders for mbinals and carmin me'lo'rlg poco will not M filled
unless toll are given with the order and the damaged parts
Switch, External Speaker, 3 Position_..._ ................ 77A 81-1 Blond (Model 4731....._................................_...... 35E 432-13 Compensator (Aluminum and .00- 33C 254.5 repair economically.
caecal be .epoirad
®John F. Rider
Admiral FREQUENCY RESPONSE-Master amplifier and Aux-
SPECIFICATIONS
12B1, 12B1A CHASSIS DIFFERENCES
SERVICE DATA No. ST828-1 Rev. 1
iliary amplifier flat from 40 cycles to 20,000 cycles within
1 db.
Chassis 1281 uses different dial scale than 12B1A. NOTE
Except for MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART on page 1,
for CONTROLS-Chassis 12B1
reference to chassis 1281 includes chassis 12B1A.
Off -On -Treble, Loudness (dual), Bass, Record Compensa-
DUAL CHANNEL tor, Selector and Tuning.
-Chassis 5T4A
TUBE LOCATIONS
12B1
Two, 10" PM, Woofers; 4" PM, Mid -Range; 31/2' PM, 5T4A TUBE COMPLEMENT
Tweeter. V101 Audio Amplifier 6AV6
V102 Audio Amplifier and Phase Inverter 12AX7
MODEL MODEL V103 Audio Output EL84/61Q5
SS654 MODEL NOTE: For voice coil impedance values for each speaker,
MODELS 671 SS671 V104 Audio Output EL84/61Q5
662 refer to the appropriate "CABINET PARTS" list. VI05 Rectifier 5Y3GT
663
664
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS 12B1-12B1A-5T4A
CHASSIS 12B1-12B1A-5T4Á
BASIC STEREOPHONIC DISC PRINCIPLES stylus stereophonic recording is illustrated in figure 6C.
Figure 7 shows how a single tone in one channel only is
The stereophonic reproducing head is similar in con-
struction to the recording head, except that two styli are
For Stereophonic Disc Record Changer Servicing, Read stereophonically recorded on a disc. The stylus is mechanic- used and the elements may be ceramic, crystal or magnetic.
The Entire Section, For General Understanding, Read First ally coupled to two recording elements. The elements are One is .003" (3 mils) in diameter for use with 78 RPM
«
positioned 90° apart with respect to each other; each forms
And Last Two Paragraphs. /wI(2, c3 0 an angle of 45° with the horizontal. No signal is applied to
discs; the other is .0007" (.7 mil) in diameter for LPS
Stereophonic sound differs from today's popular hi-fi Qv\ (Long Play Stereophonic) and regular LP disc reproduc-
sound in that it adds a new 3D presence dimension to listen- c, 0of3a ,c) element A; the sine -wave signal coupled to element B al- tion. A 0.7-mil LPS stylus is used in place of the "standard"
ing. 3D Presence, in the ordinary sense, is the illusion of
1 Q QI ternately pushes and pulls on the stylus causing it to vibrate 1 -mil LP stylus because, as a stereo sound track becomes
being at the place of the original sound. Until the intro- Q i back and forth along the line with arrowheads on each end.
The cutting stylus cuts the signal one one side of the track
shallower than a standard LP track, the 1 -mil stylus would
be forced out of the groove. In the reproducing head, the
duction of stereo, hi-fi systems have attempted to sustain
only since there is no signal to cause variations in the elements develop a voltage corresponding to stylus motions
this illusion merely by keeping the recorded sounds as dis- ILfF I 6 TO 12 FEET swim'
direction of element A. The variations, therefore, on each caused by track variations. See figure 9.
tortion -free as possible. However, this alone cannot intro-
SOUNDS FgOM SOUNDS FROM side of the track correspond to the signals in each channel.
duce presence since the reproduced sound emanates only iN S SIDE DOM-
INATIN
THIS SIDE DOM
Figure 8 shows how two different signals in each channel
from one source, a single hi-fi speaker or speaker system. LEfFTEAfl
THE INATE IN THE
RIGNT EAR
cause the cutting stylus to move at an angle other than 45°
What is 3D presence? A simple explanation is demonstrated
to the horizontal.
if one visualizes a person sitting in front of an orchestra, as
shown in figure 3. Because of the physical locations of the
members of the orchestra relative to the listener, sounds
CHANNEL BINPUT
from the right side are heard primarily in the right ear and
sounds from the left side are heard primarily in the left
ear. Thus, to recreate 3D presence in the home, it is neces-
sary to have this same relative division of sound on both
sides of the listener. Figure 3. "3D PRESENCE" LISTNER
Stereophonic disc recordings are made using two separate method, etc. These were discarded as unacceptable for a
microphones, each corresponding to a listner's ear, placed variety of reasons; incompatibility with present hi-fi systems, 45'
in front of the sound-producing body, as at L and R in mechanical instability and critical alignment; high distor- HORIZONTAL
figure 3. The information from each microphone is re- LINE
tion levels, etc. STYLUS
corded independently in a single groove on the disc. In the Westrex 4545 stereophonic disc recording system,
Basically, one side wall of the groove records the informa- which is the accepted standard system of the industry, the STYLUS MOVES BACK
Figure 9. STEREOPHONIC REPRODUCING HEAD.
ANO FORTH ALONG
tion from one microphone while the other side records the two separate audio channels are recorded in a single groove. THIS LINE
information from the other. For stereophonic reproduction, One channel is recorded by varying the cutting stylus posi- Figure 10 shows how a reproducing head translates a one.
the sounds in each separate channel are separately and tion laterally as shown in figure 6A. The other channel is channel signal into an audio -frequency voltage. Note that
simultaneously amplified and applied to two independent, recording by simultaneously moving the same stylus vertical- only LATERAL FORCE on each element causes a signal to
and properly -placed speaker systems, as shown in figure 4. GROOVE
ly as in figure 6B; this produces `hills and dales" in the be produced; although the track variations cause stresses
Until the advent of stereophonic discs, hi-fi sound was track rather that the constant depth of monaural recordings. PRODUCING TRACK in both elements, a signal is developed only across element
VARIATIONS ON
exclusively recorded on discs with a cutting stylus that The resultant groove is a simultaneous combination of lateral ONE 510E ONLY "A". This demonstrates the ability for one groove to
moved laterally with the sound variations, as shown in and horizontal variations in one track. Basically, one wall selectively reproduce a signal into one amplifier channel.
\DI5C
figure 5A. The depth of the groove is constant. Therefore, varies correspondingly to one microphone while the other
sound variations are lateral and the recorded groove looks wall varies accordingly to the second microphone. Each Figure 7. RECORDING A SINGLE CHANNEL SIGNAL.
like the one shown in figure SB. Many stereophonic disc wall variation in independent of the other. This independ-
ideas have been tried; such as the two parallel lateral - ence is the basis of separation of sound which we call 3D
variation tracks method, the 90-degree vertical -horizontal presence in stereo. The resultant sound track of a single -
CENTER LINE CENTERLINE STYLUS CENTER LINE
fr
VARIABLOEPTHE
VARIABLE AT
0!J CHANNEL
A INPUT
©John F. Rider
In figure 8, two signals caused the cutting stylus to shift Since channel separation depends on the angle of the
to an angle greater than 45° from the horizontal. Separa- track variations relative to the pick-up stylus, it is important OPERATING CONTROLS (Cont.)
tion of this track variation into two signals by the repro- that the record changer turntable be level and the pick-up LOUDNESS: Used to adjust to desired sound level. Acts are located on right side of set and affect the Auxiliary chan-
ducing head is shown in figure 11. Both elements are moved stylus be perpendicular to the turntable, as illustrated in as master control for both Master and Auxiliary channels. nel only. They function as follows:
the same distance in the direction of the stylus, resulting in figure 12. If these relationships are not observed, both TUNING: Large knob located behind Selector knob.
a small movement of element "A" in its signal -producing channel separation and stereophonic fidelity will be impaired. Selects desired FM or AM stations.
direction and a large atonement of element "B" in its signal - BALANCE: Used to "balance" the
RECORD COMPENSATOR: This control compensates
producing direction. Thus, a small signal is developed for the different recording characteristics used by various Auxiliary channel output to match the
across element "A" and a large signal is developed across VERTICAL record manufacturers. The left setting, "78", is a filter for Master channel output. Adjust for de-
element "B". Note that these signals correspond to the standard 78 RPM records to minimize needle scratch. The sired level of loudness between channels.
channel "A" and "B" input signals in figure 8. CARTRIDGE .--TONE ARM
RIAA, LP and EUR positions provide built-in equalization
TURNOVER
LEVER networks which assure truer reproduction of commercial BASS and TREBLE: These controls
STYLUS recordings. (During FM or AM radio operation, the com- function the same as Treble and Bass
FORCE OM ELEMENT 'A FORCE OM CLEMENT
pensator circuits will not affect sound output.) controls for the Master channel.
'.SANE AS FORCE ON SITARS.} DISC
AUXILIARY CHANNEL CONTROLS
Figure 14, Operating
Auxiliary channel controls (Balance, Bass and Treble) Controls, STOA.
HORIZONTAL
SERVICE HINTS
CHASSIS REMOVAL that hold the changer. These screws are accessible from
END VIEW Master Chassis 1281 beneath changer.
On models 662, 663 and 664, slide changer out of cab-
Chassis 12B1 is located in the Master cabinet. To remove
Figure 12. VERTICAL POSITIONING OF THE 1281 chassis, proceed as follows: inet to gain access to changer mounting screws.
STEREOPHONIC STYLUS. 2. Disconnect Phono Output plugs (M5 and M6) and un-
1. Disconnect line cord from power source.
2. Disconnect FM Antenna terminal board from back of
plug Record Changer Power plug (M3).
3. Lift record changer from inside cabinet. Retrieve
cabinet.. Unplug Record Changer Power plug (M3).
changer "float" springs. They will be used when record
.'
/v
` '
RE5uüiNO
3iGNAt DEVELO
sv ELEMENT x BY IN"' For operation with monaural 78 and LP discs, the out-
Disconnect two Phono Output plugs (MS and M6). Dis-
connect Master Channel Speaker plug (M20).
3. Disconnect Cabinet Pilot Light plug (M14).
changer is placed back into cabinet.
4. To replace changer, reverse the above procedure.
NDR'EONTAL
puts of the two reproducing elements are connected in 4. Remove control knobs on front of chassis and chassis
parallel. This produces a high fidelity monaural signal mounting screws. POWER CONNECTION
MD
CE
3iZE
EiEFRED comparable to the signals available from single -element hi-fi 5. Remove chassis from cabinet for servicing. To replace
OS TÑHE
cartridges. The .0007" LPS stylus is used for standard AC line power, 60 cps, is supplied to the Master unit
F ON E OtSC chassis in cabinet, perform the above procedure in re-
microgroove records and the .003" 78 stylus is used for 78 through the Master cabinet line cord and controlled by
Figure 11. SEPARATION OF TRACK VARIATIONS INTO verse order.
TWO SIGNALS, RPM records. Off-On -Treble control R57.
Auxiliary Chassis 5T4A The Auxiliary chassis has its separate line cord. The
Off-On -Power relay (M106), located on the Auxiliary
OPERATING CONTROLS The Auxiliary chassis is located in the Auxiliary cabinet
except for models 662, 663 and 664. In these models, the chassis, is energized by a direct current supplied by the
MASTER CHANNEL CONTROLS BASS: Controls bass (low note) response of Master chan- Auxiliary chassis (5T4A) is located in the Master cabinet. Master chassis 1201 through the Stereo Output socket
The operating controls for this set, excluding Auxiliary nel. Rotation to left of zero position decreases bass response. To remove Auxiliary chassis, proceed as follows: (M13).
channel Balance, Bass and Treble controls, are located on Rotation to the right of zero position increases bass response. 1. Disconnect line cord from power source. On Models 662, 663 and 664, the line cord to the Master
radio tuning dial (figure 13) and operate as follows: The zero position will normally give truest reproduction. 2. Remove cabinet back panel on Auxiliary cabinet. For cabinet is terminated in a duplex socket. Then, line cords
models 662, 663 and 664, remove cabinet hack panel from the radio chassis and auxiliary chassis are plugged
SELECTOR: Used to select type of operation desired. into the duplex outlet to complete the power connection.
behind 5T4A chassis (right side of Master cabinet).
,f AWfi°
FM6a
6
^
7
92 =
6 9
96'
10 12 M
Io0^IOb^to6F[t
I6A11
Place control to position giving desired type of operation.
STEREO-for playing Stereo Disks on the phonograph or
for using an external Stereo tape recorder with the Master
3. Remove three Auxiliary chassis control knobs (outside
of cabinet).
4. Disconnect Auxiliary Channel Audio Input plug (M101)
CONNECTING THE STEREO UNIT
and Auxiliary channels. from Stereo input socket (M13). Remove Speaker plug Figure 15 shows the method of making power connec-
PHONO-for playing regular single -channel records on (M109) from Audio Output socket (M108). Disconnect tions in all models except 662, 663 and 664. Refer to the
cR.wNL HI FIDELITY - the phonograph. For transfering regular records to tape Tape Output plug (MI02) front Stereo Tape Input illustration and perform the following procedure to make
or playing back single -channel tapes from external Mon- socket (M103). power connections:
aural tape recorder. 1. Make sure that both line cords are disconnected from
Figure 13. Operating Controls, 1281. 5. Remove chassis mounting screws. Remove chassis from
wall outlet.
AM -for AM radio reception or for recording AM broad- cabinet for servicing. To replace chassis in cabinet, per-
unit to
ON-OFF -TREBLE: The ON-OFF function of this con rol form the above procedure in reverse order. 2. Connect plug on black cable from the Auxiliary
casts on external tape recorder.
acts as a master switch to turn both Master channel and Aux- "STEREO OUTPUT" socket on Master cabinet. On
iliary channel on and off. To turn set on, rotate knob to FM -AFC-for drift -free reception of FM radio broad- Record Changer Model 649, connect plug to socket on Master chassis.
right until switch clicks. casts. Gives optimum performance in good signal areas. To remove the record changer, perform the following pro- Connect socket, on black cable, to plug on rear of Aux-
Further rotation of the knob controls treble (high note) Placing selector in this position after station has been cedure: iliary cabinet.
response of master channel output. Rotation to the left of tuned in will keep station sharply tuned. Also for record- 1. On all models except 662, 663 and 664, remove cabinet 3. Connect both line cords in wall outlets and test the set.
zero position decreases treble response. Rotation to the right ing FM broadcasts on external tape recorder. back panel behind changer. Also, remove panel under Turn the Master unit on and off. The Auxiliary unit
of zero position increases treble response. The zero position FM -for FM radio tuning and reception. Provides in- record changer. Remove three large washer head screws should turn on and off at the same time.
will normally give truest reproduction. creased sensitivity for FM reception in poor signal areas.
AC LINE CORDS
that needle to be replaced is facing down. Grasp retaining
clip and slip old needle from cartridge. See figure 18. To
replace needle, reverse above procedure.
When using the internal speaker system, the shorting bar,
on the terminal board, is to be connected between terminals
3 and 4. See figure 19.
Connect input plug of tape recorder into left (RECORD)
socket on the Master channel bracket -on Master cabinet
and the tape recorder output plug into the right (PLAY)
-
To replace cartridge, remove screws (one at each side) When an external speaker system is to be usdd, connect socket on the bracket. When using a stereo tape recorder,
MASTER CONNECT FOUR PIN PLUG AUXILIARY
UNIT TO 'STEREO DUT' 500AET STEREO and three leads from cartridge. Fasten new cartridge in external system leads to terminals 1 and 5. Adjust the make identical connections of the recorders second channel
CABINET ON MASTER UNIT CABINET
place. Red lead goes to terminal "R", white lead to terminal position of the shorting bar so that terminals 2 and 3 are to the sockets on the Auxiliary channel tape recorder bracket.
"L", shield to center terminal. shorted together. When a 16 ohm external speaker system is
connected properly and the shorting bar is placed between TO RECORD: Move switch on Master channel bracket
Figu e 15. Stereo Unit Connections,
STEREO CARTRIDGE
terminals 2 and 3, the external speaker systems' impedance to left (RECORD) position. (See "Operating Controls" on
PARTNo.409Bts.Z I (WITH S IaMoNE"LPS' NEEDLE)
RIGHT AND LEFT CHANNEL CONNECTION PART No409B332i (WITH DIAMONDPS NEEDLE) will he matched to output transformer and internal speakers. page 6). For stereo recording, move switch on Auxiliary
The Master unit and the Auxiliary unit have been con- TONE channel bracket to the left (RECORD) position also,
ARM
structed in production so that the "right" channel is heard PHASING AN EXTERNAL SPEAKER SYSTEM TO PLAY: Move switch to right (PLAY) position. Place
through the Auxiliary unit and the "left" channel through To insure best sound reproduction when making an ex- Selector switch to "PHONO" position when playing single
the Master unit. In other words, the auxiliary cabinet should Figure 18. Needle ternal speaker installation, the external speaker voice coils channel tapes. Move switch on Auxiliary channel tape
Replacement,
be placed to the right of Master unit. If it is desired to place must be phased with speaker voice coils in the Master cabi- bracket to right ( PLAY position and Selector switch to
the auxiliary cabinet to the left of the Master unit, the connec- net so that the cones of all the speakers move in the same
I
MASTER T 1 ST
MASTER bly. Make sure needle shaft clears centering notch. To
replace needle assembly, open spring clip slightly and slip
across the voice coil terminals. On each external speaker
to be used, determine which terminal, when connected sr_;rp
RED
RED PLUG FROM
TONE ARM INDICATES
CJ
ll
new assembly into position. Make sure that needle shaft to the positive pole of a battery, causes the speaker cone
OR r.
2t
PLU RIGHT' CHANNEL ON is centered in notch. to move outward.
STEREO RECORD O Signal lead connections to cartridge are the same as above.
CONNECT TAPE
RECORDER INPUT
CONNECT TAPE
RECORDER OUT
AUX AUX 2. Refer to instruction under "CONNECTING AN EX- HERE HERE
SIGNAL LEAD CONNECTIONS SIGNAL LEAD CONNECTIONS TERNAL SPEAKER SYSTEM" and be sure to connect
(AUXILIARY CABINET (AUXILIARY CABINET
PLACED TO RIGHT PLACED TO LEFT NEEDLE external speaker terminal (si, which causes speaker cone
OF MASTER CABINET) OF MASTER CABINET) CENTERING
SPRING
CLIP
NEEDLE SELECTOR
HANDLE to move forward when connected to positive pole of a AMPLIFICATION AND RESPONSE CHECK
NOTCH
battery, to terminal 5. The other external speaker lead The pre -amplifiers and amplifiers may be checked for
Figure 16. Right and Left Hand Channel Connections.
to terminal 1. gain and frequency response by performing the tests out-
Figure 18A, Needle lined below and referring to the "AMPLIFIER CHECKS"
is moved to the left of the master cabinet, the red plug should Replacement, PROVISION FOR EXTERNAL TAPE RECORDER
be moved to the "MASTER" socket and the other plug moved table.
A metal bracket labeled "TAPE RECORDER" is used
to the "AUX" socket. See figure 16.
with each model. On models that are operated with an Aux- TEST EQUIPMENT:
HEATER CIRCUIT FUSE iliary unit, one "TAPE BRACKET" is located on the Master Audio Oscillator, with flat frequency response across the
REPLACEMENT
On chassis 12B1, the heater circuit is fused. Location of NEEDLE ASSEMBLY
CARTRIDGE
PART No. 409034-I cabinet back panel and the other on the Auxiliary cabinet audio range.
fuse is shown on figure 17. To replace fuse, connect a 2" PART No. 99095-1 back panel. On models 662. 663 and 664. two brackets are
piece of #27 gauge bare annealed copper wire between located on the cabinet back. Vacuum Tube Voltmeter, preferably with decibel (db)
proper terminals on terminal board. SPEAKER SYSTEMS TO INT. TO EXL scale.
Speakers may be reached for servicing by removing cab- SPEAKERS SPEAKERS
Oscilloscope.
f
ao4oi inet back panels. Cross-over capacitor(s) are located on
HEATER S
CIRCUIT I baffle boards adjacent their respective speaker systems.
FUSE Each speaker system is connected to its amplifier by a AMPLIFIER CHECKS
GREEN..-* REPLACE FUSE WIRE WITH
wiring harness. Plugs, sockets and capacitor(s) are replace-
6.3V LEAD #27 GAUGE BARE COPPER Figure 19. External
On 1281 chassis, sel Lo ne and Treble eentrols
FROM XFMR ANNEALED WIRE -2" LONG able. See "CABINET PARTS" for the particular model. Speaker Terminal
Board.
AMPLIFICATION to m x' um (folly clockwise). Sel Record of u u
CHECK ssi,, I und controls Switch nSTEREO. On A
On model 654, baffle boards are located on front and rear ro (fully <I«kwisa).
chaxis, set oll controls to maximum
Figure 17. Heater Circuit Fuse, Chassis 1281.
of Master cabinet. To gain access to either speaker system, FREQUENCY VOLTS
RC688.16S, -17S system used with this set should have a 16 ohm voice coil input and output sockets for stereo tape recorder recording
or play-back. Each bracket looks like one in figure 20. Note: At 7.8 watts out, harmonic distortion is 2%.
To replace either needle, turn NEEDLE SELECTOR so impedance for proper operation.)
©John F. Rider
AMPLIFIER CHECKS (CONT.) volts (27 db change).
DIAL STRINGING AND POINTER SETTING
FREQUENCY On .1281 and chacals, cet r,v,2 Two stringing systems are used on the radio chassis. Two
RESPONSE truaons in ten for
S« ' 5"A.
iv;aaal aanvah.
AM IF AND RF ALIGNMENT
CHECK ábous.
drums (23/4" and 13/8") and the tuning shaft are used to
SIGNAI OUTPUT VOLTAGE
DBGHANGE
From MAx to MIN
drive the FM -AM tuning yoke. Two pulleys (3/g" dia., brass) Turn radio on and allow 15 minutes warm up. Use 400 or 1000 cps modulation for alignment.
GENERATOR a eaj.ss or and drum (2") are employed to move dial pointer along Set Loudness control fully clockwise, Bass and Treble
ourvtF 5T4Á Preblecotion
Voltage MAX.
12.131
signal.
Figure 21. Dial
Connect audio oscillator output to the junction of C54 and Stringing Diagram. PULLEY LOCATED BEHIND *Adjustment "M" and "P" made from beneath chassis.
R4OB on 12B1 chassis. (Early Production)
NOTE: Use an oscilloscope to check output voltage wave-
UPPER ORUM AND GANGED
TO SAME SHAFT I
forms. At 5 volts output on each chassis, waveforms should FM IF AND RF ALIGNMENT (using VTVM and Signal Generator)
be symmetrical.
TO CHECK AMPLIFICATION, set controls as shown in >.m -- `l
/1 ORUMI GANGED TO
TUNING CAPACITOR. SHAFT NOTE: For FM alignment, a signal generator with facilities for crystal calibration should be used. Signal generator frequency
settings are critical for
"AMPLIFICATION CHECK" table. Set generator output FM alignment.
to 1,000 cycles and increase output amplitude until 5 volts Turn radio and alignment equipment on and allow 15 e Use a non-metallic alignment tool with tip K2" wide ,for
appears across each chassis output load, as measured with o
minutes for warm up. transformer slug adjustments (Admiral part no. 98A30-10).
a VTVM. Measure generator output voltage. See table for Set Loudness control to minimum, Bass and Treble con- Refer to figures 24 and 25 for physical location of
proper input voltage amplitude.
DRUM
POS=ONS SHOWN
WITH GANG FULLY OPE
¡STAAi
trols at mid -rotation and Selector switch to "FM" posi- alignment points.
Change generator connection to the junction of R40A Figure 210. Dial tion (completely counterclockwise rotation). a Use an unmodulated signal during alignment.
and C42 on 12B1 chassis. Set generator output voltage so Stringing Diagram, DRUM NG
CAPACITOR SHAF7 Use DC VTVM as output indicator. Set generator output Adjustment "A", "B", "D" and "G" made from under
that 5 volts Fn indicated across 5T4A output load. See table side of chassis. Remove chassis bottom cover to reach
for proper 5T4A input voltage amplitude.
PULLEY LOCATELa E
UPPER DRUM A
le GANGED
so that indication, on VTVM, is approximately 111 volts
above noise level during alignment (except "Step 2"). adjustments and to make VTVM connections.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE CHECK: TO SAME SHAFT
Gen. Receiver
For control settings, refer to "FREQUENCY RESPONSE Step Signal Generator and VTVM Connections Freq. Gang Setting Adjustment
CHECK" table. Connect generator "hot" lead to junction 4. Replace dial scale.
Connect generator to antenna terminals with a 150 ohm 10.7 MC Set Tuning "A", "B", "C", "D",
of R4OB and C54 on 12B1 chassis. Set audio generator 5. With AM tuning gang fully open. place dial pointer on 1
resistor in series with each lead. Connect VTVM and de- gang fully "E", "F" and "G" for
output at 100 cycles and adjust the amplitude so that 5 dial pointer guide bracket. Move dial pointer to line-up coupling network between "U" and ground (see schematic). open maximum.
volts is indicated on VTVM connected across 12B1 output. with the right hand calibration mark below "AM" and 1
DIAL STRING
read 0.225 volts or less (27 db change). Return Treble to Same as "STEP 1". 98 MC 98 MC Alternately adjust
4
maximum position. "J" and "K", several
Connect generator output to AUX. CHANNEL input DIAL POINTER
GUIDE BRACKET
i r16 Y
times, for maximum.
socket (on 12131 chassis). Connect VTVM across 5T4A -
Vip VI2
PRODUCTION CHANGES
M13 V8 M11 M12
Production changes are coded RUN 10, RUN 11, etc., as given in the headings below. Run number (stamped on
chassis indicates that this chassis has the change(s) incorporated which are explained under that particular run number
heading below, as well as changes (lower run numbers) made prior to that time. At the start of production, all chassis
were stamped RUN 10.
FM RF RUN 11: R25 (15K, 1W) changed to (22K, 1W) to per - '/2W) added between MII and M12 to mini-
(18B1) mit full interchangeability of 6BE6 tubes. R33 mize rumble.
changed to (39OK, '/2 W), R34 changed to
(1O0K, 1/2W) and C39 changed to (.002MF) RUN 12: R7O (47OK, '/2 W) removed to increase chan -
to improve operation on AM. R7O (47OK, nel separation for "STEREO" operation.
V2 (12B1)
V3 T6 O O T3 V7 V4 O T4 T7 V5 O RI6
R17
RI8
RI9
100 ohms, % watt......._........_.........._ ...........................60138-101
22,000 ohms, % watt. ...60B 8.223
27,000 ohms, 1 watt ..............._......................................606 14-273
100,000 ohms, % watt, 5%. 60B 7-104
CAPACITORS
CI .001 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc. 65D 10.6
Figure 24. Top View of 12ßl Chassis. Input Connections, Output Connections and Alignment Points Shown. R20 100,000 ohms,'/z watt, S% ....................._...................6013 7-104 47 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic..._ ................................_....65D6.79
C2
R21 47,000 ohms, % watt. 60B 8.473 C3 220 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic................_....................._6506-80
R22 330,000 ohms, '/2 watt ..................................................6013 8-334 C4 17 mmf, 1.5%, NPO temp. coeff........................_....__ Part of L2
#27
FUSE, 2n AUX CHANNEL AUX. CHANNEL R23 1 megohm, ' watt......._ ......................................_.......60B 8.105 C5 .001 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc.........._......._..................._65D 10-6
PHONO INPUT AUDIO OUTPUT R24 22,000 ohms,'/z watt ....................................................6013 8-223
ANNEALED ARE R25 15,000 ohms, 1 watt (Ran 10) ......................................6013 14.153
C6 .O1 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc........_ ..............._.._.............65D10-3
C7 2 mmf, 500 volts, 12%, ceramic,
COPPER WIRE M13 R25 22,000 ohms, 1 watt t Run 11 and higher) ..................60B 14-223 N750 temp. coeff......._.._......_._..........._..................65D 6-53
R26 22,000 ohms, % watt. 60B 8-223 C8 20 mmf, 1.2%, NPO temp. coeff ...................................Part of L3
R27 1,000 ohms,'/. watt ................................_.....................6013 8.102 C9 100 mml, 500 volts, 10%, ceramic,
R28 68,000 ohms, V., watt. 60B 8-683 N750 temp. c4,8 .................._............---................_..650 6-19
R29 180,000 ohms, % watt........._ ........................................60B 8-184 Cl0Á .001 mf, 450 volts
R30 68,000 ohms, % watt. 60B 8-683
CIOB .001 mf, 450 volts
dual ceramic disc .......................60A 17-3
R31 180,000 ohms, % watt. 60B 8-184
Si S3 R32Á 7,000 ohms, 8 watts
C11 10 mmf, 500 volts, 5%, cer. disc,
tapped, candohm ..................61A 5-17 N750 temp. coeff ..............._.................................._..65D 10.50
R32B 5,000 ohms, 12 watts Cl2 10 mmf, 500 volts, 5%, cer. disc,
R33 390,000 ohms, % watt..._ ............................................. 60B 8-394 N750 temp. coeff....._................................................65D 10-50
834 100,000 ohms, i/2 watt......_ ................_.........................608 8-104 C13 .001 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc ......................................._.650 10-6
R35 1 megohm, % watt. 60B 8.105 C14 .001 mf, 500 volts, feed.through._ ..............__....__...._ 65B 26-5
R36 390,000 ohms, % watt..........._ ......................................60B 8-394 C15 mf, 500 volts, cer. dfse .............................................650 10-3
.01
R37 390,000 ohms, % watt. 8.394 C16 .001 mf, 500 volts, feed-through.__ .............................6513 26-5
R38 47,000 ohms, % watt_ ..............._..................................60138-473 C17 .001 mf, 500 volts, feed-through ..............._.................6513 26S
R39 47,000 ohms, % watt ....................................................6013 8-473 C18 .02 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc ..........................._.........._...65D 10-28
CHANGER R40A 500,000 ohms, Loudness control .................._.75B 46-1 C39Á .004 mf, 950 volts duel ceramic disc.........
R40B 500,000 ohms, Loudness control Idual ...65A 17-1
POWER CI9B .004 mf, 450 volts
R41 470,000 ohms, % watt. ........................... 60B 8-474
SOCKET R42 1,000 ohms, % watt ......................................................6013 8.102
R43 100,000 ohms, % watt. .60B 8-104
M4 R44 6,800 ohms, % watt. . ... 60B 8-682
C22A .004 mf, 450 volts dual ceramic dise .......................65A 171
C22B ..004 mf, 450 volts
845 39,000 ohms, 2 wetts.....................................................60B20-393 65D 10.3
C23 .01 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc............._........_..._..............
R46Á 125 ohms, 5 watts
tapped, candohm .....................61A 518 C24A .004 rot, 450 volts tdual ceramic disa ......................65A 17-1
R46B 1,000 ohms, 7 watts
C24B .004 mf, 450 volts
R47 47,000 ohms, '/z watt ...................._...............................60B 8.473
47 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic ........................................._6506-79
C25
840 47,000 ohms, i -i watt .....................................................606 8.473
... ....60B 8-474 C26 220 mal, 500 volts, ceramic.......... . .65D 6-80
R49 470,000 ohms, % watt.
850 2,200 ohms,'/z watt............_........................................608 8-222
356 mmf, max. ant.
tç
M16 M19 R55 10,000 ohms, Yi watt................. 60B 8-103 N750 temp. coeff.._ .............................._................. 65D 10-177
Figure 25. Bottons View of 12B1 Chassis. Input Connections, Output Connections and Alignment Points Shown.
©John F. Rider
Mil AA«, 111
444
^ , 4.4
1166181, 416 AP.441,44 (114A 11. At 1
45. _
oriectuJimitOtri i ZS I otAk.sts 'Axis 0174 11414.06
6 .444
gee
6.64*
rt
Wt.
et
it..
Aela
'e
.6.6696.6 1,4e.
1_4 .11. it.. 4". An et 0
:4 6 e. 60644.466 * ee,i.-
4040. re. eke. al
tettitet
.111,
A A
tit eee
#1. et* lit
le* et,
t
eee
#
tette
.04
1,6
t
0441114
.6
my,
46 et,
66 *40
t. t 41* t ,me
. .0 la... C. 1.6 811046
4 e*ee
M.>.
. sae.
.
140..
WW1 8.461b6
416.6.
Agaite.
11141611.811 431 633 634,
CABINET PARTS FOR MASTER UNITS
6.42, 64.3 10.4 444
.
Wee,
.554
ea... *
.4 AO .... epee. eft
.. Atee 44 to. 6.1
it.
e
e
Os 4.
444 Kg .4 Mk 4.44. kt 4"
ix4 *A, If al
AV eeeei MA -.et, -ea. Itel1 4 4. e *e 4.
Ng 4.
*
Att -4,4ne 44. me, em Met
66 obs edle
16,6
Atee, a eee iteee N Are. .4.
tIti.
et
mee 4.44
rrt.' it, 4414
e
66,.. eke
Ate, A444 eite le. tee ...554.5
4.49. .66.4.6 de.
t
» es- .4
it
-44- 644 deeeS
..... r 9.04
,
,
4.6 t.. r_.-_ et. Wee. 0,0 At e Noe, 0 5.55515
ex. 411 6.6.6
AS 99.666.6 e A re
IM....,. 66
44. etee.
A, A
le
en 1._i., 4.6
r
.
%
A
IM# "ella
ee ems lie
amemme. rit.t re, egre
eit
twee
et.
L..* 4 Nil MP
T,
ee.e.
t. 44. $46 ?v. ea,* ma ma. e. AA r. I
t"
M.6
A 55.
enveee
446. 146 464
end MN
.44 "44 Mee. 4.4., ill .4 Mee it
tit lea
'Ae. As. el
ereeiu
t .4. gee.. '16 It_. ewe, #144.. maid Mil' 1,11
'
"..4. I% 111t t.
:4, 601.0 8.60. 46.6
Woo. e.46666
e
41.4. 555.51.5.,
1,11 e6 41.11. 44,5 titi
ti .1 it esi te 116. 611 .4444.
5
it
e
10 4.11
*hi* ei Aee 44.-4
1.8644+
494
*4
, g
' et. tetteett-,..
...*.
eittotate.
tee.. ri
ettet.
666.466 40.6.611, tif
i.e.. 4.. ....
vie
t...,,
1/04.4.5 'Am eete,
ette.
11.4 eet. 6.64.6.4 4.9
.it,
41
'1.0 tor ,
ga 0.41. 4110 We 44.1M e Me Art
Mer ". -1* -* e .W.4.. ..5.* 4.4 1044
fM 4tte. If ett. Mt 61461.6 411118114 611 ...44.4
,
AAA Apeeeee
6.4
t, 444
iett
et e
eer Rig
4 efee
11.1.1e. tee e ee 44 16 4114 14 .0116. 006 1.
A
444,1
6, 'le 1. e,46, 634 end 671
tde, 44
itt 1 Whit 461.4
te
er,
tee
et A
a:1 ae
e
,
t e
efie 6.6.6 ree. .e4.6 4,1 AA.. 4444e
Wege.teee b.. MIA
ere,e
10
KilAA 4.14
4:»6"'
e AA
10l.
4604. 'elm. 444 leer r%t
-00,-
.4. 4. SW 1114;:44z90
104.**6 ',Ate Me*. be 804 .4 664 444, ee
6446
"1 IJ 1281-1210/1-t14.
CHASSIS 12B1-12B1A-5T4A
V3 T6 O O T3 V7 V4 O T7 V5 T4 O RI6
R17
R18
RI9
100 ohms, 1/2 watt ............................._........................._608 8-101
22,000 ohms, 1/2 watt. ...60B 8-223
27,000 ohms, 1 watt ......................_...............................60B 14-273
100,000 ohms, 1/2 watt, 5%..........................................60B 7-104
CAPACITORS
Cl .001 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc............_ ......................_....6513 10-6
Figure 24. Top View of 12B1 Chassis. Input Connections, Output Connections and Alignment Points Shown. 1120 100,000 ohms, 1/2 watt, 5% ..........................................6013 7.104 47 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic ...........................................65D6-79
C2
R21 47,000 ohms, 1/2 watt. 6013 8.473
C3 220 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic.................._..........._........65D 6-80
R22 330,000 ohms, 14 watt ...................................................60B8-334 C4 mmf, 1.5%, NPO temp. coeff..............._.............._. Part of L2
17
FUSE, 2" #27 S4 MASTER CHANNEL AUX CHANNEL AUX. CHANNEL 1123 1 megohm, 12 watt........---._ .......................................... 60B 8-105
C5 .001 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc .......................................... 65D 10-6
AUDIO OUTPUT R24 22,000 ohms,'/rz watt .....................................................6013 8-223
ANNEALED ARE PHONO INPUT PHONO INPUT C6 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc ............................................65D10.3
.01
1325 15,000 ohms, 1 watt Run 10) ......................................60B 14-153
(
C7 2 mmf, 500 volts, 12%, ceramic,
COPPER WIRE M11 12 M13 R25 22,000 ohms, 1 watt Run 11 and higher) ................_60B 14-223
(
N750 temp. cerf ....... .............................._...6511 6-53
R26 22,000 ohms, 1/2 watt. 60B 8-223 C8 20 mmf, 1.2%, NPO temp. coelf ................................_.Part of L3
R27 1,000 ohms, % watt .......................................................60B 8-102 C9 100 mmf, 500 volts, 10%, ceramic,
R28 68,000 ohms, 1/2 watt_ ...................................................60B8-683 11750 temp. cerf ..........................._._._....................6511 6-19
R29 1/2 watt....._ ............:..............._..............6013 8-184
180,000 ohms ,
C10A .001 mf, 450 volts
R30 68,000 ohms, '12 watt ..................................................... 60B 8-683 dual ceramic dite.......................MA 17-3
CIOB .001 mf, 450 volts
1131 180,000 ohms, 1/2 watt.... ...60B 8-184
S1 C11 10 mmf, 500 volts, 5%, cer. disc,
R32A 7,000 ohms, 8 watts tapped, candohm ..................61A 5-17 N750 temp. cerff......._ ..............................................6511 10-50
R32B 5,000 ohms, 12 watts C I2 10 mmf, 500 volts, 5%, cer. disc,
R33 390,000 ohms, 1/2 watt ..................................................6010 8-394 N750 temp, coeff........................................._...._......MD 10-50
R34 100,000 ohms, 1/2 watt. , .. ......................60B 8-104 C13 .001 mf, 500 volts, cer, dise__ ......................---- 65D 10-6
1135 1 megohm, 1/2 watt. 8.105 C14 .001 mf, 500 volts, feed-through ..................................65026-5
036 390,000 ohms, 1/2 watt............. .................................... 60B 8.394
C15 .Ol mf, 500 volts, cer. disc......................._....................6511 10-3
R37 390,000 ohms, 1/2 watt. 8.394 C16 .001 01, 500 volts, feed-through ................._...............6513 26-5
R38 47,000 ohms, 1/2 watt .....................................................60B8-473 C17 .001 mf, 500 volts, feed-through ...................._.._........65826-5
R39 47,000 ohms, 1/2 watt .....................................................6013 8.473 C18 .02 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc....................__.._.........._....MD 10-28
CHANGER R40A 500,000 ohms, Loudness control r dual ..................._75B 46-1 C19A .004 mf, 450 volts dual ceramic dise........
R4013 500,000 ohms, Loudness control 65A 17.1
POWER Cl9B .004 mf, 450 volts "'"'-
R41 470,000 ohms, 1/2 watt. .. ... . 60B 8-474
.
C20 .01 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc......... 65D 10-3
SOCKET R42 1,000 ohms, 1/2 watt .......................................................6088-102 C21 .02 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc.._....................................._.6513 10-28
R43 100,000 ohms, 1/2 watt. 60B 8-104
M4 R44 6,800 ohms, 1/2 watt................. ...60B 8-682 C22A .004 mf, 450 volts dual ceramic disc.................. 65A 17-1
C22B .004. mf, 450 volts t
R45 39,000 ohms, 2 watts........................._..........................60B 20-393
C23 .01 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc ..............._........................... 65D 10-3
R96A 125 ohms, 5 watts tapped, candohm......_ .............61A 5-18 C24A .004 m[, 450 volts dual ceramic disc...._ ............._..65A 17-1
R46B 1,000 ohms, 7 watts
C24B .004 mf, 450 volts
R47 47,000 ohms, 1/2 watt .....................................................60B 8-473 47 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic ..................................._...._MD 6-79
C25
R40
1149
ROO
47,000 ohms,
470,000 ohms, /
1rt watt....._ ..............................................6011 8-473
watt.
8-222
2,200 ohms, '/2 watt .......................................................608
60B 8-474 C26 220 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic ..................._......_............65D6-80
1114
60B 8.103
C28B
C29
C30
104.7 mmf, max. osc.
47 mmf, 500 volts, 10%, cer. disc,
.001 mf, 500 volts, feed -through................................. 65B 26-5
N750 temp. coeff.............._................_.................... 65D 10.177
Figure 25. Bottom View of 1281 Chassis. Input Connections, Output Connections and Alignment Points Shown.
©John F. Rider
0I
sew. taisermatim
32 ml. 500 .olts, ces. Mae_ _.__..,_._._-_
Net ste. Sea. O.saset» M Its. clo3
6.w;,.t.n Port Na.
100 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic ........................................6513
65D 1221 TO Discriminator Tnnsfarmer__._-.-.__..__.--.-._..725 28.73 b-3 COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
(3.2 .01 ad. 500 vol, err. dire_------..._----_ ..._ 630 103 T6 1st AM IF Transformer. .___-----721) 28-70 C104 .002 mí.400 volta, tubular.... ar,n,
T7 2nd AM [F Transformer. __.___...7213 28-71 C105
64B 8.30
.0022 mf, 500 volts, ear. disc...._ ..............................6513 LI01 Coil, Relay M Ns.
10-89 Part of M106
(34 01 .1.586 .ohs, ces. di.e... _ _ ..... _._ .__ 650 10-3 T8 Power Transformer_ ___.._.-_ _._.._......_.__._ .800 35.16 C106 T101 Transformer, Audio ()topi 79D 56.13
Audio Output Transformer (tapa at 1.6 ohms, C107 ........ ..... T102 Transformer, Power
T9
_ __ ." 808 66.7
C36 301 ml, OM wales, car. dim ..__---_._._..__. ..-65D 10-53 32 ohms and 16 ohms)... 79D 5611
C108 mmf, 500 volts, ceramic._ ............................_.......6513 10680 MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS
C37 0101 ml. 500 .alts err dire 65D 1253 C109 .005 mf, 500 volts, err. disc........._ ..............._............65D 10.188
CM _001 mt. 500 .63,, ear. dine._.. -_-_._...
._-65D 1053 MISCELLANEOUS 1281 CHASSIS PARTS C110 .022 mf, 400 volts, tubular...._ ...................._..............ó4B e-30 M101
51103
Sockel, Stereo Input
Sockel, Stereo Tape h,, ,l
.88AS-2
C39 302 und, 500 .olta 10%. car. disc_ -_-. .__65D 10.125 C111 .1 mf, 400 volts, tubular ..................... __... AnR a of -_- ...,...88A 313 _
C40 220 mod, 500 volts, ceramic
514 Socket, Record Changer Power (with Leads) _....._.7008 137-2 C112 hí106 Relay, AC Power .....__.._.._..._......._ .....................8313 22.1
65D 6-80 M10 Socket, Tap. .---_.._._......_.._.._.._._...888 313
Cri .0047 ad, 300 .ohs, ter. dim. -__..._._ _______650 10-112 C113A SO mf, 25 votis (rlecrolytic
Ct2 220 mad, 500 robs, oerami --
Mll Socket, Master Channel Phono Input -_.._._..-..._.._888 31-3 ........................ ----------6713 7.36
- 65D 6-80 31I2 C113B 40 mf, 300 volts (
C43 100 anal. 500 volts, ceramic 65D 6-3
Socket, Ans. Channel Phono Input ..-....-.88B 31.3 C114
.,, .,,asn,n niug ........................_........._............................ 15B 1883.1
3113 Socket, Acis. Channel Audio Output._._._........._.....888 5-3
C44 mf, 500 vols, err. dise _. -_-__.-.____6513 10.112 Socket, Cabinet Pilot Light (on 1261 chassis).__._ 88B 5ó C11S Clamp, Line Cord_._...._ ........................_.................._.............. IA 9.2
M16
-------.._ .........................-.
I
C45 32. mL 500 volts, err. dise _._.___.____.__..._._._ 1628-650 M17 Socket, Dial Pilot Light (with 6" lead)._..._._......._82A 8-2 C116A 40 of, 350 volts
Cover, Chassis Bottom_
Insulator, Relay (lfi
.
15C 1087.1
C46 22 mfr 500 vols., ea- disc_ _ 65D 1028 M18 Socket. Dial Pilot Light (with 16" lead)....._.._.._.._82A 84 C116B 80 mf, 350 volts electmlytic ............................._..... 67D 737 0
C116C 40 mf, 350 volta
fsohrpmaptge.r 09).106) ...... ................._. ...................................2A-64111
2-7.71
5119 Socket, Master Channel Audio Output (5 pin).__.. -87B 4-6 3 Nut, Hex, #eó-32 (control mtg.). .......................................... 24 6.43.71
0983 40 mf. 350 .mas
. ...
SI Switch, OH-0n...__.-_....._.........-_.__....._.___._.....-.Part of 05 C117 40 mfr .............._.............................................................See
C113B Screw, #4.40x76", RHMS (for mtg. M106).___.................. IC 188.83.71
C48B 20 ad. 350 voit.
CAC
C49
40 ad. 350 volts. i clectrotytíe._..__
301 mf, 500 oohs, feed-throng,_ -___..-..__-65B 265
.. .._67D 7.37 S3 Switch, Record C,mpensator._...._...._...._...._......_.77B 86-1 C118
C119
4 mf, 10 volts, paper (cross-over) ............._..............648 13.5
16 mf, 16 volts AC, non-polarised electrolytic
Socket, Octal (for V105)....._........_........... --------.....-._....._.BOA 5.1
Socket, 7 pin miniature (with adapter base, for VI01)........87A 14.7
Switch, Selector (I2 position,
i wafer type)....._.._.....776 84-1 ............. 6:140.1
C50 001 inf. 500 vols, ter. disc___-_---___
650 10-6 ß4B Socket, 9 pin miniature (for V102, V103 or V104). 8713 25.3
C.S! 3047 mf., 500 mks, ter. Mae ___._...-____
6513 10112 Bracket, Cam Follower..._.....--..._........_.....__..........._..._. 15B 1870-1
C52
C
364.7 ml, 500 vols, c... disc.._.-
100 mat, 500 volts, ceramic._........
-_._-_
66D 16112 Bracket, Dial Scale Mtg......-_.._._.__ ...................................._JOB 1865-I
Bucket, Idler Palley Mtg_.._..._......___......._ ..............._.._... 154 1867-1
Cart
C55
220 mmf, 500 volte, ceramic
.005 at, 500 volt, ea. dim-
..._65D
-__--_
.
6-3
6-80 Bracket, Selector Switch Mtg. .........._...._......_.._..._....._..... 154 1873-1
Bracket, Support, Cam Follower..._......._......_.._____._.._....15A 1872.1
CABINET PARTS FOR MASTER UNITS
65D 10-1
100 mind. 500 volts, ceramic.__-_....---_._.__b5D Bracket, Tuning Sleeve..._._._...._.___..__........._._ .............15A 1869-1
dim_._
Cá6
C57 10 ml, 6 volts, electrolytic_ -.____
67B
63
35-7 Bushing, Cam and Pulley Mtg..........._..............____............_27A292-I Models 632, 633, 634, 642, 643 and 644 sy,a. Part No.
38 132 mfr 500 voles, ear. ..65D 10-28 Bushing, Selector Switch__.....___...._.._........._._......_....__.27A 296-1 Grille Cloth
G9Á 40 ref, 300 vols Cam.............'-----....---_......._.......».._.._......_......_._..........._. 15B 1871.1 sy,a. Model632.............................._.............................. ,. 3613 8698
elrctmlytfc_-__-._---_'-`---6713 Part No.
698 50 mL 50 voice 7-36 Cam and Drum Assembly (includes dam, 2eá." drum M7 Sockel, Ext. Tape Input...._............__.......-_ 884
Model 633. .......360 86.99
040 1.02 elf, 500 mks, 10%, car. dire_._-.____,_ andbushing)........_....._..._..__......_.._ ..............._......____710B 136 .
1
..... 36D 86.100
65D 10.125 Clip, IF Transformer Mtg__..._........._ ..............._»_..._._.._._7213 28-10
Cover, Chassis Bottom.._.__.._..........-._......__........._.__........15C 18641
M8
M9 Plug, Tape Output._
---' -'- ...........
Model643 ...................................................
.................................................__.................361386.88
_...................... 361386.89
2.3
CBI 1.500 mad, .alts, ter. disc DialPointer_._..__.._ ...................._.._........_.__.._.........._....._25A 65 M20 Plug, Master Channel Speaker.............................. 88B 3-5 Moáe1644 ............................................._...... _...................... 361386.90
SOD __.650 10-103 Dial Scale (Chassis 12)31)........ Grommet, Rubber (for mtg. radio chassis)...
2)31) ................__...._....................._........21C 1141 12A 23
055
C66
1.Z mf, 500
.1
mho, men dim --'-- 65 D 1028
ail, 400 robs, molded, .,ylar dielec-.._._.._-..64C 25-32
Dial Scale (Chassis 121114)..........
..........._._...........................21( 1142
Drum, Dial Stringing, left" die..._........_.._........._ ............_.._I7A 54-1 I(
12" Woofer, 3.2 ohms voice coil
imepedance ... Models 632, 633 and
634..........._ .....................
ass 1 ----long (models 642,643
Hinge,Lid,Brass,
and694I ...................................................................._.._...... 37C 105.2
Drum, Dial Stringing, 2" dia .. .......................... 78C 153.1 Hinge, Lid, Brass (models 632, 633 and 634)
Speaker J
.
.. 374 106.2
C67
C68
C69
.1
50 .L_,-_._._.___._.
ref, 400.61.., molded, mytar dielec.._-_-____64C 25-32
1.2 FM Misr Coil (incl. C41___ 699 233-2 Shield. Tube (for VI, V6 and V8).-__.._ ..87C 7.20
644 ..............:................................................78C 151.1
Latch, Record Compartment Door (models 642, 643
4" PM, Mid -Range, 8 ohms voice coil and 644)
14 RF f4oke Coil ab -green color dot; Sleeve, Drum Shaft f hex head with %32 thread)._............27A 299.1 impedance ... Models 632, 633 and 35E 468.51
.
Sleeve, Tuning, Brass." dfe......_._......_ ................_............27A 7.94.1 Leg, Mahogany with gold metal glide; model 632)..........3713 168.2
( 1
wound on 1 misrm)_____-_._-.--738315 Socket, Octal (far V9) ----__.__...__......_....._ ..........................87A 5.1 M23 Speaker
634 ........................_....................................71C 149-1
(
Spring, Dial Stringing.._...._........................._..........................1913 1.5 Screw, #8.32x11/2 (speaker mtg.). .24 19-7.71
T3 FM RF Input Tr.mcformer (windings 6 core)...-.1.700133135 M25 Terminal Board, External Speaker . .
Spring, Return, Cam Follower .................................................1913 1.51 Socket, Speaker (2 hole; center of holes 1/2" apart). 87A 86.1
T2 1. FM fF Trawl orm.r--.._._._..___......._.._._._,.7213 28-72 Strip. Antenna Mtg. (for mtg. L6)..._ ............._.._...............32B 409.1
(includm aborting bar).._.. .... ...._ .........................106 13.7 Socket, Speaker (2 hole; renter of holes %" apart )........_.874 86-2
T3 2nd FM IF Transformer 72D 2868 S2 Switch, Record -Play...
T4 3rd FM IF Tramaformer_____...._. Stud, Cam Follower_______ .......274 295-1 77A 20.3 Spacer, Rubber (for mtg. baffle board) _ ..............................124 90
....72132868
'Cabinet
5T4A CHASSIS PARTS LIST Model 632, Mahogany... 35E 458-12 Models 649, 654 and 671
Model633, Blond.._.............................................................. 35E 456-13
Model 634, Sierra .................................................................. 3ßE458-14 M7
RESISTORS 0115 150.000 ohms, watt..........................................._..6088.154 M8 Socket, Ext. Tape Input. ... 88A 1
R1Ó1 500,000 ohms, Balance control-_..__.,_...._..,..._..._7513 1-119 0116
rib Mºdel642. Mahogany .......................................................... 35E 468.2
..........................................608 8.105 Model 643, Blond ..................._............................................. 35E 468.3 M9 P)ug, T,pe Output..........._ .............._................._.....88A 2.3
R102 8117 3,300 ohms, M20 Plug, Master Channel Speaker ......................_........88835
watL.................................................._6013 8.332 Mode! í"f4, Sicrre .............................._.................................. 35E 468.4
0103 470,000 ohms, ih watt __-----60B 8-474 8118
Capacitor, Cross -over (4 mf; all models)............_ ...............6413 13.5 12" PM, Woofer, 3.2 ohms voice coil
0104 8119 470,000 ohm., 04 watt.........._........._ ......................._668 8574
0105 Capacitor, Crossover (16 mf, 16VAC; models 642, impedance, Model 649 ............................ 78C 153.1
R120 470,000 ohm., ifs watt....._......._................................60B8474 10" PM, Woofer, 8 ohmms voice coil
0105 1t040 ahora 36 x.TL_ 60B 8.104 R121 130 ohms, 1 watt, 5% ............................._...................608 13-13:
643 and 644) ......................................................................... .67A 40.1
M21 Speaker impedance, Model 654
8107 I metro/an, Bass control-1._ 8122 Clip, 45 RPM Spindle..............................................................114 20 .............................78C 152.1
751) 1-116 33,000 ohms, ifs watt..........._........_......_ ....................60B 8-333 Cover, Speaker Plug_ ...............................................................88133.4 15" PM, Woofer, 3.2 ohms voice coil
R108 10,000 alms, tfr RI23
R17ì 100,0 ohms, ifs xait_._..._.______.._-_.........._._608 8-104 R124 DialScale Window..._ .............................................................. 23C 331.1 impedance, Model 671. 78C 1041
--- _......._,........._
._... ....................._rom Escutcheon, "Head of David" ...................
0110
RI11
470,000 ohms,)4 .-___..._.._.._-..._.......608 8474
1 megehm, Treble control_._,..____-__._.__......
75D 1-116
RI25 100,000 ohms, t/x watt. -- ---..___...._ .................... _6006 8.104-104 Glide, Leg, Metal (for models 642, 643 and 644) ................ 36D 86.98
.......234 328 5%" PM, Mid -Range, 8 ohms voice roil
impedance, Model 649. 78C 150.2
0112 -gohm, 'Fi watt.._... ------__.__._.....__._...6088.105 10" PM, Woofer, 8 ohms voice coil
RI13 1,200 ohms. % watt _.---..__._.-`-_-......_-..-__608 8-122 CAPACITORS 'Orders for cabinets and certain matching parts will not be filled M22 Speaker impedance, Model 654 ..........................._.78C
unless full details are given with the order and the damaged 152.1
8714 150,000 ohms, % watt____....._......._._.__._.._.._-.. 6ttR n.t ra
C101 305 mf, 500 volta, ter. disc_.......... _......_....__...........655 10.188 pars 8" PM, Mid -Range, 8 ohms voice coil
C102 10 mf, 6volta electrolytic.-- . cannot be repaired economically.
67B 351 impedance, Model 671..............................78C 151.1
CHASSIS 12B1-12B1A-5T4A
5191 Switch, Record-Play......._........._ ...............................77A20.3 Pane), Cabinet Back (one side covered with M2 Motor, Record Changer (4.speed, 4 pole)....__ .............4071929
acoustical material)... (for 409833-2-1 cartridge) .......__ .........................................98C15102
Bezel and inlay (for radio). 326-1 . 43D 308.8 M3 Plug, Record Changer Power (includes con,acts Needle As_sembly..0007" 1.7 mil),and .003" (3 mil)
Bracket Radio Chassis Mtg. Screw, #8.32x11/" (speaker mtg.) ...................................... IA 48-4-24 andleads) ......................................................................700B138.1
......... 15B 1877
Screw, #10.32x1%" WHMS PH (changer mtg.). sapphire needles for 409C34.1 cartridge)...... ................... 98C 95.1
I
"Cabinet IA 100-10-71 M5 Plug. Master Channel Phono Output (Intl 35" Needle Assembly, .0007" (.7 mil) diamond and .003"
Screw, #10.32x'/" HHMS (radio chassis mtg.) ................ IA 152-47-71 shielded cable) ..........................._................................413CI1-9
Model 662, Mahogany......_.. .... "35E 464-2 Socket, Pilot Light (with leads) ............................................8413 82.1 (3 mill sapphire needles (for 409C34-1 cartridge). .98C 95.2
Model 663, Blond, ,........... 116 Plug, Aux. Channel Phono Output (ine135" Spindle, 45 RPM Adapter_......._....._ ................................._.....4000686.1
...."35E 464-3 Socket, Speaker (2 hole; center of holes 112" apart )...........87A 86-1 shielded cable) ............................................................. 413C11.9.1
Mode1 664, Sierra.......... ... "35E 464.4 Socket, Speaker (2 hole; center of holes %" apart) -----.....87A 86-2 Spring, Float (changer mtg.)..........._._ ...................................405A139-2
55 Switch, Rej -On -00 (incl. cover) ....................._.............408A1 Tone Arm Rest (Black) ....__ ............................._.....................403465-6
©John F. Rider
SCHEMATIC NOTES VOLTAGE DATA
by
0, Run
Q3
a Number.
. etc. indicate production
changes covered
Run numbers are stamped at rear of
All voltages measured
a
on 117 volts AC, 60 cycle line with
vacuum -tube voltmeter.
y
eh ssis
tions.
rief description of Run changes given on schematic.
.. etc. indicate alignment points and connec-
All voltages measured with respect to chassis ground ex-
cept V9 filament voltage, primary winding voltages on TO
and T102 and heater voltages for tubes on 5T4A chassis.
Important: Before making voltage measurements, see in- Set controls as shown on schematic diagrams.
structions below. All voltages measured with FM antenna terminals shorted
Fixed resistor values in ohms ± 10% tolerance, 1/2 watt; together and tuning dial set at low frequency end.
capacitor values shown in microforads ± 20% tolerance
unless otherwise specified. For further notes regarding voltage readings, refer to
Note: K= x 1,000; MEG= x 1,000,000; schematic diagrams.
MMF= micromicrofarad.
Figure 27. Schematic of 5T4A Amplifier Chassis Stamped Run 10.
RUN CHq NGES
11
o
u°f
t/z12vAX7
AUvi
BP
I
I EL84/68Qfvui
faf
Auolo
'óo
3151 10 14 01 100
10,
to(
ÓIS[ifÌiilii[p,'Pv L1iLfffuiÌil°
[fxlu[s If p5.
f°rt° [[°f'Atf[[S.
Figure 26. Schematic of 12B1 Radio Chassis Stamped Run 10 through 12.
1/2 6DT8
6666 66116 61t1.5
1/2 6DT8
CD
N EINKEA
EN AF AMP iN NI%Eß N152 iIF A4 OETECIOA DISCAINIXATOA
0o
V14 VIB VS
JOY tl0 ? 001YC
I
0Y K\It Jr
Cts
t,
iA
tt6
TttDYpE
1
T2 I
330
A9
1418
CS ISo
TOi
11 soo Tool
J I óó~
1 '
R7
104 I TC16
001
!Jr SaB I
i5 R33 ASS
SELECiDA - `
IiR0X1 !EC'IOM10
C39 3904 IMFC
6Ó
r.n /1 12
FN 2/2A CONTROL I
.0ó2 M12
V6B A36
AUIIlIA1
ranr PXa10 MI
MIO
.Lt,t
^ t20 MME
9er 100k
YI
9Y'/212667
STEAEO OXAXNEL
AUDIO PAfAMP g2°
Rlt VBA
IC3t
I. o0A XOL
M6
AUAILIüY
iEBYIYAI BOA0.0
>Th
OX BorIDY OF Ctl6ER i AED.ENARMFI
_
lo
100
1/2126X7
-
M19
MASTER8 OXAXNEL ASt YürFA CXAYYEI
AUDIO AUDIo DDrPNr
VB13
B ,,C53 ROIE YIEr
CAEEX
In ELLO
ULM
190
R69
C,A
/KO EB9
0 2o Yri
BED/, EL84/68Q5
AUDIO OUTPUT
V12
//J IAPPJ RED PJ.
//) YO[7J A0
90 LPL[fJ
RUN CHANGES
Q o
JO S/orl o/ Kroeuclroe /Ie/.
0 0 6
C10.oDI8
0/es
o o //SK, /w/ rnvnye0 la
Oerml/ /o/l m/er[Ao<qeadAlY
RJJ [AeeÇlJ /o /390K,I/2W/ RJO le
/12K,1W/ /o
6Rf6 /oDee.
- CABMEr %LOIBCXI ,1
YOi USED IX All MODELS.= (/00K, //IW)¡ and CJ9 lo/,OOIMF/ la
eMlio v RM1 (IOmM /INe
o0FA DAM eO d
rvm0/e.
i2 RAo
//1W/ /a
[ neOIOK,
se0eraliRe / w Herd
ea m ero//oe.
©John F. Rider
GREEN
ORAN« a
16/
'LOOM
mNI1E UWE [
9311
GREEN
LRAM
N°. 1111
WITTE
OM« =fie(
uuI 16/
COLOR 00T
DRIEST
ION TOT VOLTAGE PIA 1NCS, SIT COMM AT MID,ROIS11011 1110 NO SIGNAL NETI.,
g41,1,LV4.2211ä3 4 lic11.51M02 ,N1, VI AND V6 SNORT° OE NUN MIEN .SETEGION
CHASSIS 12B1-12B1A-5T4A
©John F. Rider
1. The Selector (function) switch has three settings: counter -clockwise and hold it firmly with one hand to pre-
Stereo -
Monaural (standard records) and (AM) radio. vent rotation. Turn up the inner loudness knob clockwise,
until the sound from the right-hand (internal) speaker is set
(a) Stereo (fully d unter -clockwise)-- divides amplifier
(dual -channel) into "right' and "loft" channels to for the desired volume level. Observe the dial scale num-
SEPTEMBER, 1958 feed signals to "right" (internal) and "left" (exter- ber at which the knob indicator is set. Listen for a while
Radio
Tmerson NOTE MODEL 896B
CHASSIS 1254558
nal) speaker systems for stereophonic application
(see schematic, page 3 of this note).
(b) Monaural - (center position) connects "right" and
"left" channels of amplifier in parallel and permits
to fix in mind the sound level and then turn the inner knob
fully counter -clockwise, so that the right-hand speaker is
silent. While preventing inner knob movement with one
hand, turn the outer knob clockwise until the sound level
from the left-hand (auxiliary) speakers m to be at the
SERVICE MODELS 971, 971A, 970 conventional records of all four speeds to be played
in standard fashion.
(note: internal/external speaker system connections
em volume level previously set for the right-hand speak-
the outer knob at this point and turn the inner
ore independently controlled by speaker switch de-
knob to the previously noted scale number. The output from
ed below).
both speaker systems is now approximotely the same.
(c) Radio - allows reception of all standard AM broad-
Overall loudness level can be ediusted by turning eithe,
casts. knob without restraining the other, since both turn simul-
taneously rm Ily. Any desired readjustments to compen-
2. Speaker Switch - (located rear of cabinet) has three sate for individual listening preferences can be made by
positions: restraining one knoband turning the other.
(a) Internal (up) - (using only self-contained speaker
monaural Record Changer 819126 (or 819129), used in Model 8968,
Esternfor - When two leads from external
stereophonic/monaural four -speed intermix record
(b) xternal (down)
speaker system (model 971, for example) con- changer. It will play stereo and monaural 33.1/3 RPM, 16,
nected to the sc w terminals on strip provided, and 45, and 78 RPM records automatically or manually.
the lever switch, is swung to External, only the ex- With the turntable speed control knob in the Speedminder
ternal (remote) speaker system will function. (Changer 819126) or "Auto -Brain (Changer 819129) posi-
(c) Both - (Level) - Internal, external speaker systems - tion and the microgroove stylus set for use, the changer
both used (stereo)* Connect external speaker leads will automatically intermix and ploy 33-1/3 and 45 RPM
matching color -code notation on strip to lead. If n cords without regard to size orsequence. A total of ten
color code is found, connect speaker leads and records may be pieced on the turntable.
check for correct phasing Speaker phasing for stereo The turntable automatically pauses during the changing
MODEL 970 is more meal and speaker polarity may be checked
n the following manner if color coding has not been
cycle in order to eliminate record abrasion.' When the
changer is shut "off", or turns "off" automotically after
used: the last record hos been played, the idler wheel is auto-
MODEL 971A (NOT SHOWN) 1. Connect external leads. 2. Place familiar record
DIFFERS FROM 971 ONLY matically disengaged to prevent "flats" from developing.
n turntable. 3. Swing lever to "Both" position
IN CABINET DIMENSIONS.
(activating both speaker systems). 4. While record "NOTE: The Auto-Brain (hangar 819129) has the follow-
plays on turntable, transpose external speaker lead ing additional features: When Auto -Brain setting Is used
MODEL 971` MODEL 8968 connections several times. A crisper, fuller sound and the stylus selector lever is turned A the "78" (RPM)
indicates correct phasing of speakers. fide, turntable speed will automatically be switched to 78
SPECIFICATIONS RPM and will rem at this speed as long as stylus se-
lector lever not unchanged to the L.P. position, even
TYPE: Stereophonic High -Fidelity Radio Phonograph Com- V3 - 25EH5 - Beam -Power Output (Left Channel) *NOTE: though a record of a different speed (33-1/3 for example) i
bination (Model 8960). V4 - 6BE6 - Converter (AM) speaker systems may also be used together or
Both
dropped to the turntable. The resulting speed -distorted
External Speaker System Enclosures (Models 971, V5 - 68A6 - I.F, Amplifier (AM) separately for monaural record application. and will indicate to the listener that the wrong stylus is
X1 - Selenium Diode (Detector) being used and is a method of preventing record wear.
971A, 970) 3. The Dual Loudness Control is used to balance the out-
SI -1 - Silicon Rectifier
put of the two separate speaker systems so that neither
FREQUENCY RANGE: 540.162011C POWER SUPPLY - 60 Cyc. AC only A stereophonic high-fidelity dual -head turnover ceramic
predominates. When the speaker lever switch A in the cartridge with integrated sop?hire-tipped stylii hos been
TUBE TYPES: VOLTAGE RATING - 115 Volts "Both" (central) position, the net knob controls volume
- 12AX7 - Dual -Channel Audio Amplifier POWER CONSUMPTION - AMPL/PHONO-85 watts incorporated into a damped, acoustically isolated tone arm.
1
V1 of "right-hand" (internal) speakers and outerconcentri- This cartridge may else be used for monaural records with-
V2 - 25EH5 - Beam-Power Output (Right Channel) POWER CONSUMPTION - Radio Operation -60 watts cally-mounted knob controls "left-hand" (external) speak -
The knobs are designed to turn simultaneously a
out adaptation,
linked control. If speaker output balancing is required, the In order to play 45 RPM records (with large hole in
center),
A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF STEREO
individual knob sections may be independently rotated as 45 RPM spindle attachment, (part #962330), should be used
Stereophonic sound is to hearing what three-dimensional the original recording s made ore recreated and the indicated below: and can be obtained from your Emerson distributors, This
vision is to seeing. It adds the sensations of "depth" and stereophonic effect is produced. attachment fits over the existing spindle, enlarging its
To balance the output, set the "elector" of "STEREO" diameter to accommodate this type of record and eliminate
"presence" to sound by recreating for the listener the The new "cm patible" stereophonic cords hove two and the rear lever -switch at "BOTH", and put monaural
spaciousness of the original sound in his own listening the need for separate center hole adaptors.
separate soundtracks in each groove. A stereo cartridge record on the turntable. Turn the outer loudness a knob fully
picks up individual impulses from both tracks in the record
groove and feeds them separately through twosingle-
Stereophonic sound is recorded simultaneously from two channel amplifiers (or stereophonic dual -channel
(or more) separate s and then played back through amplifier) each channel of n which feeds its own speaker DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
two (or re) separate ubut integrated channels and speaker system. Recommended speaker placement distance is From
systems m with the original sound -source distance ºpproxi- 8 to 15 feet apart, depending upon listening preferences
of
moted by the speakers. Thus, the conditions under which the user. Amplifier Chassis will protrude thru the bottom of the chassis
bracket
AM Tuner and masonite board. This bracket should be re-
anted
NOTE: To replace tubes, only masonite bock cover need moved untwisting the protruding portion until it lines
ved by
GENERAL DESCRIPTION be removed. with the slot on the masonite board.
p
8. Remove masonite board/control panel from chassis.
sis', ing of woofer, two tweeters, 1. Remove all knobs and remove masonite back. Remove
MODEL 8968 A a stereophonic high-fidelity radio-phono 3 -speaker system c
a
fiber support bracket. NOTE: The metal bracket should be removed from chassis
combination incorporating o superheterodyne AM radio, and an electrical crossover network 2. Remove four Phillips head screws securing AM tuner and discarded. Exercise c are removal of this
dual -channel stereophonic/monaural amplifier, improved Either model 971 or 970 on also be used as n external d amplifier chassis to cabinet. (On top) chassis mtg. bracket piece so that at no time will
automatic 4 -speed intermix record changer for stereophonic (remote) speaker m f existing monaural a amplifiers 3. Slide off pilot light as embly and remove leads for pressure be applied to etched printed circuit board
and rnonaurol recordings, and a speck°, system consisting having provisions fora an external
r speaker system which speaker system and loopsantenna. chassis.
of one 12" woofer, three tweeters, and an electrical cross- hos a voice coil impedance of 6 to 8 ohms. 4. Remove two screws securing A.C. interlock and its To reassemble, reverse procedure.
over network. bracket to base of cabinet, (Unstaple fish paper wire
These external speaker e nclosures have incorporated an TO Remove Changer:
Since the Model 8968 has a completely self-contained back cover of cabinet) for con - holder).
on -off switch (located on toggle bolt spring clips into o vertical posi-
stereo dual -channel amplifier it is only necessary to obtain vent t cut-off of speaker at remote locations. 5. Remove screw holding AC Interlock plug to chassis 1. Snap two
external speaker o speaker system for complete stereo (chassis to record changer AC cord) and remove screws tion. These spring clips secure changer hold-down
reproduction. The external speaker speaker syste m CAUTION: holding three position speaker -switching panel to back toggle bolts to mounting board(which is port of cabinet).
should have a a coil impedance of r 6 to B ohms. The Becertain that the xt anal speaº' is'n on" position f cabinet. 2. Remove plug (five-prong) from chassis.
following external speaker system inclosures were speci- at all times except when used under conditionn explained 6. Remove five -prong plug from chassis and remove chassis 3. Remove AC interlock plug from chassis.
fically designed to match Model 896E. above. from cabinet. (Top of Cabinet). 4. Remove changer from cabinet.
7. Remove 4 screws holding masonite mounting board and NOTE: To reassemble, reverse procedure.
Model 971 is matching console speaker enclosure incor- CONTROLS: control panel to chassis.ln some isolated cases a metal
a
The following control are necessary to secure and
porating a 3-speaker system consisting of one 12" woofer,
two tweeters, and an electrical crossover network.
maintain optimum stereo sperformance of this instrument.
These are in addition to conventional (AM) selector and
Model 970 is a table model speaker enclosure incorporating on -off-tone controls.
CHASSIS 120455B
©John Fe Rider
CHASSIS 120455B
co
á á E
N
c
lNi
N
d d ö
h
d Ò 4 r
d d
Ò
.xrri
1 rr » ,TrRiRr. »»ras co.rP0%/e
e. vós }mr,c.-A...,icu
f' -
Tazoa
SW -3 TER
AUDm AMP.
C}- cou VBERR6ER
60 V-3 lRiclÑrcRñNÑÉÚ
6BA6
,
%/v ¡ tE
nMR
-y
Aumo ouwr
ILEFT OXANNELI
T-1
EXTERNAL 455xC
VOTE (TOPOBTI 1 1
ExTÉRÑALCEO
SpR655
EAxER CONNECTON LUGS. AO TO PHONO MOTOR ---P. AUDIO OUTPUT TRANSFORMERS
ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
1. Use isolation transformer if available. If not, connect a .25 MFD condenser in series with low side of signal generator
and B minus.
2. Loudness control should be backed off approximately 20% from maximum volume position. Output of signal generator
should be no ,higher than necessary to obtain an output reading. Use an insulated screw driver for adjustment.
3. Speake switch SW-3 should be in external position. Connect 6 ^ speaker (load) or esistor
6 ^. 2 watt across external
speaker terminal strip.
Strip
CJohn F. Rider
CHASSIS 120455B PARTS LIST
ADDITIONAL SERVICE HINTS SYMB. PART NO: DESCRIPTION SYMB. PART N0.
SERVICING OF PRINTED BOARDS DESCRIPTION
1. No sound or intermittent sound: R-1 341534 22 MEGOHM-GARB. 710% Kw C-17
To remove defective components one of several R-2 390582 500,000 OHM-TONE CONTROL-RIGHT CH. 923554 .047 MF-PAPER ±20% 400V
Make certain electrical contacts to car- C-18
methods may be sed. A recommended method is R-3 Pt. of R-2 500,000 OHM-TONE CONTROL-LEFT CH.
tridge are clean. If any rosins present on R-4 340892 47,000 OHM-GARB.
C -19A 900188 VARIABLE CAPACITOR-R.F. SECTION
contact trips within cartridge holder, re- to cur close to the body of the defective compo- ±10% /5W C -19B Prof C-196 VARIABLE CAPACITOR-OSC. SECTION
nent an d solder the R-5 340892 47,000HOHM-GARB. 710% 15W C-20 921554 .047 MF-DUREZ
move with alcohol. w part to the remaining R-6 390583 2 MEGOHM-LOUDNESS CONTROL-RIGHT
120% 400V
leads. Another method s is to apply heatatthe CH. C-21 921514 .01 MF-DUREZ 120% 000V
2. This changer automatically disengages the 9-7 Pt. of R-6 2 MEGOHM-LOUDNESS CONTROL-LEFT CH. C-22 929914 220 MMF-CERAMIC .20%
rubber idler wheels when allowed to operate junction point of the component wire lead and the R8 351412 6.8 MEGOHM-GARB. 020% )SW C-23 923554 .047 MF-PAPER
S00V
020% 400V
through its normal cycle. To avoid defeating printed board and lift out the component. If the R1 351412 6.47 OHM-GARB. ±20% )5W C-24 922208 .047 FMF-MOLDED 120% 200V
this feature, do not operate the on-off lever 're lead is bent over, first heat and pry lead wire R-10 341132 470,000 OHM-CARE. 110% )5W C-26 923524 .04 PAPER ±20% 400V
when a olifier switch is in "off" position or up. A defective component with many terminals R-11 341132 470,000 OHM-GARB. 110% 15W C-26 923554 .047 MF PAPER
R-12 351032 470,000 OHM-GARB.
120% 400V
line cord is disconnected from wall outlet. may be removed by clipping into several parts and ±20% yW
removing a small section at a time. R-13 351032 470,000 OHM-GARB. ±20% V -I 800218 VACUUM TUBE - 12AX7
3. Do not turn amplifier switch "OFF" or dis- R-14 370132 33 OHM-GARB. ±10%
WW
iW V-2
V-3
800219 VACUUM TUBE - 25EH5
connect line cord from wall outlet while changer Use a low wattage (20 to 30 watts) soldering iron. R-1 370372 330 OHM-GARB. 110% 1W 800219 VACUUM TUBE - 25EH5
s operating. Turn charger switch to "off" Be careful not to apply excessive heat since this R-166 397132 150 OHM-W.W. x10% SW
V-4
V-5 800532 VACUUM TUBE - 6BE6
position first. may cause the printed foil to loosen. Broken foil R-17 350972 100,000 OHM-GARB. '20% 800531 VACUUM TUBE - 6866
Failure to comply with above might result in R-18 397134 160 OHM-TAPPED, WIRE WOUND 5% 15W 807020 PILOT LIGHT-N0. 44
leads au y paired by soldering a hookup wire R-19 397133 22 OHM FUSE-OHM (400 MA)
damage to idler wheels ar cause changer to across the break. P-1 505014 INTERLOCK PLUG
fail to start when power is again applied. R-20 351532 22 MEGOHM CARE. ±20% (6W P-2 PART OF
A small stiff-bristled brush should be used to R-21 350812 22,000 OHM-CARE. ±20% 14W CHANGER
R-22 351052 220,000 OHM-GARB.
IF ABOVE IS OVERLOOKED AND CHANGER
FAILS TO START WHEN TURNED ON,
wipe away melted Ider before it has a chance to R-23 340292 150 OHM-GARB.
020%
010%
KW
)5W
5-1
S-2
550113
508024
INTERLOCK TERMINAL LUG (2 ROD)
5 -PRONG PHONO SOCKET
accumulate or drip on adjacent parts or printed R-24 351332 3.3 MEGOHM-CARE. ±20% YEW SW -1 Pt. of R-2 ON-OFF SWITCH ON TONE CONTROL
SEVERAL SLIGHT TAPS ON TURNTABLE wiring. R-25 351212 MEGOHM-CARB. ±20% SW -2
SHOULD CAUSE CHANGER TO COMMENCE
1 )5W 510145 3 OS. FUNCTION SWITCH
R-26 350892 47,000 OHM-CARBON 120% KW SW -3 510146 3 -POS. SPEAKER SWITCH
OPERATION. R-27 350252 7OÓ OHM-CARBON ±20% ((W T:111 734181
T2 AUDIO OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
(
T-31
CTA Pt. of C19 TRIMMER R.F. SECTION Till 720259 I.F. TRANSFORMER
CTB Pt. of C19 TRIMMER, OSC. SECTION L-1 700146 LOOP ANTENNA
C-1 9288941 L-2 716119 OSCILLATOR COIL
STYLUS REMOVAL 33 MMF CERAMIC N 750 500V SI -1 817079 SILICON RECTIFIER
C-2 9288941
C3 928922 X-1 817061 CRYSTAL DIODE 10294
STYlUS LAftiRIDGE C-4 928922 SP111
To Remove Stylus Cartridge: tEMERSON PT Na962326 C-5 928922 4,700 MMF CERAMIC x20% 500V SP -2` 180192 SPEAKER, PM, 315 IN. (TWEETER)
(ASTATIL No13T )
C-6 928922 SP -3f
C-7 928924 SP -4 180192 SPEAKER, PM, 12 IN. (WOOFER)
I. Lift tone arm and grasp cartridge with fin- C-8 9289241 10,000 MMF CERAMIC ±20% 500V C-27 925391 4 MF-ELECTROLYTIC, NON POLARIZED
gers. t 819126(879129) CHANGER, STEREO, 4 S PEED
C -R
C-101
923514 .01 MF PAPER ±20% 400V 583075 LINE CORD
STYLUS SELECTOR BAO SW -3 PT. OF CHANGER (PHONO MOTOR SW.)
(PART OF STYLUS CARTRIOOE G11 925461 250 MF-ELECTROLYTIC 15V
2. Pull cartridge out (cartridge and stylfi are HOLDER) C-12 924524P .022 MF-MYLAR 020% 400V
4 SOCKET, PINOT LIGHT
an integrated unit and cannot be removed or C-13 924524P .022 MF-MYLAR ±20% 400V 130
41111130 BRACKET, INTERLOCK
C-14 925462 40 MF-ELECTROLYTIC 160V 413359 BRACKET, REAR SUPPORT
replaced separately). C-15 Pt. of C14 100 MF-ELECTROLYTIC 160V
413367 BRACKET, SIDE SUPPORT
C-16 Pr. of Cid 80 MF-ELECTROLYTIC 160V 555037 TERMINAL STRIP, EXTERNAL SPEAKER
560646 MASONITE CHASSIS REST
3. Reinsert new cartridge. Keying of cartridge
is accomplished by lining up ridge on car- CABINET PARTS LIST, MODEL 896B
tridge shaft to slot on holder (see Fig. 3, STYLUS CARTflIpGE
.IL Ç NOLOER Part No. Description Description
Stylus removal). II EMERSON Pi No.96232T Part No.
Specify Color Cabinet 700146 Loop Antenna
Specify Color Legs, Plastic 413246 Bracket, Pilot Light
592070 Grille Cloth 560632 Masonite Back
FIGURE 3 - STYLUS REMOVAL 607139 Decal, Bandmaster
Medallion
583075 Line Cord
604042 413375 Control Panel
461055 Emerson Script 461074 Knob, Volume (outer)
461088 Stereo HI-FI (Script) 461075 Knob, Volume (inner)
ADJUSTMENTS 604062 Name Plate 461082 Knob, Tuning
413348
180191
45 RPM Adopter Holder
Speaker 3)5"
461076 Knob, Tone, On -Off (phono radio)-
(b3 STYLUS PRESSURE Tone At,,, Height Adjustment (See Figure 4) 460935 Knob, Speaker Selector Switch
ADJUSTMENT NUT 180192 Speaker 12" 542009 Tinnerman Spoednut
Tone arm height should be set so that the top CABINET PARTS LIST MODELS 970, 971 971A
of tone arm clears the lowest record on the spindle
shelf (When changer is in cycle), and the lower 970 971,971A Description 970 971,971A Description
STYLUS PRESSURE
edge of tone arm clears the rest post. To lower 1
SPRING III
CHASSIS 120455B
®John F. Rider
7merson Radio
JANUARY, 1958
MODEL 895B
CHASSIS 1204318,
SERVICE NOTE
rn
I*1
u)
o
z
MODEL 895
SP ECI FICATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Model 89513 is an AM -FM table model radio incorporating (2nd FM I.F. amplifier). In addition, the ratio detector output
one woofer, one tweeter and a continuously variable tone is coupled to the high side of the volume control.
control. Built-in antennas for both AM and FM are provided In "Phono" position B. is removed from both AM and FM
plus external FM antenna input terminals. A phono input I.F. sections and V-5, (2nd FM I.F. amplifier). The screen
jack that con be actuated by a front panel -mounted function grid of V-7 (audio output tube) is connected to a different
switch is also provided. B+ source in this position and the audio input is connected
In the "AM" position, function switch SW -2 connects B. to to the phono jack output.
the AM converter tube (V-3) and places the AM detector If replacements are mode or the wiring disturbed in the R.F.
load network in the detector circuit (Pins and 7 of V-5).
1
section of the circuit, the receiver should be carefully re-
In tl e "FM" position, B+ is applied to the FM tuner and V-5, aligned.
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
3. Grasp line cord at poing where it is connected to bock built-in FM antenna and remove antenna terminal. Un-
and pull free of interlock. Remove back. solder 2 speaker leads at chassis solder lug strip and
unscrew chassis bolts from underside of cabinet.
Unclip pilot light.
©John F. Rider
CONDITIONS FOR VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE
READINGS
I. Voltages indicated
ore positive d.c., resistances in
,less otherwise indicated. ohms, 5. Resistance measurements with:
2. Measurements made with voltohmyst
or equivalent.
a) ond isonc
from outlet.
b) Loudne s control set for maximum volume.
FM ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
(USING SWEEP AND MARKER GEN.
3. All measurements taken from pin to chassis AND SCOPE)
otherwise indicated unless 6. Nominal tolerance component values makes possible a
SW -2 in "FM" position.
Sweep generator set for ±300KC frequency
4. Voltage measurements token under the following variation of ±15% and resistance readings. level kept below point where distortion deviation and Marker injection
a) Line voltage maintained at 117 volts conditions:
o.c. only.
7. N.C. denotes no connection, K
8. Readings given in FM/AM positions.
lohms, M ski i of response curve occurs.
b) Tuning capacitor fully closed
with no signal. Step Gen. Coupling Radio Dial
Gen. Fre, Scope
Setting Adjust Remarks
Raise 12AT7 (V-2) Sweep Center freq.
shield off ground Extreme CCW H: hside to Pin 2
RESISTANCE CHART CHASSIS 1204318 10.7 MC Marker (no signal) T-1 Adjust for
and clip high side et at 10.7 MC of V6, low side T-3 max. gain
SW -2 of sweep and to chassis (discon- fop &
TUBE PIN PIN 2 (no mod.) sym-
ym-
POSITION 1 PIN 3 PIN 4 ,IN 5 PIN marker gen, to nectnegative bot.
6 PIN 7 PIN 8 PIN 9
metry
FM shield low sides end f C22) T-5
V1- 12BA6 450K
/AM `450 to chassis thru bot.
/450K /0 /0 12/12 /* INF INF
*800/1119F /0 0.25 mfd. cap.
V2- 12AT7 FM/AM *350 10K 24 *330 450K
/INF /10K 1/12
FM/AM
/0 /24 /* IMF /450K D/0
2 Sweep & Marker Sweep center freq. Extreme CCW Connect C22
V3-12BE6 22K 0:3 44/44 *INF high sides con- 10.7 MC Marker (no signal) T-5 Adjust for
/22K "INF 4M nected to pin back in circuit.
/0:3 5%. /*15 /0* 1 set at 10.7 MC Top response
FM/AM /4M of V-5 - low (no mod.)
Highside to fjunct. as per
V4-12BA6 4M 58 70 *330 'des to chassis f R13 and C18,
/4M *330 Fig. 92
/0 /58 /70 /.330 /*330 /0 thru 0.25 mfd. low side to chassis
V5- 12BA6 FM/AM 470K 70 cap.
82 *330 *330
/470K /70
FM
/0 /82 A INF /*INF D/0
V6 -19T8 2/.1, 20K 2M/INF 24 44
/AM /20K 4.7M *250K
/24 /44 D/0 AM- FM TUNING -TRACKING
V7 -35C5 FM/AM 150 470K
D/0 /4.7M /* 250K
11 *300
/150 /470K 82/82 11A4 With tuning shaft (drive shaft) completely
/*300 /1 CCW, AM tuning capacitor should be in maximum
position and FM tuning slugs should be in maximum capacity
*Measured with low side of VTVM connected
to Junction R24, C35 (B+ point) "in" position. In this position, set screw in
1Measuted to chassis -
wait until meter settles (about 30 seconds) nylon worm gear is accessible for tightening through
hole in plate and spring.
GENERAL ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
Set Function Switch (SW-2) as indicated.
with a 409; modulated R.F. signal. Use onOutput of signal generator hould he higher than necessaryy to obtain an output reading FM TRACKING (ELECTRICAL)
maximum CW position. insulated alignment screwdriver and no
plastic hex tool (for T-1, T-3). Volume control at Ordinarily the onlyFM front end adjustment that might become
necessary due to oscillator tube change
would be CT -B, FM oscillator trimmer which
AM ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS-SW-2
"AM" is accessible through a hole provided in the tuner
IN POSITION This trimmer should be adjusted at 108MC with shield.
Step Sig. Gen. Coupling Sig. Gen. Rodio Dial the tuning dial set at that frequency. This should be
Frequency utput Meter done only i(:he oscillator is off proper
Setting VTVM or Scope Adjust frequency.
Remarks
High side to grid end 455KC Should components or wiring be changed,
L4 Tuning Cop
fully open
Across speaker voice coil T-2 Adjust for maximum a complete FM front-end alignment might be necessary
as
low side to chassis T-4 output
fol lows:
thru 0.25 mfd. cap. (no signal)
top and bottom
2 Form loop of several Function Switch (SW -2) in "FM" position; tuner
turns and radiate
600K C 600K C Across speaker voice coil shield bent up for tuning purposes, but not removed
L-5 Adjust for maximum (use a non-metallic screw driver).
signal into receiver
output
3
1638KC Tuning Cap' Across speaker
fully open voice coil CT -D osc. Adjust for maximum Marker Marker Rodio
4 trimmer output step Generator Generator
1420KC 1420K C Across speaker voice coil Dial VTVM Adjust Remarks
Coupling Freq. Setting j
Adjust for maximum
trimmer output FM Ant. 108 MC 108 MC Across CT -B Adjust for max. neg. reoding,
(slugs out) C-22 CT -A keeping gene input level for volt-
FM ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS-(Using
AM GEN. & age reading below 2.5V.
VTVM)-SW-2 IN "FM" POSITION
Step Marker Gen. Coupling Marker Gen. Rodio Dial 2 FM Ant. 88 MC
Frequency VTVM Placement 88 MC Across L-3 Adjust for max. neg, reading by
Setting Adjust (slugs in) C-22
Remarks L-2 spreading or compressing turns.
Raise 12ÁT7 (V-2) 10.7 MC Coution: Do not alter spacing
shield slightly off Extreme Across C-22 2 mid.
(no mod.) CCW Posi- T-1, T-3 Adjust for maximum between L-3 and mixer coupling
and clip stabilizer capacitor and bottom loop.
ground tion (neg, scale) neg. voltage keeping
( no signal) top
T-5 gen. output for read-
side to ahieldiand bottom 3 Repeat Steps and 2.
low side to chassis ings under 2.5V. 1
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS 120431B
CHASSIS 120431B
'4)
±10% 7W.
HOLES(2)
R-24 380372 330 OHM -CARBON ±20% 1W. ,16 V-1 800524 VACUUM TUBE 128A{)4M
1
U .25 350372 330 OHM -CARBON V-2 800047 VACUUM TUBE 12ÁT7(`` TUNER)
It ±20% 1/2W. .14
R-26 PT. OF TUNER V-3 800525 VACUUM TUBE 128E6
{ V-4 800524
R-27 331292 2.2 MEGOHM CARBON ±20% 1/28. .14 VACUUM TUBE 12B A6
I
R-28 340932 68,000 OHM-CARBON ±10% 1/28. V-5 800524 VACUUM TUBE 12BÁ6
KNOT
V' R-29 370252 100 OHM -CARBON
.
010% IW. V-6
V-7
800029
000021
VACUUM TUBE 1978
VACUUM TUBE 3505
il CAPACITORS
G1 928969 47 MMF-CERAMIC U.L. ±20% .20 SE.1 817072 SELENIUM RECTIFIER 1,80
TUNING G2 928968 10 MMF-CERAMIC U.L. ±10% .20 471064 FM TUNER ASSEMBLY
SHAFT G3 21.00
1
928860 47 MMF-CERAMIC ±10% 500V. .20
ROTATE
G4 962227 1,000 MMF-FEED-7HRU COILS 6 TRANSFORMERS
NOTE: `i SHAFT G5 962227 1,000 MMF-FEED-7HRU L-1 710034 FM ANTENNA COIL ,15
TUNING SHAFT IN ,. 1 CCW G6 962228 2,000 MMF-FEED-7HRU L-2 ` PART OF RF COIL (FM)
FIG. A SHOWN WITH G7Á PART OF L-3 ç TUNER OSC. COIL (FMI
)FIG. A FIG. B )
GANG IN FULLY
CLOSE,i
1
(
CLOSED POSITION. 2 TURNS C-7 TUNER L-4 700134 BARLOOP ANTENNA 1.70
DIAL CARD TO BE 33/4"LONG. WOUND CCW. 7TURNS CLOSELY
WOUND CLOCKWISE.
C-8Á
C 8B
900175
PT. OF
C -8A
VARIABLE CAPACITOR-R.F. SECTION
VARIABLE CAPACITOR-USC, SECTION
3.05 W5
L-6
"Si.
705029
OSCILLATOR COIL
FILAMENT CHOKE
.70
.15
TO STRING DIAL: CT-A PART OF T-1 720307 1ST FM I.F. TRANSFORMER 1.60
L STRING THROUGH SMALLER DIAMETER OF TAPERED HOLES (FIGGI AND KNOT. CT -B1 TUNER T-2 720075
2. PULL KNOT THROUGHHOLE (FIGGI AND ROTATE SHAFT COUNTERCLOCKWISE
1ST AM I.F.
TRANSFORMER 1.75
CT -C PT. OF C-8A TRIMMER-R.F. SECTION T-3 720307 2ND FM I.F.
UNTIL GANG IS FULLY CLOSED. TRANSFORMER 1.60
CT -D PT. OF C-8A TRIMMER-OSC. SECTION
3. WINO 7 REAR TURNS CLOCKWISE.
C-9 962229
T-4 720075 2ND AM I.F.
TRANSFORMER 1.75
4. LOOPSTRING OVER PULLEY® AND STUDS QP AND ©(FIG.AI, 9.5 MMF-DISC N-80 T-5 708341 RATIO DETECTOR TRANSFORMER 2,35
5. WINO 2 FRONT TURNS COUNTERCLOCKWISE WORKING TOWARDS FRONT OF SHAFT. C-10 PART OF
C 1,500 MMF-DISC T-6 734164 AUDIO OUTPUT TRANSFORMER 1.60
6. STRING LOOPED CORD UNDER PULLEY ®(FIG.A), G11 TUNER 80 MMF-DISC
Fig. 4 - DIAL CORD STRINGING C-12
C-13
928967
923534
5 MMF-CERAMIC DISKN-1400±10%500V.
,033 MFD-PAPER .20%500V.
.20
.25
SP-1
SP -2
180185
180184
SPEAKER -PM -3-1/28
SPEAKER-PM -10 X 2-1/2°
G14 928924 ,01 MFD-CERAMIC DISK 25U 500V. .20 SW -1 PT. OF R -I5 ON-OFF SWITCH
C-15 928922 ,0047 MFD-CERAMIC DISK ±20%500V. .20 SW-2 510133 FUNCTION SWITCH
`
C-16 928914 220 MFD-CERAMIC DISK 020%500V. .20
G17 928921 .0022 MFD-CERAMIC DISK ±20%600v, .20 P-1 583073 INTERLOCK SOCKET 8 LINE CORD
NYLON GEAR C-18 928919 .001 MFD-CERAMIC DISK 020%500V. ,20 P2 585233 SOCKET 6 CABLE ASSEMBLY
CRIMPED END RF SLUG C-19 920912 100 MMF-CERAMIC DISK 020%500V. .20 X-1 505014 INTERLOCK PLUG
SET SCREW OF RF SLUG G20 928802 6.8 MMF-CERAMIC DISK ± 5%500V. .20 X-2 508100 PHONO SOCKET
C-21 928921 ,0022 MFD-CERAMIC DISK
SET SCREW _0 \/ -11111PI11\L 2 G22 925434 2 MFD-ELECTROLYTIC
±20%500V.
50V.
,20
.80 813067 TUBE SHIELD FOR 128A6 ,10
ADJUST HOLE ,,,' C-23
G24
925391
928922
4 MFD-ELECTROLYTIC NP
.0047 MFD-CERAMIC DISK
50V.
±20%500V.
.85
.20
413066
819107
TUBE SHIELD FOR 12ÁT7
4 -SPEED CHANGER
.10
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. 4-V-17 CODE NO. 1-8-3RP8
MANUAL No 4-599
SPECIFICATIONS
Firestone PORTABLE
Cabinet Dimensions
Shipping Weight
Power Supply
Width
8 lbs.
12 in., Height 5 in., Length
TuningRange ............................................................
Intermediate Frequency 455 KC
RADIO PHONOGRAPH Loud Speaker 4 in. P.M.
I
-- 12AV6-Detector-lst Audio
SOCS-Power Amplifier
35W4-Rectifier
For alignment or repairs, remove motor board by unscrewing 4 Philipshead
motorboard bolts.
LIST LIST
SYMB. PT. NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE SYMB, PT. NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
RESISTORS CAPACITORS (CONTINUED!
R -I 351132 470.000 OHM-CARBON ±20% 1/20'. .14 C-26 928922 .0047 MFD-CERAMIC DISK ±20% 500V. .20
R-2 351132 470,000 OHM -CARBON ±20% 1/2W. .14 C-27 928924 .01 MFGCERAMIC DISK ZSU 500V. .20
.31 PART 470,000 OHM -CARBON ±20% 1/21Y. .14 G26 928914 220 MMF-CERAMIC DISK ±20%500N. ,20
R-4 OF 330 OHM -CARBON 710% 1/2W, .14 C-29 923524 .022 MFD-PAPER ±20% 400V. .25
R-5 TUNER 100 OHM -CARBON ±10% 1/2W. .14 C-30 925433 50 MFGELECTROLYTIC 25V. .95
R-6 340812 22,000 OHM -CARBON 110% I/2W. .14 0-31 923754 .047 MFD-PAPER ±20% 600V. .25
R-7 PART OF 470,000 OHM -CARBON ±20% I/2W. .14 C-32 920754 .047 MFD-PAPER ±20% 600V. .25
R-8 TUNER 10,000 OHM -CARBON ± 1/2W.
S% .14 C-03
R-9 350372 330 OHM -CARBON
925432 80 MFGELECTROLYTIC 150V. 1.80
±20% 1/2W. .14 0.34 PT.OF C-33
R-10 351332 3.3 MEGOHM-CARBON
60 MFGELECTROLYTIC 150V,
'_20% 1/24. .14 C-35 PT.OF G33
R-11 351132 470,000 OHM -CARBON ±20% 1/2W. .14 G36 922208
50
.047
MFD-ELECTROLYTIC 150V. m
MFD-MOLDED (U.L. BYPASS/600V.
300 200 100 0- 100 200 00 R-12 350372 330 OHM -CARBON ±20% I/2W. .14 0.37 928921 .0022 MFD-CERAMIC DISK ±20% 500V.
.35
.20
FREOUENCY OEVIAT ON IN kt R-13 340852 33,000 OHM -CARBON ±10% 1/2W. .14 m
Fig. 2 - FM RATIO DETECTOR Fig. 3 - TUBE AND TRIMMER LOCATIONS
R-14
R -I5
340812
390537
22,000 OHM -CARBON
2 MEGOHM-VOLUME CONTROL
±10% 1/2W. ,14
1.00
C-38
G391
G401 PART OF
928921
928921
.0022
.0022
MFGCERAMIC DISK
MFGCERAMIC DISK
±20% 500V.
±20% 500V.
.20
.20 z
N
.16 1,500 MFD-CERAMIC DISK 500V.
CHARACTERISTICS
R-17
350892
390538
47,000 OHM -CARBON
500,000 OHM -TONE CONTROL
±20%I/2W, ,14
AS
G41 f TUNER
G42 928894
1,500 MFDCERAMIC DISK
33 MMF-CERAMIC DISK
.0V.
±10% 500V. .20
o
z
R-18 351372 4.7 MEGOHM-CARBON ±20% 1/2W, ,14 0.43 928921 .0022 MFGCERAMIC DISK ±10% 500V. .20
R-19 381052 220,000 OHM -CARBON ±20% 1/2W. .I4 G44 925447' 30 MFGELECTROLYTIC 150V.
.20 351132 470,000 OHM -CARBON ±2(.
\
1/2W. .14 'MAY BE PART OF C-33
R-21 394207 150 OHM -FUSE OHM ±10% 1/2W. ON SOME SETS.
R-22 397121 22 OHM -FUSE OHM ±10% .80
TAPERED R-23 394208 470 OHM -WIRE WOUND TUBES
SLIDE DIAL POINTER
irg-M2) ±10%7W,
(STEP 2) R-24 380372 330 OHM -CARBON ±20% IW. .16 V-1 800524 VACUUM TUBE 12BÁ6
U OO R-25 350372 330 OHMCARBON ±20% 1/2W. .14 V-2 800047 VACUUM TUBE 12AT7 fM TUNER)
I
R-26 PT. OF TUNER V-3 800525 VACUUM TUBE 1213E6
Cj),\
i R-27 351292 2.2 MEA OHM CARBON ±20% 1/2W. .14 V-4 800524 VACUUM TUBE 12BA6
R-28 340932 68,000 OHM -CARBON ±10% 1/2W. V-5 800524 VACUUM TUBE 12BÁ6
KNOT
R-29 370252 100 OHM -CARBON ±10% 1W. V-6 800029 VACUUM TUBE 1978
I
. V-7 800021 VACUUM TUBE 3505
061 i CAPACITORS
GI 928969 47 MMF-CERAMIC U.L. ±20% .20 SE-I 817072 SELENIUM RECTIFIER 1.80
TUNING! G2 928968 10 MMF-CERAMIC U.L. ±10% .20 471064 TUNER ASSEMBLY
G3 928860
FM 21.00
47 MMF-CERAMIC ±10% 500V. .20
1' ROTAT
G4 962227 1,000 MMF-FEEGTHRU COILS 6 TRANSFORMERS
NOTE. SHAF TE G5 962227 1,000 MMF-FEED-THRU L1 710031 FM ANTENNA COIL .15
TUNING SHAFT IN
FIG.A SHOWN WITH (FIG AI
,
1601g.',.!7 CCW G6
G7Á
982228
PART OF
2,000 MMF-FEED L-2
L-3
PART OF
TUNER
RF COIL (FM)
OSC. COIL (FMI
GANG IN FULLY (FIG.B)
CLOSED POSITION. 2 TURNS CLOSELY C-7 TUNER L-4 700134 BARL OOP ANTENNA 1.70
DIAL CORD TO BE 3334°LONG. WOUND C. TTURNSCLOSELISY GOA 900175 VARIABLE CAPACITOR-R.F. SECTION 3,05 WS 716122 OSCILLATOR COIL .70
WOUND CLOCKWE. G8B PT. OF C-8A VARIABLE CAPACITOR-OSC. SECTION L-6 705029 FILAMENT CHOKE ,I5
TO STRING DIAL CT -A PART OF T-1 720307 1ST FM I.F. TRANSFORMER 1.60
STRING THROUGH SMALLER DIAMETER OF TAPEIIE HOLES (FIGS) AND KNOT. CT -EI TUNER T-2 720075 1ST AM I.F.
TRANSFORMER 1.75
PULL KNOT THROUGHHOLE (FIGS) 4ND ROTATE SHAFT COUNTERCLOCKWISE CT -C PT. OF C -8A TRIMMER-R.F. SECTION T-3 '/20307 2ND FM I.F.
TRANSFORMER 1.60
UNTIL GANG IS FULLY CLOSED. CT -D PT.OFC-8A TRIMMER-OSC. SECTION
3. WIND TREAR TURNS CLOCKWISE. T-4 720075 2ND AM I.F.
TRANSFORMER 1,75
4. LOOPSTRING OVER PULLEY í® AND STUDS()AND©(FIG.A).
C-9 962229 9.5 MMF-DISC N-80 T-5 708341 RATIO DETECTOR TRANSFORMER 2.35
5. WIND 2 FRONT TURNS COUNTERCLOCKWISE WORKING TOWARDS FRONT OF SHAFT. GIOt PART OF 1,500 MMF-DISC T-6 734164 AUDIO OUTPUT TRANSFORMER 1.60
6. STRING LOOPED CORD UNDER PULLEY Q (FIG.M. C-1 f TUNER 80 MMF-DISC
Fig. 4 - DIAL CORD STRINGING C-12
C-13
928967
923534
5
,033
MMF-CERAMIC DISKN-1400±10%50ON.
MFGPAPER ±20%SOON.
.20
,25
SP -1
SP-2
180185
180184
SPEAKER -PM -3-1/2n
SPEAKER -PM -10 X 2-1/2N
C-14 928924 ,01 MFGCERAMICDISK ZSU 500V. .20 S1V-1 PT. OF R-15 ON-OFF SWITCH
G15 928922 .0047 MFGCERAMICDISK ±20%500V. .20 SW -2 510133 FUNCTION SWITCH
G16 928914 220 MFGCERAMICDISK ±207,500N. .20
-I
\
G17 928921 .0022 MFGCERAMICDISK ±20%500N. .20
P 583075 INTERLOCK SOCKET 6 LINE CORD
NYLON GEAR 0-18 928919 .001 MFGCERAMICDISK ±20%500v. ,20
P-2 585233 SOCKET 6 CABLE ASSEMBLY
CRIMPED END RF SLUG 0.19 928912 100 MMF-CERAMIC DISK ±20%500V. .20 X-1 505014 INTERLOCK PLUG
0
SET SCREW OF RF SLUG G20 928802 6.8 MMF-CERAMIC DISK ± 5%500V. .20 X-2 508100 PHONO SOCKET
SET SCREW
ADJUST HOLE
--- \ . 111
-ulmlluL 2 0-21
C-22
C-23
G24
C.25
928921
925434
925391
928922
928922
,0022 MFGCERAMIC DISK
2
4
MFGELECTROLYTIC
MFGELECTROLYTIC NP
.0047 MFGCERAMIC DISK
,0047 MFGCERAMIC DISK
50V
±20%500V.
50V.
±20%500N.
±20%500V.
.20
.80
.85
.20
.20
413067
413066
819107
TUBE SHIELD FOR I28Á6
TUBE SHIELD FOR 12A T7
4 -SPEED CHANGER
.10
,10
II..:unn
6t4t4111lllm111111
I illinlitilital ri )
CTA
CTB fr
GLASS DIELECTRIC
(WINDOW) CABINET PARTS LIST. MODEL 8958
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
NYLON v / / ial Cabinet - Specify color
Grille Cloth
i jL3 592064A
I
DRIVE DIAL
CORD
NYLON SCREW p uminl 413223 Control Panel
SHAFT WORM GEAR 604054 Medallion
OSC MIXER COUPLING 562519 Felt Feet
SLUG. LOOP 180184 Speaker - 21h" x 10"
TO PIN 8 180185 Speaker - 31h"
V-2 925391 Electrolytic Capacitor, 4 MFD, NP
413162 Pilot light bracket
560612 Mason ite back
583075 Line cord
Fig. 5 - BOTTOM VIEW OF TUNER (IN MAX. CW POSITION WITH SHIELD REMOVED) 460997A
460999A
Knob -
Vol. Tone
-
Knob Tuning
460998A Knob - Switch -Phono-Am -Fm
MECHANICAL TUNER PARTS (ELECTRICAL PARTS LISTED IN CHASSIS PARTS LIST)
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. 4-V-17 CODE NO. 1-8-3RP8
MANUAL No 4-599
SPECIFICATIONS
I
-- SOCS-Power Amplifier
35W4-Rectifier
Audio
bolts.
For alignment or repairs, remove motor board by unscrewing 4 Philipshead motorboard
2. Then place pick up arm on start of record. Push RADIO -PHONO Loosely couple Osc. section of Maximum
SLIDE SWITCH to PHONO. Fully open 1620 KC
This will start the motor. generator to tuning condenser
"Loop Antenna"
3. Adjust the volume control to your preference.
Loosely couple Ant. section of Maximum
Tune in signal
NOTE: If a 45 RPM record is used, twist adapter counterclockwise to raise it and fit record onto generator to tuning
adapter. 1400 KC from
"Loop Antenna" condenser
generator.
4. To shut unit off turn ON-OFF VOLUME Knob counter -clockwise
until switch clicks off.
TO CHANGE NEEDLE:
DO NOT DROP PICK UP ARM ON RECORD. This can cause damage
to cartridge, needle or by small screw on cartridge. Loosen screw, remove
record. Raise tone arm to vertical position. Needle is held
defective needle and replace.
Put pick up arm into arm rest before closing the cabinet. and cortridge.
NOTE: For best results use exact replacement needle
position when unit is not in use. This will help
to
IMPORTANT - Set Speed Selector lever to "OFF"
prevent flot spots from developing on idler wheel.
i2CU6 2nV6
o. 2n76 5005
ea
ar
35w4 Z200 e
c o
C7
TO,iSov
r 5'JC5 ,J6 ,v6
O j
.0
C
5
}
.cov
} J }
11S ./ 60 Cy
z.6
.C. OMLv
] *6
3 wrT5 ,sa
U U
* Use genuine factory replacements for items marked with an asterisk. These parts
may be ordered from your Firestone Parts Warehouse.
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. 4-A-158 CODE NO. 1-8-51/284
SPECIFICATIONS
Cabinet Dimensions .................................. Width II in., Height 8 in., Depth 7 in.
Shipping weight .......................................... 7% lbs.
Power supply. . 105-125 volts AC 50/60 cycle
Tuning Range ............................................ Standard Broadcast Band
Intermediate Frequency ............................ 455 KC
Loud Speaker ..................................._......... 4 in. P.M.
Voice Coi Impedance .............................. 3.2 ohms at 400 cycles
I
fi re s to n e
1 - 12BA6-I.F. Amplifier
1 - 12AV6-Detector-AVC-lst Audio
1 - 5005-Power Amplifier
1 - 35W4-Rectifier
To Remove Chassis:
1. Pull both knobs off front of cabinet
2. Remove 4 Phillips head screws tying back to front of cabinet.
3. Remove 4 hex-head chassis bolts on bottom of cabinet.
4. Pull chassis out.
Io Remove Clock
1. Remove 2 clock knobs on face of clock by pulling away from cabinet.
2. Remove 4 hex -head nuts inside cabinet from clock mounting plate.
3. Remove clock by pulling towards rear of cabinet.
RESISTANCE-CHART
ALIGNMENT
A. Equipment
The following equipment is necessary for proper alignment:
1. Signal Generator that will provide modulated test frequencies as listed.
2. Non-metallic screwdriver.
3. Output Meter.
SERVICE MANUAL AND PARTS
CATALOG B. Test Set Up
Volume control-maximum, all adjustments.
No signal applied to antenna.
STOCK NO. 4-A-158 Connect .1 condenser in series with output lead of signal generator.
Connect ground lead of signal generator to B-.
CODE NO. 1-8-51/284 Connect Output Meter across Voice Coil.
Generator-output lust sufficient to get reading.
.28E6 12846
D4v
. 4PV
T¿
FERRITE
LOOP
SPEAK
C2
R 3
THREETURNS
ON SHALT
%TNIÑÓ ÓÁÑB
úiLT closeo
PARTS LIST
NOTE: - All parts not appearing on parts list may be replaced with any standard replacement port of similar
type and value.
*Use Genuine factory replacements for items marked with an asterisk. These parts may be ordered from your
Firestone Parts Warehouse.
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. 4-A-157 CODE NO. 1-8-51/283
SPECIFICATIONS
Cabinet Dimensions .................................. Width 11 in., Height 8 in., Depth 7 in.
Shipping wtight .......................................... 714lbs.
Power supply. 105-125 volts AC 50/60 cycle
Tuning Range ............................................ Standard Broadcast Band
Intermediate Frequency ............................ 455 KC
Loud Speaker. 4 in. P.M.
Voice Coil Impedance .............................. 3.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Power Output .............................................. Maximum 1.8 watts
Tube Complement ...................................... - 12BE6-Convertor
1
1- 12BA6-1.F. Amplifier
1 - 12AV6-Detector-AVC-lst Audio .
1 - 5005-Power Amplifier
- 35W4-Rectifier
n
1
To Remove Chassis:
'Fi resto
1. Pull both knobs off front of cabinet
2, Remove 4 Phillips head screws flying back to front of cabinet.
3. Remove 4 hex -head chassis bolts on bottom of cabinet.
4. Pull chassis out.
To Remove Clock
1. Remove 2 clock knobs on face of clock by pulling away from cabinet.
2. Remove 4 hex -head nuts inside cabinet from clock mounting plate.
3. Remove clock by pulling towards rear of cabinet.
RESISTANCE-CHART
CLOCK RADIO Measurements taken with VTVM between B-and socket pins except for readings marked
with .astarizt, ..-hich were token between pin 7 of 35W4 and socket pin. All readings
with set disconnected, volume control fully (CW) open, clock set to "Off".
Readings may vary plus or minus 20%
+This rending taken with filter cond. fully discharged.
NC. No Connection
= Infinite
ALIGNMENT
A. Equipment
The following equipment is necessary for proper alignment:
1. Signal Generator that will provide modulated test frequencies as listed.
2. Non-metallic screwdriver.
3. Output Meter.
B. Test Set Up
Volume control-maximum, all adjustments.
No signal applied to antenna.
SERVICE MANUAL AND PARTS CATALOG Connect .1 condenser in series with output lead of signal generator.
Connect ground lead of signal generator to B-.
Connect Output Meter across Voice Coil.
STOCK NO. 4-A-157 Generator-output lust sufficient to get reading.
CODE NO. 1-8-51/283 DUMMY GENERATOR TRIMMER TO TRIMMER
DIAL GENERATOR
FREQUENCY ANTENNA CONNECTION BE ADJUSTED ADJUSTMENT
SETTING
.1 MPS 12BE6 Grid 1st IF Top and Maximum
Fully open 455 KC
Bottom
.1 MFD 12BE6 Grid 2nd IF Top and Maximum
Fully open 455 KC
Bottom
Loosely couple Ose. section of Maximum
Fully open 1620 KC
generator to tuning condenser
"Loop Antenna
Tune in signal As above Ant. section of Maximum
tuning condenser
1400 KC from 1400 KC
generator.
PARTS LIST
NOTE - All parts not appearing on parts list may be replaced with any standard replacement part of similar
type and value.
*Use Genuine factory replacements for items marked with an asterisk. These parts may be ordered
from your
Firestone Parts Warehouse.
TUBE LOCATIONS
12BE6 12BA6
R51,
L00PERRIT.E
SPEAKER
LL VOLTAGE READINGS
RE DC TAKEN WITH VTVM,
.3ETWEEN B- AND PIN,
WITH ±10% TOLERANCE
oV e-
A 3 3 APPLIANCE OUTLET
1000 WATTS
EXCEPT AS SHOWN, Atl RESISTORS ARE 1/2WATT S CAPAOITORS ARE 200 V. 963120
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. 4-A-156 CODE NO. 1-8-51/184
SPECIFICATIONS
Cabinet Dimensions Width 11 in., Height 8 in., Depth 7 in.
Shipping weight 7lbs.
Power supply 105-125 volts AC 50/60 cycle, or DC
Tuning Range Standard Broadcast Band
Intermediate Frequency 455 KC
Loud Speaker 4 in. P.M.
Voice Coil Impedance 3.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Power Output Maximum 1.8 watts
Tube Complement 1-12BE6-Converter
1-12BA6-I,F, Amplifier
1 -12AV6-Detector-AVC-1 st Audio
1-5005-Polder Amplifier
1-35W4-Rectifier
To Remove Chassis:
1. Pull both knobs off front of cabinet.
T'í resto ne
2. Remove 4 Phillips head screws tying back to front of cabinet.
3. Remove 4 hex -head chassis bolts on bottom of cabinet. .
A. Equipment
The following equipment is necessary for proper alignment:
1. Signal Generator that will provide modulated test
frequencies as listed.
2. Non-metallic screwdriver.
3. Output Meter.
B. Test Set Up
Volume control-maximum, all adjustments
No signal applied to antenna.
signal generator.
Connect .1 condenser in series with output lead of
Connect ground lead of signal generator to B-.
Connect Output Meter across Voice Coil.
SERVICE MANUAL AND PARTS CATALOG Generator-output just sufficient to get reading.
Antenna .
1282 12ÁV6
T1
Ti .0t/ 400
IV
T3
351'4
gWITON Op
VOL. LOXT.
%(/
960119
TUBE LOCATIONS
5
DIAL CORD
12BE6 I4BA6
CO STRINGING DIAGRAM
12ÁV6 33W9
PARTS LIST
PART NO. DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE
NOTE - All parts not appearing on parts list may be replaced with any standard replacement part of similar
type and value.
*Use Genuine factory replacements for items marked with an asterisk. These parts may be ordered from your
Firestone Parts Warehouse
©John F. Rider
S -C415-2
COVERS
MODELS
C415 A,C
PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA C416A,C
C417 A, C
SUPERSEDES S -C415 -1
Voltage 105-120 Volts, 60 Cycles AC 1. Remove tuning, volume and timer knobs.
ELECTRICAL from shaft at back of
2. Remove time' set knob
RATING: Wattage at 117 Volts 31 Watts
cabinet. Hold shaft and turn knob counter clock-
Undistorted Watt wise.
POWER 1
Remove five hex -head screws on cabinet back.
-
DESCRIPTION PRICE
DESCRIPTION PRICE CAT. NO. SYMBOL
CAT. NO.
MISCELLANEOUS (CONT'D.)
CABINET & APPEARANCE ITEMS
MISCELLANEOUS Ú
v
C
©John F. Rider MODELS C415A, C, C416A, C, C417A,
MODELS C420A, C421A, B, (:.42213
C420Á, Mahogany; C421.4,5, Blue; 'CATALOG NO, SYMBOL DESCRIPTION IL1S7 PRICE
I,:ABINET:
C4225, Rasa Beige
C5,6 .05m1 400V Paper
105-120 volt. A. C. 60 cycles C14,16 .02of.,4037.,Paper
ELECTRICAL
30 Watts C15,20121 .047mf.,6000.,Paper
RA TING:
LtisZER Watts POTENTIOMETER
Undistorted: .75
3171070 : Maximum: 1.25 Watts
-1
1 -RS -1219 R8 Volume Contro l,4megs..,, 1.90
SPEAKER: 5 lí4 C 400 cps.
COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
711E VI R. F. Amplifier 128,6
Laer1JLlEIFT: V2 Oac.-Converter 125E6 RS -1142 T2 Oscillator Coil .60
Li.
1. F. Amplifier 12BÁ6 RS -1143 T3,. I.F. Transformer 1.80
Det. b Audio Amplifier 12.676 RS -1145 T1 R.F. Transformer 2.20
Power Output 35C5 n -RS -1220 L1 Antenna 1.15
VO Rectifier 35004 n -RS -1222 TO Output Transformer 3.45
The models C4700, C421A, C42115, and C4225 are 5 o -R5-1046 Speaker, 5 1/4" 6.25
rube plus rectifier superheterodyne radio -timer re - n -RS -1223 Appliance Receptacle .60
Rotolos. A R.F. amplifier stags is used to provide RJS-182 Phono Jack .15
Increased aensitivlty and selectivity. RJS-232 Tube Socket with center pio,(V3) .25
The volume control 1s used for both the radio and RJS-237 Tube Socket .15
phono volume. A ewicch at the center position of the RWL-039 Power Cord .95
control eliminates any radio olgoal fr®being audible RS -1128 Slide Switch (Tone Control) .35
when ltttening to the phono. A elide switch for tone RS -1183 Terminal .03
control Lt provided on the rear of the cabinet. MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL
Service on defective timer unite, (Telechron Cat. RS -1100 U Type but .05
No.C114C8) should be referred to the nearest C. E. RS -1127 Pulley 1/4" .05
Service Center or C. E. Service Scot lon. RS -1168 Shoulder Rivet (power cord) .05
TO REMOVE CHASSIS RS -1174 Plate (power cord) .03
1. Remove volume and tuning knobs. n -RS -1213 Socket, (pilot light) .55
2. Unscrew alarm set indicator knob (Rear). n -RS -1214 Lamp Hood .10
3. Remove back of cabinet. n -RS -1215 Tuning Shaft Assembly .65
4. Ltrerlder leads from speaker. n -RS -1216 Antenna Holder .10
5. Remove the cabinet top. n -RS -1323 Pilot Light 012 .80
6. Remove the cabinet bottom. n -RS -1324 Rubber Grommet .02
Timer lead should rosin connected s they are RJJ-010 Power Cord Receptacle .10
long enough of radio for repair.
to ollow removal RMS-130 Spring (Tuning gang) .15
ALIGNMENT CHART
TO RLYIVE SPEAKER RMS-374 Tube Shield Pin .02
Follow step 1 through 5 ao above. RMW-038 Pulley, 11/16" .10
1. Connect Test Receiver Adjust for
2. Remove the 4 heatmad screws froc around speaker. CABINET AND APPEARANCE ITEMS Step Test Oscillator Oscillator Tuning >exianm, Output
This will remove the speaker and speaker grille. Setting
MOTE: When servicing or aligning, shape use an n -RB -1037 Cabinet Top, Mahogany, G4200 4.70
isolation ttaa.Eormer to protect test equipment and n -RB -1038 Cabinet Top, Blue, C421A 4,70 128,6, V3 grid
per comae n -RB -1039 Cabinet Bottom, Mahogany, C420Á 3.55 1. (pin 1) in series
i .
Cores of 2nd
Alrys have volume control set for ...um
the n -RB -1040 Cabinet Bottom, Blue, C421Á,8 3.55 with a .05 mf. Tuning 1. F. Transformer T4
and reduce the signal input so Ait will not affect n -RB -1041 Cabinet Back, Mahogany, 04200 2.35 455KC. Gang
output. n -RB -1042 Cabinet Back, Blue, C421A,B 2,35 126E6, V2 grid Open Coree of let
n RB 1043 Grille, Mahogany, C420Á .80 2. (pin 7) in series I. F. Transformer T3
PRELIMIW.RT REPIACFIEIFT PARTS LIST n -RB -1044 Grille, Blue, C421A,11 .80 with a ,05 mf. (minimum capacity)
n RB 1074 Cabinet Top, Blue, C4210 4.70
DESCRIPTION 'LIST PRICE -RB -1075
n Cabinet Top, Rose Beige, C422B 4.70 3. Recheck adjustment
RB 1076
n Cabinet Bottom, Rose Beige, 14228 3.55 of T3 and 74
CAPACITORS n -RB -1077 Cabinet Back, Rose Belge,14220, 2.35
1620 KC Tuning
n RB 1078 Grille, Rose Beiges C422B .80
4'
RS -1114 118A,E 100-50m1.,150V 2.40 RS -1096 Clock Control Knob (lever type) .10 gang
RS -1191 C3
C19
1.8amf., 500V
6800mº£.,4501
.15 n -RS -1205 Window Dial Backing, C420A .55 :::,0::1:::::Mo08
3.1,-1202 .25 n -RS -1206 Window Dial Backing, C421Á, B .55
RS -1203 C12,13 220mmf 450V
500 KC Tune fr
.15 n -RS -1207 Snoo2-Alarm Bar Knob, B1ue,C421A,B .20
max. signal
RS -1204 C11 150®f.,4501 .15 n-RS -1208 Snooz-Alarm Bar Knob,Mahogany, C420A
-RS-1218 I C1A,R,ci -RS-1209 Clock Crystal, 1420A, C423Á
.20 6 C1B, Antenna trimmer
.95
0.8,1 Tuning Capacitor 6.80 n -RS -1210 Pointer, C420Á, 1421A, B .25 7. Approximately cores of R. F.
RCY-3075 C. 47af.,500¢, Paper ,25 n -RS -1217 Medallion .35 600 KC. Rock in Transformer, T1..
n -RS -1474 Window Dial Backing, C422B .55 With core Rock in with receiver
Of Tl tuning
8. Repeat
Steps 4,5,6,7
CJohn P. Rider
S -C435 A
COVERS -ro
MODEL
-435A
PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA C
SPECIFICATIONS
o
TO REMOVE CABINET BACK:
000000
0e
vt
®IR
l
of the board in the grooves and push on the edge of REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
the board, not on the components. The tuning shaft r
will enter the tuning knob and the front edge of the CAT. N0. SYMBOL I DESCRIPTION PRICE
board will seat itself in the grooved bosses inside
CAPACITORS
L
the cabinet front. Replace the board support and
self -tapping screw.
RCE-215 COSA,B Elect. 75-30 @ 150V 2.00
TO REMOVE VOLUME CONTROL: CIA 1B
n -RS -1413
1C, 1D Thniog Gang 3.60
The volume control is attached to the REK-011 Bulplate .80
cabinet C12'13'
and may be removed by pulling the knob straight off
and removing the palmai. POTENTIOMETER
When replacing the volume control place the tab ¡
on the control in the groove provided. n-RS -14171 R3 I Volume Control 500K I 1.00
After removing the chaeeis board remove four n -RS-1409 LI Antenna (Iron Core) 1.15
tubular speaker clips and lift the speaker out of the n -RS-1437 L2 Oscillator Coil .65
cabinet. n -RS -1415 T1,2 I.F. Transformer 1.55
n -RS -1416 T3 output Transformer 2.20
©John F. Rider
S -C 440A
COVERS
MODELS 33
C440A
PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA C441A
S- T105-2
COVERS
MODELS
T I05Á
PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA T 106A,B
T 1078
SUPERSEDES S -T105-1
a)
epECOFICATIONS CAUTION: It is important to use extreme care re-
placing parts and/or soldering on this chassis. Too
CABINET: Plastic, 6 3/4 x 6 x 12 1/8" much heat on the chassis will cause the copper
Model T1068, Antique White plating to become unbonded. Only apply the soldering
Model T107B, Turquoise iron long enough to melt the solder and pull out the
part to be replaced,
ELECTRICAL 105-120 Volts A -C or D -C A 35 watt soldering iron is recommended for all
RATING: 24 Watts 0 117 Volts A -C repairs on the circuit board to protect the copper
pattern.
OUTPUT: Undistorted 1.0 Watt Maximum 1.6 Watt
TO REPLACE THE VOLUME CONTROL
SPEAKER: (2) 4 inch PM., 3.2 ohms @ 400 cps.
Remove the shaft nut and the fibre washer, then
TUBE V1 Oscillator -Converter 12ßE6 cut the center and lower terminals. Apply only enough
COMPLEMENT: V2 I -F Amplifier 12ßA6 heat to the upper terminal to pull out the control.
V3 Detector, 1st Audio Amp 12AV6 Apply heat to the center and lower terminals so they
V4 Audio Output SOCS may be pushed out. The new control may now be in-
V5 Rectifier 35W4 serted into place and soldered. Make sure the fibre
washer is in place before installing the shaft nut.
GENERAL INFORMATION
SPEAKERS
The Models T1060 and T107ß are twin speaker and
all -electron -tube radios. The circuitry is similar When connecting the speaker leads after repair,
to the previous 1105 radios. care must be taken to insure the speakers are in
correct phase with one another. To do this, you must
TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET connect the two ground lugs together, as well as the
two ungrounded lugs. For example, if one grounded
To remove chassis from cabinet, remove cabinet lug and one ungrounded lug were connected together,
back. Unsolder the output transformer leads from the the speakers would be out of phase,which would result
speaker. Remove the four self -tapping screws, (hex - in distortion and loss of audio signal.
heads) one on each corner of the chassis, and the
single hex screw just below the tuning gang capacitor. SERVICE HINT
Pull off the volume control knob. The tuning control
must be Always use an isolation transformer when servicing sSÑ
{mob is held to the cabinet, so the chassis
pulled out of the cabinet, at the same time pulling or aligning this receiver to protect the service
it off the tuning knob, which remains on the cabinet. personnel and his equipment.
When pulling out the chassis, it is best to grasp the
tuning capacitor (C1) by the thumb and forefinger of ;AT. NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE
one hand, the toning knob by the other hand and pull
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
PRELIMINARY PARTS LIST
RS -1157 Loop Mtg. Bracket .10
CAT. NO. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 'PRICE RS -1158 Tube Shield .10
RJS-232 Tube Socket W/Center Pin .25
CAPACITORS RJS-237 Tube Socket .15
RS -1159 Heat Shield .15
*-RS-1607 C1A,B,C,D tun. Cap. T106B,T1078 3.60 RS -1164 Vol. Cont. Washer .05
RS -1163 C1A,B,C,D Tun. Cap. T105A,T106A 4.15 RHS-161 Eyelet, Shield .10
RCW-3207 C9A,B,C,D RMC-061 Clamp, Plastic .20
R9A,B,C Bulplate 1.00 RMS-356 Clip, Knob .05
RCW-3266 C2,3 22mmf. ±20%, 500V .20 RHC-095 Clip, Speaker .05
RCE-207 C11A,B 30-5OMF 0150V 2.15 RWL-037 Power Cord 1.00
RJJ-014 Receptacle, Power Cord .15
POTENTIOMETER RB -1057 Speaker 4" 5.45
RS -1190 Ground Strap .05
RS -1162 R3 Vol. Cont. (500K) & Sw 2.30
CABINET & APPEARANCE ITEMS
COILS & TRANSFORMERS
RB -1018 Cab.(Mah)W/Trim Strip & Dial Plate
*-RS-1606 L1 Loop Ant. T106B,T107B 1.25 T105Á 5.70
RS -1415 11,2 IF Transformer T106B,T107B 1.55 RB -1019 Cab.(Ant.White)W/Trim Strip &
RS -1523 L2 Osc. Coil T106ß, T107ß.... 1.00 Dial Plate T106A, T106ß 5.70
RS -1161 T3 Output Transformer 2.55 *-13-1085 Cab.(Turq.)W/Trim Strip & Dial Plate
RS -1156 L1 Loop Ant. T105A,T106A 1.25 T107ß 5.70
RTL -183 T1,2 IF Trans. T1091, T106A 1.65 RS -1155 Cab. Back .25
ROC -135 L2 Osc. Coil T105A, T106A 1.00 RS -1154 Dial Plate (Triangle) .20
RS -1153 Trim Strip T106A,B, Maroon .70
- Denotes Parts Not Previously Cataloged. RS -1139 Trim Strip T105A, T107ß, Gold .50
RS -1152 Knob, Tuning .85
RS -1186 Dial Plate (Circular 8/0 Triangle) .75
RDK-425 Knob, Volume ..35
CJoha F. Rider
GENERAL ELECTRIC ER-S-P735A
'57 BATTERY CONNECTOR
COVERS
SERVICE MANUAL
FOR MODELS
PORTABLE RADIO RECEIVERS P735Á
(540.1600 KG., 433 RC., 14.)
P736Á
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
P735A, P736A CID
The models P735A and P736A are four -tube super- CIA C11 04 R3 L2 V2 C8 T2 V3 R8,9,10,1I V4 CI4 R3,SI
heterodyne portable radio receivers. They operate on possible to remove the parts, as excessive heat will
self-contained batteries or from a power line source damage the plated wiring on the chassis boards.
of 105 to 120 volts A,C. or D. C.
When replacing knobs, do not force them on, as
These models are very compactly made and in- too much pressure may cause circuit board to bend and
corporate two plated circuit chassis, the smaller of crack.
which contains the power supply components. The front
of the cabinet swings down and open, providing easy VOLUME CONTROL REPLACEMENT:
accessibility to tubes and batteries.
The chassis must first be removed from the
CHASSIS REMOVAL: cabinet as described under CHASSIS REMOVAL and the
control removed as follows:
The chassis is easily removed by means of the
following procedure:
1. Cut off the three volume control lugs and the
1. Swing down cabinet front by grasping front four switch lugs.
at top edge under handle.
R2 C2 C3 VI RI TI R5 C7 R4 R6 C9
2. Individually remove the remaining parts of the
2. Remove tuning volume control knobs by pulling lugs with a long -nose pliers while applying a
MAIN CHASSIS TOP VIEW
1/` a!/t
straight off their shafts. soldering iron.
3. Remove the two small Phillips -head screws 3. Clean all holes of excess solder.
from the top rear edge of the metal chassis mounting
bracket. 4. Insert new control; then solder all lugs securely
in place.
.
4. Slide chassis and bracket out of cabinet.
R
5. Remove bracket from the chassis by removing
90V. .._,.
TO REPLACE A TUBE SOCKET:
C3
the 1/4" mounting screw from center of bracket.
1
iV(
EF 1.. 8,.,/''_ r IR99Z3
A
ev.'íT
(V2) Ì
cabinet by removing the four
screws.
small hex -head mounting center terminal which must be unsoldered.
the pieces of terminals remaining in the
Now, heat
board only
, t .ÿv1_
enough so they may be pushed out.
.i.,,,,, 1
The new socket can
The speaker is mounted on the cabinet front and now be inserted into the holes left by the old one ,
may be removed by removing the four speaker mounting and soldered into place.
clips which secure the speaker to the four bosses on
the inside of the cabinet front. BATTERY INSTALLATION:
IETST
ON
When placing the batteries into position, make TO 'X' ON POWER
IMPORTANT: Use care when replacing defective parts. (5V, 20V. 9041 TO T3 SUPPLY 80.
sure the battery connections are well seated to make SUPPLY BOARD -
Apply as little heat to terminals and connections as TO A' BATTERY CONNECTION ON
good contact between batteries and battery connections.
MAIN CHASSIS - COMPONENT LOCATION POWER SUPPLY BOARD.
BOTTOM VIEW
<
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - P735A, P736A
CAT. N0. !SYMBOL (DESCRIPTION ¡PRICE CAT. NO. I DESCRIPTION ¡PRICE
CAPACITORS
MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL
©John F. Rider
HOFFMAN HI-FI INSTRUMENTS
MODEL SERIES 8003, 8005
GENERAL INFORMATION
MODEL SERIES 8003
MODEL SERIES 8005
The Model Series 8003 are high AM -FM TUNER The Model Series 8005 are high
quality High Fidelity instruments which incorporate a quality High Fidelity instruments which incorporate a 4
Garrard Mark II Record Changer with Reluctance Pickbp Extremely sensitive with a cascode RF stage the FM band. speed VM Deluxe Record Changer witha ceramic cartridge.
Cartridge (DIMAOD N NEEDLPre.,,
prenp an d Record Built in FM antenna should be replaced with a lead from -- -
Equalizer Control° The preamp is a transistor stage Ior
-
The
RECORD CHANGER
+1N+ú 0100090101
Intel
{¡(,,p,
t i
l'ir I)
10
i °
1001!)I+
1311+
The detailed Service Data on the VM 1200A Record Changer
is available m VM Booklets ((6004 and 1017, both of which
may be ordered through your Hoffman Distributor.
machine screws mount the changer to its base board.
These screws allow the changer to float on its mounting
springs when they are turned IN until flush with the
face of the changer. Whentheentire
moved any distance, these
board.
__--
e s should be turned OUT
until the changer is drawn down tight against the mounting
scar11
Two
-
instrument is to be
(-
!!1555
-
MODELS
-
M8003
88003
--
prevent rumble.
SP8003
FREQUENCY DISPLAY SCOPE
rcasr.sett
uuxuc
cuc
aeco
sna oreaax
rues
wasl st
The Frequency Display Scope is actuated by the settings
of the tone controls. This results in a visual display of
tone control settings which may be logged for future play-
--. .'
-
-_ _Ì'`
4w
$
}--+
'"s
" - i
!- non .au
Ctte
eri
cuc
Wise
ings of individual records.
-
_
=-
a
~
i , .
(R ¡3
-, s`G t.\
.._
a.xsr -
<nnu
o scnew cators inside the protective edge of the dial plate and pre-
. - n
cn
vent breakage.wu
LOUDNESS control full clockwise and no audio being fed the loudness control ftdl clockwise with no audio being fed
into the amplifier. Adjust to minimum hum, preferably Reverse the power pplugg and choose the W 8005
to the amplifier.
p i
wiMan AC meter across the speaker Voice Coil terminals. polarity which gives the least hum.
TUNING (T
rr SWRCH 51 TUNING SI n FUSWIT^,CTNION TREBLE
CONTROL
BASSNTROL
CO
OVOFF/ONLUME
Li LI u1
_O
vt. P. .. RL.
EMBI
Nmq
M81 oa T,= ,.= e
OO
Isoonc
O OO LATOR
T 6.7B
GASCOD
FM -RF
V I
6AB4
V 2
FM MIXER
T I
4Nc
66A6
V3
FM -AM -IF
T 3
5`
6AÚ6
,(74"
4
FM -IF
J1 6AL5
TS
O
'9cc°
6X4
- 6612K79K7B
CASCODE
FM -RF
6BE6
GAB 4
V2
FM MIXER
TI
olnc
6BA6
FM -AM IF
V3
T3
m
séc
6AÚ6
V4
FM IF
J2
T5
6AL5
I-
ECC83
V9
EZ81
60E6 LB T2 T4
VB z AUDIO
B T2 T4 z0° - V7 0 0 ° VS
AM
ßl7 B 0
42<
0
4ssrcc °
V5 DETECTOR -
CONVERTER
AM
a
soo xc
gssNc
sec 'Mc
s[c
s° pET
AMP
RECTIFIER
... ))/s RECTIFIER
-1 `,EL84
CONVERTER A
II i ///////Lq7////////) / /////////// s0°Kc
A j )/I]jn///j// J/j//¡/j//jp
WHIM j / ///,7
-
(/////////(/A i'//////1//w4//////////(//// Y/lluI//////////////('/
®
I AM LOOPSTICK
AM LOOPSTICK This eNo
v AUDIO TN
/O RROLO
e e e e © J2 COR%
ANTENNA TERMINALS
PHONO/STEREO
INPUT SPEAKERS
POWER AMP POWER AMP
TOP VIEW OF TUNER CHASSIS 112 4 (8003) TOP VIEW OF TUNER /AMP CHASSIS 1126 (8005)
S2 OUTPUT n TREBLE SI n EQUALIZER n BASS OFF/ON
VOLUME
- "-^----- ----
e.
.«. *^ z^, , M^^.
L
SWITCH L, SWITCH El I ;,_ -
^
I I HI6
- Fl7 7 ERREAR NTROL
e. e
I -
I
7--'
4q6 Nqq
4708B
T 2
_r, \
~
4wy
\ 47088
G9<y\4708603. R.F:.
OIAL STRINGINGz FOR FREQUENCY DISPLAY SCOPE POINTER
.0
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
TI
POWER
TRANS
OIllHIHHII»
0
J9
PHONO
COMPART.
LIGHT
= TRAINSRPMER=
FO
VOLTAGE
V I
2N94
O I
0708010
012\"óór
s
I
--
Reom
ooT
G03
03,
®
-' -
AM -FM TUNER
DIAL STRING
EZ81/6CÁ4 7189 7189 ECC83/12AX7 a
C 27 PREAMP
:
óB0óiw
V S 28 V 3 V 4 C 29
RECTIFIER
C
C 22 POWER AMP POWER AMP VOLTAGE AMP
CD C 30
C 31
sliFó-'oov NIGH RED QDN R
0-
\4 .
TWO T
C 23 sGGóssi ° REo
1_sz sos
av
`
ooT xoñ1es
U J7
AC
J8
LJ
AC
R37
HUM
CONTROL
J5
U
EXT SPEAKER SPEAKERS STEREO
J6
i
J2
U
IJ31
TAPE
1J
I
TUNER
41 JII
L
PHONO
i TO i6 TAP-rt/0\TO GROUND
`. ' -'
NOTES TUNING CONDENSER
FULLY MESHED. DIAL
POINTER SET R INC H
TO LEFT OF CENTER
HORIZONTAL LINE.
4 SPEAKER WIRING-MODEL SERIES 8003
TOP VIEW OF AMPLIFIER CHASSIS 1121 (8003) ,
©John F. Rider
VIA VI B V2 V3 V4 V5
1/2 6BK7B 1/26BK7B 6AB4 6 BA6 6AU6 6AL5
F.M. CASCODE RF. F.M. CASCODE RF. F.M. MIXER F.M.-A.M. IF. F.M. I.F. FM. DETECTOR
cn
T5
(774004)
(750008)
(776003)
L3
CASCODE
(750009)
L6
5.6,0
TI
(760012)
T3
(760013)
RAT 0 DET.
TRANSFORMER
T,
/' ` 856014)
27
ANTENNA RF. 10.7 7
TRANSFORMER
92MC SEC
C4
1000
142V. CHOKE 6 RF.
CHOKE F.M. I.F
TRANSFORMER
FM. I.F.
TRANSFORMER
NB
Iq
Mc.
14 C30le1/
p 6 C33
Byfd 1
: r 2 10.7 q, 6 I -_g 10.7
fQ PRIM.
0.7V / 142V.
7 712 Mc i I
47K
---
g432V.
8 3
N750
(7680091
LS
- 88
- Mo C28 T IC -18
1Mc08
C2C 3CC
106 Mc:
01000N AM)
A
T_
VB
/ OFF
0 )T / I AM.
6X4 R19
REDR3I
`\NTENN
`
LOOP-
STICK
t9z400 :
/' 6BE6
A.M. CONVERTER
a
C27 SI SWITCH
POSITIONS
\
0
TRANSWERFORMER .2700. .245V. 210V .01
J L4
260V.
R/Y
7 P 330 ' R32
470 ' RD
GEXT
/ ;
3 2W 2W SI SIB. SIC.
V9
.,
SWITCH
ON SI. 260V RE
4 C37A
3iyfe.T30üfd.
C370 -C37C -/C20
T
30ufd. 1500Kc.
EMBI
YEL 350V. i300V. i300V
6.3V. SILVER MICA TUN NO
FFF
YEL i14 INDICATOR
3SO R22
6:3 GRN (7FILCHO50007) 470K
600Kc- J2
GRN
(.. 4 4
2E 63E
620 Kc. L8 SID. 28
011 AUDIO
OUTPUT
0160t) 3 4 3 3 3 4 4 AM.OSC. COI L RECEPTACLE
VS 4
(768010) (210VONF.M.)
I rI-2 2 V7 09 I
R6
470K V2A V3.
R5
2w 1/2 ECC83/ 12AX7 7189
2.4K VOLTAGE POWER
5% AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER
V I.
EXTERNAL SPEAKER OR
(934006) .22 22K
EF86 / 6267
VOLTAGE
TAPE RECORDER
CI 230V.
AMPLIFIER
SMFD
a.ev.
PREAMPLIFIER
2N94 C7
2200
IRIO
IOK;1 1.902003)
SELECTOR
S2
l (724018 )
J5
(9340061
4
R7 C15
R2 EQUALIZER 15K 47
10 %
- C17I OUTPUT
TRANS-
BOTTOM VIEW OF
SPEAKER CONNECTION
1000
IOOK (902012 )
10 %
FORMER
6 65V.
'Loup] R26
R25 NESS
R24 3
1M
(800005) 6861
2.2 K 334
R22 J6
;R17 2I3 180K
o
C2 1.2M (934005)
22 R18 C14 C 18 e ov.
(0400
-Ó400 R16 4.7M ,I 3300
10% 2M 400V. )R21
T
I RII 10%
C12
47011
680 7
t R28
I
IRK 10% C19 IOOK
6 230V.
C6
CFI R30
2.200 400V. .I I K
R19 V 28 600V.
SIM
(934006)
2.2K
(856003) C16
1/2 ECC83 / 12AX7
VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER
PHASE INVERTER. V4.
TC13
2 I BLUE 40MF 680 7189
O
I
PI.
(918004)
BLK/ WHT
Th
T RED/YEL
C27
2W
C28 C29 C30 C31
MICROMICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2.ALL RESISTANCES ARE GIVEN IN OHMS.
K=1,000; M=1,000,000.
`T 280V.RMS. 80MF 40MF -30MF I3 3.ALL RESISTORS ARE 10% -1/2 WATT UNLESS OTHER-
EQUALIZATION p REO T0OV.
WISE NOTED.
117 V I4OOV. I300V. 300V 0OOMVF.
4. ALL CAPACITORS ARE 20%-500V. UNLESS OTHER-
POSITION FROM C.C.W. AC YEL WISE NOTED.
LP 60.., 5. ALL DC.VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED WITH A V.TVM.
6.3V 6. NUMERALS SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS(XXXXXX)
YEL
4
ffrr
R IAA
AES
(NON COMBUSTIBLE
CASE). C26 ION -OFF'
BL AC GRN
6.30
(800014)
BOTTOM VIEW OF
7. -
INDICATE HOFFMAN PART No.
INDICATES SHIELD.
8. C22,C23,C27,C2BARE IN CONTAINER P. No.857102.
029,C30,03 ARE IN CONTAINER P. No.856902.
-
I
©John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - MODEL SERIES 8003
TUNER CHASSIS 1124 AMPLIFIER CHASSIS 1121
CAPACITORS CAPACITORS
SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION
Cl 847205 12mmf, 5% (N750) Ceramic R13 814208 22K, 10%, 1/2 W CI 856011 5mfd @50V, Tubular R28 814216 100K, 10%, 1/2 W
C2A- R14 814232 2.2M, 10%, 1/2 W C2 866029 .22mfd, 20%, 100V R29 814192 1K, 10%, 1/2 W
C2B R15 814172 22, 10%, 1/2 W C3 851102 .01m1d, 20%, 500V R30 819192 1K, 10%, 1/2 W
C2C 872008 3 Gang, AM -FM Tuning(withpulley) R16 814210 33K, 10%, 1/2 W C4 851110 1000mmf, 10%, 500V R31 814222 330K, 10%, 1/2 W
C2D RI7 818203 8.2K, 10%, 2 W C5 866029 .22.mfd, 20%, 100V R32 814222 330K, 10%, 1/2 W
C2E - R18 814178 68, 10%, 1/2 W C6 851108 2200mmf, 20%, 500V R33 816192 270, 10%, W
1
C3A R19 814232 2.2M, 10%, 1/2 W C7 851108 2200mmf, 20%, 500V R3A 816192 270, 10%, W
1
C3C 1 R20 818203 8.2K, 10%, 2 W C8 851109 .02mfd, 20%, 500V 814184 220, 10%, 1/2 W
C3D J¡- Part o1 C2 Alignment Trimmers R35
R21 814224 470K, 10%, 1/2 W C9 851128 100mmf, 20%, 500V R36 814184 220, 10%, 1/2 W
C3E R22 814224 470K, 10%, 1/2 w CIO 851120 82w,,,í,10%, 500V R37 800014 Hum Control, 250 ohms
C4 851126 1000mmf, 20% Ceramic R23 818203 8.2K, 10%, 2 W C11 851121 330mmf, 10%, 500V R38 818181 120, 10%, 2 W
C5 851128 100mmf, 20% Ceramic R24 819212 47K, 10%, 1/2 w C12 851122 470mmf, 10%, 500V R39 814208 22K, 10%, 1/2 W
C6 â47205 12,,mí, 5% (5750) Ceramic R25 814232 2.2M, 10%, 1/2 W C13 856003 40mfd @ 3V, Tubular R90 814212 47K, 10%, 1/2 W
C7 851002 .01mfd, Ceramic Disc 1026 814187 390, 10%, 1/2 W C14 866225 . !mfd, 20%, 400V R41 814208 22K, 10%, 1/2 W
C8 851002 ..mid, Ceramic Disc R27 814216 100K, 10%, 1/2 W C15 848401 47,,mí, 10%, 500V
C9 850012 33,n,,í, 20% (N750) Ceramic R28 814083 6.8K, 5%, 1/2 W C16 851118 10%, 500V
C10 847205 12m,,í, 5% (N750) Ceramic R29 814080 5.1K, 5%, 1/2 W C17 851110 1000m,,í, 10%, 500V TRANSFORMERS
CI1 851126 1000,,,,íd, 20% Ceramic R30 814069 1,8K, 5%, 1/2 W C18 851123 3300mmf, 20%, 500V
G12 872006 1-8mmf, Tubular Trimmer R31 818186 330, 10%, 2 W C19 866225 . 1mfd, 20%, 400V SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION
C13 854035 2. 2mmf, 10% Composition R32 818188 470, 10%, 2 W C20 866325 1mid, 20%, 600V
C14 862401 390,,mí, 5% Silver Mica C21 866325 . 1mfd, 20%, 600V TI 716013 Power Trans.
C15 851002 .01mfd, Ceramic Disc C22 Part of 857102 100mfd @ 25V T2 724018 Audio Output
C16 851128 100mmf, 20% Ceramic C23 Part of 857102 100mfd @ 25V
C17 851126 1000,,mí, 20% Ceramic C24 851115 1550mmf, 20%, 1. 5KV
C18 851126 1000mfd, 20% Ceramic C25 851115 1500mmf, 20%, 1.5KV MISCELLANEOUS
C19 851002 .01 mfd, Ceramic Disc TRANSFORMERS AND COILS C26 870221 .097 m0d, 20%, 600V
C20 866219 .033mfd, 400V Tubular C27T 857102 80mfd, 900V SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION
C2I 851002 .01m1d, Ceramic Disc T1 760012 FM -IF Transformer C28 80mfd, 350V
C 22 853002 .010-04íd, Ceramic Disc T2 760011 AM -IF Trans G29j 40mfd, 300V Position Equalizer Switch
S1 902012 6
C23 866125 .!mfd, 200V Tubular T3 760013 FM -IF Trans C30F 856902 3ù,nfd, 300V S2 902003 Function Switch
C24 851002 .01m1d, Ceramic Disc T4 760011 AM -IF Trans C31 30mfd, 300V 1144 Pilot light
I -I 940049
C25 851128 100mmf, 20% Ceramic T5 774004 Ratio Detector Trans 1-2 940044 1144 Pilot light
C26 851002 .01mfd, Ceramic Disc T6 716014 Power Trans J1 939006 Connector - Phono
C27 851002 .01mfd, Ceramic Disc LI 776003 FM Antenna Coil (Primary) J2 934006 Connector - Stereo
C28 851116 270mmf, 20% Ceramic L2 FM Antenna Coil (Secondary) J3 934006 Connector - Tape output
C29 851116 270mmf, 20% Ceramic L3 750008 RESISTORS
FM RF Choke Connector - Tuner
J4 934006
C30 851106 680mmf, 20% Ceramic L4 924002 AM Loopstick Antenna Connector - Tape input
851002 SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION J5 934006
C31 .01m1d, Ceramic Disc L5 768009 FM Oscillator Coil Speaker output Jack
J6 934005
C32 851116 270,,mí, 20% Ceramic L6 750009 FM RF Choke J7 934010 Phono Motor AC Recept.
C33 856014 8mfd @ 150V Electrolytic L7 776001 FM RF Coil RI 814222 330K, 10%, 1/2 W
R2 814216 100K, 10%, 1/2 W J8 934010 Tuner AC Recept.
C34 851134 .004mfd, 1.5KV Line Bypass L8 768010 AM Oscillator Coil 571505 Transistor Socket Retainer
C35 851134 .004mfd, 1.5KV Line Bypass L9 750007 Filament RF Choke R3 814196 2.2K, 10%, 1/2 W
R4 814214 68K, 10%, 1/2 W 880306 3 Pin Transistor Socket
C36 851002 .01mfd, Ceramic Disc
R5 814072 2.9K, 5%, 1/2 w 571502 Pointer Retaining Clamp
C37A 30mfd @ 350V Electrolytic Pulley -Idler
R6 818224 470K, 10%, 2 w 594002
C37B 856908 30mfd O 300V Electrolytic 603023 Spring -Dial String
G37C JJ 30mfd @ 300V Electrolytic R7 814206 15K, 10%, 1/2 W
128 814208 22K, 10%, 1/2 W 619001 Dial Glass
MISCELLANEOUS R9 819214 68K, 10%, 1/2 W 623001 Pointer Carriage
R10 814204 10K, 10%, 1/2 W 623002 Dial Pointer
SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION R11 814207 18K, 10%, 1/2 W
RESISTORS Rl2 814226 680K, 10%, 1/2 W
S1A 1413 814214 68K, 10%, 1/2 W PARTS LIST - SPEAKER SYSTEM
SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION SIB OFF/ON, AM, FM -AFC, FM - R14 800004 Treble Control, 2M
902013
SIC 4Position Selector Switch R15 814222 330K, 10%, 1/2 W PART NO. DESCRIPTION
R1 814224 470K, 10%, 1/2 W SID R16 800004 Base Control, 2M
R2 814184 220, 10%, 1/2 w S2 Part of S1 R17 814229 1.2M, 10%, 1/2 W 708809 Speaker, 12" Round, 8 ohm, 14 oz. Magnet
R3 814220 220K, 10%, 1/2 W J2 934006 Phono Plug Receptacle 1418 814236 9.7M, 10%, 1/2 W 708810 Speaker, 12" Round, 8 ohm, 10 0 . Magnet
R4 818212 47K, 30%, 2 W 11 940047 1147, 6.3V Pilot Light R19 814196 2.2K, 10%, 1/2 W 708603 .Speaker, 8" Round, 3.2 ohm, 1.8 oz. Magnet
R5 814177 56, 10%, 1/2 W I2 940047 1147, 6.3V Pilot Light R20 814168 10, 10%, 1/2 W 708905 Horn Type Compression Speaker
R6 814209 10K, 10%, 1/2 W 565004 Flywheel R21 814226 680K, 10%, 1/2 W 866039 2mfd, 100V Tubular Capacitor
R7 814188 470, 10%, 1/2 W 594002 Pulley, Idler 1122 814219 180K, 10%, 1/2 W 866035 lmfd, 100V Tubular Capacitor
R8 814208 221f, 10%, 1/2 W 603004 Dial Cord Spring R23 819208 22K, 10%, 1/2 W 806004 High Frequency Control - 20 @ 2 Watts
R9 814192 1K, 10%, 1/2 W 603005 Dial Mounting Clip R24 819210 33K, 10%, 1/2 W 816255 Resistor - 10 @ Watt 1
R10 814224 470K, 10%, 1/2 W 603028 Tuning Eye Clip R25 800005 Loudness Control / ON-OFF 390008 Floating Sound Chamber
R11 819176 47, 10%, 1/2 W 619018 Dial Glass R26 814219 68K, 10%, 1/2 w 619019 Dial - High Freq. Control
R12 814220 220K, 10%, 1/2 W 623005 Dial Pointer 500033 Knob - High Freq. Control
R27 814216 100K, 10%, 1/2 W
fo of test socket, detector. positioned. tion of tuning condenser) 1/8 turnfrom maximum clock -
Last 10,7 MC wise. Loosen 106 MC (FM antenna trimmer on the
IF transformer
3 Applya600 KC 30% AM signal through a 150 MMF first section of tuning condenser 5/8 turn from the
4. " 90 MC CW High side to the #1 90 MC Same as 88 MC Same as step #1 condenser to the AM antenna terminal Connect the maximum clockwise position.
Fm antenna terminal stop #1 92 MC low side to the tuner chassis. Connect the VTVM
through 100 ohm. 92 MC across the tuner output cable and set the meter to read 5. With an input signal of 90 MC, adjust S. MC (FM
Low side to #2 FM AC. Tune the dial pointer to 60 on the AM position of oscillator coil) and the two 92 MC coils (antenna coil
antenna terminal the dial. and mixer coil located beneath the chassié) for Maxi -
through 150 ohm, mum. Reduce the generator output as required to
4. Adjust 600 KC (the oscillator coil LB)for maximum. keep the meter at 2 volts or less.
5. " 107 MC " 107 MC 106 MC
Keep the generator output reduced Roth, point giving
106 MC
an output voltage of less than 0.3 VAC. 6. Turn the tuning condenser to a reading of 107 MC
106 MC
on the FM section of the dial. Change the generator
6. Repeat step #4. If any adjustments are required, repeat step #5 also, 5. Change the generator output to 1620 KC and tune signal to 107 MC. Then adjust 106 MC, 107 MC, and
to 162 on the tuner dial. Adjust 1620 KC (the oscilla- 108 MC for maximum output.
©John F. Rider
V I A V 18 V2 V3 V4 V5
6 BK7 B 6BK7 B 6AB4 6BA6 6AU6 6AL5
F.M. GASCODE RF. F.M.CASCODE RF. F.M. MIXER F.M.-A.M. I.F. F.M. I.F. F.M. DETECTOR.
17
2L
(76T3013)
F.M .1E
A.M. DETECTOR
5 III
(77,004)
RATI055
TRANSFORM,R
DET.
J1'
7
^
r
'
`I
Ì0500 TRANSFORM i
6
O 2'
4
0.9
O.8V C17
C 1000
106 Mc R8
56 31 684
fP4 .01
470K R47
C12 1.8K
_ V6 ^
-I-- .01
I2AT 7 COMPARTMENT
F.M-AFC.OSC. p -N750 C9 RIS I: '
1760011)
T4
A.M-I.F
LIGHT
IK
208, xT ÌTRANSFORMER
IOK Ñ 2.IP 1776001) z_J 6.3
R9 33-NCI4750 F.M.-RFCOIL
R7
34V
8 LS -Mc. 74C2 /c
wa
L7 92
1 1M6
7-C2C 7T03C
(123V.ON
A.M1-. R39 1 C37
39 al
R37 470K
7K 1 RI41
172,02), T 100
/
cRII 22K a.2 K
117V.AC W' 470 TCIO = COIL 2W J2 1
60.
/
01
TBOTTOFñVIEW
CKEET18gg05011
5E1
COMBUSTIBLE C 7 T Rs
/ 1CI9 1760011) 2.2
G0.ON
100 ..22 0K /x.01 72
7160)5)
EZ 8I
VI2
\EXT 600
/r A.M.-I.F
TRANSFORMER
3955
235
2.2F
PHONO
A M.
FM -AFC.
T7
POWER
RANSFORMER
RED
RECTIFIER ANTENI
300
/ 1}13111C'106
FM.
SI. - SWITCH
POSITIONS.
S 265V
R/7
ON-OFF
x
40
SWITCH
ON (22
_C99A-C498 C49C1ji_
265V,
VREO 7 BOMFD. 40MFD 20MF0<iG49D . 1500
350VTi300Vs1 Kc.
6.3V.
SEE POWER AMP V \ - SILVER MICA
RN CHOKEI7FI 5()0071
SC48
9 4 4 4 4 5 4 54L95
L Y N750C2E
21
390
028.1
GRN .01
/ .01
II I-1 3 5 3 3 3 5 4
` 12300.ON F.M.)
V5.V9 6. V3 V2. V7 V. VB. V99. VIO. VI.
(43B1 lAtBI
`ILOT V9A
IGHTS
E CC 83 120K
C4 1 AUDIO AMPLIFIER
.01 18000421 R16
220
'LOUDNESS) IOOK
I ÓÓ
II
CI3
18000441
100 T
(TREBLE'
R22 3
2.2 N1
R3 I
RIB'
C3 IFA 012 1611 400K
3300 2.260f254
3 V.
18000431 18560161
SPEAKER ASSEMBLY
NOTES: 17088071
LALL CAPACITIESGIVEN AS DECIMAL FRACTIONS ARE MICROFARADS
AND GIVEN AS WHOLE NVMBERS ARE MICROMICFOFARADS UNLESS
OTHELLR ET
2. A R E IST MS. K. 1,000; M 1,000,0..
IN01 -ASSEMBS -I/2---GANGED.
.L RESISTOR IìE
ALY WATT 0 VII R36
EL84, 3.3M
POWER AMPLIFIER
ri9.C4 8571
©John F. Rider
HOFFMAN HI-FI INSTRUMENTS
MODEL SERIES 801, 802, 802A, 8001, 8002, 8002A
FIGURE 4. V -M 1100A RECORD CHANGER. REFER TO V.M BOOKLETS NO. 6009 AND 1017 FOR
SERVICE AND PARTS DATA. FOR SERVICE AND PARTS DATA REFER TO
FIGURB 1. t%°,-ECNO1.',22.
HOFFMAN ERVIC64DAT
TWEETER
54 -INCH
MI1/D-RANGE
SPEAKER
31/2 -IN.
SPEAKER
#7EA08202 #708001
REMOVE
SOUND CRHAMBEWOOD
©John F. Rider
MODELS 801, 802, 802A, 8001, 8002, 8002A
MODELS 801, 802, 802A, 8001, 8002, 8002A
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION ACCESSORIES Unpack the instrument and then refer to the special
PLAYING TAPE RECOP,DINGS - The input signal to
MODEL SERIES 801 - Instrumente ..ie group are Hoffman Model Series 802, 802A, 8001, 8002, and
installation instructions attached to the turntable of
the record changer. Follow these instructions in the
the amplifier should be about 1. 5 volts for beet results.
ELECTRICAL POWER -110 to 120 volts 60 cycle AC
power. Do not connect to DC or AC of any other fre-
Hoffman High Fidelity Record Players. VM four - 8002A High Fidelity instruments have extra audio re- order specified for best results. Modela 802, 802A,
Plug the output (roan the tape recorder into the TAPE quency.
speed record changers and Hoffman High Fidelity Am ceptacle., switch controlled AC power receptacle. and 8002A are equipped with the exclusive Hoffman
REC. receptacle onthe amplifier on Model Series 802
plifier 91112 are incorporated in these models. Re- and an entertainment selector switch to allow for per- "Floating Sound" Chamber.
802A, 8002, 8002A. On Model Series 801 use the INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES - AM radio 455 kilo-
placement Parts and Service Data for all parts of the manent plug-in installation of accessory items. Ac - AUXILIARY receptacle. On Model Series 8001 use cycles. FM radio 10.7 megacycles.
instrument except Ne record changer are included in should be equipped with Hoffman plug No. the PHONO receptacle. Then set the SELECTOR to tit
1. CABINET LEGS - Models which include cabinet
Nis Service Data Note. Refer to V -M booklets No. 932015. .s legs have the lege removed for shipment. The legs
The appropriate position. AUXILIARY INPUTSS-Input TUNING RANGE - AM radio, 530 to 1620 kilocycles.
6004 and 1017 for the record changer service and signals from accessories which are connected to Hoff- FM radio, 88 to 108 megacycles.
parts information other than cartridge, needles, and
45 RPM adapter.
RECORDING ON A TAPE RECORDER - Model Sallee
re packed in a small cardboard box attached to the
back compartment of the instrument. Lay the instru-
man High Fidelity instrumente in the Model Series
covered bythis Service Data Note should have an out-
o
802 and 8002 have an extra audio output receptacle ment over on its aide, on a protective pad, and then FM ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE - 300 ohms bal-
put of about 1.5 volta. Use a preamplifier if the sig-
MODEL SERIES 8001 - Instruments ..is group are
connected directly across the audio output trane-
fomer. The impedance at the receptacle is 8 °hate
install the legs by threading the bolts into the Tee Nuts
or mounting plates on the bottom of the cabinet.
nal dose not meet these requirements.
anced.
Hoffman High Fidelity AM -FM Radio/Record players. and allows for recording on tape while you are listen- FM TUNER SENSITIVITY - 2 to 3 microvolts.
The AM -FM radio tuner is shock mounted on the am- 8. RADIO - If the instrument is equipped with a radio
ing to the record player or radio. It is not necessary 2. FLOAT.. SOUND CHAMBER - The sound cham- tuner, the radio should be checked out next for proper
plifier, chassis 1119. Replacement Parts Data for all AMPLIFIER OUTPUT IMPEDANCE -
ber is secured to the cabinet for shipment. The ship- operation. Built-in antennae are provided for both AM 8 ohms.
arts of the instrument, except record changer, are ping belie must be removed during installation. If the
eluded fn this Service Data Note. Refer to V -M and FM reception. No external antenna should be re- SPEAKERS -
complete instrument is to be moved at any time, re- 12 -inch woofer, S-1/4 inch midrange,
booklets No. 6004 and 1017 for record changer ser- place the shipping bolts to avoid accidental damage to
quired for reception in normal signal areas. AM and 3-1/2 inch tweeter.
vice and parts information other than cartridge, FM antenna input terminals are provided on the back
the sound chamber or other components of the instru- of the tuner chassie. Connect the ground terminal to
needles and 45 RPM adapter. ment during shipment. SOUND CHAMBERS - Models .the 802, 802A, 8002,
a cold water pipe if an external AM antenna is added
and 8002A groups are equipped with the exclusive
MODEL SERIES 802, 80,, 8002, 8002A -Instruments
3. 45 RPM SPINDLE ADAPTER -The 45 RPM spindle
r if stray AC hum pick up is a problem on any por- Hoffman "Floating Sound" Chamber. Models in the
is this group are Hoffman High Fidelity models uefng tion of the AM band while operating on the built-in an- 801 and 8001 series have three -speaker systems built
the same basic amplifier, sound chamber, and cabi- adapter will be found packed in a carton attached to the tenna. Han external FM antenna is desired, recep-
back of the instrument. On model. which include legs, into the cabinet.
nets. The major differences are in the use of AM -FM tion conditions will determine the type of antenna to
tuner» and record changers. Refer to the Replacement the adapter is packed with the legs. be used. An external antenna will not be required for
Cabinet Parts list in this Service Data. Note for the FM reception except in cases of extreme fringe signal
components used in specific models. All service one 4. RECORD CHANGER - On Model Series 801 and or Problem reception areas.' ith multi -path conditions.
parts data for these instrumente is included in Nia 8001 the record changer is secured to the cabinet by The FM antenna input is 300 ohm balanced.
Service Data Note except that pertaining to the record two machine screws which extend above the baseplate
changers. Cartridge, needle, and 45 RPM parte data of the changer. Turn these screws down flush with the 9. CONTROLS inetruct the owner m the use of all
will be found in the Replacement Cabinet Parts List. top of the baseplate to float the changer. On Model operating controls. The TREBLE and BASS controls
For complete data on Garrard Changer Model R. C. Series 802, 802A, 8002, and 8002A the changer is se - should be set at the mid -position for initial set up. The
121/4D refer to Hoffman Service Data Note No. 801. red to Ne cabinet with two machine »crowd marked LOUDNESS control should be set at the mini um posi-
The complete data for Garrard Changer Model R. C. with red paint for easy identification. Remove these tion when the instrument is tirai turned on. Be sure
121/4 Mk. D will be released later. two d when putting the instrument into operation. to instruct the owner in the use of the stylus lever;
Remove all packing material from the changer. RED dot or LP for long play micro -groove records
and WHITE dot or 78 for standard 78 RPM records.
SIGNIFICANT CODE LETTER. DESIGNATIONS For best results the record changer should be abso-
lutely level and floating freely on its spring mounting. Models with radio tuner have two FM tuning positions
Code letters a sed to designate component varia- Check by placing a small level on the turntable. On on the SELECTOR switch, FM and FM -AFC. When
tions in Hoffman instrumente. The code letter i
stamped fn the space provided for Nie purpose ..e
vicinity of the model designation. Following are code
models using the Garrard R. C. 121/4D or R. C. 121/4
Mk. B, slight corrections may be made by adjusting
switched to Ae FM position the AFC (automatic fre-
quency control( circuit is disabled. This feature pro-
the changer mounting screws. On other models level- vides for accurate tuning of FM stations which are
letter variations which are important regarding ser- ing maybe accomplished by use of small shim. under closely spaced on the dial or in tuning stations in
vice and parts for the instrumente covered by this the legs of the instrument. fringe areas. Tune the station on the FM position and
Service Data Note: then switch to FM,AFC to lock the tuner to the station.
5. TONE ARM - Remove all padding material and
MODEL SERIES 802, with no code designation have a packing from the tone arm and place the tone arm on NOTE: The LOUDNESS control is designed around a
tworconductor shielded cable between the record player its pedestal. Be sure to remove the stylus guard from linear variable r si»tor rather than the tapered vol-
and amplifier. The PHONO receptacle on the ampli- the bottom side of_the cartridge. ume usually found on television and radio re-
fier is a three -terminal receptacle (8934004), and a This feature allows for uniform increase or
three -pin plug (#932003) ie used on the connecting 6. POWER - Plug the power cord into a 110 to 120 attenuation of all frequencies as the LOUDNESS con-
cable. volt 60 cycle AC power outlet. Set the selector switch trol ie adjusted.
to PHONO and turn the LOUDNESS fully to the right
MODEL SERIES 802, CODE "A" instruments use the (clockwise). Reverse the AC Bord plug if neceeeary A special HUM control is provided on the amplifier of
entional type phono receptacle(9934006)aod cable to eliminate hum. each instrument covered by this Service Data Note.
plug (9932008) with shielded connecting cable between This control is Factory adjusted and will usually re
the amplifier and record changer. 7. AMPLIFIER OPERATION -Rotate the LOUDNESS quire no further adjustment unless repair of the am-
knob to the left to the point of minimum volume. Then plifier becomes neceeeary. Adjustment is made with
MODEL SERIES 802, CODE "B" and CODE "C".etru- proceed to check out the record changer. the amplifier in the cabinet and all components of the
ents have m.or revisions to facilitate Factory instrument connected together in normal fashion.
assembly of the completeinetrument.
to change the netting of the SELECTOR while record-
MODEL SERIES 802, CODE "D" and CODE "E" instru- ing. For recording' purposes it is suggested that the
ments use the Garrard Model R.C. 121/4 Mk. II SPECIAL SERVICE NOTES
BASS be set to the flat position and the TREBLE set
record changer. The pilot lamp connection for these to the maximum position.
instruments has been removed from the speaker soc- MODELS WITH CHASSIS 1119 and 1120
ket at the rear of the amplifier. A pilot lamp connec- Models 801 and 8001 have no recording receptacle but
ting pocket has been added to the top surface of the A330 ohm resistor is installed across the FM antenna
amplifier on these instruments.
an be used for recording by connecting the recorder
across the secondary of the audio output transformer
term... of these tuners at the Factory. The resis-
tor maybe removed for increased sensitivity imareae
at the back of the instrument. The output transformer where thereein no local FM station. In areas with
MODEL SERIES 8002, CODE "A", CODE "B", AND
CODE "C" instruments have .the e variations a
for Model Series 8001 instruments is located on thx strong local stations, the 330 ohm resistor should not
frame of the 12 -inch speaker. be removed or image frequency problems may result.
Model Serine 802 instrumenta form each respective
code designation. EXTERNAL SPEAKERS - The audio output receptacle
on Model Series 802..8002 may also be used to con-
ALL MODELS WITH FREQUENCY DISPLAY SCOPE
MODEL SERIES 8002, CODE "D" AND CODE "E" in- nect remote speakers to the instrument. impedance To avoid accidental damage to the Frequency Display
struments use the Garrard Model R. C. 121/4 Mk.11 at the receptacle in 8 ohms. On Model Series 801 and Scope Indicator, keep the Bass and Treble controls
.cord changer and AM-FM radiotuner 91120 in place 8001 make appropriate connections for remote adjusted to either extreme right or extreme left while
of tuner'91116. speaker. directly to the output transformer. removing the amplifier chasms from the, cabinet and
while it remains outside of the cabinet. This will keep
the tip. of the indicator inside the protective edge of
the dial plate and prevent breakage due to an accidental
bump while handling the amplifier.
©John F. Rider
FINISHMODELCODECABINET PARTS
C802Á C8002Á
W801 W8001 W802 W802 W8002 W8002 LW802A LW8002A
M801 M8001 M802 M802 M8002 M8002 M802Á M8002Á
MODEL NUMBER B801 B8001 B802 B802 B8002 B8002 B802Á B8002Á
SP801 SP8001 SP807 SP802 SP8002 SP8002 SP802A SP8002A
CODE LETTER A, B, D,E A,B,C D,E
Amplifier Chassis 1112 1108 1108 1108 1108 1108 1108
AM -FM Timer Chassie 1116 1120 1120
Tuner-Amplifier Chassis 1119
Record Changer 990004 990004 990002 990006 990002 990006 990006 990006
Sound Chamber 390003 390003 390003 390003 390003 390003
Bezel Display Scope 529002 529002 529002 529002 529002 529002
Bezel Tuner 529001 529001 529001
Dial G12ss, Amplifier 619001 619001 619001 619001 619001 619001
Dial Glass, Tuner 619000 619008 619008 619008
Cabinet, Mahogany 385006 383030 381006 381018 381006 381018 381023 381023
Cabinet, Oak 385007 381011 381007 381019 381007 381019 381024 381024
Cabinet, Walnut 385005 381009 381005 381017 381005 381017 381022 381022
Cabinet, Salem Maple 385008 381012. 381008 381020 381008 381020 381025 381025
Cabinet, Cherry 381021 381021
Changer Cartridge 981003 981003 981003 981003 981003 981003 981003 981003
Dual Sapphire Needles 990507 990507 990507 990507 990507 990507 990507 990507
Diamond Sapphire Needle. 990506 990506 990506 990506 990506 990506 990506 990506
45 RPM Spindle 990502 990502 990501 990516 990501 990516 990516 990516
Speaker, 3.5 inch 708001 708001 708001 708001 708001 708001 708001 708001
Speaker, 5.25 inch 708202 708202 708202 708202 708202 708202 708202 708202
Speaker, 12 inch 708806 .708807 708801 708801 708801 708801 708801 708801
Pilot Lamp 940094 990044 940044 940044 940044 940044 940044 940099
R4 N
680K V 2 A V3. 671
/2 ECG 83 EL84
VOLTAGE POWER
SPECIAL REPLACEMENT PARTS NOTE YELLOW AMPLIFIER
ci3
AMPLIFIER 171
EXTERNAL SPEAKER 61
Refer to the Schematic NOTES for interpretation of VI. TAPE RECORDER,
parts symbols, description, and part numbers. Spe- Y V E F86 20 19
cial type components are lis ted below for your conven-
GOON IKR
VOLTAGE 215v.
ienc should be replaced only with the types spec' - AMPLIFIER
fiede Part numbers for replacement components which (724002) 193405061=
(902003)
apply to complete instruments are included in the Re- SI . T2
placement Cabinet Parts List, (9340061 SELECTOR CB 15 OUTPUT BOTTOM VIEW OF
47 ,.
s®
25V.
trolytic C12 s zlsv
IOOK
C16) 100MF, 25 DCWV, Elec- C14 1708202) LS
I
0
trolytic 20%
C22) 80 MF, 400 DCWV, Elec- 400V
trolytic NOTES. V2 B 20% R22
C23) 80 MF, 400 DCWV, Elec- /2 ECC83 600V 3300;
C24) 856902
trolytic
30 MF, 300 DCWV, Elec-
SHOWN AS DECIMAL FRACTION ARE
I.ALL CAPACITIES
MICROFARADS AND SHOWN AS WHOLE NUMBERS ARE
MICROMICROFARAOS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
(855003) 30V. VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER
PHASE INVERTER.
It - V4
(7088011
trolytic
40 MF, 300DCWV, Elec-
2.ALL RESISTANCES ARE GIVEN IN OHMS.
K=1,000 M=1,000,000.
C6
40MF EL84
C25) POWER AMPLIFIER
trolytic 3.ALL RESISTORS ARE IOW -1/2 WATT UNLESS OTHER- 3V.
WISE NOTED.
COO) 30 MF, 300 DCWV, Elec- 4.ALL CAPACITORS ARE 500V. UNLESS OTHERWISE
trolytic NOTE, RIO
C17 851115 1500 MMF, 20%, 1.5 KV 5. ALL DC. VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED WITH A VT.V.M. 10
C18 851115 1500 MMF, 20%, 1.5 KV 6. C15,C16,C22,C23 ARE IN THE CONTAINER PART No85,02.
AND C24, C25,C 26 ARE IN THE CONTAINER PART No.856902. C9
C2-1 870225 .1 MF, 20%, 600V, with 680
NUMERALS SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS (XXXXXX) INDICATE (716002)
non-combustible case V5. 0%
HOFFMAN PART No. I
\
R28 800014 Hum Control, 250 ohm RED
S1 902003 .Selector Switch R29 R30
MOTOR AND OR 280V RMS. 100 MA.
120 2ÑK
MISCELLANEOUS TUNER EL
TI 716002 Power Transformer
BL /WH
.1C 22
BF
OM
C23 .1 C24
_30MF -40MF
C25
T
C26
30MF
P
Output Transformer
I
e 280V.RMS. TT80MF
T2 724002
3001,
01) 934004
934006
Phono Receptacle for In-
struments with no code,
Phono Receptacle for
117
AC.
60...
V
-11 HH JB
F RED
EL
SEL
400V.
1 350V 300V, 300V.
(934010)
Coded Instruments WI, °g ,72,,".e'Ve',U.
S2 BLAG (8000141
934006 Auxiliary or Stereo {FFFFFFGRN
PANEL LIGHTS
DIAL STRINGING FOR FREQUENCY DISPLAY SCOPE POINTER
REPLACEMENT PARTS DATA & SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR HOFFMAN CHASSIS 1108
©John F. Rider
AMPLIFIER VI V2A V3
SPECIAL REPLACEMENT PARTS NOTE
CHASSIS 1112. 8AV8 I/2ECC83 EL84
Refer to the Schematic NOTES for interpretation of VO-TAGE VOLTAGE POWER
parts symbols, description, and part numbers. Spe- AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER
cial type components are listed below for your con-
venience and should be replaced only with the types
specified. Part numbers for replacement components
which apply to complete instruments are included in
1LOUDNEZ
the Replacement Cabinet Parts List.
S,4R13 A,[/ __
E
BOTTOM VIEW
% IM II
OF SPEAKER
fl22 2
220 OU TPUT
SYMBOL PART NO. DESCRIPTION RANSFOR KCArzn
BROWN.. JGPEE
CAP.4C1TORS
RED
CONTROLS 400V
(
MISCELLANEOUS
2BOV.PMS Donc[ o0RCE 1.2*0V
BOMA.
Tl 716007 Power Transformer RED-YEL.
T2 706009 Output Transformer fl24 R26 R2] NOTES
o.,....., 33K 47K
JI, J2 934006 Input Receptacles C20 ALL CAPACITIES SHOWN AS DECIMAL FRACTION ARE MICROFARAOS
120-2W.
J4 934019 Speaker Receptacle CIT T CIB1 CI91 I.
ANO SHOWN AS WHOLE NUMBERS ARE MICROMICROFARADS UNLESS
BOMF. 40MF 20MF 20MF. OTHERWISE NOTE
400V c 350V 300V - 300V - 2. ALL RESISTANCESD.ARE GIVEN IN OHMS.
111V N 1,000, M,1,000,000.
/fig, V M2A V2IE
3. ALL RESISTORS ARE 10%
4. ALL CAPACITORS ARE
- 172 WATT
OTHERWISE NOTEO-
MEASURE!) WITH A V. T. V.M.
6.ALL DC VOLTAGES ARE MEASIIREO
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
>5n Z
REPLACEMENT PARTS DATA & SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR HOFFMAN CHASSIS 1112
EASY -SERVICE AM -FM TUNER ALIGNMENT GUIDE 1500KC 106 MC 106 MC 1620 KC 108 MC 88 MC 12AT7 10.7MC
L5 FM/AFC OSC T3
The signal generator output should be no higher than necessary to produce 0, 3 VAC during AM alignment and 2 VDC during FM alignment.
To set the dial pointer, turn the tuning condenser fully closed, Then set the pointer about 1/16 inch beyond the left end of the center horizontal line on
the dial plate. Use an insulated alignment screwdriver and hex head alignment tool for adjusting trimmers and coils ín the tuner,
AM ALIGNMENT
FM ALIGNMENT
FIGURE 6. TOP VIEW OF HOFFMAN AM.FM RADIO TUNERS-CHASSIS 1116 k 1120
TUNER SIGNAL GENERATOR RADIO CONNECT
SELECTOR DIAL VTVM ADJUST REMARKS
SWITCH FREQUENCY INPUT POINT SETTING
FM I0, 7 MC High side to FM High end Between pM #2 Six (6) Adjust for maximum. Keep the
RF stator lug on of the dial of the 6AL5 cores in generator output low. Do not 10.7 MC
tuning condenser. and chas 10. 7 M IF exceed 2 VDC on the VTVM. V6 T1
Low side to-chassis, Use 5 VDC transformera
Use .01 MF for scale.
isolation.
Attenuate the generator to get a
I VDC reading on the VTV.
6. Repeat step #4, Many adjustments are required, repeat step #5 also,
V2
6AB4
®John F. Rider
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE FOR HOFFMAN AM -FM TUNER
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED: 4. Adjust 600 KC (the oscillator coil L8) for maximum. output is obtained. Move the meter lead from pin 82
Keep the generator output reduced to the point giving of the 6AL5 to terminal 3 of the test socket.
A) VTVM an output voltage of less than 0.3 VAC.
7. Adjust the top core of the ratio detector (last 10.7
signal generator with 30% modulation at 400
Ell A..M 5. Change the generator output to 1620 KC and tune MC IF) transformer for zero VDC.
CPS. The generator should have outputs at frequencies to 162 on the tuner dial. Adjust 1620 KC (the oscilla-
M 455 KC, 600 KC, 1400 KC, and 1620 KC. tor trimmer) for maximum output. Attenuate the gen- ANTENNA, RF, AND OSCILLATOR
erator output if necessary to keep the output below 0.3 ADJUSTMENT FOR FM
C) CW signal generator with output at frequencies of VAC.
10:7 MC, 90 MC, 98 MC and 107 MC. 1. Connect the hot lead of the C W generator through a *716002
6. Change the generator output to .00 KC and tune 100 ohm resistor tothe MI FM antenna terminal. Con- EZ8I *857102 *724002 ECC83 .856902
PROCEDURE: to 140 on the tuner dial- Adjust 1500 KC (AM loop ed
the low side of the generator to the H2 FM antenna
trimmer) for maximum. Keep the generator output at terminal through a 150 ohm resistor. Use 1/2 watt
Remove the tuer from the cabinet. Remove the bot- a level that will produce 0.3 VAC or less on the meter. comp os ilion resistors.
tom chassis plate and connect the power cord to a 117
volt 60 CPS AC power outlet. 7. Recheck steps 3 and 4. If any adjustment of 600 2. Set the VTVM to read 5 VDC scale and connect the
KC (the oscillator coil) is required, repeat steps 5 meter between pin d2 of the 6AL5 tube and chassis.
Alignment adjustment points are identified by fre- and 6 also.
quency on the tuner chassis illustrations and fn this 3. Turn the tuning condenser to a reading of 90MC on
alignment procedure to simplify their location. For the FM section of the dial. Turn the tuner selector
example: The AM oscillator (L8) is identified as 600 switch to FM.
KC which is also its alignment adjustment frequency. IF ALIGNMENT FOR FM
Alignment reference marks have also been.cluded 4. Set the 108 MC adjustment (FM oscillator trim-
on the backside of the dial pointer slide rail to assist 1. Set the tuner selector switch to FM. , adjacent to the tuning condenser) with the bottom
the technician in locating co rect setting of the tuning of the screw head about 1/2 inch above the chassis.
condenser for Antenna, RF, and Oseillator alignment. 2. Apply a 10.7 MC CW signal through a .01 MF ca- Loosen 106 MC (FM RF trimmer on the center s
For Example: 1620KC is an AM alignment frequency. pacitor to the stator lug on the FM section of the cen- tion of tuning condenser)1/8torn from maximum clock -
The tuning condenser can be accurately set to 1620 KC ter gang of the tuning condenser. NOTE: The FM Loosen 106 MC (FM antenna trimmer on the
try use of the 1620 KC mark on the back of the pointer section of each gang is the smaller section and has
slide rail, in conjunction with the regular dial pointer
first section of tuning condenser 5/8 turn from the
two (2) plates on the rotor and two on the stator. maximum clockwise position.
and scale. Turn the tuning knob until the left side of
the carriage just covers the 1620 mark on the slide 3. Turn the tuning condenser for minimum capacity 5. With an input signal of 90 MC, adjust 88 MC (FM
rail (pointer to the high end of the dial). oscillator coil) and the two 92 MC coils (antenna coil
and mixer coil located beneath the chassis)for maxi -
4. Set the VTVM to the 5 VDC scale and connect the Reduce the generator output as required to / 8 OHM RECEPTACLE
NOTE: The alignment illustrations show tuners No. meter between pin k2 of the 6AL5 tube and chassis. keep the meter at 2 volts or less. AUXILIARY TAPE TUNER
117VAC POWER HUM AUDIO OUTPUT FOR SPEAKER
1116 and No. 1120 but may also be used for chassis
OUTLETS CONTROL RECEPTACLE SYSTEM PLUG INPUT INPUT INPUT
11.19 which includes the same tuner sub -chassis. 5. Adjust the six (6) 10.7 MC If cores for maximum 6. Turn the tuning condenser to a reading of 107 MC
DC voltage reading. Keep the DC voltage under 2 on the FM section of the dial. Change the generator
IF ALIGNMENT FOR AM volte by reducing the generator output. The IF corea signal to 107 MC. Then adjust 106 MC, 107 MC, and
are in the top and bottom of the three (3) 10.7 MC IF 108 MC for maximum output.
1. Set the tuner selector switch to AM. transformers.
7. Repeat step 5. If any adjustments are required in FIGURE 8. TOP VIEW OF AMPLIFIER CHASSIS 1108
2. Apply a 455 KC, 30% AM at 400 CPS signal to pin 6. Reduce the 10.7 MC input signal until one (1) volt step 5, step 6 should also be repeated.
97 of the 6ßE6 AM converter. Use a .01 MF capaci-
tor in series with the high side lead from the genera-
tor. Connect the low side lead from the generator to
the tuner chassis.
LOUDNESS BASS TREBLE SELECTOR
*800004 *800004 *902003
3. Set the tuning condenser to minimum capacity
(wide open or with the pointer to the high end of the *ON-OFF
I
800005
MEG
2 MEG 2 MEG
dial).
V I A VI B VZ V3 V4 V5
B 6BK7 B 6AB4 6BA6 6AU6 6AL5
EM. CASCODE RE. EMCASCODE RE. EM. MIXER. F.M.-A.M. I.F. EM. IF. F.M. DETECTOR.
RH
A.M. DETECTOR
oo1.21
OV
AUDIO AMPLIFIER PHASE MVERTER
R34)
52)
R35
800034
800035
Loudness,
On -Off Switcli
Bass Control, IM
1M
6 106VLi
N
7 V
REPLACEMENT PARTS DATA & SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR HOFFMAN CHASSIS 1119
©John F. Rider
(0!",,_ 1.111MIIIMW
VIA VI V2 V3 V4 VB
SPECIAL REPLACEMENT PARTS NOTE 6BK78 4'6BK7B 6AB4 6BA6 6AU6
F.M. GASCODE RF. F.M.CASCODE RF.
6AL5
F.M. MIXER. F.M.-A.M.
Refer to the Schematic NOTES for interpretation of I
F.M. IT F.M.DETECTOR.
parts symbols, description, and part numbers. Spe- o
cial type components are listed below for your con-
te and should be replaced only with the types
specified. Part numbers for replacement components
which apply to complete instruments are included in Tanxsronx)i
C31
C32
C34A)
856014
851134
851134
856908
8 MF, 150 DCWV,
Electrolytic
.004 MF, 20%, 1.5 KV
.004 MF, 20%, 1.5 KV
30 MF, 350 DCWV, o
r 0 Pez,
Electrolytic
C34B1 30 MF, 300 DCWV,
Electrolytic
C34C) 30 MF, 300 DCWV,
Electrolytic V8
CONTROLS 6X4
Xi
RECTIFIER
31) 902008 Selector Swtich,
Chassis 1116
52)
TLpiL10NT5
T2 760011 AM IF Transformer NOTES'
T3 760013 FM IF Transformer -7un1
24. 760011 AM IF Transformer x024éFásáÑttwwld°n"CgováálwsuROni[ssos ëz6éz'c1E úé1`s° ó°rv ix"Né°corvóËHs7én°.oe. Is02015151. FUNCTION SWITCH
T5 774004 FM Ratio Detector
T6 716012 Power Transformer
o
WISE71t;.
REPLACEMENT PARTS DATA & SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR
HOFFMAN CHASSIS 1116 & 1120
8002A
©John F. Rider MODELS 801, 802 802A, 8001, 8002,
GENERAL
made regarding the AC switch on the rear of the band
ver- double -throw
covers ver- switch. This switch was eliminatedanda
as an Off -On switch.
sionsThis 5a1-OlAAthru51ual
e11AAandalsohe5l-O3BA sche- switch used on the Bass controlschematic
parts lists and 3 diagram on
sion. Three complete electrical complete coverage. On This change is shown on the
matics are shown to provide page lo.
change has been
the 51-03BA version an electrical
SPECIFICATIONS
1N34A
AM Detector (crystal)
Tuning Frequency Range: 6E5
540-1620 KC Tuning Eyed
Broadcast Band 6AV6
88-108 MC Audio Amp*
FM Band (1/2) 6U8
455KC/10.7 MC Audio Amp**
Intermediate Frequency (1/2) 12AX7
Audio Amp***
(1/2) 6U8
Tubes: Phase Inverter**
6C45 (1/2) 12AX7
FM RF Amplifier Cathode Follower"**
6BZ6 6AQ5
AM RF Amplifier Audio Output*
6U8 (2) 6AQ5
FM Mixer & Osc. push -Pull Audio Output.*
6BE6 5Y3
AM Converter Rectifier***
6BA6 11
+Not used on 51-01,02,07,09
&
IF Amplifier
*Used only on 51-02
M%MCC
6BA6 & 11
FM Driver **Used only on 51-01,04,07,09
08
6AL5 ***Used only on 51-03,05 &
Ratio Detector
Chassis No.
51-01
No
Tuning Eye
No
Output
push -Pull
Ended
51-07Push-Pull
51-08
NoPush-Pull Yes
No
Pu ne
CHASSIS 51 SERIES
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS 51 SERIES
ALIGNMENT
DIAL STRINGING INSTRUCTIONS
DIAL CORD PLACEMENT DIAL POINTER PLACEMENT
AM ALIGNMENT
Select a 50 -Inch length of dial cord and tie a small loop Place the dial pointer onto the pointer slide and turn the Set band switch to AM position. Check dial pointer positioning.
at each end. Turnthe tuning gang fully out of mesh and tuning gang completely in mesh. Lace the dial cord
hookoneendof the cordover the metal hook on the con- around the three hooks on the front of the pointer and
denser pulleynearest the front of the chassis and pro- with the tuning condenser still fully in mesh, slide the SIGNAL GENERATOR SET RECEIVER CONNECT
ceed with the stringing as shown in the drawing below. pointer over until it lines up with the last dial cali-
ADJUSTMENTS OUTPUT
bration mark at the low frequency end of the broadcast COUPLE TO: FREQUENCY DIAL TO: METER
REMARKS
band. This completes the assembly.
6BE6 (pin 7) 455 be Near 1000 kc T202, T106, top Across Adjust for
DIAL STRINGING GUIDE thru .01 mfd (modulated) (free of
interference)
and bottom slugs voice coil max. output
(51-03, 51-05 & 51-08) AM ant. term. 1400 be 1400 he C101F " "
TUNG SHAFT
START HERE WITH POINTER TS DE T.V L) thru 10 mmf (modulated C101D
GANG CONDENSER C101B
FULLY CLOSED
FREQUENCY
SET RECEIVER
DIAL TO:
ADJUSTMENTS
CONNECT
OUTPUT
METER
REMARKS
PULLEY "D''
6CY5 (pin 5) 10.7 me Low end of dial T201, T102 top & From (pin 5) Adjust for max.
thru .01 mfd unmodulated bottom slugs and to pin 4 of neg. reading
DIAL STRINGING GUIDE T203 bottom slug PC202 on VTVM.
(ALL OTHERS)
TUNING SHAFT
(SEE DETAIL) " Low end of dial T203 top slug Across Tune for zero
C203 VTVM. (Point
START HERE WITH where voltage
GANG CONDENSER swings pos.
FULLY CLOSED
or neg.)
" Low end of dial Repeat steps Repeat Repeat steps
I& 2 steps 1 1&2
&2
PULLEY"B" FM ant. terms 107 me 107 me C109 From pin 5 Adjust for max.
in series with: C101A to pin 4 of neg. reading
120 ohms (high C101C PC202 on VTVM.
side) 150 ohms
(low side)
Repeat two
4J preceding
steps.
CONDENSER PULLEY A.
PULLEY "A" TUNING 511FT COIID
DETAIL - WMPPED AS
5110X4 - a'á NIWS,
"D..
PULLEY
©John F. Rider
8 301r
ALIGNMENT
FM I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT (Using Sweep Generator and Oscilloscope).
Note: Place 1 megaton resistor in series with hot scope lead.
10.7 mc Low end of dial T201, T102 top From pin 5 Open one end of
6CY5 (pin 5)
thru .01 mfd (.3 mc sweep) and bottom slugs to pin 4 C204. Adjust for
and 1000 ohms couple a T203 bottom slug of PC202 max. amplitude
in series marker sig. and symmetry.
to 6CY5pin 5 See fig. 1 below.
Low end of dial T203 top slug Across Adjust for best
C203 amplitude and
straightest slope.
See fig. 2.
Repeat steps
1, 2 and 3.
10.7MC
FIG 1
FIG 2
F. K 1 F SELECTIVITY CURVE RATIO DETECTOR RESPONSE
CURVE
CHASSIS LAYOUT
10 KC
FILTER POWER
TRANSFORMER
O
® ®
0 O O
6BÁ6 68A6 6A L5
ó ó s
ó 0 0 0 ó
T201
ó rim
ú ú ú
1302
T04
600KC
TO
600K,
BE6 W
6626
u u
-gl
83DVd
PARTS LIST
(51-01, 51-04, 51-07, 51-09, 51-11)
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. LIST SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. LIST
CJohn 7. Rider
PARTS LIST
(51-02) 7r
P
DESCRIPTION PART NO, LIST SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. LIST
SYMBOL
.90
15
man.
mW
14.-
L104 RESISTORS
L105 RF Choke 360522-9 .30
L106 RF Choke 380522-9 .30
1,301 AC Line Choke 360653-1 .30 A11 resistors are 10%-1/2W
L302 RF Choke 360522-9 .30 unless specified otherwise o
88 230104-48 2.00 [31#
R101
CAPACITORS
R102
R103
R104
88K
22
100K
230104-84
230104-42
230104-86
2.00
2.00
2.00
wie 6
) i
1000 230104-62 2.00
All capacitors are 500V R105
230104-54 2.00 o
unless specified otherwise R106 220
1000 - 1W 230105-62 2.50
R107 2.00
260147-1 6.75 R108 10K 230104-74
C101 Tuning Capacitor 230104-87 2.00
C102 Feed Thru, 1000 mf 250276-2 .20 R109 2700
meg 230104-98 2.00
C103 Feed Thru, 1000 mmf 250276-2 .20 R110 1
2.50
250276-1 .25 R111 3300 - 1W 230105-68
C104 Feed Thru, 1000 mmf 230104-78 2.00
C105 Mica, 100 mmf 250187-53 ,25 R112 22K
2.00
250187-53 .25 8113 100 230104-50
C106 Mica, 100 mmf 230105-73 2.50 N
MI., 2.2 mmf 250221-118 15 R114 8200 - IW
C107 .
230104-82 2.00
C108 Mica, 220 mmf 250187-57 .35 R115 1000
2.00
230104-48
0109 Cer., 2.5 - 12.0 mini (Trimmer) 250188-9 .30 R201 680
230104-62 2.00
C110 Cer., 5 mmf - 5% 250088-138 .20 R202 1000
2.00
R203 220K 230104-90
C111 Paper, .01 mfd - 400V 250211-7 . 25
230104-82 2.00
C112 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 .20 R204 47K
Mica, 220 mmf 250187-57 .35 47K 230104-82 2.00
C113 R205
250159-102 .25 Loudness Control (3.3 meg) 220131-13 @1.25
C114 Mica, 470 mmf 8301
C115 Cer., 12 mmf - 5% 250088-179 .20 Treble Control (I meg) 220072-36 @1.00
8302 @1.25
C116 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 .20 8303 Bass Control (3.3 meg) 220073-21
250261-125 .40 2.2 meg 230104-102 2.00
C118 Mylar, 1 mfd - 100V
. R304 2.00
C119 Cer., 47 mmf 250218-17 .15 R305 220K 230104-90 n$
230104-110 2.00
C120 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 .20 R306 10 meg
2.00
C121 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 .20 8307 470 230104-58
Cer., 5000 mint 250175-30 .20 68K 230104-84 2.00
C122 8308 2.00
C123 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 .20 R309 270 230104-55
230106-1074 3.50
C124 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 mf 250276-1 .25 R310 10K - 2W
3.50
C125 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 mf 250276-1 .25 R311 1200 - 2W 230106-1083
230104-86 2.00
C126 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 in/ 250276-1 .25 R312 100K
C.
C201
Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 mf
Ceramic, .01 m(
250276-1
250234-66
.25
.30
R313
R314
3300
560 - 2W
230104-68
230106-1059
2.00
3.50
C202 Ceramic, .0033 mf 250234-154 .25 R316 470K 230104-94 2.00
C203 Ceramic, .0015 mf 250234-146 .20 68K 230104-84 2.00 9g
R323 3.50
C204 Electrolytic 4 ml - 50V 270559-9 1.10 8325 3900 - 1W 230105-6B
Phono & Tape Input 180566-1 . 20 PC202 Printed Circuit 250254-I 1,15
Pilot light tl 1847 180181-17 .20 Crystal Diode (1N34A) 530049-1 1.85
Pilot light 81847 180161-17 . 20 Dial Glans (51-05) 150546-1 .90 (
SW303 Band Switch 160284-1 2.75 Dial Glase (51-01) 150520-1 .85
SW303 Band Switch (51-02 & 04) 160284-2 1.75 Dial Glase (51-03) 150533-1 .90
SW303 Band Switch (51-03BA) 160284-4 1.75 Dial Glans (51-07) 150549-1 .90
PC201 Printed Circuit 250255-1 1.15 Dial Glans (51-08) 150551-1 .85
DIN Glasd (51-02 er 04) 150521-1 .90
D1N Pointer 102448-2 .35
ALL PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE PRICES SLIGHTLY HIGHER IN WEST
SCC.EMk1ú)C ®8AG
(511-03, 5-050 59-08)
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. LIST SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. LIST
©John F. Rider
ALIGNMENT
SET RECEIVER
Check dial pointer positioning.
CONNECT
SERIES RADIO CHASSIS ADJUSTMENTS OUTPUT REMARKS
51
COUPLE TO: FREQUENCY DIAL TO: METER
6BE6 (pin 7) 455 kc Near 1000 kc T202, T106, top Across Adjust for
thru . 01 mid (modulated) (free of and bottom slugs voice coil max. output
interference)
AM ant. term. 1400 kc 1400 kc C101F " "
GENERAL thru 10 mmf (modulated C101D
C101B
Complete maintenance information necessary for the Electrical changes which were made on the 51-01 and
51-03 are includedon the schematic diagram covering " 600 kc 600 kc T105, T104 " Adjust for
proper servicing of any of the 51 series radio chassis is (modulated) max. output.
covered on the following pages. Some of these chassis those chassis. These electrical changes will appear
are AM -FM tuners only which require an additional in those chassis which contain the suffix letters "BA"
amplifier for voltages and output. Others contain a appearing alter the chassis numbers. The chassis ' Repeat steps
which have the suffix letters 'BAX" appearing after the 2 and 3.
built-in amplifier which may have push-pull output or
single ended output. The chassis havingposh-pull out- chassis numbers are identical to the "BA" versions,
put provide approximately 6 -watts power output and however, they use a different transformer as illus-
those chassis having single -ended output provide ap- trated in the Parts List.
proximately 3 -watts power output.
" " Low end of dial Repeat steps Repeat Repeat steps
CHASSIS DIFFERENCES 1& 2 steps 1 1 & 2
& 2
Chassis No. Tuning Eye Output Chassis No. Tuning Eye Output From pin 5 Adjust for max.
FM ant. terms 107 me 107 me C109
in series with: C101A to pin 4 of neg. reading
51-01 No Push -Pull 51-07 No Push -Pull
C101C PC202 on VTVM.
51-02 No Single Ended 51-08 Yes None 120 ohms (high
51-03 Yes None 51-09 No Push -Pull side) 150 ohms
51-04 Yes Push -Pull 51-10 Not Released (low side)
51-05 Yes None 51-11 No Push -Pull
51-06 Not Released " 89 me 89 me L104 (osc. coil) " "
Repeat two
preceding
steps.
CHASSIS 51 SERIES
©John B. Rider
CHASIS 51 SERIES
ALIGNMENT
DIAL STRINGING INSTRUCTIONS
FM I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT (Using Sweep Generator and Oscilloscope). DIAL CORD PLACEMENT DIAL POINTER PLACEMENT
Note: Place 1 megohm resistor in series with hot scope lead.
Select a 50 -inch lengthof dial cord and tie a small loop Place the dial pointer onto the pointer slide and turn the
at each end. Turnthe tuning gang fully out of mesh and tuning gang completely in mesh. Lace the dial cord
SWEEP GENERATOR SET RECEIVER CONNECT hook one end of the cordover the metal hook on the con- around the three hooks on the front of the pointer and
ADJUSTMENTS REMARKS denser pulley nearest the front of the chassis and pro- with the tuning condenser still fully in mesh, slide the
COUPLE TO: FREQUENCY DIAL TO: SCOPE TO ceedwith the stringing as shown in the drawing below. pointer over until it lines up with the last dial call-
bration mark at the low frequency end of the broadcast
6CY5 (pin 5) 10.7 mc Low end of dial T201, T102 top From pin 5 Open one end of band. This completes the assembly.
thru .01 mid (.3 me sweep) and bottom slugs to pin 4 C204. Adjust for
and 1000 ohms couple a T203 bottom slug of PC202 max. amplitude
in series marker sig. and symmetry. DIAL STRINGING GUIDE
to 6CY5pin 5 See fig. 1 below.
(51-03. 51-05 & 51-08)
" " Low end of dial T203 top slug Across Adjust for best TUNING SNAFT
START HERE WITH
C203 amplitude and GANG CONDENSER
POINTER (SEE DETAIL)
straightest slope. FULLY CLOSED
See f1g. 2.
" Low end of dial T203 bottom slug " Adjust for best SPRING
symmetry about
10.7 mc. See
fig. 2.
" " PULLEY 13"
Repeat steps
1, 2 and 3.
10.7MC
PULLEY"C"
10.775
10.625MC 10.775MC
10.7MC
CONDENSER PULLEY PULLEY"A"
PULLEY "D"
FIG I
FIG 2
DIAL STRINGING GUIDE
F.M.1F SELECTIVITY CURVE RATIO DETECTOR RESPONSE
CURVE (ALL OTHERS)
TUNING SHAFT
(SEE DETAIL)
CHASSIS LAYOUT START HERE WITH POINTER
GANG CONDENSER
FULLY CLOSED
10 KC
FILTER
POWER
TRANSFORMER SPRING
T203
® ® OU O O T102
Y U 68A6 6BÁ6 GALS
m <_
O óN p
>
Ú
C V T201 T202 PULLEY "C"
T 106
ó g º
V V V
T302
6826
71004
600KC 600NC
T1005 613E6 W CONDENSER PULLEY
PULLEY"A" TAIDIU SWIFT
DETAIL -
COLAD
g,t
5 NWJS.
-
u' u PULLEY "D
SH01N -
CJohn F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
(51-01,04,07,09,11)
14t t
E 4 -- i
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO.
I' RIO
--t
Ï 4-g TRANSFORMERS -COILS -CHOKES C914 Co,., 10K mmf 250218-19
270027-28
C915 Electrolytic, 20 1Md-26V
T101 FM laput 360491-4 C916 Cer., 680 mini 250218-4
T102 let FM I-F 360628-1 C316 Cer., 470 mmf (51-0113A) 250218-6
s. T103
T104
Rod Antenna Assembly
AM R -F
360746-1
980763-1
C317
C917
Paper, .047 mid -200V
Paper, .1 mid -200V (51-01BA)
250202-11
250252-13
al
T105 AM Oscillator 960752-1 C918 Electrolytic, 20m1d-25V 270027-28
T106 let AM I-F 360611-1 C919 Paper, .047 mid -200V 250202-11
T201 2nd FM I -F 960747-1 C319 Paper .1 mid -200V (61-OIBA) 250202-19
MMM i Cer., 250207-49
T202 2nd AM I -F 360749-1 C326 990 mmf
T203 Ratio 360748-1 C328 Co,., 100 mmf (61-01ßA) 250218-22
T301 Power 300185-1 C927 Cer., 1000 mmf (51-01BA) 250218-8
T301 Power (51-04) & (51-01BAX) 300165-2
T302 Audio Output 320077-1 RESISTORS
L101 FM Antenna 360750-1
L102 RF Choke 360522-9 All resistors are 10%, 1/2W
L103 FM R -F 360751-1 unless enact/led otherwise
L104 FM Oscillator 360628-1
RF Choke 360522-9 0101 68 230104-48
L105 230104-84
L106 RF Choke 360522-9 R102 88K
Filter 360621-1 R103 22 230104-42
L301 10KC
380522-9 11104 100K 230104-86
L302 RF Choke 230104-62
R105 1000
0106 220 290104-54
0107 1000, 1W 230105-62
o 3 CAPACITORS
R108 10K 230104-74
2700 230104-67
All capacitor. are 500V 11109
230104-98
R110 1 meg
o -1 unless specified otherwise
R111 9300, 1W 230105-88
280147-1 R112 22K 230104-78
A C101 Tuning Capacitor 290104-50
R113 100
o 0102
C103
Feed Thru, 1000 mint
Feed Thru, 1000 mmf
250276-2
250276-2 R114 3200, 1W 230105-79
V C104 Feed Thru, 1000 mmf 250278-1 R115 1000 290104-62
R201 880 230104-48
o C105 Mica, 100 00008
Mica, ill mmf
250187-53
1000 230104-82
e 0 C108
C107 Mica, 2.2 mmf
260187-53
250221-118
R202
0203 220K
-
230104-90
230104-82
C108 Mica, 220 mmf 250187-57 R204 47K
R205 47K 230104-82
44 C109 Cer. 2.5-12.0 mmf (Trimmer) 250188-9
290104-100
C110 Cer. 5 mmf, 5% 250088-138 R208. 1..5 meg.
250175-30 8207 2.2 meg 290104-102
C112 Cer. 5000 mmf 230104-102
C113 Mica, 200 mmf 250187-57 02080 2.2 meg.
0901 Loudness Control (5.3 meg) 220191-13
C114 Mica, 470 mmf 250169-102
250088-179 0302 Treble Control (1 meg) 220072-98
C115 Cer., 12 mint, 5% 220079-21
C118 Co,., 5000 mmf 250175-30 R303 Base Control (9.9 mag)
250261-125 R504 2.2 meg 290104-102
C118 Mylar, .1 mfd, 100V 230104-90.
250218-17 R906 220K
C119 Cer., 47 mmf 390K 230104-92
C120 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-90 R306
A t C121
CO22
Cer., 5000 mmf
Cer., 5000 mmf
260175-90
250175-90
8907
11308
2.2 - 2W
150, 2W
230109-2
290108-1052
78909 750, 9W 230150-315
C123 Cer., 5000 mmf 280175-30 230106-1074
C124 Cer., Feed fru,
1000 mint 250276-1 R310
R311
10K, 2W
1200, 2W 230108-1063
C125 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 mmf 250278-1 230104-86
250276-1 8912 100K
C126 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 mmf R313 3900 230104-68
C127 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 mmf 250278-1 230104-82
250234-66 R914 1000
C201 Cer., .01 mf R314 990(81-01BA) 230104-58
C202 Cer., .0039 mf 250234-154 231104-102
Co,., .0015 mf 250234-146 R315 2.2 meg
C203 470K 290104-94
Electrolytic, 4 m1-60V 270559-9 8316
C204 230104-94
C205. Paper, .1.
- 200V 250240-13
270021-71
0317
11318
470K
8800 290104-71
C301 Electrolytic 95 mfd - 350V 9300 (51-ISBA) 230104-68
30 mfd - 350V 0318
8319 470K 290104-94
20 mfd - 310V 230104-80
4áE >a 10 mfd - 360V 0320 33K
230104-94
260228-364 R921 470K
C302 Mica, 1000 00mí, 5% 230106-1054
mmf, 250228-354 R322 220, 2W
C303 Mica, 1000 5% 230104-84
mmf 250218-4 R929 88K
C904 Ceramic, 880
150K (51-0113A) 230104-88
C905 Ceramic, 2 x 10K mmf-1000V 250219-9 R929
4ii R324 12K 290104-75
C306 Ceramic, 47 mmf 250218-17 290104-70
Ceramic, 33 mmf 250218-21 50324 4.7K (51-0113A)
C307 230105-69
C308 Ceramic, 2000 mint 250218-20 R926 3900, 1W
8326 470K 290104-94
C309 Cer., 2000 mmf 250218-20 290104-78
Cer., 10K mmf 350218-19 03270 22K
C310 230104-42
Paper, .047 mfd-200V 250202-11 R990 22 (51-0111A)
C911
C312 Ceramic, 6000 mmf 250175-90
C919 Co,., 100 mint 250218-22 .Used only on 51-04 Chassis.
CHASSIS 51 SERIES
°John Y. Rider
CHASSIS 51 SERIES
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
(51-02)
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
PART O. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO,
TRANSFORMERS-COILS -CHOKES
C301 Electrolytic, 35-30-20-IOmfd-350V
T101 FM Input C302 250021-71
T102 360491-4 Ceramic, 5000 mmf
let FM I -F C303 Ceramic, 220 mmf 250175-30
T103 Rod Antenna Assembly 360628-1 C304 250218-5
T104 360748-1 Mylar, .22 mfd, 100V
AM R -F C305 250261-29
T105 380753-1 Ceramic, 2x1090 mmf, 1000V
AM Oscillator C306 Ceramic, 47 mmf 250219-3
T106 let AM I -F 360752-1 C307 250218-17
T201 380611-1 Ceramic, 33 mmf
2nd FM I -F C308 Ceramic, 2000 mmf 250218-21
T202 2nd AM I -F 360747-1 C309 250218-20
T209 360749-I Ceramic, 2000 mmf
Ratio Detector C310 Ceramic, 10K mmf 250218-20
T301 Power 360748-1 C312 250218-19
T302 300184-1 Ceramic, 5000 mmf
Audio Output C313 Ceramic, 10K mmf 250175-30
L101 FM Antenna 320267-1 C314 250218-19
L102 380750-1 Paper, .015 mfd, 200V
RF Choke C315 Electrolytic, 20 mid, 25V 250202-8
L103 FM R -F 360522-9 C316 270027-28
L104 360751-1 Mica, 100 mmf
FM Oscillator 250187-53
L105 RF Choke 380628-1
L106 RF Choke 360522-9
L301 360522-9 RESISTORS
AC Line Choke
L302 RF Choke 360653-1
360522-9 All resistors are 10%,
1/2W
unless specified otherwise
R101 68
CAPACITORS R102 6890 230104-48
R103 22 230104-84
All capacitors are 500V R104 100K 230104-42
unless specified otherwise R105 1000 230104-86
R106 220 230104-62
C101 Tuning Capacitor R107 1000, 1W 230104-54
C102 Feed Thru, 1000 mf 260147-1 R108 230105-82
10K
C103 Feed Thru, 1000 mmf 250276-2 R109 230104-74
250276-2 2700
C104 Feed Thru, 1000 mmf R130 1 meg 230104-67
C105 Mica, 250276-1 R111 230104-98
100 mmf
250187-53 3300, IW
C106 Mica, R112 230105-68
N C107 Mica,
100 mmf
2.2 mmf 250187-53 R113
2290
100 230104-78
C108 Mica, 220 mmf
250221-118 R114 230104-50
8200, 1W
C109 250187-57
Cer., 2.5 - 12.Omml(Trimmer) 250188-9 R115 230105-73
1000
C110 Cer. , 5 mmf, 5% R201 680 230104-62
C111 Paper, .01 mfd, 400V 250088-138 R202 230104-48
1000
C112 Cer., 5000 mmf 250211-7 R203 22090 230104-62
C113 Mica, 220 mmf 250175-30 R204 47K 230104-90
C114 Mica, 470 mmf 250187-57 R205 4710 230104-82
C115 Coo., 12 mmf, 5% 250159-102 R301 Loudness Control (3.3 meg) 230104-82
C118 Cer., 5000 mmf 250088-179 R302 Treble Control (1 meg) 220131-13
C118 Mylar, .1 mfd, 100V 250175-30 R303 Bass Control (3.3 meg) 220072-36
C119 Cer., 47 mmf 250261-125 R304 2.2 meg 220073-21
C120 Cer., 5000 mmf 250218-17 R305 22090 230104-102
C121 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 R306 10 meg
230104-90
C122 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 R307 470 230104-110
C123 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 R308 8810
230104-58
C124 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 ml 250175-30 R309 270 230104-84
C125 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 ml 250276-1 R310 1090, 2W
230104-55
C128 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 250276-1 R311 1200, 2W 230106-1074
C127 Cer., Feed Thru, 1000 ml
mf
250276-1 R312 100K 230106-1063
C201 Ceramic, .01 mf 250276-1 R313 3300 230104-86
C202 Ceramic, .0093 mf 250234-66 R314 560, 2W 230104-68
C203 Ceramic, .0015 mf 250234-154 R316 470K 290106-1059
C204 Electrolytic 4mf, 50V 250294-146 R323 58K 230104-94
1-44
270559-9 R325 230104-84
H-,2 3900, 1W
230105-89
eYx
gä eF MISCELLANEOUS PARTS LIST
:: Ié
(ALL CHASSIS)
49 DESCRIPTION PART NO, SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO,
9ge Phono & Tape Input
Pilot light #1847 180566-1 Crystal Diode
180181-17 (1N34A) 530049-1
Pilot light #1847 180161-17
Dial Glass (51-05) 150545-1
4 SW303 Band Switch Dial Glass (51-01)
9W309 160284-1 150520-1
Band Switch (51-02 & 04) Dial Glass (51-03) 150533-1
9W309 160284-2 Dial Glass (51-07)
Band Switch (51-03111A) 150549-1
PC201 160284-4
Printed Circuit 250255-1
Dial Glass (51-08) 150551-1
PC202 Printed Circuit Dial Glass (51-02 & 04)
250254-1 150521-1
Dial Pointer 102448-2
Dial Glass (51-01 BAX) 150599-I
©John H. Rider
.REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
(51-03,05,08)
CHASSIS 51 SERIES
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS 52 SERIES
GENERAL
The service information on the following pages covers an external AM antenna connect one lead to the AM
the three versions of the 52 Series chassis. These connection and ground the antenna to the connection
chassis are AM -FM tuners only and the 52-01 and 52-02 marked G. The connections marked 1 and 2 are not
versions obtaintheir voltages from the Amplifier used used.
in conjunction with them. The 52-03 version contains
its ownpower supply and uses a 5Y3GT as a rectifier. Provisions have also been provided for using a tape
MAINTENANCE MANUAL 1327 recorder in conjunction with instruments using these
chassis. On the rear apron of the radio chassis are
Provisions are provided for the connection of an ex- two sockets labeled "Record" and "Play". To record
ternal AM or FM antenna. A terminal board having from either radio orphono set the band selector switch
two connections marked FM, a connection marked AM to the desired recording position and connect the input
and three other connections marked G, 1, and 2 re- of the tape recorder to the socket identified as "Record".
spectively are located on a fibre board fastened to the To play the tape recorder back thru instruments using
rear of the radio chassis. To connect an external FM these chassis, set the band selector switch to Tape and
antenna to this unit merely connect the FM antenna plug the output of the recorder iñto the socket identified
leads to the two connections marked FM and to connect as "Play".
SPECIFICATIONS
117 VOLTS, 50/60 CYCLES AC I. F. AMPLIFIER 6BA6
POWER SUPPLY
75 WATTS FM DRIVER 6BA6
POWER CONSUMPTION
RATIO DETECTOR 6AL5
TUNING FREQUENCY RANGE:
540-1620 KC AM DETECTOR (CRYSTALDIODE) 1N34A
BROADCAST BAND
FM BAND 88-108 MC 1ST AUDIO AMP (52-01) (1/2) 12AT7
455 KC/10.7MC 1ST AUDIO AMP (1/2) 12AX7
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY
CATHODE FOLLOWER (52-01) (1/2) 12AT7
TUBES:
6CY5 CATHODE FOLLOWER (1/2) 12AX7
FM RF AMPLIFIER 6AV6
FM MIXER -OSCILLATOR 6U8 PHONO PREAMPLIFIER
6B Z6 RECTIFIER (52-03) 5Y3
AM RF AMPLIFIER
6BE6 TUNING INDICATOR 6E5
AM CONVERTER
Place the dial pointer onto the pointer slide and turn the
tuning gang completely in mesh. Lace the dial cord
around the three hooks on the front of the pointer and
with the tuning condenser still fully in mesh, slide the
ceedwiththe stringing as shown in the drawing below. pointer over until it lines up with the last dial cali-
RADIO CHASSIS 52 SERIES bration mark at the lowfrequency end of the broadcast
band. This completes the assembly.
SPRING
A 102185-2 TUNING SHAFT
TURNS OF DIAL COR01
1
CONDENSER PULLEY 'C
PULLEY
PULLEY '0'
©John F. Rider
ALIGNMENT ALIGNMENT
FM I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT (Using Sweep Generator and Oscilloscope).
AM ALIGNMENT Note: Place 1 megohm resistor in series with hot scope lead.
Set band switch to AM position. Check dial pointer positioning.
CONNECT
SWEEP GENERATOR SET RECEIVER CONNECT
SIGNAL CENERATOR SET RECEIVER ADJUSTMENTS REMARKS
ADJUSTMENTS OUTPUT REMARKS
METER COUPLE TO: FREQUENCY DIAL TO: SCOPE TO
COUPLE TO: FREQUENCY DIAL TO:
Across Adjust for 6CY5 (pin 5) 10.7 me Low end of dial T201, T102 top From pin 5 Open one end of
6BE6 (pin 7) 455 kc Near 1000 Ice T202, T106, top thru .01 mid (.3 me sweep) and bottom slugs
voice coil max. output to pin 4 C204. Adjust for
thru .01 mfd (modulated) (free of and bottom slugs and 1000 ohms couple a T203 bottom slug of PC202 max. amplitude
interference) in series marker sig. and symmetry.
to 6CY5pin5 See fig. 1 below.
AM ant. term. 1400 kc 1400 kc C101F "
thru 10 mmf (modulated C101D " Low end of dial T203 top slug
C101B
" Across Adjust for best
C203 amplitude and
T106, T104 " Adjust for straightest slope.
" 600 ke 600 kc See fig. 2.
(modulated) max. output.
., " Repeat steps " " Low end of dial T203 bottom slug " Adjust for best
2 and 3. symmetry about
10.7 mc. See
fig. 2.
" " Repeat steps
1, 2 and 3.
6CY5 (pin 5) 10.7 me Low end of dial T201, T102 top & From (pin 5) Adjust for max.
thru .01 mfd unmodulated bottom slugs and to pin 4 of neg. reading
T203 bottom slug PC202 on VTVM.
FIG I FIG 2
" Low end of dial T203 top slug Across Tune for zero F. a IF SELECTIVITY CURVE RATO DETECTOR RESPONSE
CURVE
C203 VTVM. (Point
where voltage
swings pos. CHASSIS LAYOUT
or neg. )
6CY5 6U6
FM ant, terms 107 me 107 me C109 From pin 5 Adjust for max.
in series with: C101A to pin 4 of neg. reading
120 ohms (high C101C PC202 on VTVM.
side) 150 ohms
(low side) e 68A6 6BÁ6 6AL5
rg
" Repeat two
preceding
steps. C)
T104 T105 68E6
6026 600KC 60oKL
1y
sefiRÌI I8g6h
eërzzá gg§1c$eBs2ö
z
G)
z
o
x
©John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST (Can't.)
LJBT SYMBOL DESCRIPT.21 PART NO. L.T SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. LIST 3YM1401. DESCRIPTION PART NO, 133'7
p,,,tyy}Og1.y,81.J.<.pi1..5-.CNrer_vg 0315 Ceram., .01 cold 250218-19 20 0314 47K (53-03) 230104-83 2.00 µ510 103 2W 230108.1074
0315 Ceram., 20 mad (52-03) 250218-5 20 70315 (52-01)
3314 250104-80 2.00
- 9.50
0330 000K 152-03) 130104-86 2.50
T1-11 TM Wpm 960491.4 1.00 0316 Ceram., 1060 mad (52-01) 250218-8 .25 8315 47K (52-02) 230104-82 2.00
7142 La Pd - I-? 328928-1 L. C318 Ceram2c, 2000 meal (52-03)
Ceramic, 660 mm/ (52.1)
250218-20 25 0315 220K (52-03) 250104-90 2.00
R391
0591
5900
2 2
-
meg (83-02)
152 43010669
230104-102
1.50
2,00
T.3 Sod Aareaaa Ate.. 360761-1 3. C317 250218-4 .20 8316 68K (52-01) 230104-81 2.00
' T.
T. AM -93?
dse"'..wear
368251-1
130/52-1 .65
541
30 0317
0117
Ceram.. 1000 mm! 152-02)
Ceramic, 33 mml(52-03)
250218-8
250218-21
.25
.15
0.318
R317
I meg - Timbre (52-03)
22014 (52-01)
220135-5
230104-90
2.00
2.00
R332
12332
2500
00K - 556
- 2W,W. W.
(52.03)
26.71-39
230150-112 4s
3.60
b0
T.
T341
AA4
Let
Zed
W -1-r
n -1Y 360211-I
320747-L
110
1.60
C318
C318
Ceramic, 5000 semi
Ceramic, .01 mid (52-03)
250175-30
250218-19
,20
.20
R317
.17
130K (52-02)
170K (53-03)
230104.92
210104-91
8,00
2.00
8133
R333
R394
47011
1200
100
- EW (5203)
230104.94
230.-1083
2,00
3,50
230104-50 2,00
TM Mel 8.21-1-7 120749-1 2.65 C319 Paper, .047 mid -2090 254202-I1 .25 R318 I meg - Timbre 2201365 21.80 R134 8, 214 - 2W (5003) 230104.1073 3.50
TM Rum Demmar 960748-1 2.65 C319 Ceramic, 2000 and (52-03) 250218-20 .25 70316 101114 (52-03) 230104-86 2.00 R335 100 210104-50 2.00
7341 ?Same. 3260'16-1 4 50 Cam Paper, ,015 mid-200V 250202-8 25 R319 t meg 230104-92 2.00 R335 10K, 5W (52-03) 290150-518 et 35
1931 .Pace: fá3-027 .3184-1 i1-54 0320 Electrolytic, 20m1á -1á0V(52-03) 270027-13 1.50 8319 1 000 (52-03) 230104-62 2.00 8196 611K (52-02) 230104-24 2.00
010) PM Am etia 880750-1 .15 C321 Paper, 8800 0ea2-2000 250211-6 .25 R920 47K 230104-82 2.00 12335 1000 (53-01) 230104-62 2.00
L Líß RP C.balm 386602-9 .35 8-321 Ceramic, 5000 mad (52-031 250175-30 .20 0320 4.7K (52-03) 290104-70 2.00 0397 470K (52-03) 230104-94
6.8K 2,00
11#3 P» - R? 360752, 35 0322 Ceramic, 2000 ram: 250218-20 . 25 R321 230104-72 2.00 8918 2000 - Hum Balance (52-03) 220120-1 2 45
61Á ?» 0.2.1or 386826-I ,90 0321 Ce0208ic, 3300 meal 152-031 250175-28 .25 R321 meg (52-03) 230101-98 2.00 12339 1000 (52-03) 220104-62
L.
1
0338
' RP C..
RP Choke
360821-9
320822-5
.
.35
35 C323
0323
Ceramic, 5000 nisei
Ceramic, 1000 meal (52-03)
250175-30
250218-8
,
.25
20 R322
R322
56K
225 (52-03)
230104-83
230104-78
2.00
2.00 MISCELLANEOUS
2,00
;303 LOKC P`Sier 320621-1 .15 0124 Paper, 6800 mead-200V 250211-6 .25 8923 27K 230104-79 2.00
1302 0.r Cetike 3408221 ,35 0324 Ceramic, 1000 mad (52-03) 250218-8 .25 8323 475 (52-03) 230104-82 2.00 PC201 Printed Circuit 250255-1 1,15
Cl. Ceramic, 470 meal 250218-6 .20 R324 IO5 230104-74 2,00 PC202 Printed Circuit 250254-1 1,15
CS. Paper, ,022 mid-2000 (52-03) 250202-9 .30 R324 100K (52-03) 230104-86 2.00 SW301 Band Switch 160284-9 2.25
CAPACITORS C326 Ceram., .01 mid 250218-19 .20 R325 1.7K 230104-70 2.00 66302 Baas Switch (wader) 160478-2 1.70
C326 Ceramic, .01 mfd-10000 250219-2 .20 .25 680K (52-03) 230104-96 2.00 SW302 Treble Swllch (wader) 100276-2 1.75
All capacitor,. are á00V 0327 Ceramic, .01 mdd-10000 250219-2 .20 R326 1000 230104-62 2.00 9301 Phono Jack 1801689.1 ,IO
mLat spec.. othereiae 0328 Electrolytic, 30-30m1á-4500 270021-58 2.25 8326
R327
220K (52-03)
meg
230104-90
230104-98
2,00
2.00
2302 Recorder Jack 180566-1 ,20
C328 Electrolytic, 35 -30 -D3 -10.d-3505270021-71 2.75 1 2303 Pari of 0302
0221 Tanag Gang 280117-1 6.75 C328 Ceramic, 5000 in end (5202) 250175-30 .20 R927 100K (52-03) 230104-86 2.00 Dial Glas, 150534-1 .52
0103 Peed Tbra, 1002 meal 250276-2 .10 70328 4.714 230104-70 2.00 Dial IbintBr 695121-1 35
CíÁ7 Peed'Pleru, 3303 amt E50276-2 .H! 70328 IOK (52-03) 230104-74 2.00 Pilot Llghl 100161-17
Cí04 Peed Tàra, 10. meat 252276-1 25 RESISTOR4 70329 1200 - 213 230108-1053 3,50 Crystal Diode (1N54Á) 530049-1
C.
CI98
Mica, 100 rase[
M. 102 mmf
250187-53
250187-13
,25
.15 All 0.2087ar6 are I0%-1;213
8329 1,5 meg (52-03) 230104-100 2,00
1.86
.25
30 RIOT
93102
68
888)
230101-48
230104-84
7
-.00
00
Ceramic, 47 meal
mid 29221-125
20213-17 .15
40
8198
R109
10K
2700
meg
230104-67
230101-98
2.00
2.00
R110 1
0120 Ceramic, 5+,100 meal 150175-10 .20 ßl11 3302, lW 230105-68 2,50
0121
0122
Ceram.
Ceram., 5009 maf
5060 rand 250175-39
250175-30
.20 R112 2. 230104-76
230104-50
2.00
2.00
20 ß1l3 100
.23 Ceramic, 50. mad 250 175-39 .20 R114 8200, 153 230105-73 2.00
C124. Peed Tara, 1019 mmf 250276-1 , 2 R115 1060 230104-62 2.00
0125 Peed ?Ara,lOd9 mad 250.4-1 .25 8116 2. 2 meg 230104402 2.60
0122 ?sad Tara, 1006 mat 250272-1 ,25 8201 68 230104-42 2,00
Clad read Tbra, 1000 met 250276-1 .25 70202 1900 230104-62 2.00
C201 Ceramic, .67 add 250234-66 .30 8203 220K 230104-90 2,00
0262 Ceramic, .0033 cold 250234-154 .25 122. 47K 230104-82 2.00
CIE4 Ceramic, .0015 mid .2234-146 .20 1128.5 17K 230104-82 2.00
3C2124625 E43.0...0 4 má4-500 270027-27 1.00 11206 1.5 meg 230104-100 2.00
.0205 Paper, .1 add, 2002 23,0202-13 .30 12207 2.2 meg 230104-102 2.00
C3ß1 Ceram., U. mffi (52-01) .0175-40 , 20 70206 2. 2 meg 230104-102 2, 00
,0.201 Ceram., 83 meat 250218-7 .20 8301 3,3 meg 230104401 2,00
0302 Ceram., 1000 mad f52-D2) 230218-8 ,25 8121 330K 152-03) 230104-102 2.00
Cä42 Ceram., 470 mead (52-029 256218-6 ,20 8302 15K(52-01) 230104-76 2,00
03422 Ceram.. 330 mad (52-63) 26207-49 . 20 8302 112 (52-03) 230104-80 2, 00
3303 931ec03503500, 22a12-257(52-01) 27(625-28 1.09 8322 6.8 meg (52-03) 230104-108 2.00
0304 Ceram., 100 mad 250218-I2 , 25 .03 2.2 meg (52-01) 230104-102 2.00
0304 Ceram., 47 meat 32-0. 2502 12-17 . 15 12303 I meg 230104-98 2.00
C305 Ceramic, .01 1ád 250219-19 .20 8304 3300 230104-68 2,00
C305 E80535277., 20míá -2áV(52-039 200027-28 1-00 0304 6.8 074 152-43) 230104-108 2,00
0306 Ceres.. 48 mad 250218-7 .20 8305 82K (52-61) 230104-85 2,00
0301 Ceramic, 2000 nºn d 25021.8-20 .25 R305 17K (52-02) 230104-82 2.00
0301 Ceramic, .01 mfd (52-131) 250216-19 ,20 0.305 3900 (52-03) 230104-88 2,00
3306 Mica, 1000 meal 256228-354 ,45 8300 meg
1 230104-98 2,00
C302 Ceramic, 47 m af<á2-02) 256218-17 ,15 70307 220K 230104-00 2,00
0309 Mica, 1894 meal 250328-354 .45 .08 1 meg 230104-96 2,00
0369 Ceramic, 22 mail(52.03'1 250218-1 ,20 11308 220K (52-03) 230104-90 2,00
0310 Ceram., 226 assffi 250218-5 .20 8309 1 meg - InvMnea 223074-14 Eti.00
03I0 Ceram., .01 cold (52-03) 254218-1 9 .26 8309 1 m1ß (52-03) 230104-98 2,00
0111
C9I2
C112
Ceram.,
Ceram.,
5044 mai.
5 mmf (52J1)
Ceramic, 33 asad (52-012)
304175-10
2S02ß7-1
250218-21
.30
.22
15
703cr
8311
10 1 meg
(52-03)
mºg
230104-88
230104-80
230104-98
2,00
2,00
2,00
0313 Ceramic, .01 add 152-03) 210218-19 ,20 8311 1 meg -Inudnesa (52-03) 220074-15 kì1.00
C313 7ºierSrn:7rt., $0 mfd, 2V 270027-28 1.00 R312 2.25 239109-66 2.00
0313 Ceramic, 100 Cara! (52-03) 250218-22 , 2 8312 470K (52-fp) 230104-91 2,00
Cí4 Ceramic, 100 meat 210218-22 ,25 .13 3300 (52-03) 250104_68 2,00
C314 Electreiytic, 20.,25 (52431 210027-291 1.09 0314 I90K 230104-86 2,00
GENERAL
The CR -740 radio chassis is designed for carry the suffix letters "AA" after the
740. If it is necessary to make an elec-
use on the AM broadcast band and works
ie conjunction with aaeparate audio amp- trical chango, the chassis will then be
lifier. A11 voltages are obtained from identified as the CR-740BA. If no elec-
the external amplifier. trical change is necessary but a mechan-
ical change has been deemed necessary,
the chassis will be identified as the
Original production of the CR -740 will CR-740AB.
ALIGNMENT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL 1319
The output indicator may be a VTVM connected in the AVC circuit from test point A
to circuit ground
is modulated.
= or an output meter across the speaker voice coil if test signal
455 KC Neer mid -range Top and bottom Adjust for max.
Converter grid
(pin 47 of 65E6) point of no slugs of T102 reading of VTVM
interference and T101 or output meter
thru .01 mfd cap.
Mcse n p vox
of rod antenna
back and forth
raeete-
OFF -ON
©John F. Rider
n
n'nóxxóó ó
órNóyó tó+
Çi W NNC+iPNi+W W t+t+
{t
ro
ñt
1
h P
WN OJ0 WO O `. 0
w 55xpC7Co ti°'
I hW
w w o"C h'
2'
m
.h 0
m
U
s m
UI
b
NHN i (MlJ
,p,, w
CI c.;1
o
Ñ T W jó
H 6b ti my ó i b
°w2
o,Q,
"°
OGHH Ó
G
R
em
cn W n
ó
C gp-
W °N b]
m " E
0
N
O WN N
wN WNW
N W
NwN w
NWN W
NW N
NW W WW ro
O 0 0w 0 00 000 00 00 m m
Wm
If 0 00O 0
W 0 00 00 000 00 00 O O O t+
ób ro a,Pan,Pm,nm,P Ncnw-
m ..4.... 7.
h moa.00woówoo
ro-p innm m .1 '
m m
rrF
N NN NNN NN wN WN N N- UUUUy]]]]
cñ
00000000cnocno
o0000000000o u,,
2,°Ót
,. b 7 (] n C] A !] c7
I
c3
( t7 f n n f n n (]
-'
y{
Oo W W Vt
óóoóóóóó
0 tD PWN
A 0
ó^ m r
w n n n nmM n nn nn n
g
in i "
___ __ ____
NP ma n ^d°, ewu PvO+
f NO WWOm] ,,,.2
O_ L,,,,,-,,, O,,,
000
I
z rn m bdC n g óoóógE1 o`óS óg í
cx
3( ". " r "
xm IZ
l
1'4
m
gáE
á
5 P, RHP ó
O¿
,
Z
a, [o om óm
m atláNEo
2.:6ó
°
NN N N NNNt
Ut N
-+
122 Hi NN W
AMM1 tD H - o-rN Vim.,'
Ó
N mmN
mm V.] m VI N
m {.O Ñ` r `
Utmm
!--
r
ß°
ó
m[o
cnor lNnW
D 5 cNNvNNNN `c9'12
NcNn W y
x+John F. Rider
CHASSIS CR -740
CHASSIS 54 SERIES
ALIGNMENT
AM ALIGNMENT
Set band switch to AM position. Check dial pointer positioning.
6BE6 (pin 7) 455 kc Near 1000 kc T202, T106, top Across Adjust for tb
thru . 01 mid (modulated) (free of and bottom slugs voice coil max. output
interference)
54 SERIES RADIO CHASSIS AM ant. term. 1400 kc 1400 kc C101F " "
GENERAL thru 10 mmf (modulated C101D
However, a C101B
audio ance be used for recording and playback.
The 54 series radio chassis contains two separate of the ding having a low output impedance
can be
circuits. These are necessary fortapeoperation output is T106, T104
sufficient signal " 600 kc 600 ke " Adjust for
recorders de- used for playback providing max. output.
chassis with record changers or controls are used available from the tape recorder.
(modulated)
signed for stereo operation. Dual each channel Repeat steps
throughout which vary the output from connection of an ex-
provisions are provided for theterminal
" "
board having 2 and 3.
equally and simultaneously. ternal AM or FM antenna. A marked AM
are provided for con- two connections marked FM, a connection 1, and 2 re-
On the 54-02 and 54-03 inputs and three other connections marked G,
FM ALIGNMENT (Using AM Signal Generator and VTVM)
will enable the
necting a Stereo tape recorder whichcircuits fastened to the
of these spectively are located on a fibre boardan Set band switch to FM position. Note: Place a 1 megohm resistor in series with hot side of VTVM.
rear of the radio chassis. To connect the external
tape recorder to play through the audio FM
tape re-
chassis. On the 54-01 only a conventional circuits. On
FM antenna
antenna to this unit merely connect and to connect
corder can be played through the audio marked FM
monaural leads to the two connections SIGNAL GENERATOR SET RECEIVER CONNECT
all three chassis, however, only conventional one lead to the AM
an external AM antenna connect to the connection ADJUSTMENTS OUTPUT REMARKS
tape recordings can be made. connection and ground the antenna 1 and 2 are not METER
marked COUPLE TO: FREQUENCY DIAL TO:
that marked G. The connections
Due to the design of the chassis it is recommended
imped- used. From (pin 5) Adjust for max.
a tape recording having a high input and output 6CY5 (pin 5) 10.7 me Low end of dial T201, T102 top &
thru .01 mf d unmodulated bottom slugs and to pin 4 of neg. reading
T203 bottom slug PC202 on VTVM.
SPRING
p 102185-2 TUNING 9NFPT
TURNS OG DIAL CORD)
CONDENSER PULLEY
PULLEY
FIG I
FIG 2
F. M. I F SELECTIVITY CURVE RATIO DETECTOR RESPINSE
CURVE
PUL
PAGE 2
©John F. Rider
ALIGNMENT
FM I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT (Using Sweep Generator and Oscilloscope).
Note: Place 1 megohm resistor in series with hot scope lead.
N
and 1000 ohms couple a T203 bottom slug of PC202 max. amplitude ®
in series marker sig. and symmetry.
to 6CY5pin 5 See fig. 1 ágál
Ná g
" Low end of dial T203 top slug Across Adjust for best 9''e
C203 amplitude and
straightest slope.
See fig. 2.
" Low end of dial T203 bottom slug Adjust for best
symmetry about
10.7 mc. See
fig. 2.
H
OTAPEO
PLAY RECORD
neá
59-01 Audio Connections
.
e
1271l
il@
9 9=B
' ,Io
lp9 f
CHASSIS LAYOUT á
a5 a
@p
º
I
Tpo.:.
® a: I
°
® 10 KC
FILTER
POWER
TRANSFORMER
Iá
!B° 51
_
TIO04 TO 68E6
68Z6 600KC 600KC
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS Wi ShHIES
CHASSIS 54 SERIES
4A1
9. k
g C
'a V
UI
e
o o
4> 0
3
,
@e
11 rTrI g
! 2761 1.11
;
©John Y. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART N, REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST (C o n r t)
TRANSFORMERS & COILS 8318 1000 (54-03) 230104-62
R917 390E (54-01) 230104-93
2301 FM Input Transformer 380491-4 R317 2201 (54-02) 290304-90
T102 let FM I -F trans. 380828-1 8317 4700 (54-09) 230109-70
T103 Rod Ante. Assembly 380740-1 R318 221 (54-01) 230104-78
230104-102
2109 AM RF trans. 380753-1 8318 2.2 mag (54-02)
T105 AM Oscillator Coll 380752-1 R318 2.2 mag (64-03) 290109-100 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NO.
T108 1st AM IF Trane. 960811-1 R319 68K (54-01) 230109-84
T201 2nd FM IF Tram. 360747-1 319 1 mag (54-02) 290104-98 C112 Cer., 5000 tuna! 250175-30 7920 Paper, .022 mid, 2.00V 34-01) 250202-9
0202 2nd AM IF Trams 380749-1 11319 9900 (54-03) 230104-68 C113 M100, 220 mmf, 10% 250187-57 C320 Cer., 47 mmf (54-02)) 250218-17
7203 Rain Detector Trans. 980748-1 11320 1 mag (54-01) 230104-98 C114 Mica, 470 mmf 250159-102 C320 Cer., 5000 mmf (54-03) 250175-30
T301 Filament Trans. 320078-1 8320 Dual I mag, Loudness (5,02) 220151-2 C116 Cer., 12 mmf, 5% 250088-178 C321 Cer., 5000 (54-01) 250175-30
T901 Power Trans. (59-02) 300158-1 8320 8211, (54-03) 230104-85 0116 Cer., 5000 mmf 250175-30 C321 Cer., .01 mfd (54-02) 250218-19
L101 FM Antenna Coil 350750-1 R321 Dual 1 mag loudness (5441) 220151-1 C118 Myler, .1 mfd, 100V 250281-125 C321 Cer. 47 mmf (54-03) 250218-17
L102 RF Choke 380522-9 R321 931 (54-02) 230304-80 .19 Cer., 47 mmf 250218-17 C322 Cer.,
,
230108-1074
130109-94
0307
C308
Cer.,
Cer.,
5000 mmf (59-03)
1000 mmf (54-01)
250175-30
250218-8
C335-
C336
Cer.,
Cer.,
7900 mmf (54-02)
.01 mfd (54-01 & 02)
250218-20
250218-19
0208 1.2 mag 230104-102 0393 22,319 (54-02) 230104-90 C308 Cer. , 88 mmf (54-02) 250218-7 0337 30-30rofd, 450V (54-01) 270021-58
0209 1001 230104.85 0393 4701 (64-08) 290104-94 0308 Cor., 100 31. 054-09) 250218-22 0336 Cer., .01 204, 1000V ) 250219-3
0901 330%(54-02) 230104-92 0934 101, 2W (54-01) 230108-1074 C909 Cer., 1000 mmf (54-01) 250218-8 C338 Elect 20 004, 1500 (54-02)4-02) 270027-13
11301 3.3 mag (64-01) 290104-104 8334 2201 (64-02) 23010490 C309 Cer., 47 mmf (54-02) 250218-17 C399 Cer., 470 mmf (54-01) 250218-6
R30 2.2 mag (54-09) 250104-101 0934 2000 Hum Balance (5,03) 220120-4 0309 Cer., 1000 mmf (54-03) 250218-8 0399 0e0., .01 004, 10000(54-02) 250319-2
003022 15K (64-01) 230104-78 0595 9900, 1W (54-011 290105-89 0310 Cer., 220 mmf (54-01) 250218-5 0340 Elect 35-30-20-10m(d-4500 (54-02) 270021-71
8502 8.8 mag (54-01) 130104-108 R335 471 (54-09) 230104.82 C310 Cer., 390 mmf (54-02) 250207-49
R302 8211 (5449) 230104-85 R336 1000 (54-03) 230104-02 C310 Elect. 25-25 mfd, 25V (59-09) 270043-1
R303 2.1 mag (54-01) 230104-102 8936 1200, 2W (54-01) 230108-1063 C311 Cer., 270 mmf, 10% (54-01) 250218-90
11303 1 mag (94-02) 230104-98 8396 2.2 mag (64-02) 230104-102 C311 Cer. , 100 tont (5442) 250218-22 M.CELLANEODS
R309 9300 (5403) 29010442 0998 2500, 10W, W. W. (54-031 240071-99 C311 Cer., .01 mfd (54-09) 250218-19
R604 3300 (59-01) 230104-80 0337 2550, IOW (64-01) 240071-39 C312 .022 mfd, (54-01) 250202-9 SW. Band Switch (54-01) 160299-1
11304 5.8 mag (54-02) 290104-109 0327 101 (54-07) 230104-74 7912 Cer., 68 mmf (54-02) 250218-7 SW901 Band Switch (59-02 0 09) 160299_3
R304 17011 (54-03) 230104-91 5337 1200, 1W (54-09) 230108-1009 C312 Cer., 220 mmf 250218-5 SW302 Bass Sich 160278-2
0305 8201 (5401) 230104-94 11998 2000, Hum Balance (5,01) 220150-4 C313 Cor. , 180 mmf, 30% (59-01) 250175-40 SW303 Treble Switch 160278-2
8305 931(54-02) 230104-80 R318 100%(54-02) 290104-85 0313 005., 3900 mmf (54-02) 250175-28 PC201 Printed Circuit 150255-1
0305 124 (54-03) 230104-78 R330 1000 (64-01 4, 02) 290104-62 C313 Cer., 2000 mmf (54-09) 250218-20 PC202 Printed Circuit 250254-1
11306 3901 (54-01) 230104-93 11940 1 mag (5401) 290104-98 C314 Cer., 1000 mmf (54-01 ea 02) 25021848 PC301 Printed Circuit (54-01 & 03) 250291-1
R306 1 mag (54-02) 230104-98 0340 4700 (54-02) 230109-70 0914 Cer., .01 mid (64-03) 250216-19 PC301 Printed Circuit (54-03) 250293-1
8908 63K (54-09) 290104-84 0341 4700 (54-1 4. 03) 230104-70 C915 Cor. , 5000 mmf (54-01) 250175-30 PC302 Printed Ciro.. (54-01 & 09) 250291-1
0307 2201(54-01) 290104-90 11342 1000 (5401 9 02) 290104-82 0915 Car. , 1000 tn.
(54-02) 250318-3 PC302 Printed Circuit (5442) 250299-1
8307 470E (54-02) 290104-94 R943 1 mag (54-01 & 02) 190 04-98 C315 Cer., 470 mmf 250218-8 PC303 Printed Circuit (54-01 & 09) 250292-1
07 22011(54-03) 230104-90 C318 Cer. 47 mmf (54-01) 250218-17 PC303 Printed Circuit (54-02 & 03) 250292-2
R344 1000 (54-03) 230104-82 ,
R308 1 mag (54-01) 230104-98 0318 Car. 5000 mmf (54-02) 250175-90 PC304 Printed Circuit (5441) 250292-1
1 mag (W-02) 290104-98
D
,
11344 250292-2
11308 9901 (64-02) 290104-92 8345 4700 (54-01) 23 0104-7 0 C316 Cer., .01 mfd (54-03) 250318-19 PC304 Printed Circuit (54-02 9 03)
8308 1 mag (54-03) 130104-98 C317 Cer., .01 mfd (54-01) 250218-19 ,7901 Input Socket 180691-2
R945 2000, Rum Balance (64-02) 220120.4
0909 2211 (84-01) 230104-78 R. 1000 (54-02) 230104-51 C317 Con 47 mmf (54-02) 150218-17 J302 Input Socket 180631-2
z
8309 9901 (54-02) 230104-91 C317 Cer. , 100 mmf (54-03) 250218-22 9909 Input Socket 180831-2
0347 1000, SW (54-02) 290150-618 180631-2
R309 1 mag Loudness (54-03) 310151-1 0548 1000, 5W (54-02) 290160-516 C318 Cer., 100 mmf (54-01) 250218-72 J904 Input Socket
Cer., 22 mmf (5443) 250218-1 J305 Input Socket 180691-2
R310 3.3 mag (54-01) 130104404 R349 8200, 2W (54-01) 230.-73 C3111
C318 Cer., .01 mfd (54-03) 150218-19 Dial Pointer 835021-1
8.8 mag (H-02)
8330
11910 1 mag (54-09)
230104-108
290104-98
R350 101, 2W (54-02)
1200, 1W (54-02)
130105-1074
C319 Cer 270 mmf 10% (59-01) 250218-30 Dial Glass 15053,1 Q
8911
8911
1511(64-03)
47011 (64-02)
23010,76
230104-94
1351 290106-1083
C319 Cer., .O1 mfd (54-02 & 03) 250218-19 Crystal Diode (1N94Á) 530049-1
X
R311 22011(54-03) 290104-90 CAPACITORS
R312 2.2 (54-01) 710104-101 All capaclbre ara 10%.5000
8912 1 mag (54-02) 230104-98
11912 2200 (54-09) 230104-68
'dass epeciletl otheoWea
R313 3300 (54-01 & 02) 230104-08 0101 'AmMg capacitor 250147-1
R313 1 mag, Timbre (5443) 270150-4 0102 Feed Tire, 1000 mrof 750276-2
11314 821 (5,01) 2301045 CI03 Feed Thru, 1000 mmf 15027,2
R314 I mag (54.02) 2301088 C104 Feed Thru, 1000 mint 250276-1
R314 1.5 mag (54-03) 230104400 CI05 Mica, 100 Meal, 10% 250187-53
0016 820 (64-01) 210104-85 C106 60009, 100 5320, 10% 150187-53
1315 2205 (54-02) 230104-90 0101 Molded, 1.7 00010, 10% 350221118
1315 1 roes (54-03) 230104-98 C100 8810a, 220 m20, l401 250187-57
8316 820K (54-01) 230104-97 C109 Trimmer, 2.542mm( 760388-9
0.918 2291(54-02) 230104-90 C110 Cer., 5 mmf, 8% 150088-134
C111 Paper, .01 mfd, 400V 260711-7
ADDENDA
The following information concerns production changes made since the publication release of Service Manual 1329.
The 54-03 Chassis has been revised in the initial production run so that a filament transformer is not used. All
power connections are supplied from the Main Amplifier as shown below.
The 54-04 Chassis has recently been released for production. This version is identical to the 54-03 except for the
power connections shown below.
ie4 r
0/LOT L/ÇNT,f
The schematic diagram shown in Manual 1329 for the 54-09 Chassis will be correct for the 54-09 and 64-04 with
exceptions noted above.
The Parts List for the 54-03 Chassis in Manual 1329 is correct for the 54-03 and 54-04 Chassis except that T301,
L302, R334 & R335 are not used on the 54-03.
©John F. Rider
TUNER C11 C4 RI TI C1 V1
UTPUT 6B07A
FM RF AMP
HOME RADIO & CONY
FM TUNER SERVICE NOTES
"SEE FM TUNER
MODELS CHASSIS
MOTOROLA SK16W HS -710,711
Do not free the dial cable pulley located on the FM tuner
unit, as this may result in audio howl. This is due to core
vibration caused by acoustic feed-back from the loudspeaker
SERVICE NOTES
FM TUNER
yóerwi-ce, M a,e,
S16W - at cerMinfrequencies. Silicon grease is applied at the jaac. STRING
SKI7W HS -710,711 fion of string and pulley, to insure smooth tuning action and
S17W
SKI8M
- must not be removed. Therefore, whenever tuning action
is erratic , check for proper use of silicon grease (Motorola
Part Number I1M490487). Also affecting tuning action, is
DIAL CABLE
LILLE?'
HS -710,711
Me angle of the pulley bracket with respect to the teké-up
S18M - shaft" Position bracket until tuning action is as smooth as
'C" WASHER°
Drexel Series possible. ..
SUPERSEDES SK16, 17, 18 SERIES PRELIMINARY SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. 68P643063.
PULLEY
T2 L2 C6 C5 C9 L3 CS CIO LI C2 BRACKET'
CHASSIS IHS-710.711
()John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -710, 711
To Replace Pilot Light (From chassis) 2. Replace pilot light. REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
I. Remove chassis from cabinet (see HS -710 Chassis Re- To Replace On-Off Indicator Pilot Light (SKI7. SK1830íy) NOTE: When ordering parte, specify
model number of set in addition to part
number and description of part.
moval). Electronic parte of o9ulvalent
1. Remove cabinet back cover (model SKIS only). l ieted Sn this
rating fl not noce
8ervlco Yanunl hio Deonrchoaev tornre
;rely 1 equivalent standards, The cómovents
2. Replace pilot light. c Srculte involved, For maximum customer satlsfactlom
11nb111 iy and app liceblllty to the spec if lc
and min imíved call -bocks, me the exact
2. Remove Slot light bracket mounting screw located in- Yot oroln par ta te pincoment,
side cabinet near botom). Rol. Part
To Replace Pilot Light (in record changer compartment) No, Number Description Ref. Part
3. Replace pilot light. FN TONER 77/3638430 (Or -343)
No. Number Description
I. Remove light shield in compartment by pulling straight RLgcmicAL PARTS
L-9 1V842422 AY Antena & Pavel:
up. 4. Replace bracket and cabinet back cover (SKIS). c-1 21%690321. CePacetor, car tub: 10 mmf s00V NTC750PPY R_1Vg42412 AY Antena & Pavel:.
Sncl 021
1001 021
(9E1ß only)
(0000 only)
C-2 21%840022 Capacitor, car tub: 1Y692905 AY Alt enm h Panel:
001 mf SOOV lace 021 (8518 ov ly)
C-3 20%640023 Capacitor, mile trim: L-5 298838340 AY oec
(RF trim) Coll,
C-4 21%040022 Capacitor, tub;
c r ,001 mf
STEREO NOTES C-5 21%640024 Cnpaclt or, cor tub: 20 mmf
SOOV
SOOV
Resistors - Rote: All resistors are insulated carbon type
C-6 21%640029 Capecltor cor tuD; un lese othervlse specified,
20 mmY SOOV
Excellent stereophonic reproduction can be obtained be a loss of the stereophonic effect. C-7 20%640025 Capoc ík or, mien trim (oec trim) 1 gee P11 Tuner Arte List
from this unit with correct installation. C-8
C-9
21%640026
21%640027
CJ:Nor,
car tuD; 10 mmf NTC470PPM
R-2 686054 10,000 20ÿ 1/21(
Once the room setup is determined, the controls must
500V
erly. Therefore, before suspecting the unit, make certain ing, adjust the balance control so that each speaker has ap- L-2 24%690031
schematic)
Co11, FY RF: complete (1001 L3) R-10 6%119932 10,000
30%% 1/211
11ÿ 1/2W
that the initial setup is correct (see Operating Instruction proximately the same volume level. L-3 - Coí 1, FY oec (pert of L2) A-11 8132039 88 10ÿ 1/211
booklet, if necessary). The room, with its individual acous- Secondly, adjust the loudness control to desired listen- R-1 17%640032 Resistor,
11-12 8%122319
BK119926
10,000 l0ÿ 1W (in some setº)
2700 3Oÿ
tic characteristics, and the level at which the unit is op- ing level. (Extremely low loudness levels may require re-
carbon film; 1 meg 30% R-13 6%119405 22,000 2Oÿ
1/1( (Sn some seta)
1/2W
erated, are of importance. Some room settings are better adjustment of the balance control.) T-1 25%640033 Trmsformery PY ant input R-14 6E125534 100,000 10% 1/2v
than others; experimentation in setting up the units will de- T-2 25%640034 Transformer PY IP: Ince corse
R-15
R-16
17%691740
685618
tarewouvd: 2200 30% SW
termine which setting is best (try to have the main unit and Thirdly, since the directional characteristic of stereo- FY TUNER 77/3638430 (UT -343) MECHANICAL PARTS R-17 6%121299
3900
97,000
1Oÿ 11
1Oÿ 1/ZW
right channel speaker placed along the same wall). The lev- phonic reproduction is dependent to a great degree on mid- R-18 68119407 3,3 meg 20% 1/21)
el at which the unit is operating and the distance of the lis- range and treble notes, the treble control should be advanced 77/3638430 FY Tuner: complete
11-19 685848 390,000 10ÿ 1/21(
tener from the units will affect spacing --use closer spacing to increase treble response; however, the "hardness" of 43%640093 Collnrg tuning gang abaft: lees sots crews
R-20
R-21
6.127001
6.124494
2,2 meg 10% 1/21( (not in all sets)
(4 to 7 feet) at low volume levels (listener is close to units some rooms may require an intermediate setting for best 78%690093
7.6%890036
Core nt & RP 0311: 1001 string 8-22 6.124499
1 meg
1 meg
l0% 12W
Core, IF trans 1Oÿ 1/2W
and greater spacing (5 to 10 feet) at higher volume levels tonal balance. 98640035 Pu11oy, dial R-23 6.121847 4700 105 1/21
(listener is further away). Too great a spacing, however, Screw, ma0bine (tuner nub -(hassle mtg) 6.]21301 1000 3Oÿ 2W
will cause the commonly known "hole in the middle" effect,
or if the listener is seated too far from the units, there will
Finally, re -orientation of main cabinet and right chan-
nel speaker system may be necessary.
36127518
3%640094
3%690042
V-10B-17AX7 (pin y7), and the cable to the input 1/2W ww for replacement (see R-43 on sche- C-15
C-18
218482728
21ß482728
Capacitor, car disc: .01 mf 500V R-40 86 125534 100,000 10ÿ 1/21(
of the two loudness controls (pin s 1 on E-4 and matic diagram). C-17 22 852
Capacitor, car disc:
Capacitor,, car desc
.01 mf 500V R-41 6%121300 27,000 30% 1/21 (not in all sets)
E-6) has been changed to a shielded type. ,01 mí 500V R-42 65121301 1000 l0ÿ 1/21
C-18 97 mmí SOOV R-43 17.988268 eirevound:.47l0ÿ 1/21(3ee Pro3ChangeRS-7106)
C-14 238982726 Capacitor, c¢r disc: .O1 mf SOOV
C-20
C-21
C-22
2313638536
208641777
198691850
Capacitor,
Capacitor, mica tram:
Capacitor,
lc:
3 gang
8 mY SOV
1.3 mmf to 11 mmf
8-I
3-1F
40/3642125 Switch,
40.843293 Switch, AC-On-0ff (m Rl) 2=r
(compensator)
C-23 Bß121005
v
T-1 & 224),421. See FY Tuner Parts Lint
Capacitor r tub: .0 T-3 295692132 Transformer, FY IF: 10.7 Mc
C-24 238121946 Capecltor, ceredlsc: ,015m7f NN" T-4 25344 Yt
0-25 BR 121869 Capecltor, paper tub: ,1 mf ß00V T-5
C-28 218482726 Capacitor, car disc: ,O1 mf 500V lFo det10ckYc
T-6 240634251 Transformer, AY HF
C-27 21ß4B2726 Capacitor, car disc: ,O1 mf 500V -7 292641854
WITH GANG FULLY OPEN, C-28 21ßI21848 Transformer, AY IF: 455 Kc
CaDaclt o^, car disc: .O1 mf 5006 -8 245842707 Transformer, AY IF:
TURN COLLAR IN DIRECTION C-29 Bß122185 Capacitor, paper tub: ,05 mf 600V 455 Ec
Of ARROW TO TAKE UP SLACK, C-30 Bß122303 Capacitor, paper tub: ,001 mf 600V
8ßI21568 H9-710 MECHANICAL PARTS
THEN TIGHTEN SET SCREWS. Capacitor, paper tub: 002 m1 BOOM
C-31 218125999 Capacitor, car 'disc: 220 mmf 500V (not ß4C641590 Background, dial
M TUNER
C-32
C-33
218120872
8ß328891
in all sets)
Cpacitol
in alte)
Capacitor, paper tub: .02 m1
r disc:
400V
56 mmf 500V (not
4313638357
1513741368
928733793
Bu0, tuning shaft
Cap, Dlug (for 8 -pin par plug)
C11p, T3 tDru TB mtg
1V641830 Drive Pu lleq & Buahevg 13aeeeD lq (on pulley
C-34
C-35
21'1121838
83128641
Capacitor,
Capaeít or,
car 2161:
paper olyt
.002 mf UN b - large)
,02 mf 4040 5A843159 Eyelet
eat (022 mtg)
GANG SHAFT C-38 238642409 Cepac St or, electrolytic: 10 mf 900V 496638235 Flywhee, tuning: less setscrew
C-37 88128691 Capoc Stor, DºPer tub: .02 mf 900V 37/312891 Grommet, rubber (C22 SmuLtlag)
C-38 2113121946 Capacitor, cet disc: ,03 mf 500V
C-39 218121106 Capacitor, c r disc: .002 mf 5000 64A633863 Insulator (under phono recent)
0-90 21R4005á7 Capacitor, car disc: 100 mmf 500V(120 some eats) 29Ág42914 Wg, Fr ant cum
0-91 238910127 Cnpaclt Or, car 4100: ,001 mf SOOY
C-92
C-43
2111121946
218982728
Capacitor, car disc: ,O1 mf 500V
capacitor, car dine: ,01 mf SOOV
2K0
287051 Pa lout:
Ph
u
3/e-32 (con Lrol mtg)
,
8-Dn (pe
mbly (right h left stereo
-44 "" 8891 Capacitor, ºPer tub: ,02 mY 400V nraem output)
-45 21ß12110g 010001510, ;2.'22'
car disc; .002 mf SOOV 19641865 Polnter' dial
C-48 2113400537 Capecltor, car disc: 100 mmf 500V(120eopeeeta) 4913641559 Pulleyley,, dlel cord guide (small - on aide
C-47 218410127 Capacitor, car dlac: ,001 mmf 500V Drkta)
-Ill= --o
(WITHOUT TENSION ON STRING)
2
C-48
C-49
2lß482726
21ß482728 Cm=
Cepac if or, car disc: ,O1 mf SOOV
car disc: .01 mf 500V (not Sn
300841651 Receptacle, 4 -Din h Cable
3rd chane)
le Asa amp 1p (to
©John P. Rider
Part Hef, Part
Number Description Ao. Number Description
96642279 Socket, pilot light (o. chassis) 29119813 Nut, Dex: #8-32 (rt. mtg)
9E641598 Socket, tube: 9 pin min (EY81/819A5) 2B892ú86 Nut, Del: #30-32 x 3/e M1ex (bezel mt g) Ref, Part
96642797 Socket, tube: 9 pin min (12ÁR7) 2A71185 Nut, tea (nmp1311br mtg) eef. Part No. Number Description
2%749059 No. Number Deacr Spt ion
9Á638433 Socket, tube: 7 pin min Nut, wing (leg mtg)
41A473881 Spring (pulley) 306642878 Plug and Cable Aasy(termlvvl str1D connectpart') Lid (8618/) requied.
29Á76280 Terminal, pin (AY ant pa.. con.) 306893010 Plug and 9ykr Cord Aeey(to right epee apart') í8R842214 150642091 over, cabinet back (9%18)
eyat2 33A74729í Nemep late
48592098 weeper, 'C" (tuning shaft & pulley)
Nameplate, AI -Pi
152842042 Cover, cab Snet back (3217)
4'641680 E 22: fibre (]0181 tube sckt ins) 229121830 Pln, cutche-916) on (nameplate mtg) M642045
19813 Nut, Dex: #8-32 (spkr mtg) í5D842093 Cover cablvet back (9[181
9%691703 Easher, fibre (tuning ehati & pulley) 972841977 Roà, p31ot 13ght
26642805 Nut pal; 10-32 x 3/8 hez (bezel mtg)
341891737 Scale, dial mtg) 816, 817, 618 CABINET PARTS
13-711 ELECTRICAL PARTS 36120850 Scree, machine: 2'72185 Nut tee: #8-32 ((HS
S x I (s mtg)
36749168 Scree, eat washer head (Ali 2A7í185 Hut, to #30-32 (88-]31 mtg) Cabinet, walnut (3166)
es utcheon (vemeplate mtg) í8E641980
C-1 82122287 Capacitor, paper tub: .02 mf 600V 397526 Scree, tapping: #8 223121030 Pin, Cabinet, mahout (S í7A)
1-I/e (chassis mtg)
C-2 88122287 Capacitor, paper tub: .02 mf 6005 39129173 Screw, tapping: #6112 x 5/8 (cabinet back mí2) 306693030 Plug & Spkr Cord Aneemh ly (to right cha anal 16&641965 Cabinet, mahogany (B í8Y)
C-3
C-4
82122287
BA 122287
Capacitor, paper 2s.
Capacitor, Doper tub:
: .02 mf
02 mf 6005
6005 33129033
286836238
Shield an
Shield, light
p6 x 1/2) brass (bezel mtg)
eDeaker aystem
551842211 Pull, door
SIB)
331638715
í3E841988
Glide, dome: 3/4 die¡ 3 -Dion%
Grille, metal (3í7E, S18Y)
C-5 21K121797 Capacitor, her dIsc: 470 mar 5005 SSR642150 Strike, touch latch 47A69í523 Rod, pilot light 35%841961 Grille cloth (S18ß)
C-6 2lß910115 Capacitor, her disc: 220 mmf 500V(vot Sa .11 15642903 Rupepd Sck: Seel Drkt 341641737 9ca le, d1s1 35&842197 Grille cloth (9178)
36120850 Scree, machine #8-32 s 1-3/9 (epkr mtg)
sets) 456638838 9ashert, lid 351641967 Grille cloth (318/)
2íK121]97 470 mmf SOOV 4Á643886 Eaeher, rubber 357526 Scram, tenpin%: 8 a 1-1/8 (cease in mtg) #e-32 he: (epkr mtg)
C-7 Capacitor, her disc: (chase le mtg) 23119913 Nut:
C-8 218410115 CNN,
Capacitor, her disc: 220 mmf SOOV(aot Sn all 33129176 Screw, apping: #6-18
31120846 Screw, P8-32 z 1-1/9 (epkr mtg)
9617 CABINET PARTS 35129039 Screw, 2211".mood #8 x 1/2) ".212:2221'.2N""'
33Á842304 Strip, terminal
56692213 Socket, heater
C-9
'
C-11 CapacSt or, =21223'632250 5 mf & 72642018 Bracket, dial Beale trim 11692403 Str 1p, ,tack: Sncl Drtt 916, 517, 918 LT11I11319
(516, 917
43'691691 556636838 Wanner, unn mm11,
918 only) Bushing, robber (chassie mtg)
4'841688 Eaeher, rubber (ceasele mtg) Eote: Tm volume oP reDlacement on tee fº]loming parte is
only
18209138: Cabinet, complote: ea lout (S617Á) mequent ly, St ie suggested that ordering ba done
£-3 301842]39 Speaker, ISPY 556643188 Catch, bullet required.
E-2 08638576 Speaket, 5-1/4"pY 332692372 Catch, guet lc S616, 3217, 9218 LIMITED REPIACEYENT PARTS crDlnat Dack (818)
152841113 Cover,
E-3 S:2639577
522638562
Speaker, 5-1/4 PR 42'641558
42'892981
Clip, speed tub (95 RPM spindle holder mtg)
"to: The volume of small,
replacement on the f od2ng porta 18 only 152542114 Cover, cab ivat Dack (917)
c oneequent lyr it te suggested tmt ordering De done
E-4 Spanker, 5"PY Clip, speed tub (pilot mtg) 15%641115 Covar, caDlcet Dack (S 18)
E-5 302642740 Speaker, IO"PY 42Ág41577 Clip, speed tub (pilot light rod mtg)
E6 :0%638576 Speaker 5-1/4"PY 1618.921]7 Door (K1
E-]
ES
302638:77
502638562
Bpeakcr,
Speaker, 5PY
5-1/4"PY 55129019
556642147
l7Á)
Sye et, chceale mtg
ginge, seml-invls Sble (door) *New Item, Appears in any List for PSret Time
E-9 65&125595 Llgkt, p11ot: #1847; 6V (in 61(17 & 9218 only) 326641689 Gasket, dial scale trim
352892370 Grille cloth (8R1]Á)
Resistors Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type
- í3K892173 Grille, metal [eels (8ß17E)
uv le Be other lse speclf Tea. ssKsaz 174 aloeº, alone (lia)
A-1 6ß8182 150,000 20% 1/2A 336642171 gingº, semi-invlelD le (door)
R-2 6R6182 150,000 20% í/2A 42/891588 Holder, 4S RPtl
R-3 82122495 1800 10% 112Á 9642189 Jack, right epkr output
R-9 6X1275]3 1500 30$ 1/211 136842178 Roy, e cutcheov
- 82/22445 1800 103 1/211 381692107 Knob, balance
R6 6X127313 1500 30% 1/2E 362641615 Knob, base
R-7 66125539 100,000 30% 1/2R 385842338 Knob, compensator
R-8 66125534 100,000 30% í/2V 382841813 Rvob, loudnoes
R-9 62125534 100000 le í/2E 38/842334 Knob, trºb lº
R-10 62125334 100,000 10% 1/2A 385691819 Knob, toning
R-11 66119934 15,000 30% 1/2R í6A842176 Lid (6K í7E)
A-12 66122322 220,000 30% 1/2E 332797291 Nameplate
R13 62122322 220,000 103 1/2A (come sete vaca 2706 here) 332642045 Nut, hex: Ni -PS
R-14 6X119934 15,000 10Á 1/26 23119013 Nut, hex: #8-32 (epkr mtg)
H-15 6Hí22322 220,000 l0% 1/211 Nut, pad: 10-32 x 3/8 hex (bezel mtg)
R-16 6%122322 100,000 30% 1/2E (some sete used 2706 hero) Nut, tee (1S-]10 mtg) AM -IF AM -IF FM-Y
2Á7263o22842885
AM -RF
R-17 626328 100 10% 1/2A 2']1186 Nut, tee (IS-711 mtg) © AM-ANKCT
L00 KC 655 KC dSS KC 10.T MC
R-18
R-19
6X122322
626328
220,000 10%
100 30% 1/2A
1/2W 30'642878
302643030
Plug and Cable rsy (terminal strip connecting)
Plug and Spkr Cord Asey (to right epee epkr
1400
®NP TOP (INP 8 1 ;NNINGI
R-20 626328 100 30% 1/211 emecuthhetche
R-21 88/22322 220,000 30% 1/2tÍ 229121830 pn (nameplate mtg)
R-22 6ß632B 100 30% ]/2A 18%642179 Pull, door
A-23 376634893 E1re2ound: 822 303 SE 47'641523 Rod, pilot light
2-24 172642037 21:222221: 330 10% 5E 391841]37 act le, alai
R -2S 17%642824 ESreeouvd: 2200 10% l0E 38749188 scree, slot washer head (AM not mtg/
3'120850 Scram, 8-3z x1-3/4 (epkr mtg)
T-1 231891731 Traceformer, output (lelt channel) 337826 Serer, topping: #8 x 1-3/8 (chaos le mtg)
T-2 251691731 FM RATIO -
Treneformer, output (righi emana ll 39129175 Bcrcw, tapDtn g: p6-18 x 5/8 (cabinet Dack mt gl AM -Rf
T-3 25/1842131 Transformer, Drr OPT
39129033 Serer, good: p8 x 1/2¡ brace (bozal mt g) AMPI
282638238 Shield, 1í%hí
7S-711 MECHANICAL PARTS 9'641979 Sehkot, pilot 11 ght & brkt
S5Á893189 Strike ad call
82702460 Recap chu, L & R input íV842403 Strip, ,¡eck: 1nc1 Drkt
9'703085 eocka tube: 8 plu S SK838838 Support,
t, b1
6222 9 plu m/v 4A 891888 Nacheid rubber (chase le mtg)
3229$7 "1
erminal (output)
9X18 CABINET PARTS
9616 CABINET PARTS
/3/9642018 Bezel, dial (lemur)
13:642018 Bezel, dial (lower) 130641512 Bezel, dial (upper)
í3D841312 gem.l, dial (upper) 7'842018 Hrncket,
43Á841g91 Buahing, rubber (e'''els mtg)
16E641364 Cabine t, complot:: Aalnut (8618ÁI
43Á0418g1 Cabinet, 22:J22422 mtg)
í8P891388 Cable, complete
complete:
a (terms (BK18c)
422641558 CIS:. epoetl (45RPY eDlnd le Do vtg! 30%642872
lder
Cable, ahlo ldotl phone (term etr 119 connecting)
422692983 Clip, tub (nameplate mtg) 3368.12212
.Poe,
Cantor
C í1, (pilot light rod mtg)
speed
U1:12172 Catch, magnetic CAIAECT
16142'64155]892152 Door í8E) 165g SIG (EN
Clap, speed tub (45 RPM spindle holder mtg)
521240/9 Eyelet, chassé mtg 42Á842681 Clip, speed tub (nameplate mtg) IE i FON
32'6'1889 Gaskut, aí03 alº trim 2'84195] C11D. spool tub (pilot light rod st g) FM ALIGN
SSK838715 Gilde, dome 1:232175
182842219 1922:(9H 1BY)
352842146 Grill. Cloth (3211) SR 128019 Eyelet, chesrle mtg
332842149 Hinge, Piano (lid) 32'841888 Ga'kot, ecn
tl1a1 to trim
3SÁ892147 22:1, s. 1317lslblo ("") FM' -H FM-IF
(
332038]12 FM
21do, dome
i
428841588 Molder, 45 RpY apind: 362842207 Grillo cloth (Bells) 70.7 MC jjj07 MC 0.T MC
82842189 Jack, rlghi epkr output 132842208 Grille, metal Ladle (6618g) TOP OP TOP
366642107
38KBA1615
Knob,
Knob,
balance
box
551842209
332842171
Hinge, piano (í1
Hinge, eo
semi-invisible
Inv Sslb to (door)
1-i-
8 BOT US BOT 3 801
382842238 nob, compensator Holder, 45 RPs naiad to
3 EKBA1813 no 21enne 32221238 Jack, right channel speaker
38/042334 nob, treble í3R892210 Roy, p cutcheov
362841818 evob, tualo¢ 388642107 Knob, balance'
556642148 Letc(, touch 382641819 Knob, Dare
í8K749075 Leg (5216M1 388842338 Knob, compensator
LIa (8K í6E) 366841813 Knob, loudness ALIGNMENT LOCATION DETAIL
Nameplate 38/842334 Rvob, tree le
NnmeD lite, Hi -R1 362641618, Evob, tuning
CHASSIS HS -710,711
©John B. Rider
CHASSIS HS -710, 711
E2
ALIGNMENT
V6
6BA6 VB
PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE AM -PF AMP EM81J6DA5
TUNING IND
Either AM or FM alignment may be performed independent of the other. Use an AM signal generator, a VTVM and out-
put meter as indicated. Set loudness andbass controls to maximum, treble control to minimum, The AM antenna loop should T6
V10
be connected; use either the speakers or an 8 ohm load connected M output transformer secondary. Use insulated alignment 128X7
tools. As stages are brought into alignment, keep reducing signal generator output so meter reads no more than -8V DC when V7 1ST & 2ND
aligning FM. or no more than 2V AC when aligning AM; this prevents overloading and assures greater accuracy. With gang ABER
fully closed, right edge of pointer (rear) should lineup with mark °aright end of pointer rail (see Dial Stringing Detail). In AM AM CONY
AF AMP
V9
FM -IF ALIGNMENT VI
1. FM ant terminals 10.7 Mc Fully open FM VTVM-DC probe 1,2,3,4, Adjust for max nag reading 6BQ7A
128X7
No mod to lead 7 on E-1. 5,6 & 7 1ST & 2ND
FM -RF AMP
Com to chassis AF AMP
& CONV
C26
600 Kc Tune for max AM Adjust for max reading. Re. T7 R34
peat steps 11 and 12 untilnc R30
further increase; step 11
should be last adjustment. RI4 V10
13. Repeat step 8. T6 C41
if FM tuner string has been replaced or tampered with, check it for correct length and s t -up before proceeding with steps 3 C22 31A
& String should measure about 2-1/2' from FM tuner opening to gang shaft collar.
4. gang fully, place collar and
string on gang shaft, then turn collar clockwise M just remove slack from string; tightenOpen
C47
C23
collar setscrews (see Dial Stringing
/
Detail), R318
C24
**Connect generator across 5" diameter, 5 -turn loop and couple inductively to receiver loop. Keep radiation loop at least 12" V6 C27 ! C35 C33 C25 T8 C30 R19 /R24B R24A 05 C19 C49 El R29 R2R39\\ R3IC40
Morn receiver loop. R12 C14 R2I, R22 C34 E5 R11 818 E6 E4 C50 T4 C45 C20 C39 R36 R37 C37 C44 C46
©John F. Rider
V7 POWER V1 V2 V3
5U4GB RECEPT 124X7 EL84766805 E184I60Q5
RECT PHASE INV PWR AMP PWR AMP
oaoaaaa-a
5
Z2
IHfp "
II RIISOK
Y
^
I
1.5%
nw
L 9
$
Hv .w
RN101K RB 100K
éi V4 V6 V5
C9 12AX7 EL84/6BQ5 EI.84/60Q5
LYTIC PHASE INV PWR AMP PWR AMP
^ OUTPUT TERMINALS
"
8)
$
A
I
RIB iIDK
IF6
("cénñvs
Gq
m
I
-0aaaaÓ90aa90a00ÓÓLa00i 0aa9aPa00a}a0aa4Ó0a0a
@1000aa i£ Lp-0aa0aL-É
Ir-
F
0=
áp
LEFT CHAN
POWER
C5 V1 113 C R4 118 R12 R17 V2 119 V3 R23 OUTPUT TERMINALS
RECEPT RI V7 R R R7 C2 R11 R3
CHASSIS HS -710,711
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -710, 711
t
CHASSIS HS -710, 7
t474.0"A (It
umyrfe
UI
a)
e
II
Je
J/E
AV, 7.e
<
CJohn F. Rider
HOME RADIO
MODEL CHASSIS
HK -27 HS -695
ALIGNMENT
PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE
Either AM or FM alignment may be performed independent of the other. Use an AM signal generator and a VTVM as in-
dicated. The AM antenna loop should be connected. Use insulated alignment tools. As stages are brought into alignment,
than -5V DC when
keep reducing signal generator output so meter reads no more than -8V DC when aligning FM, or no more pointer (front)
aligning AM; this prevents overloading and assures greater accuracy. With gang fully closed, left edge of
should line up with mark on left end of pointer rail (see Dial Stringing Detail). In AM alignment, signal generator should be
modulated with 400 cps.
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERATOR GENERATOR BAND SW OUTPUT
FREQUENCY GANG SETTING SETTING INDICATOR ADJUST REMARKS
TYPE - High -Fidelity AM -FM tuner custom designed for STEP CONNECTION
installation in the record storage compartment of
Motorola Models 6K13, 6K22, SK11, SK12, SK13, FM -IF ALIGNMENT
SK14 or into any space that has the following di- 1. FM ant terminals 10.7 Mc Fully open FM VTVM-DC probe 1, 2, 3, 4, Adjust for max neg read -
mensnons: 14-3/4" x 6-1/8" x 6-3/4" (HWD). No mod to lead 7 on E1, 5,6 & 7 ing.
Com to chassis
This model features built-in AM antenna with pro- VTVM-DC probe Adjust for zero reading on
vision for internal or external FM antenna, fly- 2. FM ant terminals " " FM 8
to lead 3 of E-14 VTVM. A positive and
wheel tuning for simplified tuning, tuning eye for negative reading will be
precision fine tuning of stations (on both AM and Com to chassis
obtained on either side of
FM) and low impedance cathode follower output to correct setting. (If meter
permit longer interconnecting cables between tuner has zero center scale, usn
and amplifier with liRle or no high frequency loss. this scale.) Repeat steps
1 and 2 until no further in
When the tuner is installed into the Motorola Mod- crease; step 2 should be
els listed above per instructions given in the HK-27 last step.
Installation Instruction booklet, all former operat-
ing instructions of those models remain the same
when the tuner Operation Selector knob is in the FM -RF ALIGNMENT -Se Note E
PHONO position; in the AM or FM positions, the INS -27 SERIES VTVM-DC probe Adjust for max neg read -
phonograph motor is automatically shut off and the 3, FM ant terminals 108.1 Mc Fully open FM 9
No mod to lead 7 on E-1. ing
AM or FM stations are played through the ampli- TUBE COMPLEMENT -
fier-speaker system of the phonograph. Com to chassis
Type Function 4, FM ant terminals 98 Mc Tune for max FM " 10 "
No mod
6BE6 AM converter
6B47A FM RF amp & converter
6BA6 FM IF amp AM -1F ALIGNMENT
POWER SUPPLY - 020 volts, 60 cycle AC only (6BE6 grid (pin 7) 455 Kc Fully open AM VTVM-DC probe 11, 1Z,
6BA6 AM-FM IF amp to AVC line (pin 13 8414
6AU6 FM limiter or antenna stator
of AM tuning cap of T6). Comto
POWER CONSUMPTION - 40 watts AALS FM ratio detector chassis
12AU7 AM Det-AVC-cathode follower thru .1 mf & ch
TUNING RANGE - AM 540 to 1600 Kc FM 88 to 108 Mc 6X4 Rectifier 5.
AM IF - 455 Kc FM IF - 10.7 Mc EM-81/6DA5 AM -RF ALIGNMENT
Tuning eye 6. Radiation loop** 1620 Kc " AM " 15
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -695
CHASSIS HS -695
POWER 6X4 PHONO 12AÚ7 TUNER C24 T3 16 6BÁ6 66E6 10 LOOP ANT C17
C7
FM OSC TRIM
108.1 MC
FM -RF TRIM
98 MC
//-
FM -IF FM -IF FM -IF FM -IF FM
107 MC 10.7 MC 10.7 MC 10.7 MC CONNECT SIGNAL
TUNER
ED101 TOP 6 TOP TOP GENERATOR HERE
UNIT
(D BOT BOTA BOT 0, O BOT FOR FM ALIGNMENT
POWER Si 6AL5 6AÚ6 AM & 2ND FM6RFAMP
O
TRANS SELECTOR SW RATIO DET 15 FM LIMITER E2 T7 T4 EM-81í60A5 TUNING FM IF AMP & CONO
R11 R12 R25 R22 HALS R9 El 15 C15 6AU6 R8 R16 T7 R7 C14 T4 EM81/60A5 C21 R6 C28
RIO
ti
3A6
C27
R5
POINTER
CALIBRATION
MARK
5 TURNS
O C23
S1-
R2
TUNING SHAFT
S 1F
C25
C26
R4
6BA6
PULLEYS /1 FM TUNER UNIT L5
C12
AEASURE FM NIER STRING THIS WAY
-
C16 6X4 R20 R19 126U7 R21 C22 R23 C24 R24 R17 R15 R18 C20 T6 C19 T3 C13 6BE6 R14 C18
PARTS LOCATION
DIAL STRINGING DETAIL
1John F. Rider
NOTE: When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to part number and description of part.
Ref.
Description
FM TUNER 770638430 (UT-343) ELECTRICAL PARTS
g:910
C-1 R-11
R-12
C-4
C-5 R-15
C-6 R-16 :2122 22' 1,g'
C-7 R-17 6R6414 276,000 1.01, 1/2W
C-8 R -I8
R-19 2JL'nora,-
g:10 R-20 6K121301
C-11 R-21 9r,g00116%"IN
R-22 ggIgIgg77
L-1 R-23 g6"?0%21W ""
L-2 24K640031 g:N E:111i.7926 MO '1
L-3
S -I
R -I 17K640032 Resistor, carbon film: 1 meg 10%
T-1
T-2 M:33234 "4:22:222:: N NI ,.nci core.
224C6;8646
FM TUNER 770638430 (UT -343) MECHANICAL PARTS
6R60;4
R-3 6R6054 13:g3g gl; 11,N
R-4 .124797 150 le 1/2W
1,1:3 32;N:
CHASSIS HS -680
HOME RADIO
MODELS CHASSIS
671 5N HS -680
61155 HS -680
7
II
68P642571
SUPERSEDES 6T15 PRELIMINARY SERVICE MANUAL PART NO.
GENERAL INFORMATION
TYPE - AC/DC table model superheterodyne receiver with
plated circuit chassis and ferrite loop antenna. This
set features a push-pull type On -Off & Loudness
control plus vernier tuning. The push-pull feature
eliminates the necessity of readjusting theloudness
every time the radio is turned on. To turn radio
ON, pull the LOUDNESS ]mob out; to turn radio
OFF, push the earn° knob in. )H II vx
Rf un
The chassis of Mis receiver is connected directly to the 1. The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are
power line, however, the powercord circuit is broken by an no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are plated on
interlock when the cabinet rear cover is removed. When both sides of the chassis beam, thereby replacing the usual
connecting wires and making wiring more uniform, IHL
servicing or aligning this chassis from AC, an isolation
transformer should be inserted between the power Ifne and 2. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the
the chassis. chassis, connecting circuits on Me top with those on the Re
If-t1.a1
aton e.
T¡
'©John F. Rider
: y!|!Æ
\ `
2 [ §
-º°z eez
\KEi \\
e,3-
4,504
§; )
) { \([(}
»&_n!
}]
| E
o
¡&EE
/
{
}\}
}\(
\\
)
\
{ ~
¡ k
, §
(
;
e
}/(Ç §¡ é
e
\f§5
o
r
©John F. Rider
HOME RADIO
TYPE - Hi-Fi radio -phonograph containing an AM -FM tun - er than 25 feet, use a heavier gauge wire to reduce
r, four -speed record changer, multiple speaker r losses. A complete line of suitable speaker enclo-
system. Also built-in provision for simple, future sures uch as the S1Z, S14, S16, S17, S18, and S21, is TIP
conversion to stereophonic operation through use of able from Motorola Dealers or CONOUCUnENRUnMPCORO PHOKPWGNOUS
appropriate conversion kit. aMotorola external speaker systef CON1rC1 C N WIVE RRM
internal and external speakers is nfIFP)IAL SPEAKER HOOKUP. CONSTRUCT CORO AS SNOnN OR USFMOTOROLA CORD K PWG ASSFM PWR M0. lOPbelID
Ref.
No.
V-1
V-2
Type
6007A
6BA6
Function
FM RF amp and converter
1st FM IF amp
II Speaker
STEREO CHANNEL JACK STEREO CONVERSION
The RIGHT STEREO CHANNEL jack (located on cabinet
EXTERNAL SPEAKER HOOKUP
W
©John F. Rider CHASSIS HS -677
CHASSIS HS -680
a
CHASSIS HS -677
TUNING SI R20 V8
o
COMPENSATOR 102/8055 EM81/6DA5 TUNING
R24
ASS
R27
TREBLE
E2
o
IND
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
NOTE: When ordering Darts, specify model number of net Sn addition. to part number and description of Dart.
m
Vs elootron le parte oY equlvn loaf rating / not o n:í10 oY equlva levt etaadarde, The components
El l is fed In this 9ºry ice l(nvual h¢va Deenrchoºen for re linbillty aed aDD licab111ty to the epec111c
6AL5
21::2122 :2:2 For maximum cue í2©2r ant le fnetlov and minimized call-backs, use the exact
M RATIO DET Yot 2:212 Doits replacement.
C21
T9 Ref. Part ßc4 Part
No. Number Description No, Number DoecríDtlon
V6
V9
60A6 PY TUNER 770638430 (00-343) ELECTRICAL PARTS E-9 51%841643 Printed Resistor - Capacitor Plate
IST & 2ND E-10 518839144 Printed Resistor, - Capacitor Plate
AM RF AMP
AF AMP c-1 21%840021 cer tub: 10 mmf 5001
2Z2oltor, 5001 NT"'""
T6
15
C-3
C-4
C-8
2114640022
20E840023
2166 40022
Capacitor,
32D221í2:,
C/pnc iter,
cºr tubi .001 mf
mica tr lm (RP trim)
cer Lub: .001 mf SOOV
L-1,
L-4
L-5
2 8.1
1Y626
3
248838390
See PM Tuner Parts L10í
AY A2tenna A Pavel (í02l 342)
Coll, AY oec
o
TB C-7 21E40024 Capacitor, cer tubi 20 mmY SOOV
04
6AÚ6
C-8
C-9
21 14890024
20%640025
Capoc iter,
CnDacltor,
c ub: 20 mmY SOOV
mica trim (oec 'tr Sm)
Resistors Note: All resistors are insulated
-
unless '26%::1/2 specified.
carbon type o
117
FM LIM C-10 21%640027 Capnc iter, cot tub.: 8,2 mmf SOOV FTC100PPY R-1 Bß8054 10,000 20% 1/2A
6BE6 C-11 21%890028 Capacitor, car tub: 15 mmf 5001 R-2 See FY Tuner Parte List o
AM CONY VID C-12
C-43
2114640029
210690028
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
car tub: 88 mmf NTC
cer tubi 10 mm1 50.NTC SO470PPY
A-3
R
606054
61129797
10,000 20% 1/20
150 10% 1/2A r
12AX7 R-5 611413(110001051/25
V2 AMP & INV L-1 76%840030 Ferrite Read (This represents inductance shown 6E125534 82 10% 1/2W
6BA6 e L1 on schematic) R -7R-8 60125534 120,000 1/2 1/2W
L-2 24%640031 Co11, FY RFt comDl07 (Snc1 L3) R-9 0K100032 82 10% 1/2A
1ST FM IF VII L-3 Coll, Ftl oec (part of L2) R-9 62219232 10,000 11% 1/2W
AMP EL84/6BQ5 R-111 801228 00T 0/2A
R-2 17%840032 Resistor, carbone film: 1 meg 30% A-11 BK 122319 10,000 10ÿ, 1W (Some sets used a 27000
PWR AMP ea later; when replacing, use the 12,2220
FM T-1 256640033 Transformer, PY a2í 1nDui eslet or sham/)
TUNER
012 T-2 25%640034 TransYormor, PY IP: ín21 coron R-12 6%119405 22,000 20% .l32á
R-13 61125539 100,000 20% 1/2W
EL84/6BQ5 FM TUNER 770838430 (UT -343) MECHANICAL PARTS 605618 3600 10% 1W
VI R -15R-19 BR 123289 20 112E
PWR AMP
66Q7A 770838930 PY Ttver: comploto R-16 8%119407 3.3 clog 20% I/20
430640041 Collar, tu2ing gang shaft: less setscrews R-17 605218 390,000 10% 1/2W
FM RF AMP
780890043 Core, ant & RF 2211: ív21 2í:1n% R-18 6%121277 9.] mag 30% L2W
& CONV SPKR 762840036 Coro, IF trans R-19 6%124494 1 mag 10% ge"s
LEAD 496840035 Finlay, dial R-20 IBB641721 Contro0 loudvesai I mag
31640042 Screw, machine (taus: sub -chess ív mt g) R-21 BK121302 880 00%
013 35127518 Screw, tapping: M4 x 3/8 (FY tuner mfg/ R-22 6Rb734 28,000 10% 1W
TO AM
31840044 Setscrew (tunSvg gnvg shalt collar) 8%119935 22,000 10% 1/2W
LOOP ANT EZ8I/6CÁ4 91640039 Becket, tube: 9 pin. min 61:66 181841508 Control, Dass: 2 mag
C37 RECT 4114640037 Spring, RP & osc coil return R-25 62125531 180,000 10% 1/2W
T7 13 T4 no 311640040 BtriP, ant terminal R-26 61125534 100 000 100 1/2W
E8 18B891776
FM ANT LINE PHONO 61661456 Washer,"0"(pulley anti-vibrating -not in all sets) R-27 Control, treble & switch: 2 meg
0038 Washer, "C" (pulley retainer) R-28 6K122445 12,0 30% 1/2W
LEADS CORD PWR RECEPT R-29 8R119933 12,000 300 I/26
ES -677 ELECTRICAL PARTS R-30 6R8414 270,000 10% 1/22
R-31 8%122445 1 8 00 1 0% 1 /2 W
C;1,23,4421 , 7, See FY Tuner Parte List R-32 BK127513 1500 10% 1/2W
, 11 ,
61125539 100,000 30% 1/2W
R -34R-33 62125534 100,000 10% 1/2W
12& 93
R-35 61122322 220,000 10% 1/2W
C39 R46 C37 R45 R43 R44 1113 R6 V3 R9 R7 C17 R8 V4 TIO C40 R29 R5d. R47 012 C-2 218482728 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 500V
270,000
218122915 R-36 666414 10% 1/2W
C-5 Capacitor, cor disc: .005 mf 500V
C-13 216121836 Capacitor, cer dise[ 002 mf 500V R-37 66119934 15,U00 10'0 1/ZW
R40 C-14 2lß982728 CnDacltor cer disc: .01 mf 500V (not in R-38 BR122322 220,000 10% 1/2W
Bß8018 100 20%' 1/2W
13 all 8eí21
C36 C-15 218482726 CNIC2ortel cer disc: .01 mf 500V (not in R-40R-38 666D18 100 20% L2W
all ea R-41 17K636326 Wirewound: 150 10% SA
V2 R-42 17K841670 Wirewound: 18 10% SW
R36 C-16 218482728 Capacitor, car disc: .O1 mf SOOY
R-43 8R6327 1000 10% 1H
C-17 210115583 Capacitor, c r disc: 47 mm1 500V
C14 216482726 SO 6-44 6R121931 3900 10% 1/2W
C-18 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf
R37 236638536 501 R-45 17E740259 Wirewound: 3900 30% SW
C-19 Capacitor, electrolytic: 8 mf
R49 88121588 Capacitor, paper .002 mf. BOOV R-46 171642037 WSreeountl: 330 10% 56
C-20
VII C-21 19E6411650 CaDacito, 3 g R-47 66124688 30 10% 1/2W
R4 R-48 6%124494 meg 10% 1/21/
C-22 8ßl21005 ub i 2001 .g f 1
21%121787 Capacitor, c r Sec: 470 ®4 500Y (soma sete S-2 408641705 Switch, 3 -position (press)
C-27
R35 sad 002 mí when replacing, uso the 470 ®f S-3 40%643705 Switch, 3 -position (presence)
R1 listed)
C-28 BR 128691 Capacitor, paper tub: .02 mf 400Y T -I b 2 - See FY Tuner Parts List
R34
C-29 81128891 Capacitor, paper tub: .02 mf 400V (in some T-3 246842112 Transformer, PM IF: 10.7 Mc
C15 T-4 24K638647 Transformer, FY IP: 10.7 Mc
R41 nets)
or 81129298 Capacitor, paper tub: .03 mf 200V (1n some T-5 24C638488 Transformer, ratio detector
R12 ee te) T-6 242634251 Transformer, AY RF
V10 C-30 2R%220836 .002 500Y T-7 242641654 Transformer, AY IF: 455 Kc
R5 :Z edsub (lv some T-8 24E641655 Transformer, AY IF: 455 Kc
C-31 22:2211:::
C35 este ). T -B 253641731 Transformer, output
V7
BA 121888 Capacitor, paper tub: .02 mf 4000(in some ente) T-10 253841844 Transformer, pwr.
17 R33 C-32 236400637 Capacitor, cer d18C: 100 mwf 5001 (120 mmf In
RS -677 MECHANICAL PARTS
C25 R32 C-33 218410127 C266clt2e)cer disc: .001 mf 500V
C-34 10121948 Capacitor cor disc: .01 mf 500V 646641580 Backouvd, dlnl
T6 C34 C-35 0122079 Capacitor, Daper tub: .02 mf BOOV 436721319 Bus6ing, line cord (Use 01íh 43&721440 retainer)
C-36 3122079 Cnpacltor, tub: .02 mf 8001 436638357 Bushing, tming shalt
R31 C-37 230641631 Capacitor, electrolytici 20-40-40mf/350V, 42%733793 Clip, IF mfg
40mí/251 90746380 Connector, AMP (01108 31%89 lead)
C22 830 C-38 236832250 CnDacltor, electrolytic: S mf 10V, von- 1V 841830 Drive Pulley 6. Bushing Assembly (on center
polarizetl pulley brkt - large)
R13 C-39 BR 122115 Cnpacltor paper .OS mY 8001 45%125788 Eyelet (C21 mtg)
R28 tub:
PARTS LOCATIO118
©John F. Rider
eeS. Pint Part
No. Number Description Number Deacrlptlon
ALIGNMENT
431721940 Setalner, 11ne cord (ilea with 438]21314 bvehlvg) 55[638880 Hinge, boor (gry
95691563 Rivet, shoulder (d1a1 cord golde - on bzkts) Holder, 95HPY 2pindle
55]40]12 Hivat, shoulder (dial cord golde - on vain 8564338842C841568 Jack, eatornal spkr
05E898886 door (ces) PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE
332294 9creaval3::>2..:-3:4'.108M mtg) as116axsls 111106,control (basa)
33327518 Sereº, w:5-40 lle tuner 385641830 anoe, control (compenabtor)
Either AM or FM alignment may be performed independent of the other. Use an AM signal generator, a VTVM and out-
38129023 Setscrew: 5-40 z 3/IB (pulley Drkt bushing) 96%641670813 Knob, control (11111281162)
l39]ß4 9etecrew: 6-32 z L4 (flywDael mtg) 36A41 Knob, control (ree)e E eDkre) put meter as indicated. Set loudness and bass controls to maximum, treble control to minimum. The AM antenna loop should
19643828 Slv.It E Pulley 511ºenbly (on center palloy Drkt- 361841667 Knob, control (treble) be connected; use either the speakers or an 8 ohm load connected to output transformer secondary. Use insulated alignment
2m1Ú 366641619 snob, 11ontro3 (tuning) tools. As stages are brought into alignment, keep reducing signal generator output so meter reads no more than -8V DC when.
Socke A pulley Annelight (ln rec(tuord 186641791 ISd, cabinet (13ET16e!
14641829
9%643838 Socket, pilot 11gDt (Sa record changer com- 16E641790 Lia, naDlnet (1323185) aligning FM, or no more than 2V AC when aligning AM; this prevents overloading and assures greater accuracy. With gang
partment) 16%641789 ISd cabinet (1311L 163) fully closed, right edge of pointer (rear) should lineup with mark on right end of pointer rail (see Dial Stringing Detail). In AM
95642279 Socket, pulet light (on chaxa3é) 2[636607 Lacknut (eat epkr jack mtg) alignment, signal generator output should be modulated with 400 cps.
9Á638433 Socket, tube: 7 pin mix asx73ols4 Lug, spade (Pli ant terminals)
9%641598 Socket, tube: 9 pin mix (0181/60A5) 13641ß45 Yetlallion
91692797 Socket, tube: 9 pin min (12.8%],7, 8189) 337E838987 Name late
'212 1681 Spring (pulley) 297007 Put, hen: 8-33 a I/4 (0021 mag)
GENERATOR BAND SW OUTPUT
29576280 Terminl, pia (dtl eint pave! coon) 28842886 Polnut: 10-33 a 3/11 (bevel mtg)
STEP CONNECTION FREQUENCY GANG SETTING SETTING INDICATOR ADJUST REMARKS
9lì592098 Keaher, "C^ (tuuing chart E P-{leyy) 228121830. Pun, escutcheon (nameplate mtg)
45643680 Racier, Zibre (1{1!81 tube eckt Sna) 301642877 Plug E Cable AaeemDly (long - right stereo
45641703 Raeher Ylbre (tuning Shaft E pulley) output) FM -IF ALIGNMENT
30%642678 Plug E Cable Assembly (short - aua) h FM ant terminals 10.7 Mc Fully open FM VTVM-DC probe 1,2,3,4, Adjust for max nag reading
LIKT15 CABINET PARTS 471841877 od, D1ot light No mod to lead 7 011E-1. 5,6 & 7
340841737 ::1112:1111""'
Scale, Corn to chassis
130841514 Bezel, dial (lover) 3%891795 Screw, machine 8-32 a 1-1/41 brave (Door
13D841512 Bezel, dial (upper) Hay vtg - 13HT 16CK E 13%T 132)
995841691 Bushing, rubber (chessia mtg) 3%120650 Bcrev, machine: 5-32 a 1-3/4 (spkr mtg) 2, FM ant terminals " " FM VTVM-DC probe 8 Adjust for zero reading on
558482792 Bauet th 397626 Screº, t¢DPSag: KB a 1-1/11 (cDasele vtg) to lead 3 of E-1, VTVM, A positive and neg-
165641782 Cabinet: load (136T 158) 3:749188 Scree, v¢eöer he¢d (AY ant Dave: mtg) Com to chassis ative reading will be ob-
16E641781 Cabinet: cherry (]3ET15CK) 33148138 Scr33 waebar öead (cab back m(b) tained on either side of cor
174641780 Cabinet: mahogany (13%T35Y) 28128033 Scrav, vootl: N6 a 1/2) brace (bezel mtg)
428641558 Clip, speed (45RPY spindle holder mkg) 281838238 8ä1e ld, 11ght rear setting, (If meter has
425638434 Clip, speed (medb111oa mtg) 5%482793 Strike & Rbll zero center scale, use this
42A84155] Clip, speed (p11ot rod) 1Áe41792 Strip, recept (11161 PY Antenna terminals, aua scale,) Repeat steps 1 and
C1otII, grille (13%T151) stereo output jactm) 2 until no further increase;
Clotö, grille (131T150K & 13ßT 152) 55x642448 9uDDor t lid
35351641E64177884
185641788 Boor, cablnat (33KT15B) 131638687 Trio, o namentnl (alumlvum - 136T16ß) step 2 should be last step.
16E641787 Door, ubinet (39HT1bCl1) 91839854 Rasher, felt (covtrol kvoDe) FM -RF ALIGNMENT -Se Note *
185641788 Door, cnDlnet (131CI15Y) Mß41888 Rasher rubber (chaeale mtg)
55a041]85
a5E6388ß7
Ee's2 heon, door E key (131TISY)
Escutcheon, door (13aT35CK) LIMITED REPLACENKNT PARTS
3. FM ant terminals 108.1 Mc Fully open FM VTVM-DC probe 9 Adjust for max nag reading
5512B039 Gasket (dials
311 No mod to lead 7 011E-1,
32A641889 Casket, m. cable trim Note: The volume of replacement on the follovieg part Se small, Coln to chassis
a5%636715 Glide, dome. (cab 6111) eequently, it is suggested that ordering be done only
55%6347693984 HSnge,
FM an terminals
1 1
w5S% Hinge,
cdooab
r
1'
AM -RF ALIGNMENT
6, Radiation loop.. 1620 Kc ' AM " 15 "
12. 600 Kc Tune for max AM 19 Adjust for max reading. Re-
peat steps 11 and 12 untiln3
further increase; step 11
should be last adjustment.
re r;re'N
LS MUC 17/C.1
-A, ,.
iT
-
BL-
FM TUNER
COLLAR PUllEY
FM TUNER UNIT
»Q>)f SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
©John F. Rider
41,
HOME RADIO
available from Motorola Dealers or Distributors. When IMPORTANT: Care should be exercised when making
MOTOROLA MODELS
S0KT12B
10KT12M
CHASSIS
HS -674
HS -674
using aMotorola external speaker system, the proper phas-
ing of internal and external speakers is achieved if the con-
nections are made as shown in the details below, however,
when using other speaker systems, the phasing should be
connection to transformerless type egoipment. When in
doubt, suitable tests should be employed M prevent damage
to equipment or dangerous electrical shock.
ER SPEAKER
.
TUBE COMPLEMENT can be operated when the COMPENSATOR knobls turned to DM nQuwU
AUX position. Use a suitable phono plug (Motorola Part DEW SPEAKER MOOR CONSrCRUKCRC Æ MOTOR. CORO ERMASSaA
Ref. No. 28K731154 or equivalent), and shielded cable to mini-
No. Type Function mize hum pick-up. EXTERNAL SPEAKER ROOK-DP
v
CHASSIS HS -674
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -674
ALIGNMENT
12
Either AM or FM alignment may be performed independent of the other. Use toan minimum. AM signal generator,a VTVM, and out- OUTPUT
The AM antenna loop should
put meter as indicated. Set loudness and bass controls to maximum, treble control
TRANS
be connected; use either the speakers or an 8 ohm load connected to output transformer secondary.
Use insulated alignment
tools. As stages are brought into alignment, keep reducing signal generator output so meter reads no more than -8V DC when V6
aligning FM, or no more than 2V AC when aligning AM; this prevents overloading, and assures greater accuracy. With gang 12AX7
(rear) should up with mark on right end of pointer rail (see Dial Stringing Detail). In AM
fully closed, right edge of pointer Line AF AMP
alignment, signal generator output should be modulated with 400 cps.
V5 V4
GENERATOR GENERATOR BAND SW OUTPUT 6AL5
FREQUENCY GANG SETTING SETTING INDICATOR ADJUST REMARKS 6BE6
STEP CONNECTION AM CONY FM
RATIO DET
FM -IF ALIGNMENT 4, Adjust for Max neg 'reading
1. FM ant terminals 10.7 Mc Fully open FM VTVM-DC probe 1, 2, 3, T5
No mod to lead 7 on E-1. & 5
V7
Corn to chassis V2
12AX7
6AU6
2. FM ant terminals " " FM VTVM-DC probe 6 Adjust for zero reading on 1ST FM IF
AF AMP
3. FM ant terminals 108.1 Mc Fully open FM VTVM-DC probe 7 Adjust for max neg reading
VI
No mod to lead 7 on E-1.
Com to chassis 6BQ7A
FM RF
& CONV
FM ant terminals 98 Mc Tune for max FM " 0
\
4. 8
No mod
T2
5.
AM- F ALIGNMENT
Pin 7 of 6BE6 or 455 Kc Fully open AM Output meter 9, 10, 11, Adjust for max reading AM ANT
LEADS
TO FM ANT TERMINALS
ON JACK STRIP
VDO
EZ81/6CÁ4 LINE
I.
` R- PHONO PWR
T8
PWR .\ !
TO
antenna stator of across VC & 12 C33 T3 RECT CORD RECEPT TRANS E7 SPEAKERS
AM tuning capa-
citor ihru .1 mf
and chassis
AUX R8 V3 C33 R41 RIO R39 R38 VIO R12 V4 C35 C36 R24 C30 18 R32 FM ANTS;
AM -RF ALIGNMENT LEADS
6. Radiation loop** 1620 Kc " AM " 13 " PHONO
NOTE, Do not perform steps 8 & 9 unless the oscillator co a has been tampered with or associated components have been 116
replaced.
C15
8. 6BE6 grid (pin 7) 1620 Kc Fully open AM Output meter 13 Adjust for max reading.
R4
tbru .1'mf & chas- across VC
sis R3
9. 535 Kc Fully closed AM 15 Adjust for max reading.
Repeat steps 8 and 9 until R2
oscillator covers required
range; step 8 should be C12
last step.
L5
10. Radiation loop** 1400 Kc Fully open AM " 14 With chassis installed in
cabinet, adjust for max R9
reading. R5
*If FM tuner string has been replaced o tampered with, check it for correct length and set-up before proceeding with steps 3 R6
& 4. String should measure about 2-1/2' from FM tuner opening to gang shaft collar. Open gang fully, place collar and string
on gang shaft, then turn collar clockwise to just remove slack from string; tighten collar setscrews (see Dial Stringing Detail). V5
**Connect generator across 5" diameter, 5 -turn loop and couple inductively to receiver loop. Keep radiation loop at least 12° T5
C 8 I. C24 C38 ( R111C391R(3 (.. C19 R17 V6 I`- R19 R18 C27 R22
C14 C22 RIO S T6 E2 R15 T4 R14 El R16 C25- 021 R20 R23 C28 C29
©John F. Rider
-
COLLAR
FM TUNER UNIT
CHASSIS HS -674
©.7n2In 0, RIAA
CHASSIS HS -674
ut euz
C-8
C-9
21E64002
21E640027
Capacitor,
Capacitor,
cor tub::10 mmf
cor tub: 8,2 mmf
5 NTC4]OPPY
SOOV PTC100PPR
R-17
ß-18
R5739
1119935
18,000
22,000
10% IW
10% 1/2W
364641708
180691772
Knob (spankers & presence)
Leg cnbinet (lOKT 1213)
lrut &cea0nrermisre<2,
SSK838638 Suppor, lid
C-10 21%6400288 Capacitor, cer tub: 15 mmf SOOV R-19 18'1691508 Conirol, base: 2 meg 161841770 Iah, cabinet (10KT 12M) 42641886 Washer, rubber (chassis ctg)
C -I1 21%640029 Capacitor, cer tub: e8 mmf NTC750PPY R-20 6K125531 180,000 10% 1/2W 161641771 Leg, cnbinet (10ßT122)
R-21 eK125534 300,000 30% 1/2W 161641769 Ltd, cnbinet (lOKT 121) LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS
L-1 76E640030 Fer e d (on rmp elsets Inductance R-22 188641778 Control, treble & switch: 2 meg 161641767 Lid, cabinet (101(T12ß)
aR s R-23 6%122445 1,800 10% 1/2W 161641768 Lo, 'abat 05,, Note: Tho volume of replacement on the following part Ss small,
L-2 241640031 Coil, FR RF: complete (inçl L3) R-24 611119933 12,000 302 1/211 291730159 Lug, aped¢ (Donn ko PM antenna terminals) nleque at ly, It fa suggested that or tleríng be dove ov ly
L-9 - Coil, FY ose (par[ of 12) R-25 6116414 270,000 30% 1/2W 132841645 Yeda111on requlrea.
R-26 s4122445 1,800 10% 1/2W 33B838487 Namepinte 159642305 Cover, cabinet beck
R-1 171640032 Resistor, carbon film: 1 meg 10% R-27 6R127533 1,500 30% 1/2W
R28 6K125534 100,000 10% 1/2W
T-1 251640033 Tra nn former, FY nni input R-29 66125534 100,000 10% 1/26
T-2 25%640039 Trans Yormer, FY IF¡ Inn-. R-30 86122322 220,000 10% 1/26 PRODUCTION CHANGES
R-31 6116414 270,000 10% 1/25
FY TUNER 779638430 (U'f-393) MECHANICAL PARTS R-32 86119939 15,000 10% 1/271 Chassis
R-33 626018 10pp20% 1/2W Chassis
779638430 FTI Tuner, complete ft4 6K122322 220,000 30% 1/2W Coding Changes Coding Changes
43%640041 Collar, tuning gang shaft: lese setscrews R-35 6116018 100 20% 1/291
761640093 Core, ant & RF coil: í24l streng R-36 17K636326 Wlrewound: 150 10% 51( ILS -674A Original chassis 99 resistor): .47 ohm 1/29/ ww. Use 17K488266,
761640036 Core IF trans R-37 1711641870 Wirewound: 18 10% 511
490640035 Pulley, dial R-38 61121931 3900 10%' 1/26 .47ohm 10% 1/2W ww as replacement (see R-43
31640042 Screw, machine (tuner sub -chassis ctg) ß-39 17%641740 Wirewound: 2,200 10% SW
1-1S-674/3 TO LMPROVE RESPONSE 119 "AM" POSITION: on schematic diagram.
35127518 Screw, tapping: #4 x 3/8 (FR tuner ctg) 2-40 17K641740 Wlrevound: 2,200 30$ SW C-38 changed from .002 mf to 470 mmf (see
3Ií690049 Setscrew (tuning gang she Yt collar) 11-91 171642037 WSrewound: 330 10% SW schematic diagram). HS -674C TO ELIMINATE SPURIOUS OSCILLATION (which
9E840039 Socket, tube: 9 -pin min R-42 6R129668 30 30% 1/211
occurred on some sets): A 22,000 ohm r 1)stor
918640037 SPr1vg, RF & oe cell return R-43 171488268 5ír010023:
316640090 Strip, ant t(pulnnl R-44 62119405
.47 10% 1/2W (See Prod
22,000 20% 1/2W (3ee Prod Changes)
Cha2ges) TO REDUCE 12AX7 FIL VOLTAGE: Dropping added from pin 3 of E-1 to .002 mf (C-39) -see
911601456 Washer, s) (pulley sail -vibrating -not So B-1 40D642308 Sw3tch, 6 -Dos (compens2tor) resistor added, the following were used: 1 ohm R-44 on schematic diagram.
all nets) SD
-1 40R649293 911tch, AC-ov-off (on 81) LW ww; 0.20h17 I /2W w ; .94 ohm choke (used
9%640038 Washer, 'C" (pulley retainer) -2
S-3
4013641705
40/691705
Switch, 3 -pos (es)
Switch, 3 -pos (presence)
CHASSIS 133-674 ELECTRICAL PARTS 7-1,2 See FY Tuner Replacement perla Lost
T-4 240632412 Transformer, FY IF: Yc
C-1 thrn T-4 24C838988 Transformer, ratio detector AM -IF AM -IF
C-11 See FR Tuner Parts List T-5 291841654 Transformer, AR IF: 455 Kc 455 KC es KC
C-12 21x482726 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 500V T-6 248641655 Transformer, AY IF: 955 4c 0T Il BOT 98
C-13 2111122915 Capacitor, cer disc: .005 mf 500V 250641731
C-14 21K121836 Capacitor, cer disc: .002 mf 500V
T-7
T-8 252641644
Transformer, output
Transformer, power T1,3NOP © TOP 0
C-15 21E482726 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 500V
C-16 2111482726 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 500V ES -674 MECHANICAL PARTS
C-17 21R482726 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 500V
C-18 21E482726 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 500V 11m13N-"round, dial
C-19 232638538 Capacitor, electrolytic: 8 mf 50V Bushing, line cord (use with 432721440 retainer)
C-20 20%41777 Capacitor, mica trim: 1.3 mmf to 11 mmf 434638357 Bushing, tuning shalt
C-21 19C641849 Capacitor, var: 2 -gang 428733793 Clip, IF mtg
C-22 BR121005 Capacitor, paper tub: .05 mf 200V
9%796360
-l)
C-23 BR121889 Connector, ARP (pilot light lead)
Capacitor, paper tub: .1 mf 600V Drive Pulley & Bushing Assembly (on center
C-24 811128691 Capacitor, paper tub: .02 mf 400Y
17641230
©John F. Rider
HOME RADIO
MOTOROLA MODELS
5C15BW
5C15GW
CHASSIS
HS -662
H S-662 NOTE: When ordering parts, specify model number
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
of set in addition to part number and description of part,
Serw- oz, M 5C15VW HS -662 lectrovlc parte of equivalent rating nr ';::seer Sly oP equiva leur stantlards. The compovenis
avd aDP llcab p ity to rho spoclPlc
not
I Sated Sv tria Service Manual Dave Deev chosen for rellnb Silty
c Srcui[s Snvo lved, For maximum customer satssfactlon and mlv3mlzed cell-Decks, use the exact
Motorola purr; rep lacement.
Ref, Part ReY, Part
No. Number Description No, Number Description
SUPERSEDES 5C15 SERIES PRELIMINARY SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. 68P642576. ELECTRICAL PARTS 9E636609 Socket, tube: 7 pin
TIME
y_-SET - AU70 $Ei
C-1
C-2
C-3
19/3640769
21E127652
21/3533471
Capacitor ear lnble: 2 gang
Capes Stor c r tlisc: 150 mmf 500V
Cooncitor, c r disc: ,01 mf 500V
CABINET PARTS
CeDlvet Front:
mall
lue (5C15RW)
GENERAL INFORMATION C-4 21E533473 Capecitor car disc: ,0033 mP 500V
1V 842898
1V640958 Cab duet Front: =11(22121
green (SC 15GW)
C-5 2313639996 Capacitor electrolytic; 30-40-40./150V 1V640957 Cablvet Prout: hyacinth ISC15VW)
TYPE - Clock model superheterodyne receiver with plated C-6 81(128690 Capacitor, my lar: ,05 mP 400V 1'640956 Cablvet Rear: avtl4ue white (5C15 sorie.,
circuit chassis and ferrite loop antenna. This re- APPLIAN
E-1 V1.27000 Nodular Component
21(736822
923637826
Clip, speed
Clip, speed
(clack mfg)
(rear cab ;crew mfg)
ar has an electric clock for automatically con- OUTLET
E-2 511(637003 Nodular Component 611(638013 Crystal, clock
trolling radio operation. E-3 508641383 Speaker, PM: ht 3,2 ohm VC 130637997 gr
E-4 858125598 Bulb, Asset light: #1897 Ksu mat g)
TUBE COMPLEMENT - 12BE6 Converter 6 -5 721(690838 Clock Assembly Knob, clock
38/3637996 Knob, dial scale; clear
12BA6 1F amp 1-1 2916381290 Antenna, Yerr3te rod 968638019 Knob, tuning: antique white
12AV6 Det-AVC-AF amp L-2 29/383728 Coil, oec 36E638015 Kvob, volume; UVt;;e white
SOCS Pwr amp 3013690858 Line Cdrd: aptlque white
3524 Rectifier Resistors - Note: All r mecSf 'arbo' typo 291(539326 Lug, terminal (appliance outlet cova - net Sn
un loss Sea.euleraº all sate)
I. Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of I. From ca remove the 2 rear cabinet mounting screws
the possibility of a short circuit, and pull out rear cabinet.
2, Replace pilot light (located near tuning capacitor).
INTERLOCK
PLUG
12AV6 5005 \ 12BA6 \ 12E3E6 35W4 APPLIANCV TIME SET AUTO SET
T3 BET-AVC-AF AMP PWR AMP. T2 L1 IF AMP TI CONY E3 RECT OUTLET PULLOUT PUSH IN Cb
PARTS LOCATIONS
CHASSIS HS -662
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -662
©John F. Rider
©John F. Rider CHASSIS HS -662
CHASSIS HS -660, 661, 663
®John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS To Remo, Clock Crystal & Escutcheon (5C16 Series) NOTE: When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to part number and description of part.
To Remove Chassis From Cabinet (5C 13 Series) 1. Remove dial scale and tuning knobs.
2. From rear, remove the 2 rear cabinet mounting scr ews circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfaction and minlmized call-backs, use the exact
Remove volume and tuning knobs. and pull out rear cabinet. Motorola parts replacement.
2. From rear, remove the cabinet back mounting screws 3. From rear, remove 2 escutcheon mounting speed clips. Ref.
and rernove cabinet back. 4. Remove escutcheon, then clock crystal. Nf« 22- Description No. 22- Descriptton
3. From inside cabinet, unsolder antenna, speaker and AC To Remove Clock From Cabinet (5C13 Series) ELECTRICAL PARTS
power leads. g=1
4. Remove the 3 chassis mounting screws. 1, From rear, remove the 2 cabinet back mounting screws
C-1 191(640821 CaPaciter, variable: 2 gang (5C13 Series) 21(73682z Clip, speed (escutcheon & clock mtg
5C16 Series)
-
E-1 510637000
and pull out rear cabinet. Series)
3. Remove the 4 chassis mounting screws. To Remove Clock From Cabinet (5C14 Series) NW8g2 222: '27';;;;
Speaker,CIMU'ne-, 3.2 ohm VC (5C13 Series) 1221NU 22: 21'2= 212)("1' '"i")
4. Unsolder antenna, speaker and AC power leads. 323 N2::1
3613637835 Knob, clock (5C14 Series)
5. Remove chassis from cabinet. 1. From rear, remove the 2 rear cabinet mounting screws Clock Assembly (oC1310
=640808
640854
Knob, tuning:
Knob, tuning:
white (5C13 Series)
antiqoe white (5C14 SerteS)
E-4
rear cabinet.
and pull out re. clock Assembly (5C138, 5C13P, 5C13F)
To Remove Clock Crystal (5013 Series) 2. Unsolder clock leads. UN:2:N 22, 2'ii°2 N2:1Cnt2512> "r"')
3. Remove 3 clock mounting speed clips. INN 222 ',12:21.; 122: 222; 36K640856
I. Pull off clock Imobs. Insert a screwdriver between the 4, Remove clock from cabinet. A=Le, fzi)te red,(For 5C13 NUNT
cabinet asd the right-harid edge a the clock crystal (near
1-1 Series - See
308640858 L2edm.lieontique white (5C14 Series &
1600 Oh crystal) to release catch. To Remove Clock From Cabinet (5C16 Series) 24K638190 Antenna, ferrite rod (5C14 5C16 Series)
2. Pry the crystal out with the screwdriver. Caution should L-2 2413637228 .Coll, es° 29A690089 Wg, clinch (on ends of appliance outlet
be exercised when removing the crystal so as not to scratch
or break it.
1. From rear, remove the
and pull out rear cabinet.
2 rear cabinet mounting screws
Resistors - Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type 29K534326 1,Te=21c7f2r-9153201=11ance
in some 5C14 & 5C16 Series sets) '"
t
2. Unsolder clock leads. R-1 6K122324 7a11.7 2-13,1 °P-f1". Medallion (front cabinet - 5C14 Series)
To Remove Clock Crystal (5C14 Series) 3. Remove clock crystal and escutcheon (see "To Remove 1UNNU
Clock Crystal & Escutcheon'. -5C16 Series).
R-2 6K121300 27,000 10, 1/.2W
22221NN
=IN:=J1112-..
1. Remove clock (see "To Rernove Clock" -5C14 Series). 4. Remove 3 clock mounting speed c/iPa R-3 1:B=M0 22:2; 1 Zrt gg9 =IN) 33A637852 2,131:3 3r.21c2=1_-5grs5::.1
18K640718 Volume Control: men tap at 300K
Re.move clock crystal.
1
2.. 5. Remove clock from cabinet. (5C16 Series)
R-4 6K121687 47,000 20, 1/2W 28A638016 sig!:Vock (5C13 Series)
31,16010,101,2,1,/2W (5C16 Series onlY)
1V(2113N 112:111;tto:r:":e52241Sieirt's,12,ctswir
9K636019 Receptacle, appliance outlet) incl. mtg brkt
T-1 24K636016 Transformer, lst IP: 455 Kc (5C13 Series)
98640817
NiB634VIN :11.2222:1: 22,,T 4" Kc aMU=%.T2,2,3, 2"11°L,22271"
98643019 oul.et ?24 ru;ies
MECHANICAL PARTS
lock:
N13N:Screw, 6-32 x '3/16 %sang b%t'mts)
Screw machine: 6-32 x 1/2 (cabinet rear mtg -
Note: F4232.4;'1'7,U1g1,2742.,277.211="r3 5CIA'Series 5C16 series,
3S127592
,°,2r=712',,13:21130:=1";22 2 31' SZJi.S71'-iN°:'5C124rie2' (1"e c°r"'' -
pnrts list, order by complete part number found on otter: 3S128635 Screw, tapping: M6 xe5/8 (chassis mtg -
and mention model number of this set. 5C14 Series & 5C16 Series)
55124451 Rivet, shield (tube socket center) 3S122335
RK636609 tube: 7 pin min SUre;12PC::- C1211>Cinsbir':,
interlock mtg - 5C14 Series 5C16 Series)
3S122516 M6 x 3/8 (chassis mtg -
CABINET PARTS
*41K641368 SP21,31g U.21button return - 5C16 Series Clocks)
NNINg
1V640896 32'1 "22 LIMITED REPLACER:6Kr PARTS
"MINN (SO TON)
antique white (5C13W) wing parts is small,
Cabinet:
"4,6K311N2 M"'' TcO:s= TI.ITZLZ:dtttltart°,21ring be done only
b Pr MINN
mech. (5C16NW)
"ket' g,U1 Zgg 3g11 222'&
128E6 33W4 INIERLOCK AIWA. AUTO SET TIME SET
Cabinet
Cabinet
Front:
Front: antique white (5C16W) I'7862
"'""° '2Vn=e
1211M11:1Z1"
namtg (5C14 Series &
IF AMP LI CONV RECT PLUG C6 OUTLET (PUSH IN) (PULL OUT) MIgN Cabinet Rear: antique white (5C14 Series)
,41
©John F. Rider
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS 115-660, 661, 663
CHASSIS HS -658
ro
p C K
º ro
7
m m` o
z:,
b
t%
x s K
ä o
o
- ÿ
á
,n ,n ln ln
o
ww"'vov w m N NN .-
0
o {wr ro
* -CI ni
m
r
N
0
©John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
NOTE: When ordering parts, specify model number of set Sn addition to part number and description of part,
TIME SET
(PULLOUT)
AUTO SET
(PUSH IN)
APPLIANCE
OUTLET
L1
INTERLOCK
RE CE PT
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -658
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS HS -652
?I----'
HOME RADIO gG
1.6
"
MOTOROLA' CHASSIS áñn aJ
MODELS
5T11G HS -652
5111M HS -652
GENERAL INFORMATION
TYPE - AC/DC table model superheterodyne receiver with
plated circuit chassis, modular components and
ferrite loop antenna.
TUBE COMPLEMENT - 12ßE6 Converter 6+.
12BA6 IF amp IH
12AV6 Det-AVC-AF amp 5gp 1
»I ti
5005 Pwr amp
35W4 Rectifier q AhvKY
_ -)F+J I
-$ U
5T11 SERIES e
8.2M
SERVICE NOTES
USE OF ISOLATION TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The chassis of this receiver is connected directly to the 1. The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are
power line, however, the power cord circuit is broken by an no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are plated on
interlock when the cabinet rear cover is removed. When both sides of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual
servicing or aligning this chassis from AC, an isolation connecting wires and making wiring more uniform.
transformer should be inserted between the power line and 2. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the
the chassis. chassis, connecting circuits on the front with those on the
TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET
rear.
3. Reference M the schematic diagram, plated panel wir-
1. Remove the two screws that hold the cabinet back cover ing diagram, and to chassis, will permit the circuit to be r,f
in place, and remove back cover. traced easily.
2. Do not attempt to remove tuning knob from front of ra- NOTE; To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing
dio, as it is held in place with a speed clip from inside of plated panel wiring of both sides of the chassis plus loca-
cabinet. (See Tuning Knob Removal section.) tion and wiring of electrical components are given. This
is done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from the top
3. From rear of radio, remove the two chassis mounting (component side) and the chassis as viewed from the bot-
screws from gang mounting bracket and ear of volume con- tom with components as they would appear on opposite side.
trol.
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
4. Remove plated circuit chassis by taking hold of gang
condenser and the volume control, and sliding out of cabi- Refer to "Plated Chassis Servicing Techniques" manual
net. Volume knob will come off without marring the cabi- (Motorola Part No. 68P636536) for recommended tools and
net. procedures to be used when .servicing Motorola plated cir-
cuit chassis.
TO REMOVE TUNING KNOB
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
L Remove chassis from cabinet. (See Chassis Removal
section.) 1. Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of
the possibility of a short circuit.
2. From rear of radio, remove speed clip from manual
tuning knob, 2. Use caution when handling the chassis with power ap-
plied because all high voltage leads are exposed.
ág
©John F. Rider
48.
`ñ,4f ,1oeNk4.
CHASSIS HS -652
s
eacmra=
-)12
HOME RAD10 G
100
MOTOROLA MODELS
5111G
5111M
CHASSIS
HS -652
HS -652
S ezwice, M 5111R
5T11W
HS -652
HS -652
121
GENERAL INFORMATION
TYPE - AC/DC table model superheterodyne receiver with
plated circuit chassis, modular components and
ferrite loop antenna.
TUBE COMPLEMENT - 12BE6 Converter ¡-`3I1
12BA6 IF amp
12AV6 Det-AVC-AF amp
5005 Pwr amp
35W4 Rectifier L__ J
TUNING RANGE - 535 to 1620 Kc IF - 455 Kc
Ia
POWER SUPPLY - 120 volts AC/DC; 35 watts 2.2M
Ti
5111 SERIES
SERVICE NOTES
USE OF ISOLATION TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The chassis of this receiver is connected directly to the I. The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are
power line, however, the power cord circuit is broken by an no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are plated on
interlock when the cabinet rear cover is removed. When both sides of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual
servicing or aligning this chassis from AC, an isolation connecting wires and making wiring more uniform.
transformer should be inserted between the power line and 2. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the
the chassis. chassis, connecting circuits on the front with those on the
TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET
rear.
Reference to the schematic diagram, plated panel wir-
G70K
3.
1. Remove the two screws that hold the cabinet back cover ing diagram, and to chassis, will permit the circuit to be
in place, and remove back cover. traced easily.
2. Do not attempt to remove tuning knob from front of ra- NOTE: To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing
dio, as it is held in place with a speed clip from inside of plated panel wiring of both sides of the chassis plus loca-
cabinet. (See Tuning Knob Removal section.) tion and wiring of electrical components are given. This
is done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from the top
3. From rear of radio, remove the two chassis mounting (component side) and the chassis as viewed from the bot- AM,
screws from gang mounting bracket and ear of volume con- tomwith components as they would appear on opposite side.
trol.
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
4. Remove plated circuit chassis by taking hold of gang
condenser and the volume control, and sliding out of cabi- Refer to "Plated Chassis Servicing Techniques" manual
net. Volume knob will come off without marring the cabi- (Motorola Part No. 68P636536) for recommended tools and
net. procedures to be used when servicing Motorola plated cir-
cuit chassis.
TO REMOVE TUNING KNOB
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1. Remove chassis from cabinet. (See Chassis Removal ®Y
section.) 1. Do not service the ehaásis on a metal plate because of
the possibility of a short circuit.
Z. From rear of radio, remove speed clip from manual
tuning knob. Z. Use caution when handling the chassis with power ap-
plied because all high voltage leads are exposed.
©John F. Rider
letk AIN,
41,11411eAtive
(PtACIASENT PARTS USI
Sag sag
444, as sa. ag a
gag pg.. a oag
s gagga.S.
agga
e*** gel..
aa
44.
s aga.
444144
se..
a e
1,Sr..14 VS
SS.
g
OS
ed. Y.
r.. s ta g - ,. ......
a
41.....7
.7
.........
dados s er ,
,
aea.,...4,
*Has....... , S
(a psi.
so es
I, 07447710. 11.4... ........7 emotto* **,****
IL
kW Maelusgsri
ape, e *J.. '.....
r....i
444.4.1* I.e. ........
........... SOS.
t,,, *..*
, ***, -.*** *,* S. see AIMS., salsas se-. -- ' 't a
** 7. Sall. Seeds mallustat s
Meal* ...St .
e sed t al I A.
7..
y eee oepep.e.,,
amrniew31444 ,,,*,0011,11dderr.
.........7 S. gt* -7- eso7 a .., speed.. asseses., d. . t.7. .
, s.
Ole::«7".1: il
sideollele Sae
7, Sgt.« r
..... gig agealatgag.agega
ago, ab.4
taamots
1.444****4 MSS
lesadeless ,
9******* *Sr stoat ,
NS re .
ttale.«»0110."1":
saddened Sae
»SUSS
L.'
SAS
MSS. ...es Ss.
stspes sew. 7.77767
r .7
gasp. CASsligg.. SS. ...SW SS eldellt. .17.71 .1.777177
e gg Kaagge a.7
: !,,4-.2..........7 se... 4.4
...Is St. 4*****
.....,*
six Jr. ..... Sias ob.fts s
e,
*******0** ,****4
7.7.4 es..4 ........
Is. .77 ............ uessel , e 4
ICAVI, WO,
,(1 AVC Pd AMP re 4 OM'
TIR
L. A e
ler
4,11,1(Xt
re, s i 4411 IC UP Nat WS MIX
tJobia Y. Plder
CHASSIS HS -652
©John F. Rider
8C
s 06 0051íL-
5T126 HS -653 m
5T12M HS -653 mv
5T12P HS -653
5T12W HS -653 -,y'ÿ. G,ºJ- e
5T13P HS -654 IHrefN
5113S HS -654
5T14GW HS -654
5T14W HS -654
SUPERSEDES PRELIMINARY SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. 68P642570.
i-13r1
L--.
-41.1 II
RK IE1
1
IHI.01
1111111111111110'
u1h111111111111111%,
IWDNF55 DNib
INDI[AfOR aRIDM55 DI/1 NNI
GENERAL INFORMATION )I
I
7Am '' I wv.
R747K
IT
-(-----J
oó
I
TYPE -AC/DC table model superheterodyne receiver with TUBE COMPLEMENT - 128E6 Converter
plated ca rcuit chassis and ferrite loop antenna. 12BÁ6 IF amp
This set features a push-pull type On -Off & Loud- 12AV6 Det-AVC-AF amp
aeas control. The push-pull feature eliminates the SOCS Pwr amp
necessity of re -adjusting the loudness every time 35W4 Rectifier
We radio is turned on. To turn radio ON, pull the
LOUDNESS knob out; to turn radio OFF, push the TUNING RANGE - 535 to 1620 Ke 1F - 455 Kc
same knob M. POWER SUPPLY - 120 volts AC/DC; 35 watts
VNV
SERVICE NOTES RIO 220K
USE OF ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 4. Unsolder speaker leads, antenna leads and remove chas-
sis from .cabinet.
The chassis of this receiver is connected directly to the Rll 47 0K
power line, however, Me power cord circuit is broken by On Model 5T13 and 5114 Series: I
ii:Vd°2`trinegi:r:ja:untlx:21:2enr:h:2n°g7re'r111°11t7a=eep°11=iirt'io rhT
circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfnction and minimized call-backs,'use the exact
Motorola parts replacement.
35122335
25%640899 Transformer, output (5T13 5T14 Series) sUr' 21*In11"2sii2 (e'ver l'tch sPri"'
.639647 Won., cup (cover latch spring mfg - not In
MECHANICAL PARTS all sets)
42864098S Spring, cover latch
00102,
N=N2 5=Pa1212:27kless all componentisyjmcI 77;1:3g:.7f ff012, 1,11000: g'ir75gPt NU'Veries)
CJohn F. Rider
(\*
{¡ }
3H
\¡}
\Ñ
(\ ÿ
!
§
§
G
a
km
0
&
-4
©John F. Rider CHASSIS HS *53,654
PACKARS BEIL /2 8E6 9ov L3'
l
rONERIE.Q ,
C7
12333 W. Olympic Blvd. 6 - 1
Los Angeles 64 SERVICE MANUAL Manual BC-57
Oct. 10, 1958
TABLE MODEL RADIO 5R5
PÓ _4
Oscillator Coil: L _ F_J
Primary, 1 ohm
Secondary, 10 ohms
Loop Antenna:
Resistance, 5 ohms VOL.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
The alignment of the set
lowing the steps in the chart accomplished by fol-
is
below. Connect output
meter to speaker voice coil. Use
isolation transformer,
GENERAL DESCRIPTION: if available, for shock protection.
Each adjustment should be
made using a minimum
Model 5R5 is a five tube superheterodyne input signal. Connect oscillator rz«o.,a r
receiver. The cabinet is plastic radio capacitor in step one; loose -couple through a .01 mfd b -/ro
and oscillator lead in CS
variety of colors. The electron tubes is available in a steps two and three. NrHy lROL
ard miniature type, connected for
are of the stand- YOLUMEGO 3 6 s 3 A 3 1-v
AC-DC operation.
A permanent magnet speaker
is employed. There are v< vi 1
two controls, the tuning knob with Step Oscillator Rleuingal SS//S
sweep pointer, and OsclllatorTn Setting Adjust
the volume control with switch. Frequency
The antenna is a high impedance 1. Pin 1, V-1
loop mounted on the back of the pancake type 455 Kc. 540 Kc. S-1, S-2, S-3,
set. If an external (12BE6) Schematic, Model 5R5
antenna is required, couple it to & S-4 for MAX.
the loop as directed 2. Loose -couple 1620 Kc. Socket voltages measured as follows:
on back. 1620 Kc.
to antenna C -2B for MAX. 3. VTVM between socket terminal and B minus
1. Line voltage, 117 volts AC. bus.
SPECIFICATIONS (to nearest 3. ditto 1500 Kc. Tune to 4. Only DC voltages measured. Allow 10% tol-
1/4 in.): C-1B for Max. 2. Volume control at maximum.
DIMENSIONS: 51/4 Osc. Signal erance.
h by 101/4 w by41/4 dp
WEIGHT: 3.3 lb REPLACEABLE PARTS
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: CAPACITORS
RESISTORS
Line voltage, 110-120 volts AC
or DC REFERENCE PACKARD BELL 1/2 watt, 20%, unless specified
Power consumption, 27 watts SYMBOL DESCRIPTION REFERENCE
PART NUMBER PACKARD BELL
(Reverse power plug for minimum SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
hum.) C -1A Variable, RF section
C -1B Trimmer,'RF section R-1 22,000 ohms 73141
TUNING FREQUENCY RANGE: R-2 22 ohms
C -2A Variable, osc section 23556 73105
540 to 1620 Kc. C -2B Trimmer, osc section R-3 2.2 megohms 73165
1
R-4 See CONTROLS
ELECTRICAL C-3 Ceramic, 30,000 mmf 23652A
POWER OUTPUT, MAXIMUM:
C-4
R-5 220 ohms 73117
Ceramic, 47 mmf, 20%, N1400 23651 R-6
1.7 watts C-5 1000 ohms, 1 watt 73325
Paper, molded case, .1 mfd, 200 v 23707 R-7
C-6 150 ohms 73115
Ceramic, 10,000 mmf 23631
SPECIAL SERVICING INFORMATION: C-7 Network 236306 ELECTRON TUBES
C-8 Same as C-6 V-1 Converter
DC RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS: C-9 (A&B) Electrolytic, 40-20
12BE6
mfd/150 e 24163C V-2 I -F amplifier 12BA6
1st I -F Coil: V-3 Detector & 1st Audio 12AV6
8
Primary, 19 ohms V-4 Audio output 5005
V-5 Rectifier
Secondary, 19 ohms CONTROL 35W4
2nd I -F Coil: R-4 Volume, 500,000 ohms w/sw 25062E MISCELLANY
Cabinet, specify color
Primary, 19 ohms Cord, AC power, 6 ft
21152B
Secondary, 19 ohms KNOBS
32032A
Adjustments, Model SR5 COILS
L-1
Tuning (specify color) 52246
Loop antenna 29361 Volume (specify color) 52247
L-2 Oscillator coil 29157B Speaker, 4 in. PM, 3.2 ohms
L-3 1st -F
I
29155 83019
Transformer, audio output (T-1)
L-4 2nd -F I
29156 2500 to 3.2 ohms 89487
John F. Rider
MODEL 7R1
2. Vacuum tube voltmeter. C-26 Paper, .15 mfd, 10%, 200 v 23308 V -4A Audio amplifier 1/27025
3. Output meter, range 50 milliwatts. C-27 Same as C-6 V -4B Trigger amplifier 1/27025
C-28 Same as C-6 V-5 Audio output 35C5
4. Tuning wand, w/brass and powdered -iron ends.
C-29 Paper, .47 mfd, 200 v 23071 V-6 Rectifier 35W4
5. Capacitor, paper, .01 mfd.
C-30 Same as C-6 V-7 Trigger output 12AU6
PROCEDURE:
1. Connect generator through .01 mfd capacitor to C-31 Ceramic, 10,000 ohms, 20% 23612
C-32 Ceramic, 50,000 mmf, 50 v 23614A MISCELLANY
mixer grid of 12BE6 (pin 7, V-2). Negative lead 21142-1
(C-32 at grid of V4B) Cabinet
goes to B -minus bus. 32029A
C-33 Same as C-31 Cord, AC power, white
2. Connect output meter across secondary of audio 381616
(C-33 near R-9) Dial, radio
output transformer. Set to 50 mw range. Drive cord, 40 in. 40003
3. Turn variable capacitor to open position and set C-34 Same as C-6
(C-34 near R-6) Knob, switch 52220-1
switch to RADIO. 52227
Knob, tuning or volume
4. Turn volume control fully clockwise. CONTROLS Lamp, dial, T-47 54002
5. Set generator frequency to 455 kc, modulated, R-7 Control, volume, 500,000 25047 Plug, AC interlock 66047
and turn generator output up until a reading is ohms, w/switch 67045
obtained on meter. Pointer
Adjustments COILS Speaker, 6 x 4 83122
L-1 Loop, ferrite 29358 Switch 86065A
©John F. Rider
©John F. Rider MODEL 7R1
MODELS 11RP6S, 11RP7S, 11RP8S, 11RP9S
PACKARD BELL Position 2: STEREO LO. Stereo signal from car- DC RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS:
tridge goes directly, without amplification, to OUT- (Coils not listed have negligible resistance).
PUT LO. This output is for use with an external system
with enough gain that preamplification of the stereo L-2, choke, 2 ohms
L-5, 2nd -F, FM, primary 2.5 ohms, sec., 0.75 ohms.
I
Position 3: AM -FM LO, STEREO HI. Stereo output L-6, ratio detector, primary 3.2 ohms, sec., 0.25 ohms
MODELS 11RP6S, 11RP7S, 11RP8S, & 11RP9S of cartridge is preamplified, and appears at OUTPUT L-7 and L-10 chokes, 0.5 ohms
HI. (Use position 2 and STEREO LO unless gain of
COMBINATION RADIO -PHONOGRAPHS external system is insufficient.
L-8, 1st -F, AM, primary 16 ohms, sec., 16 ohms
I
in position 1, appears at OUTPUT LO. This is for a L-11, ferroloop, 0.3 ohms
12333 W. Olympic Blvd. Manual BC -56
Los Angeles 64
(CHASSIS 11HF1S) Nov. 1, 1958
remote system with high gain. L-13, oscillator, AM, primary 8.5 ohms, sec., 0.6 ohms
REPLACEABLE PARTS
CAPACITORS C-39 Electrolytic, 25 mfd/25 v 24006
C-1 Ceramic, 1000 mmf, GMV, disc 23860 C-40 Same as C-16
C-2 Same as C-1 C-41 Same as C-3
C-3 Ceramic, 5000 mmf, GMV, disc 23931 C-42 Ceramic, 470 mmf, 20% 23916
C-4 Same as C-1 C-43 Paper, .022 mfd, 400 v 23122
C-5 Ceramic, 47 mmf, 20% 23912 C-44 Same as C-16
C-6 Ceramic, 330 mmf, 20% 23944 C-45 Paper, 1 mfd, 100 v 23040
Variable, four section C-46 Ceramic, 50,000 mmf, 25 v min 23614
C-7
w/trimmers 23547C C-47 Same as C-5
C-7 A & B = FM RF w/trimmer C-48 Same as C-1
FM osc w/trimmer C-25 C-49 (A & B) Ceramic, dual .01 mfd, AC 23982A
Model 1 1 RP6 S Model 1 1 RP7S Model 1 1 RP8S Model 11 RP9S
C-7 C & D
C-7 E & F = AM RF w/trimmer
C-7 G & H = AM osc w/trimmer
CONTROLS
C-8 Same as C-3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION: SHIPPING WEIGHTS: C-9 Same as C-1 R-33 500,000 ohms, tapped 100K,
Models 11RP6S, 11RP7S, 11RP8S, and 11RP9S 11RP6S: 60 lb. C-10 Same as C-3 volume 25057
are radio -phono combinations, each using the same 11RP7S: 90 lb. C-11 Same as C-3 R-37 500,000 ohms, treble, w/switch 25039A
chassis, 11HF1S. The illustrations above show the 11RP8S: 100 lb. C-12 Ceramic, 10,000 mmf, 500 v 23632 R-39 500,000 ohms, bass 25038A
external differences, and the list of replaceable parts, 11RP9S: 100 lb. C-13 Same as C-1
points out other variations, such as speaker C-14 Ratio detector network 23627A
ELECTRICAL RATINGS: mfd/50 24164 COILS
complement and record changer. C-15 Electrolytic, 5 v
Line voltage, 110-120 v, 60 cycles only C-16 Paper, .047 mfd, 400 v 23124
The chassis contains eleven electron tubes, and L-1 Antenna, FM 29426
Power consumption: 75 watts C-17 Paper, .1 mfd, 400 v 23126
is designed to receive AM and FM radio as well as to L-2 Choke, 1 microhenry 29124
reproduce recordings. Stereophonic records may be TUNING FREQUENCY RANGE: C-18 Same as C-16 L-3 RF, FM 29158
played with the addition of an external amplifier, as C-19 Not used 1st I -F, FM 29148
AM radio: 530 to 1620 kc L-4
described in the section headed "Stereophonic Oper- FM radio: 88 to 108 me
C -20A Electrolytic, 25 mfd/25 v L-5 2nd I -F, FM 29152
ation." C-20B Electrolytic, 40 mfd/350 v L-6 Ratio detector 29084
24092
Antennas for both AM and FM are built in the sets, WATTS OUTPUT: C-20C Electrolytic, 40 mfd/350 v L-7 Choke, 4.7 microhenry 29145
but terminals are provided for an outside FM antenna 1% distortion: 6 watts C -20D Electrolytic, 20 mfd/350 v L-8 1st 1-F, AM 29066
which may be needed in weak- signal areas. 10% distortion: 10 watts C-21 Same as C-3 L-9 2nd 1-F, AM 29067
Peak output: 18 watts C-22 Same as C-1 L-10 Same as L-7
SPECIFICATIONS: C-23 Ceramic, 10,000 mmf, 25 v min 23612 L-11 Loop antenna, AM 29358A
SPEAKERS & ELECTRON TUBES: C-24 Not used L-12 Oscillator, FM 29242A
CABINET DIMENSIONS & FINISHES
See parts list. C-25 Trimmer, 5 to 25 mmf (= C-7D) 23428 L-13 Oscillator, AM 292298
Model Height Width Depth Finishes C-26 Ceramic, 4.7 mmf, 10%, NPO 23978
11RP6S 14"t 24" 18" MOC" STEREOPHONIC OPERATION: C-27 Same as C-5
11RP7S 26"# 24" 18" WMOC Stereophonic recordings may be reproduced with C-28 Ceramic, 1.5 mmf, 10% 23866 RESISTORS
11RP8S 21") 38" 18" MOCSc
the aid of an external amplifier -speaker system. This C-29 Same as C-1
11RP9S 33" 31" 20" MOCFp 10% unless specified
i/2 watt,
#M -- Mahogany, 0
--
Oak, C --
Colonial
system is connected to either the OUTPUT LO or the
OUTPUT HI according to the setting of the switch (see
C-30
C-31
Same as C-1
Same as C-23 R-1 180 ohms
4700 ohms
73016
73033
W Walnut, Sc Scandia, Fp French Prov. next paragraph). C-32 Ceramic, 220 mmf, 20% 23915 R-2
t Plus legs, 12" The switch at the rear of the set has three positions: C-33 Same as C-3 R-3 3.3 megohmns, 20% 73167
# Plus legs, 6"
Position 1: AM -FM HI. The tuner output, besides C-34 Not used R-4 1000 ohms 73025
§Plus legs, 10" C-35 Paper, .022 mfd, 200 v 23103 R-5 120 ohms 73014
going thru the regular speaker -amplifier system in set,
Cabinet dimensions are to nearest inch, and vary C-36 Same as C-23 R-6 68 ohms 73011
is amplified and piped to the OUTPUT HI for use with
somewhat with the style of the cabinet. C-37 Same as C-35 R-7 10,000 ohms 73037
the remote system. See Position 3. 73024
C-38 Same as C-23 R-8 820 ohms
CJolsn F. Rider
124 V34 V4 V3_ Y7
644/6 /2477
2/ 6EA8 6.4416 GALS /2 AX 7 -ECC d3
f' 64Q5
6/R. ALF. ALMlXER _4
Ï
r. t-
t L-5
290
A.A1 05r
/.7.
L-6
_04T70 ÓET.
.v/714,0.0,:r_c_24_
2N0 41/0/0 STEREO P_ßE_/n_e_ R016R Of[re(
/JO ?9148 7s..t 5. 29i5Tw( rS6' 29084 90v.
5 75v
rl
- / 047
S6
L-/
I6
/Boo
C!3!K R/4
B 1
r--675 6900
/ C20Á
00 o 400Y=C/7.I
222/o R/B
/5
J_ 25pr
i..6c
6EA8
3
V
/i
r 2ST 29066
-3C
L -B
41
l 58
r2
!1
LI
29ÓZ7
L-9
á
1
TJ
g
1
/A'
I
(
O
STEREO
PA'EAHP
Mee'?"
j- TPUT
045
25E
/-7
- AM 3
/(F7
i.
C
(
O
C23) v28
4 2 0
90
/
,L4T7
6A1 O eC.
034 VB 64U6
--
/ 47H
151 AZ/0/0
/ C36
/OKT
O//T STFREOHPE.M's, /irvT
/ 1
B ' 6
6 BF' 37a v
24 2/0' 49
/30
VI/
/-OQ
v.
.1 A.M. CONY. $ /ÓX /M/ 43 2500 5W
=SOK 6X4 5W/rCN
/dog*
BW/TCN ON
0494 RECT/f/ER
200 V.A,C,
} 40//F
T 330'
C20B
} 40//F
350v
C2oC
,
+
¡ ?O,(tf
350v
C20 O
2 9
.11.1.1
C___7 5 Be7/4
/OK
TREE. COPT, Q 15
J_ = R/9HT
-5775.26.0
6091V/V65
AN-fM N/
//0-/20 40
60 C__]STLREO LO
V.
2BOV.4.0
/ f - L-13
/OK
HEAT, R5 AM'FM LO
1 C7---_/ C49B 6.3'.4.c. srr0ro Pi
72 COMP4RTMEN7 L/dNT 5W/TC1/ KIWI'ASSEMBLY
0/AL 7- 47
844'0 5W/7(5 5.1/99N /N NM- P05/7/94'. } 649E /0087 er 26E06/890 /N 74K/80 TN/5 RfAO/Nd
P05/7/O4, h P1/0N0, C0UNTER-CLOCKW/56.. 45 0.5 10004/N0 TO 71/E PPOBE 04N CA 95E
P05/7/022 f.M, CEN 7,2
N
805/7/04' .3. 4 CLOCK w/SE.
PHONO
f. M.
CURRENT ON 574T/ON
66 MA.
Off 57A7/0N
60 MA.
dB MA.
< --
CART/0/065CNANNL
III
L
2 O
0 /UT TCCPA55/
TOPLE
TOR/ONT
ON
NELS, 377590
:
ALL 0701/ VOLT4GES+911/7C1/ f.M., 7,255
.47 05/ 57A7/ON. 62 M4. STggEO/NPC/T
TERM/5415 CLOCKW/S£ FROM GREEN 007
A.M. 55 MA
9VSW.dKT Wagged
S CMEMATIc
Schematic, 11HFIS
Z
n
V9 z
z /z /
f
n
V
W
y W < N
Oo 70 <<
co Ó D in O W N :+
r- ti Ñ O
©John F. Rider
_ D
r_ r
D
r
D D
r_
w
P
m
..
e N
m
V c
m
rn (n
N
m m
A
O
3
w N
m m m b mc
zo
V
,,
^ R-9 1800 ohms 73028
MISCELLANY
ám
ó º m
3
re,
o ô O o ó .5.,,,,-. O m m O a
47,000 ohms 73045 Dial, tuning 38170
QÑ R-12
3m
ín
5 . T Z
R-13
R-14
220,000 ohms, 20%
Same as R-9
73153 Drive cord, 31 in. 40003
r0 Dmi° v R-15 100,000 ohmss 73049 Knob, Treble, Bass, or Switch 52205
3 w, m
3 R-16 470,000 ohms, 20% 73157 Knob, Volume or Tuning 52206
3 ,;,.-iiw "NDJ w on
z, R-17 470 ohms, 1 watt 73221
anw v n
>r, R-18 6800 ohms 73035 Lamp, T-47, compartment 54002
á
3d n 'i7)-20' m R-19 Same asR-10c
ô ô
4 m 3< ó m R-20 560 ohms 73022 Lamp, T-51, dial 54006
á
o-- 73"
ó
'2
E.
o
z 2 Dz m.
°mc
ô
°F Z R-21
R-22
Not used
Same as R-16
R-23 Same asR-10 RECORD CHANGER:
T.
rz R-24
R-25
Same as R-20
22,000 ohms 73041 Model 11RP6S:
`3 o c c c ó ó á z R-26 8200 ohms 73036 V -M 1210 changer
anger 58076
Pz
m
2
i
?,
3 " v oó. ,4o °o 3 ó
O d
rn
A
-,,,2pm
R-27
R-28
Same as R-10
6800 ohms, 1 watt 73221
with Electro -Voice stereo cartridge
model 0166 with dual sapphire needle 63041
g ô cvó ô c 3
'á á
uín oñ
nf znz
<
R.29 2.2 megohms, 20%
330,000 ohms, 20%
73165
73155 Model 11RP7S:
m
m
z
a mô
o.-
-
j- §
5
R-30
R-31
R-32
Not used
Same as R-30
V -M 1210 changer
with Electro-Voice stereo cartridge
58076
w R,33 See CONTROLS model 0126 with dual sapphire needle
-. rn R-34 Same as R-12
r r0 Model 11RP8S:
" ºño
D = R-35 4.7 megohms 73169
e o m? Garrard RC -121 changer 58077
ó
óZ z
ô
iO
^'
º ó v v
- a
o
a`D
`^
Q0'
H
c n-*
ó_
m
oó,
m
°
°
D-o
N
mm
1?
R-36
R-37
R-38
1200 ohms
See CONTROLS
SameasR-13
73026 g
with Electro-Voice stereo cartridge
model 0126 with diamond & sa pp
needle
g rire
63045
0 3 a
3 ô 3 ô ó v R-39 See CONTROLS
s 3 w ° '- zc Á R-40 Same as R-25 Model 11RP9S:
3 R-41 Not used V-~
560,000 ohms, 20%
e'
D z z w z oc z
R-42
R-43
R-44
Same as R-13
330,000ohms (10%) 73055
witMhElectro-Voiceer stereo cartridge
model 0126 with diamond & Sapprire
needle 63045
óDm ónm óDm ó07fD R-45 SameasR-1L
ÿ -pi
0 0 0
=d
0 ó> o$
cv
o
:d
ó o 0 º aó
'°° g
Z
R-46
R-47
Same asR-25
10,000 ohms, 1 watt 73237
Spindle,45rpm
Spindleclip:28152
58056.1
ô ó ô ;
ó Z.ó
<
o ó ô ô ô ,ó
2
zm R-48
R-49
2500 ohms, 5 watts
Same as R-48
73635
Plug, speaker 66013
ó
..7?
<
Z. (J
m o (Used w/shield 78026)
O
ô" ó ô °z Pointer 67041
b
`3 TRANSFORMERS
Output, 10,000 ohms to 8 ohms 89460
°
o
ó
ó
ó3
ca
ñf ó
ó3
:73
ñ3 óD DV
><C0
ó n
o
xoN
w
m
º
Á
cn
gin w
w,-
ñº°
xÁr'
x D+n
ó
o 3D"
x=
ó
á Nm Nv
X
T-1
T-2 Power
Primar
Secondár
117 volts
y
89075
550 volts CT @ 70 ma
6.3 volts @ 4i/2, amp
SPEAKERS (Impedance of each = 8 ohms)
11RP6S: 4 in. PM (resonance 900 cycles)
83110
4 in. PM (resonance 1200 cycles)
- L ó
.*:,i.
x ÿ O X
v 3r 6 x 9 in. oval PM (resonance
110 cycles) 83121
m
° d ELECTRON TUBES 11RP7S: 4 in. PM (resonance 900 cycles)
2,'x
- ,ó ô-
.>`'
x ó z z N zO o zO g ¡n0
ñ z V -3B AFC 1/26EA8 11RP8S: 5 in. PM (resonance 900 cycles)
=-
Et O O V, N00 O
3 > > m °- o .-":5-9, y > > o° V-4 2nd I -F amplifier, AM detector 6AU6 83211
-=
°° m m
3.
Ç
fD
Wo
et,o 0°
O
D Ñ
ó.m_
o Q° 2 V-5
V-6
Ratio detector
2nd audio & stereo preamplifier 12AX7
6AL5 5 in. PM (resonance 1200 cycles)
83212
Ñ y m' c a-2 or ECC83 12 in. PM (resonance 55 cycles) 83807
ó
s V-7 Power amplifier 6AQ5
6AU6 11RP9S: Same as in 11RP8S
V-8 1st audio amplifier
1 V-9 Power amplifier 6AQ5 86072
Switch, AM -FM -Phono
V-10 AM converter 6BE6
V-11 Rectifier 6X4 Socket, phono 79109
X
O
® < Q`
®
©John F. Rider
IA Ih
IIn,`
D A W N 5 O O D P U N
2 2 2
ñp ñm Z n
® O m O = m ZA Z Z m.
áCm O
ññWóy
=Z e
O ñSÚO i .9.
W n ÿ VO 3 O ÿ
fÁÁpaiN
"1 °N x O c F á. O 11
(4 a°
Z m a,= lei
m,2_1_;,+,2_1_;,+ 1 ell-.3
b~
A rn 5- T
2"3
m T -T
`' .1
a
e
ß.
.
o
2 º
ä
_v to
N
2c ó 3 m yS
m~Zm
i
á m3 tm
''''''14'x-
-'u--- N O O 0 O 'p
ÿ g g Om
ñ
ry
IP
_--- ó `Z ó ó ó ó¡Z ó ó -3' Z có ó vv Pó Z:m<u
m
ñ Z á .?.,Á
ei :mÿ
Z
Á 2 Ó °
á ,ezi, C 3 3 3 3
" l C c 0 0 L1
Ó i,`;'
ó O M H m S J ,Ay 0 0
II-"i .
ll' f 4fh 3 3 3 ö 2 óªP a°"t >ap,
0
p
A x "um vl O O m D
Ox' A,y^,.l "°' il, O N O O O 0 O
O O O' 00 OO NO
4 ryW m
R 1«:',
O. V A O O
lI
A e 'á0 Á S X m m m °
o o o 3 ° o ó3 -ó "ó a,F, -ó -
H ñm
! ---- -tn Z n f. N
F.
a d
a ( á m-
^a
o a n IF T - -
y ÁÇÁ @m 8 T o ^ º
çç
D m OW é.d I 3-
L o í° A, $
A. ,"
R m I á Ñ0 m m
'
Q .N1 Z Z z
ñC Or = Ó pD
m
3
o"8-Á
X.
¢O
Ap
.
°"> 8
n
U
1ñ
A
ó
r
--.i.w-
T
1"I
Scv.e o
o
@
OY
Ñx
mta
A
Np
y
mcI
I'
V
,,er,
Ñ.
Ñ n
F
p
O
Ó
°
3
O
Ó
P
ñ
O
0
O
0 0_
n.
F
Ñ
.
.S
O
óO m
> >-
o-
o.
'
, a. io
3..-gÑ
F
`C
=
m
z
"g Nx 11 t o Z z
º u h
_ p m ; _ 0
m
a -¡A
j.W i,o,itit
YÓ
ÿW
ló ,h yo
CóY-
8A 1
.áin
Ñ
EII=
i Ñ,4, N
Ogm\
NoON
-
Zm
p
ó a
6.
P
00
º
7p
. O
A
3
O
3
O
O
3
O
-o
<
to
c
cZ
A O
V<
o
m 3
°
m
m
z
c º
A<
.<m
t g-'.n
c
v
m
A
<
Z
m
o
ñ
Á
fn O
3
O
3
° 3°
v
=Z
ö
á3
V
m
Ta
m
m
p
<
n
z
Z
ñ
O
z
ah o i m p -p ó... Ñ D J Q, D ài.
vuw AA CN
Dn
N p
U
°°
4C1Ó
ÿ 8 tn
oo n ó ? ó
° n V
ó A- z2:-;.' 9
.n.w._á NN
ìY (w^ yX-NÖon
XNN e41, e Ó;
9.N ,
ó ÿ XM
,ii, m
i tt áv
d QD
ó ma
° ii
4á
O
S!
.Ó. z
N
O dÓ z Ó Ó
m ° J
N..\i
p e,:., á
D
<
_Ó fs ' ñ p m m e°_Ns
:i m vmm
i
a
--- AM
binaural head to external amplifier and speaker. taneously with the first. R-13 220,000 ohms, 20% 73153 Sec. C -D FM RF & trimmer
MICROPHONE JACK. Besides microphone sup- THREADING THE TAPE
R-14 27,000 ohms 73042 Sec. E -F FM osc & trimmer C-21
plied, any high impedance crystal, ceramic, or R-15 150,000 ohms, 5% 73051-1 Sec. G -H antenna & trimmer
dynamic microphone may be plugged into this re-
ceptacle.
With STOP button depressed, place empty reel on
right hand (take-up) spindle. Place a full reel of tape
R-16
R-17
Same as R-15
68,000 ohms 73047
-- AM
Sec. J -K
Sec. L -M
RF&trimmer
AM osc & trimmer
on left hand (supply) spindle, so that it unwinds
counterclockwise. Thread tape, glossy side out, follow-
R-18 220 ohms 73017 C-2 Ceramic, 220 mmf, 20% 23915
PUSH BUTTONS R-19 Same as R-1
Stop Button ing threading line (embossed in plastic escutcheon) C-3 Ceramic, 5000 mmf, +80, 23611
The STOP button should be depressed before each straight through the slot in the covers and in front of
R-20 10,000 ohms, 1 watt 73237 -20%, working voltage, 25 v
R-21 Not used minimum, i/4 in. dia.
operation and when the machine is not in use. the plastic automatic shut off lever. Place tape in
front of chrome plated tape guide and insert free end R-22 560 ohms 73022 C-4 Ceramic, 10,000 mmf, 25 v,
Record Button R-23 1 megohm, 20% 73161 3/8 in. dia (see p/m 4)
of tape into hub slot of right hand reel. Wind right 23612
Depress the RECORD button for recording a tape. R-24 15,000 ohms, 1 watt 73239 C-5 Same as C-3
The red SAFETY lever must be held to the right before hand reel one or two turns counterclockwise to take
up slack.
R-25 22,000 ohms 73041 C-6 Ceramic, 100 mmf, 20% 23914
the RECORD button can be depressed. R-26 6800 ohms, 2 watts 73435 C-7 Same as C-6
Detailed instructions for performing the various op- R-27 2.2 megohms, 20%
Play Button 73165 C-8 Ceramic, 5000 mmf, GMV 23931
erations of recording, playback, etc., are given in the R-28 Same as R-13
Depress the PLAY button for playing back a record- operating instructions supplied with the set. C-9 Ceramic, 1 mmf, 10% 23603
R-29 Same as R-13 C-10 Same as C-6
ing. Adjust the VOLUME control and TONE controls
ADJUSTMENT OF RECORDING INDICATOR LIGHTS R-30 Same as R-27 C-11 Ceramic, 330 mmf, 20% 23944
on the tuner chassis.
Set MIXER and VOLUME controls to maximum. R-31 Not used C-12 Ceramic, 1000 mmf, GMV 23860
Rewind and Forward Buttons
These wind the tape in either direction at high Inject 30 millivolts at 1000 cycles into TAPE R-32 47,000 ohms, 1 watt 73245 C-13 Same as C-12
REC'D plug (red cable). Set NORMAL adjustment so R-33 Same as R-27 C-14 Ceramic, 100 mmf, 5%, N470 23616
speed.
that NORMAL light just flickers. R-34 470 ohms 73021 C-15 Same as C-3
RECORD LEVEL INDICATORS R-35 Same as R-20 C-16 Same as C-12
Increase voltage to 0.5 volts (1000 cycles). Set
Distort Indicator DISTORT adjustment so that DISTORT light just flick-
R-36 Same as R-1 C-17 Same as C-8
The DISTORT lamp indicates when tape is being ers or goes out. R-37 10,000 ohms 73037 C-18 Same as C-4
overloaded while recording. Adjust the LEVEL control R-38 Same as R-25 C-19 Same as C-8
so that faint flashes occur at loudest sounds.
As a further check, advance voltage to one volt R-39 15,000 ohms, 2 watts 73439 C-20 Ceramic, 10,000 mmf, GMV 23862
(1000 cycles) and turn VOLUME to minimum. Now R-40 100,000 ohms, 20%
Normal Indicator 73149 C-21 Trimmer for C-1, sec F, 3 to 23432
advance it (clockwise). The NORMAL should light be- R-41 Same as R-7
The NORMAL lamp indicates correct recording 12 mmf, NPO
tween one-quarter and one-half turns, and the DIS- R-42 See CONTROLS
level. Adjust the LEVEL control until the NORMAL TORT between one-half and three -fourths.
C-22 Same as C-6
lamp flashes regularly. R-43 Same as R-40 C-23 Same as C-20
Turn VOLUME full up and MIXER to minimum. Both R-44 1800 ohms 73028 C-24 Ceramic, 47 mmf, 20% 23912
TAPE INDEX TIMER lamps should now be out. R-45 Not used C-25 Same as C-12
Set both the large and small dials of the timer to R-46 Same as R-40 C-26 Same as C-12
HUM ADJUSTMENT
zero after threading a reel of tape. After each selection R-47 Same as R-20 C-27 Same as C-6
is recorded, note the
Turn on receiver and tape mechanism. Set SE-
timer readings for future refer- LECTOR switch to TAPE position and turn the TREBLE, R-48 See CONTROLS C-28 Same as C-4
ence. R-49 Same as R-23 (seep/m 3) C-29 Ceramic, 4.7 mmf, 10%, NPO 23978
BASS ar,d LOUDNESS controls to maximum. Then ad-
SPEED CONTROL BUTTON just HUM control (R-238) for minimum hum. R-50 390,000 ohms (see p/m 3) 73056 C-30 Same as C-24
The pointer on the speed control knob indicates R-51 See CONTROLS C-31 Same as C-12
Reverse AC power cord plug and readjust HUM con-
the speed (inches per second) at which the tape is R-52 Same as R-40 C-32 Tweet filter, seé diagram 23930
trol. Use plug position that produces the least hum.
passing by the heads. To change speed, turn speed R-53 330,000 ohms, 20% 73155 C-33 Same as C-20
control knob after depressing stop button. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENTS AND PARTS LIST R-54 Same as R-25 C-34 Ceramic, 15 mmf, 20% 23910
See Service Manual on V -M models 711 and 750 R-55 Same as R-32 C-35 Same as C-2
SAFETY LEVER (published by V -M Corporation) for mechanical ad- R-56 4.7 megohms, 20% 73169 C-36 Paper, .047 mfd, 200 v 23105
The safety lever locks the RECORD button to pre- justments and parts list. R-57 Same as R-27 (see p/m 1) C-37 Paper, .047 mfd, 400 v, 10% 23324
vent accidental erasing. Push "S" lever to the right Packard -Bell Factory Service Depts. will be sup- R-58 Same as R-23 (in 6E5 skt) C-38 Ceramic, 5000 mmf, 10% 23986
and hold while depressing the RECORD button. plied with a copy of the V -M manual. R-59 Same as R-7 C-39 Same as C-34
®John F. Rider
PACKARD-BELL REFERENCE PACKARD-BELL
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER REPLACEABLE PARTS, TAPE DECK
SYMBOL
C-40 Same as C-24 L-7 2nd I -F, AM 29067
C-41 Same as C-8 L-8 3rd -F, FM
I
29096
C-42 Same as C-8 L-9 Discriminator 29092B RESISTORS CAPACITORS
C-43 Same as C-20 L-10 Oscillator, FM (see p/m 2) 29238B (1/2watt unless specified) PACKARD-BELL
REFERENCE
C-44 Same as C-36 L-11 Antenna, AM 29357
29143 (10% unless specified) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
C-45 Same as C-4 L-12 RF, AM
C-46 Same as C-36 L-13 Oscillator, AM 29237 REFERENCE PACKARD-BELL C-201 Electrolytic, 40 mfd,3 volts 24150
C-47 Same as C-6 L-14 1st -F, AM
I 29093 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C-202 Ceramic, 220 mmf, 20% 23915
C -48A Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 450 v C-203 Ceramic, 10,000 mmf, GMV 23862
MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 1000 ohms 73025
C -48B Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 450 v 24147 R-201 C-204 Ceramic, 1000 mmf, 10% 23983
Cartridge GE #C-1D3SC 63037 470,000 ohms, 20% 73157 23176
C -48C Electrolytic, 20 mfd, 450 v R-202 C-205 Paper, .0068 mfd, 10%, 200 v
23122 Alt: GE #4-GC-1D3SC 63038
C-49 Paper, .022 mfd, 400 v 58066A R-203 220,000 ohms 73053 C-206 Same as C-205
C-50 Ceramic, 82 mmf, 10% Changer, record 330,000 ohms 73055 C-207 Paper, .022 mfd, 10%, 200 v 23177
R-204
(see p/m 3) 23964 (Garrard RC -121) C-208 Paper, .047 mfd, 20%, 400 v 23124
Dial, glass 38162A R-205 100,000 ohms 73049
C-51 Same as C-12 Same as R-204 C-209 Ceramic, 100 mmf, 20% 23914
Dial, paper 65221 R-206
C-52 Ceramic, 2000 mmf, 20% 23839 R-207 Same as R-204
C-210 Same as C-201
C-53 Same as C-4 KNOBS C-211 Ceramic, 5000 mmf, GMV 23931
23107 Treble, Bass, Loudness & Selector 52205 R-208 10 megohms, 20% 73173 Same as C-203
C-54 Paper, .1 mfd, 200 v C-212
Tuning 52206 R-209 1 megohm, 20% 73161 C-213 Ceramic, 680 mmf, 10% 23892
C-55 Same as C-20
C-56 Same as C-20 Magic Power-Minder 52210 R-210 Same as R-201 C-214 Same as C-205
C-57 Same as C-12 Lamp, T-47 54002 R-211 Same as R-202 C-215 Same as C-205
C-58 Same as C-52 Plug, spkr 66013 R-212 Same as R-204 C-216 Ceramic, 2000 mmf, 20% 23839
C-59 Same as C-12 (used w/shield 78026) R-213 See CONTROLS C-217 Same as C-207
C-60 Same as C-8 Pointer 67044A C-218 Paper, .047 mfd, 10%, 400 v 23324
79109 R-214 Same as R-204
C-61 Same as C-8 Socket, phono C-219 Same as C-202
R-215 Same as R-205
C-62 Same as C-8 SPEAKERS (Impedance of each: 8 ohms) C -220A Electrolytic, 25 mfd, 25 v
83211 R-216 Same as R-204
L-1 Antenna, FM
COILS
29425B
5" PM, 900 cps resonance
5" PM, 1200 cps resonance 83212 R-217 Same as R-208
C -220B
C -220C
Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 350 v
Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 350 v
i 24092
29145 12" PM, 55 cps resonance 83808 R-218 Same as R-204 C -220D Electrolytic, 20 mfd, 350 v
L-2 Choke, RF
L-3 RF coil, FM 29144D Switch, band 86061 R-219 Same as R-205 C-221 Same as C-208
L-4 Choke, suppressor 29146 Switch, power -minder 86064 R-220 See CONTROLS C-222 Same as C-218
L-5 1st -F, FM
I 29148 (Cover: 86064-1) R-221 10,000 ohms 73037 C-223 Same as C-204
L-6 2nd I -F, FM 29148 TUBES & CRYSTAL: See p 2 R-222 56,000 ohms 73046 C-224 Same as C-211
R-223 2200 ohms 73029 C-225 Same as C-211
REPLACEABLE PAR TS, POWER SUPPLY R-224 Same as R-202 C-226 Same as C-203
CAPACITORS REFERENCE PACKARD-BELL C-227 Same as C-202
R-225 Same as R-205
REFERENCE PACKARD-BELL SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C-228 Same as C-202
R-226 Same as R-205
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER R-114 Same as R-113 C-229 Same as C-218
20% 23916 R-227 Same as R-205 as C-204
C-101 Ceramic, 470 mmf, R-115 Same as R-113 C-230 Same
C-102 Paper, .1 mfd, 400 v 23126 R-116 Same as R-113 R-228 Same as R-205 C-231 Same as C-216
C -103A Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 450 v R-117 Same as R-105 R -229A C-232 Same as C-204
See CONTROLS
C-1036 Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 450 v 24147 R-118 Wirewound, 125 ohms, 10 watts 73718 R-2298 C-233 Ceramic. 20,000 mmf. 20% 23972
C -103C Electrolytic, 20 mfd, 450 v R-119 Wirewound, 1000 ohms, 5 watts 73621 R-230 Same as R-205 C-234 Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 450 v 24143
C-104 Paper, .1 mfd, 600 v 23145 R-120 Wirewound, 2000 ohms, 5 watts 73631 R-231 Same as R-205 Ç-235 Same as C-203
C-105 Same as C-104 R-121 10 ohms 73001 R-232 47,000 ohms 73045 C-236 Ceramic, 1000 mmf, GMV 23860
C-106 Electrolytic, 250 mfd, 25 v 24144 TRANSFORMERS R-233 Same as R-232
C-107 Ceramic, dual 10,000 mmf, AC 23982A T-101 Output 89478A DIODE
R-234 22,000 ohms 73041
C-108 Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 450 v 24143 T-102 Power 89063 10,000 ohms, 1 watt 73237 X-201 Crystal diode 1N70 72040
R-235
C-109 Electrolytic, 5 mfd, 25 v, 24146 Pri: 117 v
watts 73635
non -polarized Sec: 5v(o 3amp R-236 2500 ohms, 5 COILS, TRANSFORMERS
700 v CT % 225 ma R-237 Same as R-205 L-201 Coil, bias oscillator 29240
RESISTORS 6.3v1%a 3 amp R-238 Same as R-205 T-201 Transformer, power 89068
(10% unless specified) 6.3v 21/a amp R-239 120,000 ohms 73050
MISCELLANY
(1/2 w unless specified) ELECTRON TUBES R-240 See CONTROLS
R-101 1500 ohms 73027 V -101A Audio amplifier R-241 Same as R-203 (in addition to Miscellany listed under Tuner and
R-102 470,000 ohms, 20% 73157 V-1018 6AN8 Power Supply sec.)
Inverter
R-103 270,000 ohms 73054 V-102 Output 6V6 -GT Fuse, 3 amp, 125 volt, slo-blo 45043
R-104 1.2 megohms 73062 V-103 Output 6V6 -GT Jack, microphone 51005
R-105 680 ohms, 1 watt 73223 V-104 Output 6V6 -GT Knob, mixer and volume 52205
CONTROLS 54009
R-106 47 ohms 73009 V-105 Output 6V6 -GT Lamp, neon, NE -51
R-107 47,000 ohms, 5%, watt 73245-1 V-106 Rectifier 5U4-GB Lamp, neon, NE -52 54010
1
R-213 500,000 ohms, mixer, w/ switch 25048 570-13
R-108 Same as R-107 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS Microphone, w/plug
R-220 500;000 ohms, recording level 25058 Shield, noval tube 78114
R-109 Same as R-107 Cord, AC 32011 R -229A 1 megohm, distort adjust Switch, pushbutton 86307
R-110 Same as R-103 Socket, 4 -pin AC 79180 }Dual 25050
R-111 Same as R-103 Socket, phono 79005 R-2296 1 megohm, normal adjust(
R-112 820 ohms, 2 watts 73424 Socket, power 79122 R-240 150 ohms, hum control 25943
R-113 1000 ohms 73025 Socket, speaker 79004
0e77
ELECTRONICS Test
Connect Test Radio Dial
Step Oscillator Adjust
Oscillator to Setting
Frequency
12333 W. Olympic Blvd. Manual BC-50
Los Angeles 64
SERVICE MANUAL Jan. 15, 1958 1. Pin 1, V-1
(12BA6) 455 kc 540 kc S-1 for minimum
TABLE MODEL RADIO 6R1 ditto
2. ditto ditto S-2, S-3, S-4,
CLOCK RADIO MODEL 6RC1 & S-5 for MAXIMUM
3. ditto 1620 kc Tune to Cl -D for MAXIMUM
SPECIFICATIONS: (both models unless noted) 4. Loose -couple 1500 kc 1620 kc Cl -B for MAXIMUM
CABINET DIMENSIONS (to nearest 1/4 in.): to antenna oscillator
6 in. hby121/Z in. wby6 in. d
SHIPPING WEIGHT: REPLACEABLE PARTS
Radio 6R1: 8 lb. MODELS 6R1 & 6RC1
Clock radio 6RC1: 8 lb Parts are common to both models unless noted.
ELECTRICAL RATINGS:
Line voltage 110-120 volts AC or DC (must be 60 RESISTORS REFERENCE PACKARD-BELL
cycle AC for clock radio) (Rating 1/2 watt unless noted) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Power consumption, 30 watts for radio, 32 watts REFERENCE PACKARD-BELL L-4 1st I -F 29077
for clock radio. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER L-5 2nd I -F 29078
TUNING FREQUENCY RANGE: R-1 68 ohms, 10% 73011 T-1 Transformer, output 89417A
540 to 1620 kc R.2 4700 ohms, 10% 73033 2500 to 3.2 ohms
POWER OUTPUT, MAXIMUM: R-3 1 megohm, 20% 73161 SPEAKERS
1.9 watts R-4 22,000 ohms, 10% 73041
GENERAL R.5 Same as R-1
Model Oval, 6 x 4 in., one used 83122
The circuit used in both models is a six tube super- SPEAKER DATA: 6R1 Impedance 3.2 ohms
See parts table, also general description above. R-6 2.2 megohms, 20% 73165
heterodyne receiver circuit with an untuned RF stage. R-7 Control, volume, Model Three in. dia., two used 83120
Standard miniature tubes are connected for AC -DC SPECIAL SERVICING INFORMATION: 6RC1 Impedance of ea.,
500,000 ohms w/switch. 25047
operation. Sixty cycle AC is required for clock opera- OSCILLATOR GRID VOLTAGES, Pin 1, V-2: 3.2 ohms
(Measured using a VTVM with input impedance (Switch is ON-OFF on 6R1 and Nite-Lite on 6RC1)
tion. KNOBS
The schematic diagram is the same for both models of more than 10 megohms. Line voltage 117 R-8 4.7 megohms, 20% 73169
volts AC.) R-9 220,000 ohms, 20% 73153 Both Tuning & Volume 52227A
except for the addition of the timer (clock) motor,
1500 kc -5.5 volts DC (rms) R-10 470,000 ohms, 20% 73157 models
nite-lite, and second speaker to model 6RC1.
The 6R1 has one 6 by 4 in. oval speaker, while the 1000 kc -5.5 volts R-11 150 ohms, 10% 73015 6RC1 Timer knob (two used) 52226B
6RC1 contains two 3 in. speakers. The latter are con- 750 kc -5.0 volts R-12 1000 ohms, 20%, 73325 only
nected in series, with a red dot indicating the input 540 kc -4.8 volts 1 watt MISCELLANY
side for proper phasing. ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE: R-13 Same as R-1 Cabinet 21142D
The nite-lite in the 6RC1 is turned on by the push- The alignment of the set is accomplished by fol- Cord, AC power
pull switch on the volume control. In the 6R1 this lowing the steps in the chart below. Connect output CAPACITORS 6R1 (#18 AWG) 32029A
switch is the radio ON-OFF control. meter to speaker voice coil. Use isolation transformer C-1 Variable, two gang & 23550A 6RC1 (#16 AWG) 32028A
between radio and power line to reduce shock hazard. (A, B, trimmers Dial 38161A
CLOCK OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Escutcheon, front
Each adjustment should be made using a minimum C, D)
Operating instructions are attached to the bottom 6R1 41140C
of the clock radio and are repeated here. input signal. Connect test oscillator through a .01 C-2 Paper, molded case, 23705
Radio knobs: mfd capacitor to the point indicated below. Ground .047 mfd. 200 volts 6RC1 41124D
Left is volume control and switch (pull out) lead of oscillator is connected to B minus bus. C-3 Ceramic, 220 mmf, 20% 23915 Light, dial, T-47 54002
for nite-lite. Right is tuning. C-4 Ceramic, 47 mmf, 20% 23912 Light, "Nite-Lite", T-43 54007
Clock knobs: (On 6RC1 only)
Left is sleep switch, for 0 to 60 min. Right C-5 Same as C-4
Timer (clock) 58064A
STEP FOR
is control knob.
PROCEDURE
FRON r C-6 Paper, molded case,
.1 mfd, 220 volts
23707
(On 6RCI only)
1. Radio only Set control knob to ON and adjust tuning ri Plug, AC interlock 66047
C-7 Same as C-3
and volume. Pointer 67045A
C-8 Ceramic, 5000 mmf, GMV 23931
2. Radio with
shut-off
Turn set on with sleep switch, tune
station and set sleep switch to interval
C/ru-C C-9 Ceramic, 470 mmf, 20% 23916 Pulley 69003C
desired before shut-off. (60 min = 180`) C-10 Ceramic, 10,000 mmf, GMV 23939 Socket, AC appliance 79096
3. Automatic After step 1, set alarm and turn control C-11 Same as C-10 (On 6RC1 only)
turn -on knob to AUTO.
4. Automatic After step 3, turn control knob to ALARM. O C-12 Dual 50 mfd/150 volts 24073B ELECTRON TUBES
turn-on with Buzzer will follow radio turn-on by 10 (A & B) V-1 R -F Amplifier 12BA6
buzzer
5. Automatic
shut-off and
minutes.
After step 2, set control knob to either / LC,,C -52 S.F
53Bt701 .55 BE,OcJ
APOL/ANCE
OUTLET
C.13 Same as C-2 V-2
V-3
Converter
I -F Amplifier
128E6
12BA6
turn-on
AUTO or ALARM. LC/- COILS & TRANSFORMERS V-4 Detector and Audio 12AV6
To service tubes, remove two hex head screws at rear of L-1 Loop, ferrite 29358 Amplifier
cabinet, and slide entire chassis and front panel out of L-2 Trap, 455 kc 29088 V-5 Audio output 35C5
cabinet. Adjustments L-3 Oscillator coil 29229B V-6 Rectifier 35W4
©John F. Rider
o
3
MODELS 16RP1, 21RP1
TUBE COMPLEMENT:
ELECTRONICS Tuner chassis:
fier in tuner through cable to dual push-pull power
amplifier and speakers.
SYMBOL TUBE FUNCTION
TAPE RECD receptacle feeds output of radio or
V-1 6BQ7A RFampl, FM
SERVICE MANUAL V -2A
V -2B
1/212AT7
212AT7
FM mixer
FM oscillator
phono to MIXER in tape deck in Model 21RP1, or to
any external tape recorder used with model 16RP1.
V -3A 1/26U8 1st I -F amplifier
V -3B 1/26U8 AFC TAPE PLAY receptacle receives input from tape
MODEL 16RP1 COMBINATION PHONO -RADIO V-4 6AU6 I -F ampi; AM det'r playback pre -amplifier in tape deck (Model 21RP1) or
MODEL 21RP1 COMBINATION PHONO -RADIO-TAPE RECORDER V-5 6AU6.. Limiter other tape output (Model 16RP1).
12333 West Olympic Blvd.
V-6 6BA6 RFampl,AM
MANUAL BC -46 V-7 6BE6 Converter, AM TUNING INDICATOR tube allows visual control for
Los Angeles 64, Calif.
MARCH 1, 1958 V -8A 1/212AT7 Audio ampi accurate frequency adjustment.
V-8B 1/212AT7 Audio ampi
V-9 6E5 Tuning indicator
V-10 12AX7 Power Supply Chassis
Phono pre -amp
INPUT receptacle -receives audio signal from tuner
chassis for final amplification and output.
CRYSTAL DIODES
REFERENCE PACKARD-BELL
SYMBOL EXTERNAL SPEAKER connections are provided for
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER attaching an additional speaker (s) if desired. Bind-
X-1 (Crystal, Amperex 1N542 72027 ing posts are marked for speaker impedances of 4,
X-2 I (matched pair) 8, or 16 ohms.
Power supply chassis: SPEAKER socket and SPEAKER plug are both on
V-101 6AN8 Audio ampi & inverter this chassis, as are the PHONO AC plug and socket..
V-102 6V6-GT .
V-106 5U4 -GB POWER RECEPTACLE feeds power thru cable at-
GENERAL DESCRIPTION: SPECIFICATIONS: Rectifier
tached to tuner.
Model 16RP1 is a high-fidelity combination phono- (Apply to both the 16RP1 and 21RP1 unless noted)
Tape deck (in model 21RP1 only):
graph and radio (AM and FM) containing a total of CABINET FINISHES: RECORD CHANGER
sixteen electron tubes, including rectifier. Separate V-201 (A & B)
Mahogany, Oak, Colonial, and Walnut
treble and bass controls are provided, and the ON- ECC83 Playback pre-amp The operation of the record changer is covered by
CABINET DIMENSIONS: V -202A 1/2ECC83
OFF switch is the push-pull type, operated by the Stereo OR mic pre -amp the booklet furnished with the set and printed by the
Height, 3251, in. V -202B 1/2 ECC83 manufacturer (Garrard) of the changer. An important
treble control knob. The selector switch has six posi- Stereo pre -amp OR mixer
Width, 37 in. V -203A 1/212BH7A Stereo output OR recording adjunct to the changer is the Magic Power -Minder
tions, two for AM and FM radio, three for record re- Depth, 211/2 in.
production (AES, LP, and 78), and one for tape ampi switch described immediately below.
CHASSIS DIMENSIONS: V-2036 1/212BH7A Recording amplifier
playback from an external tape recorder. Tuner chassis 13" w by 5" h by 81/2"d
.
V-204 (A & B)
The record changer is automatic, four speed, with Power chassis: 13" w by 51/2" h by 6" d 12AU7 MAGIC POWER-MINDER
Bias oscillator
a spindle provided for 45 rpm records. Antennas for Tape deck (in 21 RP1 only): V-205 6X4 Rectifier A special feature of your instrument is the Magic
both AM and FM are built-in the set, but in fringe 14" w by 8" h by 8" d (excluding reels) Power -Minder switch. This is controlled by the knob
areas a separate antenna may be needed for FM SHIPPING WEIGHT: near the left rear corner of the record changer. There
reception. 16RP1, 160 lb.; 21RP1, 180 lb. CONTROLS, CONNECTORS, SWITCHES, are two positions of this knob: MAN'L and AUTO.
A special feature is the "Magic Power Minder" ELECTRICAL RATINGS: AND INDICATORS: (Be sure to distinguish between this switch and the
switch which may be set to turn off power -after last Line voltage, 110-120 volts AC, 60 cycles only. Tuner Chassis AUTO -MANUAL switch on the changer plate.)
record is completed. Power consumption: TREBLE, BASS, and LOUDNESS knobs are indi- When the Magic Power -Minder is in MAN'L posi-
Provision is made for connecting additional speak- 16RP1, 180 watts; 21RP1, 265 watts cated by markings. tion, changer will turn off after last record but set
ers if desired. Connections for four, eight, or sixteen TUNING FREQUENCY RANGE: will remain on.
ohms impedance are available. AM radio, 530 to 1620 kc ON-OFF switch is push-pull type operated by TRE- When the Magic Power -Minder is in AUTO position,
FM radin, 88 to 108 me BLE control knob. entire set will turn off after last record.
Model 16RP1 is divided into two chassis: the tuner
chassis and the power supply chassis. The former OUTPUT: Leave the Magic Power -Minder knob in MAN'L
SELECTOR switch has positions for FM radio, AM
contains the AM and FM circuitry, plus two stages 20 watts at less than 1% distortion position unless it is desired to turn off entire set after
radio, Tape playback, and three positions for phono-
of audio to the output receptacle. The power supply 30 watts at less than 10% distortion last record.
graph.
chassis, besides furnishing power to the system, con- 40 watts peak To use this automatic power -off feature, the record
tains the push-pull parallel output stages. AMPLIFIER FREQUENCY RESPONSE: TUNING knob is for both AM and FM radio. player must be in operation automatically (records
Model 21RP1 consists of the two chassis compris- 20 to 50,000 cps @ 1 watt w/ less than 1% stacked, switch ON CHANGER set to AUTO, and con-
ing the 16RP1 plus a tape recorder and associated distortion POWER CABLE plugs into receptacle on power trol knob set to START). Then the Magic Power-
amplifier on a third chassis, the tape deck. This has 30 to 15,000 cps @ 20 watts w/ less than 1 % supply chassis. Minder knob is turned to AUTO and the set left to
five additional tubes, making the total twenty-one. distortion turn itself off.
--1 db from 15 to 30,000 cps at 1 watt
PHONO receptacle receives pin -plug from record
A block diagram illustrates the functions of the
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES: player cartridge.
component circuits for both the 16RP1 and 21RP1. SWITCHING TO "AUTO" WHILE CHANGER IS NOT
AM, 455 kc; FM 10.70 me OUTPUT receptacle feeds output of audio ampli- OPERATING WILL TURN OFF THE SET.
©John F. Rider
STEREO
OUTPUT i/TAPE DECK
STEREO_
/1JR TÄ)
AWAY. PRE AMP PRE-0A/7P2Á
RECORD } V203 V202B V2 a r7/C.
PLAY
(AAR V20f V20/
B/A5 PLAY I M/XER
050. PRE-AnP CONTROL
ERASE aoºa
L
J i
á
I" m
AM L TLINER 0X455/5
-4,70 I
AE5
LP
Fi'/ POlER 5PL0 Cÿ'm
RRD/O CHA55/S
FM `^ÓS.?
AUD/0 WALPP Q
01/ TR,T
PHONO ((Pa) PAAR
aN ó:-
COroP'R Ó M 3 0
Ó 1
[
J M
ro
ti
21 RP 1 Block Diagram
r2/
o
Lolry
f117411,
TAPE RECORDER DECK TUNER
A Tape Reels 1 Stop Button P OmOff and Treble S Selector (AM -FM Radio,
D Microphone Input .1. Play Button Bass Tape or Phono)
Receptacle K Forward Button R Loudness T Tuning (Station Selection)
C Program Mixer L Record Level Indicators U Tuning "Indicator,.
o Tape Index Timer (Normal and Distort
V MAGIC POWER MINDER
E Speed Control Button Lamps)
P Safety Lever M Automatic Shutoff Switch (Turn to MAN'L before turning set on)
G Rewind Button N Volume Level PHONOGRAPH
H Record Button O Pause Button (See separate envelope marked "Garrard Record Changer.")
(Je
a'
.,` v2 c
e/ZAT7 FM. Q,,
f
'tiSti
pAB/
470! - /M
q¿g
/ T
6
-
NB Z9093 Br AM
V7 eo R
f14 6BE6 AMCOVV. 5- 12 L/4
f23.46 AM RF 1
5K ro% / /OK >
11f- 5lI
csó9r
I
N/ /C
Zgº' , . R 7 _,
f4/ //
6.,7,n 7 K
!
QQX
J r1/ v T/-3/
=I /OO
&
,jz Ñ
e °
,,,4Io
9W
/ %i I
V
/53
V
hL
(i.v s.rT.J
OH 6[O
.X
V9
!
V
/Ì\ 90 V
B
6FS TUNING EYE N
2Se ZG6
2200
CG/
f ' SL VG
K B.POWN
TO HEATE.PJ V/ -2-9-4-5-6-7-9
OWL G/GHTJ
©John F. Rider
PHILCO HOME RADIO TWAT
0 00
12BA6
13TLF.
SERVICE MANUAL
MODELS F-743, F-750,
F 752, F-754 and F-758
C1B
OSC:
sTOwlia+
12AV6
2
C2 , rn
jSTÁUDID
Clot
ANT.
-L1
RED LEAD
Model F-752 C3- OF T2
Model F-743
SPECIFICATIONS 7
120E6
CONV.- %
Cabinet-Plastic, table models.
Circuit -5 tube superheterodyne (including rectifier). a Q
Frequency Range-540 KC to 1620 KC. Big" LEAD
OF T2
Intermediate Frequency-455 KC.
Audio Output-.9 watt.
, l' ---I 87 ---.-;
ALIGNMENT CHART
SIGNAL GENERATOR RADIO
ADJUST
STEP DIAL DIAL SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
CONNECTION TO RADIO SETTING SETTING
-
aRECT
ing condenser.
1620 kc. Adust for maximum output. CI-B-osc. Printed Panel Component Layout Models F-754 and F-758
2. Radiating loop (See Note below(. 1620 kc.
CABINET PARTS
\ Description Part No. Description
2 Senl[e Part No.
Serrice
Cabinet, Model F-743 Clock
......._._....1119.2
..
Clock face
__41-20636
_11192-1
.... Crystal, elock.-____--___-.-_e____,-._.____2311352-0
Cabinet Back and loop Assy, __. 76-11130.2 Knob, clock, 2 used
Crystal, clock ._............_.-_:__....._.....-._.__._....--...._._. .. _.54-62904
Grille, speaker .....-......_._.-.-.:_..._..-_-.........._._.__-_._..._...._.-__..__..546288-1
Knob, tuning - -_$46156-IB
Clock.....__......_........_._........._..._ ........................_........--.-._..._..._.._....-..--.._.-..-_.4420833 Cabinet, Model F-754
_54-63133
Clock face ........ ._ ... ....... ...._ ...-.... .,..._28-11352-1 Grey
Knob, clock 2 med ... ...-.. _. __.. -._..-_. __.11259
Knob, tun 9 _._ ....
_..__546289.1
... .. .... ........._......._..........-._ _..._........._...... 54-62922
Lustre Ivory .__
Cabinet Back and Loop Assy,
a 11259-1
Knob, volume ... ...................._._-.........__._...._...__............_.___.__.._. _...._.___._546421 Clip, Pilot Light
--.--_____76-11532
Cabinet, Model F-750 ..................................._....:..:_.............._-..._...__......__.__....___..11263 W-2563FÁ3
41-2D634
Clock face
J Crystal, clock ..................................__.__..........._.._._...._._.._......_.._._._._..__546434-1 Crystal, clock
... _. 23113522
Clock, Code 124 ........_......................_........-.....--._...____...._...._..___........_.... 41-2068 544428
Clock, Code 126 ....-......._....-__ ............._._.__._.-..._...--._.__.._._..._.._..41.2069-1
Knob, 2 used
clock, --___5464331
Knob, tuning (grey) 5-s-sam
_
1
Dial, clock and radio ..........._......_..._.._...___._.........._..._.____...._....__.545287-1 Knob, tuning (LI) _ __.___.__-,
Hand, hour _.........................-._...-...__...._.._.-___.._..-_...._._._._-_..__.._28-3337412 5464232
Knob. volume (grey) _-_____546427-1
Hand, minute -...._,._ .............._........._..................:._.__.._._._...... .._.._-.._._2311374.13 Knob, volume )Ll)
Hand, sweep
_,,54.54274
Swivel Base 7311527
Hand,
Shaft,
alarm set ...
reanime set _ ....................._._.....-...._......-._.____._.._....__...-.-.
28-1137415
28-119851
Cabinet, Model Ft.
Turquoise _..._ 11262
Knob, time set .........__............................._......__.__.. -___....__..._...-.____-.23.11986 Pink ._ 1126.3
Clip, Pilot light
W2563FA3
f"---_ Knob, volume ....._............_-_...e ................_._-._._._...._......_..__...._....._.._54-63131
Knob, clock _ ............................_.........-...._....,,._
Gtbinet, Model 'F-752
._.:.-.....______-_-_- .64353
Cabinet Back and Loop Assy
Clock
Clock lace
731/533/
41-20665
_7.8-11352-3
Turquoise._ -._._,...._._.-___-__.-..-.___.:_._____._-_.._____.._.112631 Crystal, clock
14 AIN _112632 Knob, clock, 2 used
54-6430
54-64331
Knob, tuning 5462822
Cabinet Back and Loop Assy. __.._._._,__..._ -_..__._____.__._-._7610106-2 Knob, volume 5463133
n_
In all models, except model F-750, the clock is re-
movable through the front of the cabinet after the crys-
tal and the four nuts holding the clock to the cabinet
F-754 and F-743 -
out and down to allow top ears to clear cabinet.
Remove screw from cabinet bot-
tom. Pull bottom of crystal out and down to allow top
(inside cabinet) have been removed.
To remove the clock in the model F-750, the following
procedure must be followed:
F-758 -
ears to clear cabinet.
Carefully pry, with screw driver, between
bottom of crystaland cabinet to spring bottom crystal
I. Remove the crystal. ear out and free. Then pull crystal out and down to
allow top ears to -clear cabinet.
©John F. Rider
-PHILCO HOME RADIO
;PHILCO
SERVICE MANUAL Factory -Supervised
!
CORD°A° .y
CORDI° END,
FM ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE CORD"A'
Model F-974 I. Calibrate the scope for 2 volts P/P. ENO, TUNING SHAFT
28-11611-1 31/2TURNS
2. Connect the scope, through a 100,000 ohm isolat-
ing resistor, N junction of R12 and C26. Scope
SPECIFICATIONS ground lead to chassis.
-
Cabinet Plastic tablé model -Ebony or Maroon.
Circuit -Seven -tube superheterodyne plus selenium
3. Connect the signal generator to bottom of TO
secondary (junction of TI with RI and C5). Gen-
erator ground lead to chassis.
rectifier. 4. Inject marker signal, 10.7 me (unmodulated).
Frequency Ranges -Tuning drive ratio 12:1 5. Inject sweep signal, 10.7 mc, approximately 150 kc Drive Cord Installation Details
Broadcast- 540-1620 KC total deviation (do not over sweep).
FM -88-108 MC 6. Adjust cores TC8, TC7, TC6, TCS, TC4 and TC3
Audio Output -1
watt for maximum amplitude, symmetrical curve with
Operating Voltage -105 - 120 volg, a.c./d.c. the 10.7 Inc marker at top of curve.
Adjust input signal to maintain output, as shown
Antennas - - -40
Power Consumption
AM
watts
Built in high impedance, pancake
loop
on scope, below 2 volts peak during alignment.
Repeat step 6 until no further gain is obtained.
7. Calibrate the scope for 5 volts P/P.
FM-Line cord with provision
for connecting external. antenna. 8. Change the scope connections to LOO (FM audio
output to function switch).
Intermediate Frequency -AM 455 KC
9. Remove sweep signal. Inject 10.7 me, 30% AM
FM 10.7 MC
Pbilco Tubes - 12AT7 FM R -F and converter, 12BA6
FM IF amplifier, 121306 AM
modulated signal. Adjust TCIO for minimum indi-
cation between peaks. See note below.
10. Inject 10.7 me sweep signal and adjust TC9 for
converter oscillator, 12BA6 FM- maximum symmetrical output.
AM IF amplifier, 12AU6 FM
11. Touch up cores as in Step 6 plus TC9 for a sym-
AM detector - AVC
audio, 35C5 audio output.
-
limiter, 19T8 FM discriminator
1st
metrical, maximum amplitude, discriminator curve.
To check alignment, discriminator curve should not
shift in frequency with an increase N signal input
R1
C5
The AM alignment should be completed before the 12. Inject 108.5 mc, 30% AM modulated signal,
FM alignment is made. Before beginning the alignment, through an antenna matching network to the re-
allow the receiver and test equipment to warm up for ceiver antenna terminals.
fifteen minutes. 13. Open tuning condenser. Insert
a 6 mil, non-
DIAL POINTER -With the gang fully closed, ad- metallic, shim between stator and rotor of the FM
just the pointer to be vertical. gang and close gang against shim.
Adjust VC3 for minimum indicating between peaks.
RADIO CONTROLS -Set the volume control to
maximum, set the function switch to AM and the tuning 14. With tuning condenser fully closed, inject 87.75
me,
control as indicated. 30% AM modulated, signal and adjust TC2 for mini-
mum indication between peaks. See note below.
OUTPUT INDICATOR -Connect either an a -c volt- 15. Inject 91 mc, sweep signal and with
meter or an oscilloscope across the voice coil terminals. tuning gang
SIGNAL GENERATOR
generator with modulated output.
-
Use an AM r -f signal
tuned to 91 mc, adjust TCI for maximum output.
See note below.
OUTPUT LEVEL
output below volts
.4
-
During alignment, maintain the
a-c.
NOTE: Signal input must be as low as possible in
order to obtain - sharp indication. In
some cases it may be necessary to set sig-
nal generator to the first sub.harmonic.
Chassis and Printed Panel Component Layout View
©John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
Aoforence
Symbol
Cl
Description
Condenser, FM antenna, 15 mmf, ceramic ......_.A2415409011
on enssr, FM antenna coupling, .001 mid,
Service
Pmt No.
Reference
Symbol
CRI
Description
Selenium rectifier, 100 ma
ire
part No.
34.80404
Ll Choke, filament de -cou P lin 9, 2.2 mh ........................... ...32-44228
ceramic ...........................................................................30-1267-4
C3 Condensec, FM antenna coupling, .001 mid. LAI Loop antenna. Am ....-.- ....................... -- .....2]611304
coramic ............................................_...........................3012671 L.C. interlock connector, AC .................... .....27.6240-10
C9 Condenser, antenna lead, .001 mid, ceramic ............30-1267.4 1St Speaker, 5" pm, 3.2 ohm V.C. impedance .... ........45-3733
C5 Condenser, input cathode by-pass, .001 mid, N1 Resistor -condenser network, audio stage .,_........_._....30-6027
ceramic .................................................................62.2100010f7 RI Resistor, FM A -F cathode, 150 ohms ._......_._..._.....6,1158340
C6 Condenser, gang DC isolation, 150 mmi, mica ........30-1257.13 R2 Resistor, FM R -F B- decoupling, 2200 ohms ._..._66-2228340
C7 Condenser, r.t coil signal return, 680 mmf, mlca..60-10685411 R3 Resistor. FM R -F B- de -coupling, 2200 ohms ...._..665108340
C8 Condenser mixer coil signal return, 5 mmf. R4 Resistor, mixer B} de -coupling, 5600 ohms .. .....66-2568340
ceramic ............................................................._........._30.1257-14 R5 Resistor, FM rF an .ºturn,
C9 Condenser, ìnterslage coupling, 150 mmf, mica ....30.1257.13 ....m..._.............665108340
1
C22 Condenser, 2nd I -F cathode bypass, .01 mid, disk -.30-1262 R20 Resiatoe. output cathode bias. 150 ohms ....._._......_..6,1158340
C16 C23 Condenser 2nd IT screen de -coupling, .001 mid
dúk ................................................................................30-126212
R21
A22
Resistor, tone compensation, 56,000 ohms ___...._..663568340
Resistor, feed-back, tone circuit 5600 ohms 66-2568340
C24 Condenser 2nd I -F B + de -cou P lin 9. .0047 mfd, 1,23 Resistor, B} filter. 1200 ohms, 2 watts ......................662125340
C12 disk .............................................................................30-12623 R24 Resistor, rectifier current limiting- 22 ohms .............334334-21
C25 Condenser, 3rd I -F screen de -coupling, ,ol mid.
disk ................................... 30.1262 SI Switch, .,,,,off ........................._..............__...._..._..........Partof VA1
C26 Condenser, 2:d '. F grid by-Pa83. 22 mmf, disk ......30-1263-19 52 .wì/ch. AMFM ._.........................._......_.........._...._...42.20583
C27 Condenser AM IT filter, 220 mmf. disk ....................30-1262-23 Tl Transformer FM antenna ...._.........._._................_._....32-0718-I
C28 Condenser, AM I -F litter, 220 mmf, disk ....................30.1262-23 T2 Transformer, FM r-t ....._.....:..._....._ ................................324717-1
C29 Condenser, A.V.C. bY.pass, .047 mid, moulded ........30-4685-20 T3 Transformer, FM ose ................_..._..._..._._......._.......32-07161
.
""""--"""-m""'
329784-1
C32 Condenser, AM mixer screen de -coupling. .01 VCI Tuning gang. 2 section, FM .................._....._. ._...........,37-2789-2
mfd, disk ............................................._........................._301262 VC2 Tuning tang. 2 section, AM _.........._......__.............. ....31-2781-7
C33 Condenser, tone compensation, .0047 mfd, disk .. _30-1262-3 VC3 Variable condenser, FM ose., .5.3.0 mint ..........._....319520.I8
C34 Condenser, filament by-pass, .01 mid, disk ................30-1262 VC4 Variable condenser, ose. bridge capacitor, 2-7.5
VC 3 C35 Condenser, filament bypass, .01 mid, disk ..................30-1262 mml .._......_._................................_..........._.___..........31.6520-22
VR1 Volume control. I meq ............................................._...... 335588-9
C36 Condenser, AC by-pass, .(147 mid, lobular ................ 30-0fi5045
C37 Condenser, electrolytic. 2 section fìltor, 80/50, WI Line cord ...........__ ..............._......_.__........._...._..........._..._._.414 0
150 WVDC .....................................................................3025859 ZI Tmnsrmer,
ta 1st FM ..._....._.............................._....._.......324715-1
C38 Condenser, audio coupling, .005 mid, disk ................30.1238-1 22
L1 C39 Condense[, line by-pass. .004/.004 mfd, dual 23 Transformez, Ise AM ......................._.._...........,._.._.....,.32-0583-17
diak ..................................04/...............................,.........3032224 Z4 Transformer, st FM ..................................................... ....324712-2
C40 Condenser. Osc. temp. compensating, 7.5 mmf, ................._............324583-1]
30.122493 25 Transformer, 2nd AM
Cl 5 Transformer, 4. FM, discriminator ..._.................._._..32.4]14-2
C41 Condenser, tone control, .047 mid, moulded ..............30-4685.45 Z6
C43 Condenser, AM ose. coupling, 47 mint, ceramic .....30.12304 Printed Panel ........__........__...._.....__......._....._.._.....__.Si-99613
Rnob, AM-FM switch, ebony ......54.6456-1 7 pin min.. Panel mfg., 4 used ................. ......27.6309-1
maroon ............................................................54-6458-2 9 Pin min.. Panel. mfg.. 1918 ......_..... ......................-27-630.
Spring. drive cord tension, 2 used ..............289990
PoiMer Sd 6455-1 .
Cabinet back and IooP assy . ....................:.............,.........................7610263-1 $P[Ìng drive cord tension, 1 used ...........__............_..........._............562817
Scale... ............_............._.................................._....................................54.6453.1 Shaft, tuning .._.........................._......_..._................_........,........_....,_.20-116]1-I
C17 R5 C14 R4 Z1 FMantenna asst. ..................................................................._.._......._413791.{ Ring, retaining ._.............._........,_,.....,......................,......................iW60978FA3
PRODUCTION CHANGES
in.aground
Bottom View - Modal F-974, FM Chassis Components I. C8 was changed from 10 µµf to 5µµI and VC4 was added.
co2ec.ì02n hanged Iromut entert p to loxelancá
2. Cl was moved from the toll side to the antenna side of C2 and C3, 4- A 1000 wd feed thru condenser was remoedolrom the screen grid
cutoff of the 12BÁ6 (S2).
3, A ,001 condenser, C4, from the antenna lead to ground was removed
to later production and the antenna transformer (T1) Was wired 5. CIS was changed from a 660 uµf condenser to a .01 mid condenser.
SERVICE MANUAL
-MODELS G-749, G-751, G-753 and G-755
12
=
t:3
Circuit -5
tube superheterodyne (including rectifier).
Frequency Range-540 KC to 1620 KC.
Intermediate Frequency -455 KC.
Audio Output-.9 watt.
Power Consumption -30 watts.
Operating Voltage -105 to 120 volts, 60 cycles.
Aerial-High impedance loop mounted on inside of
cabinet back. Printed Panel Component Layout - Model'G-749
ALIGNMENT CHART
SIGNAL GENERATOR RADIO
NOTE: Make up a 6-8 turn, 6 inch diameter loop from insulated wire, conne t to signal -generator leads, and place near radio loop.
For proper adjustment of the oscillator trimmer, fully open the tuning gang and insert a .006 i h on -metallic shim between
Printed Panel Component Layout - Models G-751, G-753 and G-755
the heel of the rotor and the top of the stator plates. Close the tu ing gang sufficiently to hold the shim in place, end then
remove the shim without disturbing the gang setting.
©John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
8efe enu Senke Referenze Senke
Srmbol Description Part Na. Spnbol Description Par[ Na.
Cl Condenser. tuning 31-2783-15 R4 Resistor, volume control 500.000 ohms . ._.....33.5575-5
C2 Condenser- oscillator grid Pan of ose. crop R5 Resistor. leakage, 33,000 ohms ..........._......_..... _66.3338340
C3 Condenser, osc. temp. compensating, R7 Resistor, B+ filter, 220 ohms, I wall ......... ...86.1224340
7,5 mmf, N2200 _.___._-__.._._._.._..___.._30.1224-83 RB
C4 Condenser. AVC by-pass..047 rat moulded .__30-4650-45 T1 Transformer. oscillator ......._......._.._..._........ -......_..............32.4756.1
C5 Condenser, output plaie, .01 ml 30.1262 72
C6 Condenser, line by-pass, .047 caf, moulded __.30-4650-45 WI Line Cord (G.749 and G-751) ..._..__.........._ .......................41.4270-5
C7 Condenser, electrolytic filter, 3 section _.._.._.._30-2585-11
LAI Antenna ._32-47681 21
\\
LSI Speaker and transformer, Model G-749 22 Transformer, 2.1 1-F ....._..........._.__......_.__._...._...._.._..32-4583.21
nI
CABINET PARTS
Description Stoke Part No. Description Service Part Na.
Cabinet, Model G-749, Lustre Ivory _51-0017 Cabinet. Model G-753
Crystal, clock .._ .._..._.__,._._._ ._6713.1 Lustre Ivory 11321
__... _.
Clock
Dial. clock
Hand, hour _
_ .s54.5379.1 _._41-2068
2811374.25
Pink__._...._..._.._...._._._._...._......_.._........__.. ..._...._...._..._.........11321-1
Charcoal...,._.._..._..._.._...._........_ .............._._............._......_..............11321-2
Back and loop assv....____._._.._......_...._.........._...._....._................76.10493.1
Hand, minute _,__.......,.28-11374.26
Hand. sweep _________._.._.._.._._.,_..______....._28-11374.19 Crystal, clock .__........_..._.._....._..........._._......._ .......... ...._.........54-6623-1
Dial, clock and radio, Pink only ._...._........._.... ................._54.5350.1
Shaft, reartime set ___ .28-11985-3 Dial, clock and radio ..._-...._..._..._...._ ...............__...__..._..._......_.._.54.5350
Knob, tuning _-___54-6624-4 Hand, alarm set. Lustre Ivory or Charcoal ......_._....28-11374.20
Knob,
Knob. volume .a._.._..,...._.._.._...54.6624-5 Hand. alarm sot. Pink .__._..__._......._..._..__...._..._...._..._...._...28.11374.31
Knob, clock _.._..._.._._..._..__.,.._._,.._-_...__-...54.6436-2 Hand, hoot Lustre Ivory or Charcoal ....._....__........_...28-11374.17
Cabinet Model G.751 Hand. hour, Pink ....._......._..._......__.._..._...._.._._....__...28-11374-29
Lustre Ivory __. __.._.._.._...__51-0017 Hand, minute, Lustre Ivory or Charcoal
Pink Hand, minute. Pink _ ..............._................_...._..__....__...._...28.11374-30
Hand, sweep ...__.._.._......_...__............,.__.._ 28.11374.19
Clock Knob, clock (2 used) ._..._......s...._............_.._...._.____..._..___...54.6436-3
Crystal clock ._.._.._,__...._...._._.._._54.6714-1 Knob, volume ......_...._._...._.._...__...__._.........._. ........_54-8093-19
Dial, clock, Lustre Ivory . ........54.6093-20
Shalt, rear time eet _.__.._.....___._,.__,......_...._.._..._....._...._...__..2811985.3
Hand, alarm set, Lustre Ivory _.___..___......_...d_28-11374.31 Cabinet- Model G.755
Hand, alarm set, Pink or Aqua _ ............_28.11374-20 Aqua ................
Hand, hour, Lustre Ivory _._ -._._....___._...._...____28.11374-29
Hand, hour, Pink or Aqua ...____..._.....:._.,..___.._.....28-11374-17
Hand, minute, Lustre Ivory ,._.._..._._.._.._...__._..._._.28.11374.30 Clock .......__ ..............__.._...._...____.._._...._._. ...41.2071.1
Hand, minute, Pink or Aqua ..__._.__..____._..._._._....._28.11374.18 Crystal, clock ...._..._..___...._.._.._......_._.____.._...._...____.....__._.54.6715.1
Hand, sweep ..._.....___..._._._..._.._.,.,.,_,__v...28-11374.19 Knob, tuning ._..___...__......_._.._____.v_.._..........._._. ...............___-54.8824.6
.
G-755
©John F. Rider MODELS G-749, G-751, G-753,
MODELS G-761, G-963
POINTER
28-9734-6
3 1/2 TURNS
- PHILCO HOME RADIO
SERVICE MANUAL
MODEL G-761 and G-963
DRIVE CORD
SPRING 28-9490
Dial Cord
Stringing,
Model G-963
Model G-761
©John F. Rider
L3 Lt L2
PILOT 128A6 W9T LOEAO GWENAF
R9 68 RIO T2
'T.2 IFAMR 62 OO RFAM0
C9
rRa--- LAMP LOOP
I;
C9 Condenser, line by-pass, .047 mfd, ...30-4650-45 Clock, knobs, 2 used ...._.....__....._...._...
34.64361
. ,_5454--65671607.11
Dial trim ....._.....__...____ ......................_...._._...._.__._..,
11 Pilot lamp, Dial wndow,
win radio _......__._._......_._....._....._._._.........__.__._.........
type 47, clear bulb, Model G-963 ._......_.34-2068 Hood, cabinet top piece, pink & ivory .__....._........._._..........54-6508.1
54-6506.2
type 47, frosted bulb, Model G-761 .........34.2676 Hood, cabinet top piece, mahogany .._...._.__...........___.
_.
.....................54-4718-44
LAI Loop antenna-part of back & loop assy., Knobs, radio control, 2 used .................._......._...._ ..............._......._ 54.6512
Knob, speaker selector .
.
28-9739.9
Pointer ....._. __ ............................................_.._..._.__,..._...........__....,.._..._27-6233-6
Socket, pilot lamp .....__...___ ..............._._....-_......_....._..._..._........
_
G-963
MODELS G-761,
CJohn F. Rider
MODELS G-820, G -idi, (.-0G4, G-828, G-0Zö
SERVICE MANUAL
MODELS G-820, G-822, G-824,
G-826 and G-828
z
-13
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE r
C)
RADIO CONTROLS-Set volume control to maxi- O
mum. Set tuning control as indicated in chart.
OUTPUT METER-Connect across voice coil
terminals.
SIGNAL GENERATOR-Connect generator and
set frequency as indicated in chart. Use modu-
Model G-820 Model G-822 lated output, 30%.
OUTPUT LEVEL-During alignment, adjust sig-
nal -generator output to hold output -meter read-
ing below .5 volts.
SPEAKER PHASING
(Models G-826 and G-828 only)
When replacing or reconnecting the two, paral-
leled speakers, it is possible that an out -of-phase
condition may exist. This is readily apparent by
weak output and serious distortion. To correct,
interchange the leads to one of the speakers.
Model G-828
SPECIFICATIONS
CABINET-Plastic, table models. PHILCO TUBES-12BE6, oscillator -converter; 1213A6,
Partial Printed Panel Shoteing 2-820, G-822 and
CIRCUIT -5 -tube superheterodyne (including rectifier). I -F amplifier; 12AV6, 2nd detector, AVC, 1st audio;
SOCS, audio output and 35W4, rectifier. 6-824 4C Input Circuit Foil Difference
FREQUENCY RANGE -540 KC to 1620 KC.
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY-455 KC. DIAL LIGHTING-Models G-826 and G-828 have illu-
minated dials.
AUDIO OUTPUT-.9 watt.
POWER CONSUMPTION-30 watts. SPEAKER-Model G-826 employs two 4 -in. p -m speak- 12ÁV6 134 T0 OUTPUT VOL.CONT.
ers in parallel. Model G-828 employs one 6 -in. p -m AVC-2ND DET- RED LEAD PLATE
OPERATING VOLTAGE -105 to 125 volts, AC -DC. speaker and one 4x6 -in. p.m speaker connected in
PRI.
SEC. -TOP
-BOT IST AUDIO OF T2 BLUE LEAD
OF T2
PILOT
LAMP
AERIAL-High Impedance loop mounted on inside of parallel. The others use one 4 -in. p -m speaker.
back.
ALIGNMENT CHART
35W4
RECTIFIER
l Ground lead to B-; output lad 455 KC Tuning gang Adjust tuning cores, in order TC4-2nd i -f sa. 41
through a .1 mf condenser to fully open. given, for man. output. TC3 and SECrTOP
TC3-2nd i -f pri. PRI: BOT.
grid (pin 7) of 12BE6. TC5 are located on top of trans- TC2-1st i -f sec.
formers. TCI-lst i -f pri.
2 Radiating loop. (See Note below). 1620 KC 1620 KCB Adjust for maximum output. Cl-B-osc.
3 Same as step 2. 1500 KC 1500 KC Adjust for maximum output. CI-A-aerial 5005
OUTPUAUDIOT
NOTE: Make up a 6-e tom, 6 -inch diamaer loop from insulated wire, connect to signai -generator leads, and place na radio loop.
For proper adjustment of the oscillator trimmer, fully open the toning gang and insert a .006 -inch non-metallic shim between the heel
of the rotor and the top of the sator plates. Onu the tuning gang sufficiently to hold the shim in place, and then remove the shim Printed Panel Component Layout-Modela G-820, G-822, G-824, G-826 and G-828
without disturbing the ging sating. (See Figure Aboce for G-820, G-822 and G-824 AC Input Difference)
©John F. Rider
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
CABINET PARTS
Service Service
DesMption Part No. Description Part No.
Imr."Mmied
!
ask. aia
3 1,620 kc
Gaag fully osc. trimmer
PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE
open CI -A
RCA SERVICE COMPANY Short wire
CAMDEN 8, N. J. 4 placed near 1,400 kc
1,400 kc ont. t,lmmer
loop to signal CI -B
FOR radiate signal
RCA VICTOR RADIO AND "VICTROLA" DIVISION osc. coil
600 kc
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA 5 600 kc T-4
(rock gang)
DESCRIPTION
The "9-C-7 Series" and the "9-C-8 Series" are five -tube time predetermined up to 11 hours in advance, and (3) sound
(including rectifier) table model clock -radios designed for an alarm (ìf desired) al the predetermined time. Lever type
operation on a 115 volt 60 cycle power supply. The cabinet function knobs are used for maximum ease of operation.
completely encloses the radio chassis and clock, using a
molded hood instead of a conventional back cover. The An appliance outlet having a rated capacity of 1100 watts
chassis and clock are mounted in a plastic "cradle' which is wired in parallel with the radio, allowing an appliance
comprises the cabinet bottom nad front. The plastic slide to be connected and the clock -timer set to turn the appli-
rule dial is heat-sealed to the cradle. The 9-C-8 Series has a ance on at a predetermined time.
decorative matai base attached to the bottom of the cabinet.
The chassis is of the "printed wiring" type in which all
electrical components except loop antenna and speaker are
mounted on an insulation plate. A conventional superhetero-
dyne circuit is employed using 150-milliampere series-string
miniature tubes. All wiring, except for external leads, is
"printed" on the underside of the insulation plate. The
switching type phono input jack is accessible at the left side
of the cabinet.
Tho clock -timer features not only the commonly accepted
self-starting type of clock with sweep -second hmd but also a
clock-controlled switch which will: (1) furs the radio (and
appliance if desired) off after a period of operation of up to 60
minutes; (2) turn the radio (and appliance if desired) 011. Complete Chassis Assembly-View from Component Side
CHASSIS RC -1166B
gw<
©John F. Rider
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
To Set Clock Time-Push in and turn TIME SET knob (at APPLIANCE OPERATION
back of cabinet). To Turn Appliance on Automatically-Tum TIME -SET REPLACEMENT PARTS
To Set Alarm Tine-Turn TIME SET knob counterclock- knob to desired starting time. Move SERVICE lever A
wise (ai back of cabinet). "AUTO" or "ALARM," Plug appliance into APPLIANCE out- SYMBOL STOCK SYMBOL STOC% DESCRIPTION
let. With this setting, the appliance will operate continuously DESCRIPTION NO. NO.
NO. NO.
RADIO OPERATION after starting time unless disconnected or SERVICE lever
To Play the Radio-With phone input cable removed is moved to "OFF." CHASSIS ASSEMBLY 103200 Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin miniature
from PHONO INPUT socket, move SERVICE lever to "ON." To Time Appliance Operation-With SERVICE lever RC-1166B for V4 and VS
Tum TUNING knob to select desired staion and adjust
-
±-103/4, 400 v.
Fixed, paper, 0.082 mf.,
T3 79283
103669 Speaker --
Transformer-Output iransformer
4" P.M, speaker complete
with cone LESS output transformer
knob to select desired station and adjust VOLUME as de- To Play Records-With phono input cable inserted into CS 1 Part of PCl
I's 103205 MISCELLANEOUS
fied. "SLEEP" operation can be used individually, in con-
junction with "Wake-up" operation or with "Alarm
PHONO INPUT socket and SERVICE lever at "ON," turn
VOLUME knob clockwise about one-half turn and adjust
C9 Incl. f
C10 103195 Capacitor - Fixed, paper, 0.012 mf., l2 103376 Connector-2 -contact female appliance
-
operation.
For "Woke -up" or "Alar" Operation-With SERVICE
later as desired. Connect phonograph attachment power
cord into APPLIANCE outlet. Play records according to CI IA 1 ìO3197 Capacitor -
±10%, 400 v.
Electrolytic, 50/50 mf., 103186
outlet LESS mounting bracket
Cable-AC power cable and plug
Case-Plastic case back -
antique
lever at "ON." tune in the desired station and adjust volume
level. Move SERVICE lever to "AUTO" for "Wake-up"
phonograph attachment instructions.
To Wake -Up to Record Music-Turn TIME -SET knob to
C
C12
11 /
103239
150/150 v.
Capacitor
120%, 400 v.
-
Fixed, paper, 0.047 Od',
Y7005
Y7007
white for Model 9C7EE
Case-Plastic case back pink- -
operation only or to "ALARM" for "Wake-up" operation in
conjunction with alarm buzzer. The alarm buzzer will start
desired starting time. Before retiring, operate record player
as described above to adjust volume level, Select and load
C13 103440 Capacitor-Fixed, ceramic, 5.6 mml.,
± 0.5 mmf., 500 v coeff. N-3300 Y7006
for Model 9C7FE
-
Case-Plastic case back - turquoise
a few minutes after radio starts to play. To slop alarm
buzzer, move SERVICE lever to any position other than
records desired and start record player inter automatic op-
eration. Move SERVICE lever to "AUTO" or "ALARM" just
as needle lands on first record.
Jl 103199A Connector
103376
-2
-contact closed circuit le-
male phone connector
See "Miscellaneous"
Y7008
for Model 9C7LE
-
Case-Plastic case
white
front - antique
for Models 9C7EE, 9C7LE,
- -
12
LI 105823 Antenna-Antenna loop and mounting 9C7FE
IMPORTANT-Keep SERVICE lever at "OFF" position when instrument is not in use. board Y7001 Case-Plastic case back pink
PCl 103205 Circuit-Printed circuit consisting
-
R7, 118. R9, CS, C6, C7, C8 and C9
of
Y7002
for Model 9C8FE
-
Case-Plastic case back - dark gray
TIME SET (AT REAR
SER ICE RI 502333 Resistor Fixed, composition, 33,000
ohms, 120%, Vz w. Y7000
-
for Model 9C8I
Case-Plastic case back - maple
REMOVAL OF CABINET HOOD
Remove two screws at bottom rear of hood and one screw
(long) at top rear of hood. The time -set knob is not re-
R2, R3
R4
502533
502110
Resistor-Fixed, composition, 3.3 meg-
ohms, ±20%, Vz w.
Resistor-Fixed, composition, 100 ohms,
Y7003
sugar
white -
Case-Plastic
(or Model 9C8ME
case front
for Models
- antique
9C8FE and
movable. Pull bottom of hood away from chassis cradle to
disengage power interlock. Lift hood up and to the rear. R5 502347 ., olrior -
±20%, r/z w.
Fixed, composition, 47,000
ayohms, ±20%, t/z w.
Y7004
-
9C8ME
Case-Plastic case front
for Model 9C8)
- light gray
105826
base - 9C8 Series
Knob-Time-set control knob for clock-
Refer to illustration below. Position the power cord plug,
which is attached to the hood, to the power input contacts
on the chassis. Push plug firmly on to the contacts.
R12
Ti
T2
502110
103206
103207
Same as R4
Transformer
Transformer
--
1st I.F. transformer
2nd I.F. transformer
103228
timer
white - with spring -
Knob-Tuning control knob-antique
all models
- -
Make certain thn edges of hood are properly seated on
chassis cradle before tightening hood retaining screws. The
long screw at the top rear of the hood should be tightened
REMOVAL OF CHASSIS FROM CRADLE
Remove volume and tuning control knobs.
T3
T4
79283
103204
103503
Coil -
Part of "Speaker Assembly"
Oscillator coil
Board-Printed circuit board chassis
105872
except 9C81
gray -
Knob-Tuning control knob
with spring (or 9C81
light
- - -
Remove one screw at outside of cradle (close to speaker). interlock contacts, tube sockets, except 9C8I
Knob-Volume control knob light
Remove one screw at bottom of cradle (right end).
Swing right end of chassis (as viewed from rear) to the
fixed resistors A capacitors
tubes, tuning capacitor, phone con-
necton, pilot light assembly, volume
less 105871
103218
gray -
Plate-R.H.
with spring for 9C8I
or L.H, aluminum satin
rear of the cradle. control, capacitors C4 A C13 finish cover plate for case front (2
Disengage chassis from cradle by moving endways. 103215 Bracket-Dial plate mounting bracket req'd)
with pulley 103908 Nut-Special brass tee nut for case
front and back mounting screw
103192
103236
Bushing-Tuning control shall bushing
Contact-Single contact male
AC power input (2 req'd)
-
for 103978 Nut-Speednut, retainer for speaker
(2 req'd)
105968 Retainer-Clock-timer window retainer
72953 Cord-Dial drive cord, 250' spool (2 req'd)
103211
103216
Lamp -
(approx. 34 inches req'd)
Miniature bayonet type 1847
Plate-Dial bookplate with gray deco-
103219 Screw-#8-32 x 3.94" round head-
screw for case front and back mount
ing
entire lines 101069 Spring-Retaining spring for volume
103213 Pointer-Dial pointer control or tuning control knobs
for cabinet
To
103118 Pulley -2.69" O.D. phenolic dial cord
pulley
103233
base -
Support-Metal support
9C6 Series
Washer-Spring washer for cabinet
APPLIANCE
OUTLET
103212
100643
Shalt-Tuning control drive shalt
Socket-Pilot lamp socket with leads
8078
105827
-
base 9C8 Series
Window-Plastic window for clock -
103201 Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin miniature timer
for VI, V2, and V3
Cabinet Assembly Clock Connections
RCA VICTOR
AC -DC-Battery Portable Radio
Alignment Procedure CAUTION
I -13X-5 Series The "Shipmate"
1-BX-57 Maple and White
MODEL 1-BX-5 SERIES AN ISOLATION
THE RECEIVER
TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED FOR
WHEN BENCH SERVICE IS BEING PER-
Test Oscillator-For all alignment operations, connect the
1)-BX-59 Tnrgrtaìse and White FORMED AND THE RECEIVER IS BEING OPERATED
MODEL 1-BX-6 SERIES low side of the lest oscillator to the receiver chassis and
keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid AVC FROM AN A -C POWER LINE.
action.
MODEL 1-BX-7 SERIES Battery operation of the receiver is preferable during
alignment. On AC operation, it may be necessary to con-
Circuit Description f)
These instruments are three-way 'personal" portable D
Chassis Nos. RC -1183, RC -1183A, RC -11838 nect the low side of the feet oscillator to "common negative." radio receivers using tour miniature tubes and a selenium
Output Meter Alignment-If this method is used, connect rectifier.
SERVICE -DATA
1-BX-6 Series The "Cararwn"
the meter across the voice coil and turn the receiver volume The receiver circuit is a conventional superheterodyne
I-BX-62 Green and White
I-BX-64 Pink and White
)-BX-67 l'Wow and White
- 1958 No. 5
control to maximum.
FOR
1 Remove oboe,s from case Critical Lead Dress
1-BX-7 Series The "Cruiser' RCA VICTOR RADIO AND "VICTROLA" DIVISION 1. Dress ballast resistors RI2, R13, 1114 and fuse resistor
1-BX-78 Flame and Beige Pin #6 of lU4 T2 RII such that they do not contact other leads or short
l -BX-79 Turquoise and Beige RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA 2 tube in series 2nd I. F. to chassis cover.
with .01 mid. Quiet Trans. 2. Make lead from V2-2 to T2-3 as short as possible and
Point
dress down toward chassis. Also keep other leads away.
455 kc Solder C6 with short lead at V2-2 and dress down
near 3.
Specifications 3
0A
Connection lug
seriesC]within.01
1600 kc Tl
let I. F. 4.
towards chassis.
Dress leads into lance below selenium rectifier such
Trans. that they do not contact rectifier plates.
mid.
540-1,600 kc POWER SUPPLY RATING 5. Dress leads at volume control such that they clear cab-
TUNING RANGE Install chassis in case. On 1-BX-6 and 1-13X-7 inet enclosure when chassis is mounted in the cabinet.
Power Line Operation
15 watts
4 Series, fasten antenna leads in slots provided 6. Dress oscillator lead from osc. coil to gang away from
455 kc 115 volts, d. c. or SO to 60 cycles a. c in cabinet. metal as much as practicable.
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY
or 7. Dress lead from antenna section of gang to VI -6 be-
Battery Operation Gang tween 1U4 tube shield and 1st I -F transformer and
LOUDSPEAKER "A" Battery, RCA #VS 065 7 5 volts, 53 ma. 5 1620 kc fully Cl -B lose.) away from top of chasss.
in. P.M. 90 volts, 12 ma.
open Make sure speaker is grounded to chassis.
Size and Type 4 "B" Battery. RCA #VS 219 Short wire
8.
Voice Coil Impedance 3.2 ohms at 400 cycles Battery life approx. 35 hrs. intermittent service 9. Dress blue lead of output transformer to 3V4 plate to-
Placed near 1900 kc ward rear apron of chassis.
6 antenna for 1900 kc CI -A (ant.)
TUNING DRIVE RATIO
signal Dress loop leads into slots provided in cabinet. Excess
radiated signal 10.
POWER OUTPUT (Battery operation) 1-BX-5, 1-BX-6 Series 1.1 (direct drive) lead should be on outside of chassis.
600 kc T4 lose.)
Undistorted 140 milliwatts 1-BX-7 Series 6 1 (3 turns of knob) 7 600 kc rock gang
signal To Remove Cabinet Back
Maximum 225 milliwatts
Power output on power line operation is approx. 10% less. WEIGHT (Approx.) With the back fully open, grip the cabinet with thumb
Without battery ....462 lbs. With battery ....5'/e lbs. 8 Repeat steps 5, 6 and 7. pressing forward against case front and fingers pressing
backward against case back. Insert a screwdriver under
TUBE COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA IRS Converter
DIMENSIONS (Overall)
Height ...7'/2 in. Width .. .10'/e in. Depth ...31/2 in.
CAUTION - one hinge and pry the center of the hinge out o1 the open-
ing in the cabinet while maintaining pressure on the back
with the .fingers and on the cabinet with the thumb. Repeal
I.F. Amplifier Do not remove any tubes from the chassis with the set
(2) RCA 1U4 operating and the plug connected to the power line. Dam- this procedure with the other hinge. Pull the back straight
(31 RCA IU5 Det.-AVC-Ist A.F. age to tubes may result. to the rear using both hands.
(4) RCA 3V4 Output
A selenium rectifier is used. Battery Operation
Place the power cord plug in the socket provided on the
top of the chassis. Wind the power cord around the two OSC.TRIMMER
small spools attached to the cabinet back. 1620 kc
"A"BATT.
21411 1-F TRANS. VOLUME CONTROL
TUNING 7'5 v.
Power Line Operation CONTROL 455kc TOPE BOT. B ON-OFF SWITCH
Note: If reception is not obtained on DC, reverse plug in IST.I-F TRANS ANT. TRIMMER LINE CORD
455kc 14001,c SHOWN IN POSITION
power outlet. On AC operation, reversal of the plug TOP d BOTTOM FOR BATTERY OPERATION
may reduce hum.
Tube and Trimmer Locations
©John F. Rider
= oarf-l'.lJJ')
_ _®
se.
Replacement Parts
71.
SYMBOL STOCK I SY STACK
S
No, NO, DESCRIPTION NMBo.OL NO, DESCRIPTION
Y4:
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES 79263 Shield -Tube shield for V2
ma4yººf> RC1183 for 143X-5 Sodas 75780 Socket -Tube socket 7 pin miniature for
ó,^m 11C-1183Á for 1eX-6 Series
AC -.11838 for 1-81(7 Series
77087
71494
VI and V3
Socket -Tube socket 7 pin miniature for V2
Socket -Tube socket 7 pin miniature for V4
77420 Washer -Nylon Insulating washer for
CIA, C. 105946 Cachassis -1183aridble tuning capacitor
RCpa.c.I
for tuning capacitor 12 req'd)
CIA, CIB 105954 Capycite' -Variable tuning capacitor for SPEAKER ASSEMBLY
chaesle RCII83A 79696A Speaker-4" PM snooker complete with
CIA, C18 105955 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor for Cq
asais ACIIBJB
C3 101232 Coe: or27d, ceramic, 56 hunt., MISCELLANEOUS
2a%, 500 v. LI 105951 Antenna- wile antenna and case
CS 73960 Capacitor-Fixed, ce: 0.01 ml., bly for Models 18X62, IBX64, IBX67,
+100%, -0%, 500 ,7m 18X78 a ci 18X792.An ielo while c ar
ried In Block for rºplacemont
C6 101233 Capacitor-Fixed, headed load, 3 mml., antenna
±10% 500 v. Ll 105937 Antºinns-Ferrite d s
C7 102425Á Ca
,
-
R6 502356 Resoor-Flxed, composition, 56,000 ohms, carried
LBantique Xwait*BXcarrl aeock lox
±10%, 'h w, replacement
R7, R8, 105930 Indicator-Tuning control indicator -Rome
A9, RIO Part of PCI d for r tuningg antral knab-
B11 105927 Realetºr-Fizad, wirºwound, lase type, Modulo IOX78 nand IBX79c
68 ohm¢, ±10%. Insulator -Soli rubber insulator for mount.
105268
e log ferrite antenna rod #105937
F-
R12 502233 Aeelslor-Fixed, composition, 3300 ohms,
+10% h ". 105939 Knob -Tuning control knob-anllque white
R13, R14 101881 Resisto'-Fxed, wirewound, 1200 ohms, with spring -for Models .X576 IBX59
±S%, 4 w. 105931 Knob -Tuning control knob -antique white
502222 Re±e1l0o%-Fwd, composition, 2200 ohms, wdh Models IBX62, IBX64R15
1Xing-for
Alb 502182 Resialor-Fixed, composition, 820 ohms, 105932 Knob-Vornlºr tuning control knob-lawny
10%, '/v w. bºige 'ih spring -for Models 18X78
R17 502210 Ro4'slor12e, composition, 1000 ohms, and IB%79
=10%, /a w. 105928 Knob -Volume control knob -antique hoe
Ilh eprinp-tor Models IBX57, 16X59,
AIB 502147 Relater-Fixºd, composition,
10%, Yr w
470 ohms, IBX62, IBX64 and 'CV n
SI -1, 101882 Swloh-"Line-balter7¡" Iunclion ewllch 105929 Knob -Volume control knob -lawny betas
Ilh spring -for Models 18X78 an,l
$H S2
TI
105938
105933
with brackºI
Part of AS
Tranelormor-let I -F transformer 79744
jBX79.
Raeaaseo'-Formed hinge nosed) 1º,
Y%
Iron) d 12 r q'
case
c ) Bach
T2 105934 Transormor-2nd IT transformer 105943 Rotalnor-Hairpin retainer for carrying
T3 105926 Transformer -Output transformer handle (2 toga)
T4 105935 Coll -Oscillator coil 101874 Spring-Aelaining prop for ve'n'al ''"-
73128 Cable -AC power cable wish plug Ins control knob #105832
105940 Cable-"B" boners cable with male and 101069 Spring -Retaining spring for volume -
Ire! knobs 'untoº trot knobs 105939,
73935
fomola coinºclor
Clip -Mounting clip for 1-F transformers
'eat Indicppator #x105930
101875 SlopdaleeNXó2etl8X64r,
74324 Conno Cto'-3 contact äe11 ºd male con IBX67,a18%78 aed
actor for "A" ballºcy loads IHX79
105942 Cup -Aluminum cup for volume control 101903 Washer -Phenolic retaining washer far AC
100270 Grommet -Strain relief grommet for power power cable (2 regal
cable 181876 Washer-Sp ling w her fur tonne -
105041 Insulator -Phenolic insulator for tuning bly Moin IB%82, IBX64, 18X67,
capacitor 18X70 and 18X79
Tuner Chassis No. RC-1155AX generator te the receiver chassis. If output maenurement is used Stege
C'nneer-I háp1,
Slog. pen Adlt
n. for
for AM alignment, the output of the signal generator should be kept unput n o ou4>ul
Amp. Chassis No. RS -171 an low as possible te avoid AVC action.
Tt lop
Record Changer RP -205C -2X, RP -205E -2X lai o
cca
c
AM Alignment pv,-Izin
No.
nuG
I of
cor.
Fol maximum
maximuu m d.c,
.Mean SIfC4 TM I'll/ D-
Meek/ SNP -B Tbr 4.74 l'IIr" M odd 9-T? SERVICE DATA FUNCTION SWITCH IN AM POSITION
Genset high Pia No
pate)
t lancttan at
RIB and RLB
T3 l o ra
Mode! SHC-B is a combination PosNo. bottom 16
piVn3.1N2SA6o
tedio -phonograph- It in a 1 T4 t TO bop osom
rembincrhen of Model STEP -B and Model I -T-2. of V3 co mec,)
PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE o .arfa Td top
wlh 01 fd
455 6e. Qatet gels) tara Iprl) TI la c
Model SHP-i ù phonograph using AF m plus. chow.. RCA SERVICE COMPANY hteh t'TI bosom
tmod,) I
Stator
85.171. record hanger RP.2DSC-2I r RP-245E.5X and lour TaP logo Iraq, and T2 'Donate
speaker« A DIVISION OF JÓNa 4)
co (see.>
Rr coú Te lop e7 ce
Model S -T-2 is an AM -FM tener aetnq lane, chtreei. RC -1155.
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA M
co (Pri.) 87 /no
(9anq r-losad)
AI it ism ammo, designed ler installation is Mod.I CAMDEN 8, N. J. 1620 k<. 1520
(pang oyen) CIE -T (oae,) lab me 104 me
rigs«)
R.r
tTCIS-TM
SHP-a.
FM Ant.
Short wire 1400 kc. 1400 kc,
signal
CIA T
CICT (rt.t)
(cet termínale 90 me
90 to trMj.r
Placed near (mod.) hru 270 signal
loop Ior ohm revisto.
SPECIFICATIONS «deted LG font,) Repeat slaps 6 and 7 untD maximum
«)anal
600 500 kc.
(rock gang) gam le obtatned
TUNING RANGE LOUDSFEALERS (mad.)d.)
100 m táM use
L4 (er) 9 I ao me signal otl l5
Si on lord &..ek, ,i.t Ali
Modele-ii (FM)
1 1
540-1Ed10 kr Too -woofers"
12'" PM ohms each
6 8 e
400 cycles
Repeat steps /, sed 6 uPlll maximum
5 'II n Amy for a orale paaklnp, the wmdmq In Irenslo[mr
Gama
B8-108 mc Two 3% PM "tweeters" 6.8 ohms each Ya 3000 cycles gam i. obwNn.a being peaked .Mo"1,':',.1:,°,d ded chow
with a sweó reek20`,.
"I', Connacl V.HOhmyet al V5 ihroueh o 22ÁH i.o)Ming resldor with
INTERMEDIATE rNEQUENCILB POWER SUPPLY RATING O.clilalec frequency is above niece) frequency on bath AM and FM .4 inch maximum xponed ead at grid terminal end. Output adlueted toi
1 volt d.c. Drone VoltOhmyet lead ewer iron input afrculle.
AM 455 kc FN 10.7 me Model SHC-8 115 volts, 60 cycles. 140 watts NOTE--FM trolle L8, L2 and LS are adjusted by lncreaeing or de-
TUBE COMPLEMENT Model SHF-8: 115 volts. 60 cycles. 105 watts
t12ÂL5 06M0
111 RCA BOOT Two-cbannel A F. PreampRóer I
FM
IS) RCA
lit
6007 Two-chanael 1st AI AmpliSa aVD10 \`
T DET. 1
C14_ I
PCA
141 RCA
ECG/
EV6CT
Two-chaxa.! 2rxi AI Amplib.r
OUTPUT T
09
Leh Chaanne! AT Oatprrt I
CID
(S) TICA BVBGT Rlght Channel AF. Output ; r620 KC
(El ACA STSGT Pechter 600xC /AM obC
AM - OS4
RECORD CHANGEA
I
C: ohn P. f2.der
POSITION #1-PHONO SINGLE
DESCRIPTION SI -E) R 104
12
TOOK Yellow leads (secondary tap) at both output trans-
2
Model SHC-8 is a radio -phonograph. It is a combination of ended amplifiers for dual -alumna] amplification of stereophonic formers are connected in through S10í -B Front
parade)
F
R103
ezoo 6CG7
Model SHP-8 is a phonograph designed for use with either amplifiers are reconnected as a push-pull amplifier when using the TAPE (LEFT
stereophonic records or monaural records. The instrument employs instrument for moncrural reproduction. Three 6CG7 tubes (dual 0104 CHAN)
triode) provide three stages of dual -channel AF amplification, a 12 2 .047
audio amplifier chassis RS -171, record changer RP -205C -2X or RP-
2050.2X, two 12 -inch wide -range speakers and two 31 inch 6V6GT tube is used for power output in each channel. Negative
feedback, applied to each third AF amplifier, is derived from the R105 120
tweeters mounted on plastic housings to give panoramic distribution
of the higher frequencies. secondaries of the two output transformers. POSITION #2 -MONO STEREO
A dual loudness control and dual tone controls are used to pro- J102 Identical to Position #1 except that:
The,tuner chassis provides R -F amplification on both AM and FM N'A
operation. The FM antenna input is broad-banded and resonates to vide equal and simultaneous regulation of volume and tone in each TUNER (I) There is no connection between term, #7 and
the approximate center of the FM band. The mixer is pentode amplifier channel. A gain equalization control in the input of the #8 or between term. #11 and #2 a1 the func-
connected. for AM operation and triode connected for FM opera- right channel 3rd AF amplifier stage permits the right channel tion switch,
tion. AM 1-F circuits use a conventional I -F amplifier and a diode (internal speakers) output to be balanced with left channel (ex - (2) 1101-0 Front does not connect yellow leads of out-
detector which provides AVC voltage. FM I -F circuits include three tanned speakers) output. TO V102A
put transformers in parallel.
I -F amplifiers without AVC and a discriminator detector. An item of (RIGHT
A speaker selection switch (one system or two system) is used to CHAN.)
unusual interest is the inclusion of an A.F. phase inverter in this
chassis. This simplifies switching between stereo and monaural
operation in the audio chassis. AC supply voltage for the 35W4
connect the two amplifier channels in parallel when internal
speakers only are used. Provision is made to use this instrument
as a companion speaker in conjunction with other amplifiem when
J103
PHONO
B
all
rectifier tube and the series connected tube heaters is obtained from so desired.
an isolation transformer. POSITION #5-TAPE SINGLE
A lour -speed record changer (16 h, 331/2, 45 and 78 r.p.m.) is
A five -position audio (unction switch is contained in the audio used which is designed for use with either stereophonic or monaural /.4511221
Identical to Position #1 except that:
amplifier chassis and permits use of a tape recorder in conjunction records. It utilizes a ceramic two-stylus pickup having two elements (1) Through connection of tape inputs is made through
with either radio or phono functions. This chassis has two single - and two audio outputs. #12
term. and #7 instead of #11 and #7-
(2) Yellow leads of both output transformers are con-
51-8 TO OUTPUT nected in parate) through S101 -B Front.
15v. 6
V 8104 OF V101 -B
Hv POSITION #3-TUNER
RS-171Amplifier Chassis-
II
SI-Al2
R1oG'
View Showing Location (1) Tuner Input is connected to grids of V101 -A and V101-ß-
of Tubes and Controls RIOT TOOUTPUT (2) Output to tape recorder U1011 is connected ta outputs of 8101-A
OF VI01-A
and V101-8 as in Position #1-
-B (3) Yellow leads (secondary tap) of both output transformers are con-
SI
TO GRID nected in parallel through 1101-13 Front.
T103 ePEANEH6
J102
OF Ví01-B t1
TUNER SI -A
7 TO GRID
02A A
OF VIOI-A Simplified Schematic Diagrams of Function Switch in
V102B V10O3a B
SI B
Amplifier Chassis RS -171
.1103
PHONO
SI -A
TO GRID
OF ve-B
TO GRID
7
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS 11 OF V101-Á
CHASSIS RC-1155AX 9. Filament chokes LII and Ll l should be raised a minimum of SleD
1. All FM IF transformer grid and plate leads should be short and I/16" above chassis.
direct as possible and kept low, near chassis. 10. Oscillator grid condenser C12 should have short leads and be J102 GROUNDED
2. R18 and R19 leads should be kept as short as possible on T6 dressed away from filament choko LID. TUNER
terminal 6 aide. II. Keep wires and components away from 1200 ohm resistor R22. 5101-A 10
3. Keep leads V5 pin 5, to T6 term 1, as short as possible 12. C24 should ground in hole near terminal 5 of V6 with short
and leads.
low near chassis.
4. Dress C33 down on chassis and against terminal board. 13. Heavy buss lead from terminal 6 of V2 to SI -A terminal 9
Run should be short and direct.
filament lead between V5 and VI on side of V6 socket opposite
C33.
CHASSIS RS -171
5. All bypass capacitors should have leads as short as possible.
I. The following components, R103, R104, R105, RIII and C104, A,
6. Green lead from AM oscillator stator gang terminal to AM the preamplifier (V101) circuit should have relatively short
oscillator coil should be dressed against front of shield box leads and be dressed away from RI06, R107, 5108, 1110 and
and up above filament choke. C109. M. 2.1113
7. RF plate choke Ll, should be dressed at least Vs" away Stand PC101 and PC102 vertically between the tono controls.
from 2.
AM R.F. coil L4 and at least Vs" from shield.
3. Dress all wires and components away from R140 (2200 ohms).
POSITION #4-TAPE STEREO
8. Mixer grid condenser CIO should be dressed away from FM (I) Tape Inputs are connected Independently to grids of 8101-A and
oscillator gang stator terminal and away from leads connecting 4. Leads from function switch to V101 should be dressed down to
chassis and against chassis apron, maintain some separation V101-ß,
to terminals 8 and 9 of V2 socket.
between wires. (2) Tuner Input Is grounded.
131 Phone Input Is open circuited,
(4) Yellow leads (secondary tap) of the output transformers are not
connected in parallel. Tuning Price Cord Assembly
CJohn
CHASSIS RC-1155AX, RP -205C -2X, -205E-2X, RS -171
F. Rider
CHASSIS RC-1155AX, RP -205C -2X, -205E-2X, RS -171
A.M
ANT.
r_.%
ANT.
F-M
68'J
F
6
AMPL.
+94Y.
i
RM
L2
RF
ca
12
Coll:
Atl
COIL
R-F
R -F
L4
CIB
SHELF
1
9_280.
SHIELD
1010
220
V,
V2
19X8
MIXER
OSC. +BSV.
LB----
T2
J
TI
455 KC.
TI
3
1.2;,823A,716.
Rlo
.i_
CIB
4700
5
aO.BV.
94V.
6
é
l07
L---Td ;
l' -
4
MC.
WI33
455
t:l
-
KC.
r+
1
rÑÑ
I2AU6
2
ND.FM
R13
-F AMPL.
,4C20-348Y
4700
7
5
___
495V.
G
R14
C
-74-1r
T$
1o.7MC.
331 v
RIS
IOOK
12AU6
I
1
V5
3R0. P.M
-F AMPL.
74V.
ÿ
j
33fo
33
Te
10.7MC.OISC.
---1
1
V6
I2AL5
F-M DET.
--
1C3 1 R327á13
L3J
Ts.6 47
C7
T
8200 áa 258.2 r 1
CI 330
T
L_--CC---..J C341{
I- R2r-__21201
I
'36 R32
4700T j,000
l7 .01 ISOK +SOV
ANT. V7
IOK 14700 1001,71-4700 470. S270K
330K
R30
pl
Cf4 2ME11G. 220 12ÁV6
1000
) VIA
R30 n AM
DET.
- E3B
,056
R7 R33
1145- 220 ._1lllWl R24
30K R3 I0ME6
f23a.s 27o K
05V.
BLU.
7103
GRN-
C120 R129
0.1 270K
C122
.27 300n , EL-.
JI07
2.R7I051
M
C3
VI01B
LE
TONE
6R119
22K
R122
RED-'
Rl I 8200
6CG7 22KK C115 C116
AF AMR Rto6 jA22 A47
IOOK
82V.
V101 A
6CG7
AF AMR
VB
R22
+Iasv. 35W4
RECT.
T7
I200
37 M.A. GRN REO
À C32rirC328 P2
I50 MR TBOMF.
,Co47
4700 c
_ ¡
4 iGRN: BLK. W3
4
I2
V6 V2 VI
184] O DIe47
1223/6 I2 S 17:A6tir 6 12737 6 I9xB 6B6
4 4 3 L9 y 3 LIO LII 4 DIAL LAMPS
320V. e 103MÁ.
VI06
47ob T ooI T4s
5RECT.Y3GT
COIL C 51 5101
POSITION -A -M RADIO POSITION -PHONO SINGLE
1
®John F. Rider
CHANNEL GAIN EQUALIZATION- CHASSIS RS -171
A gain equalization control is provided to enable the gain of the
4. Both internal and external speaker systems must be connected
RIGHT CHANNEL (internalspeakers) to be balanced with the REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
or the outputs loaded equally with resistors. If output is
gain of the LEFT CHANNEL (external speakers).
measured with an output meter, a channel having no speakers
This equalization control (R132) is located on the bottom apron connected will have an abnormally high output voltage YMOOL YMOL SNO
of the chassis toward the front of the cabinet. When adjusting this reading. 'TNT' DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
control, four conditions must exist: 73935 Clip-IF transformera mounting
Adjust the equalization control (R132) to obtain right channel R131 502233 3300 ohms, 110%
1. A monaural signal input must be used. This should be a output equal to left channel output. The left channel gain is not 74879 Connector-2,0.2ot female far antenna leads 8132 106212 Control-Gain-Equalization
74882 Connector-3 -contact male audio cable from tuner R133
monaural record; use a frequency test record when measuring adjustable. 72953 Cord-Dial drive (250 loot spool)
502233 3300 ohms, 110%
with an output meter or use to music tecord for listening test. 3134,3135 502410 100,000 ohms, ±10%
104610 Dial-Tuning control RI36,R137 502447 470,000 ohms, X10%
2. The function switch (5101) must be in #2 position (PH NOTES: 101345 Eyelet-For RF shell mounting grommet 8138 502247 4700 ohms, ±10%
104603 Eyelet-Tuner wood frame and dial mounting R139 522115 150 ohms, ±10% 2 w.
STEREO). This enables the two channels to have independent It i not necessary to me ore thg audio X3823 Frame-Wood frame for AM/FM tuner dial
outputs. while making the 040 522222 2200 ohms, ±10%, 2 w.
equalization adjustment; sufficient accuracy can usually be hod by
output
16058 Grommet-Rubber RF shell mounting (4 req'd) 01(41, 3742 522047 47 ohms, ±10%, 2 w.
3. The speaker selection switch (S103) must be in the "INT. 6 listening. 104607 Plato-Dial backptale with r." O.D. pulley, S101A,SIOIB 106209 Switch-Function
double pulley shalt-Iona double pulley 3102 Part of R123Á, R123B
EXT. SPKRS." position. This is necessary for the two channels 104605 Pointer-Control dial
If the external speaker system is Ahoy than 3.5 ohms impedance, 5103 4676D Switch-Speaker selector
to have independent outputs. the output voltages will not be equal for equal power output. 101352 Pulley-Double for dial bookplate
101351 Pulley-RF shelf drive cord
T101 706216 Transformer-Power
T102, T103 106211 Transformer-Output
102627 Pulley-% O.D, for dial bookplate 70392 Cable-AC power cable and plug
34300 Screw -476-32 x %" cup point for drive cord
pulleys 106289 Clip-Mounting and datent for loudness control
104604 Shall-Tuning control and "on -off' switch
75192 Shield-For VI 100270 Grommet-Strain relief for power cable (t set)
79721 Shield-For V2 100643 Socket-Pilot lamp socket and leads
79263 Shield-For V6 102787 Socket-Octal for V104 and VI05 '
106471
35787
Connector -contant polarized bmale lape input-
output, Inner input and phono input
Connector -2 -contact female lot phono motor or
lunar Isolation Iranalormar leads
Connector -Single contact female, for external
X3724
) 4752
74882
lrl
Cloth-Grille-for oak cabinet
walnutecabinet
Connector--2-contact
antenna cable
rnFM antenna cable
mal6--fer
©John F. Rider r117 A CiCrTCt T!'t 11 CC AV' TIT et-, G, WV' aknCT a3V DCa 1 r71
CHASSIS RC -1168C, RP -205G-1
RCA VICTOR
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Stereophonic High -Fidelity Combination Signal Generator
FM Alignment
For alignment operations connect the low side of the signal
generator to the receiver chassis. The output of the signal generator RANGE SWITCH IN FM POSITION
MODEL SHC-4 should always be controlled to prevent over -loading or excessive
AVC action.
VOLUME CONTROL MAXIMUM-TONE CONTROL CENTER
-205G-1
Alignment Indicators
For measuring the developed d-o voltage across R45 or R47
during FM alignment an RCA VoltOhmyst® or an equivalent meter
Slo pe
gent ,'
O0SdoeoelIAgh Sig. gent
output
Tura radSo
dial lo-
Adluat for
peak output
should be used. Pi o1 V5
1
ówi
SERVICE DATA The RCA VoltOhmysl can also be used to indicate audio output '172z1.' 0.7 mc
voltage across the voice coil or developed voltage on the AVC bus.
©John F. Rider
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE - LEAD DRESS
AM Alignment The RF transformer (TI) and the oscillator coil (T2) cores should
be adjusted on the peak obtained with the core coming out the lug
RANCE SWITCH IN liM POSITION end of the coil. When adjusting from the top of the chassis, this is SID -F W5
the peak with the core farthest into the coil.
FHh og. tgot Tum radio ádiust los
nda ol eiç. dlat ro- peak Dornur Critical Lead Dress
qen. to- m arien)
1. Dress R16, R33, R83 and R87 up in the air and away from
T6 betroa all other components.
coT6 1pri.) 2. Dress R51 and R54 down against chassis and keep leads short.
top
core (sec.) 3. Keepleads of C33 and C39 short and dress these components
455 kc. Q ie> down against chassis.
lreq. end 74 top 4. Keep all LF. bypass capacitor leads short.
Fl term. 4 is
T4 bottom) 5. Dress power line leads away from all audio leads et loudness
s Al mfd. core (pd.) control.
6. Do not relocate ground straps from chassis to R.F. shelf.
goagfully
I67A kc. opav CI7 7. Lead from terminal "B" of 1st FM I.F. transformer to switch
should be 3 inches ± Ye". a
I4W kc. 100 c. C3 oat. 8. Dress all components end wiring away fibm VI grid circuit.
4 nqnal CS r.l.
Keep grid end of R3 short.
tºr encas 9. Dress R42 down against chassis.
AM sheet a .e,Den ohm) the
ara one r.t. section (CIC) el the g®q. 10. Leads of R40 and R43 joining to R42 should be as short as
ant. input
sL-ip Possible.
60n kc.
600 kc. eigºal (Rock
2 Dac.
gaºg.) IL Keep knob light leads away from audio leads on same terminal
board.
Remore the 10.000 ohm resistor sad 12. Dress audio capacitors down against chassis and away from
peek 71 r.(. at 600 kr. heater leads wherever possible.
Repeat 3, 4, 5, 6 wed 13. Replace all shields securely if it has been necessary to remove
them.
SPEerEe SELECTION
00 TAPE 4NPIIT
00
3 WRIT TO
INTERNAL SPEAKERS
Location of Tuber
and Major Components
6C66 6X8
RN AMP OSC.
2, go
10'71.10
o
0 68
R.6
R7
o
,h; Boa
. W. C20
C28
47
o
AN'R -F
AM SC.
2 3 5 8 7
ir
C P 8 C2
,C12
6ALIGT
TUNING EYE IgN
V/4
SOCKET VOLTAGES
'AVETVIrWN
Tube Plate Screen Cathode PROM PRONT WITH CONTROL
0 V.
fc.,TEL.
N
RECT.
-ED B lug ,Afieu
...60V6 120 - 0 1.101 POS. N2
61.8
r;:r
RE
02.608 65 65 0 d;1;11U
V6 ...6A15 0 0 0
V7 ...6AV6 120 - 0
"STEREO -MONAURAL" PUSHBUTTON SWITCH Complete Schematic Diagram-Timer/Amplifier Chassis & Record Changer
V8 ...6AL7 232
0230 232
©John 7. Rider
SYMROL STOLE
REPLACEMENT PARTS
REPLACEMENT PARTS - Continued
DESCRIPTION SYMBOL STOCK
NO. NO. NO. NO. DESCRIPTION
"2.? "'Ne.'TNOK DESCRIPTION "Pg." 'NW' DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY RESISTORS:
RC -1168C Fixed, Compoaitio.:;,2alI unless otherwise 077 502233 3300 ohms, 310% MISCELLANEOUS
CAPACITORS:
e R78 106212 Control -Gain Equalisation
RI 105685 Antenna -AM loop
C1F
IA.- 103364 Variable tuning (includes C2, C3, CO, CR, CI7) R2
502233
502247
3300 ohms, 220%
4700 ohms, 210%
R79, 1180 502233 3300 ohms, 210% PI 77726 Connector -2 -contact male for "stereo -monaural"
R81, 1182 502910 100,000 ohms, _IO% witch cable
C2, C3 Part of CIA, B, C, D. E, F
R3 502522 2.2 megohma, 1-20% R83 512212 1200 ohms, 310%, w.
R4 502068 68 ohms, 110%
1
S6 106497 Switch-Function "atereo.monaural" push-button
C4 79251 Paper, 0.1 ad., 210%, 200 v. R84, R85 502447 470,000 ohms, 210% type
p5 502210 1000 ohms, 320%
C5 71520 Ceramic, 220 med., 210%, 500 v., Coe(. -750 R86 522115 150 ohms, 210%, 2 w. 100523 Board -Terminal board for FM antenna cable
Feed thru, 1000 mmf., +100% -0%, 500 v. p6 502010 IO ohms, 220% 2200 ohms, 210%,2 w.
C6 105660 py R87 522222 103911 Bracket -Knob escutcheon mounting
502310 10,000 ohms, 220%
C7 73473 Ceramic, 0.0047 ref., i-100%-0%, 500 v. 1188, R89 522047 47 ohms, 210%, 2 w. 106687 Button -"Monaural" push button
RB 502410 100,000 alma, 310%
C8, C9 Part of CIA. B, C, D. E, F
p9
R90 522622 22 megohme, 310%- 104364 Button-`Stereó' purl button
502233 3300 ohms, 310%
CIO 76739 Ceramic, 33 coin!., _I0%, 500 v., Coe(. -0 R9 502133 330 ohms, 210% S1A
X4140 Cabinet-Mahogany
CI 73473 Ceromic, 0.0047 ml., +100%--0%, 500 v. S1E th.- 106445 Switch -Function-4 position rotary type X4141 Cabinet-Maple
RIO 502539 3.9 megohme, 210%
C12 105660 Feed thru, 1000 mint, +100%-0%, 500 v. S3 Part of R71Á and R71B X4368 Cabinet-Oak
1112 502318 18,000 ohms, 210%
C13 71920 Ceramic, 220 mmf., 210%, 500 v., Coef.-750 SS 46760 Switch-Speaker selection, D.P.D.T. slide type 71892 Catch-Cabine! door
Cara. R13 5O2210 1000 ohms. 220%
Cil 73473 , 0.0047 ml., +100%-0%, 500 v. TI Coll-AM RF 30716 Clip -Magic eye tube mounting -less wing screw
CIS 39042 Ceramic, 47 mint., 210%, 500 v
Cool. 750
p14
pI5
512347
512415
47,000 ohms,
150,000
120%, w.
ohms, 220%, w.
1
T2
76338
76337 Coal-AM oscillator
X3723 Cloth -Grille for mahogany cabinet
C16 76349 Ceramic, 12 mm(., 210%, 500 v., Coe1.-330 1
T3
X3725 Cloth -Grille toc maple and oak cabinets
2200 ohms, 210%, 2 w. 75559 Transformer--11stst FM IF
Connector -2 -contact male for FM ®leva cable
R16 522222
C17 Pan o[ CIA, B, C, D, E, F 74752
RI7 4700 ohms, 110% T4 76335 Transformer-1st AM IF
C18 39668 Mica, D.0047 ref., 120%, 500 v. 502247
76329 Transformer-2nd FM IF 74882 Connector -3 -contact male for AM loop antennaTS
C19 73473 Ceramic, 0.0047 ml., +100%-0%, 500 v. R18 502068 68 ohms, 21070 cable
.0 R19 502347 47,000 ohms, 120 T6 76328 Transformer-2nd AM IF 104339 Cover--Cabinet back
33098 Ceramic, 10 mml, 203 air ., 500 v., Coef.-750 T7 77939 Coil -3rd FM IF
C21, C22 73473 Ceramic, 0.0047 ml., +100%-0%, 500 v. R20 502210 1000 ohms, 320% 101868 Cushion -Felt for record changer drawer
p21 $02522 2.2 megohma, 220% T8 77938 Transformer-FM ratio detector 104855 Dial-Tuning
C23A, C238 106210 Electrolytic, 20/20 mL, 400/400 v.
.4 79251 Paper, 0.1 m(., 210%, 200 v.
R22 502427 270,000 ohms, 210% 19 106334 Transformer-Power
Transformer-Output
X3750 Door-Cabinet door with record changez dcawec-
sel-less hardware -tor mahogany cabinet
C25
C26
73558
73960
Paper, 0.047 ref., 210%, 200 v.
Ceramic, 0.01 cot., +100% -0%, 500 v.
R23
R24
502439
502522
390,000 ohms, 310%
2.2 megohme, 320%
T10,.711 106211
101344 Bushing -Foc tuning control shaft X3751
1
C57, C58 105240 Paper, 0.047 ml., 210%, 400 v. R47 502268 6800 ohms, 210% and bracket Panel -Record changer
chan drawee back toc mahogany
C59, C60 78571 Paper, 0.27 mi., 210%, 400 v. 74179 Socket-7 pin miniature for VI cabinet
C6IA,B,C,D 101414 Electrolytic, 35/35/10/20 R. 77937 Socket -7 pin miniature for V3, V4, V5, V6 and V7 X3760 Panel-Record changer drawer back for maple
ref., 400/400/350/25 v. 502282 8200 ohms, 110% cabinet
C62, C63, 73960 Ceramic, 0.01 cot., +100% -0%, 500 v. R5 502527 2.7 megohma, 210% 31251 Socket -Octal for V9 X3761 Panel-Record changer drawer back for ink
C64 Socket -Octal for V13 and V14
R522 502410 100,000 ohms, 210% 102787 cabinet
C65 73473 Ceramic, 0.0047 ml., +100%-0%, 500 v. R53 502282 8200 ohms, 310% 76336 Socket -9 pin miniature for V2 Pull -Cabinet door and record changer drawer
IOW46
C67 Pan of Speaker Assembly R54 Socket, pin miniature for VIO
Paper, 0.01 ml., 110%, 200 v.
502527 2.7 megohme, 2101/4 76971 103912 Refractor-P.014ms for knob lamp
C68 101000 R. 502215 1500 ohms, 210% 100474 Socket -9 pin miniature for VII and V12 104159 Roller-Nylon, for retard changer drawer slider
C69 73473 Ceramic, 0.0047 ref., +100% -0%, 500 v. R56 502410 100,000 ohms, 310% 77585 Washer-"C" typo retaining Ior tuning control
C70, C71 106772 Electrolytic, ref., 50 v. R57, R58 shalt 75083 Screw-Wing type, for magic eye mounting clip
1
502412 120,000 ohms, 310%
103927 Shield -Rubber toc magic eye tube
Connector -2 -contact Part of PCI RECORD CHANGER WIRING
1. 38975 !smala for "aterao-monaural" R59
1603,060/3 106336 Control -Dual bane 103427 Slider -Extension slide for record ahnger drawer
switch P2 106344 Connector -2 -contact male phono power (1 eel)
12 35787 Connector -Single contact female for external R61 Part o( PCI P6 74882 Connector -3 -contact male pickup cable 104128 Spring -Conical spring for mounting record
speakers 1162. 063 Port of PC2 changer
100211' Connector -Closed end, for motor loads
13 101526 lack -Internal speaker R64A,R64B 106335 Control -Dual treble 74734 Spring -Tone, function or tuning knob retaining
14 106471 Connector -2 -contact !erse!., phono power 1165 502422 220,000 ohms, 210% SPEAKER ASSEMBLY 101069 Spring -Volume knob retaining
15, 16 101998 Connector -3 -contact (polarised) lama.. for AM R66 502722 22,000 ohms, 310% C67 100509 Capacitor -Electrolytic, 8 ml., 10 v. AC Stud -Record changer mounting (2 req'd)
antenna phono or tape input 78750
1167 502282 8200 ohms, 1.10% Cone -Cone onol voice Il kit for 12" speaker,
17 52131 Connector-2.contact female, auxiliary AC power 105913 79340 Washer-Fiber insulating washer be record
R68 502422 220,000 ohms, 110% clamped 961628-3 code 232 changer mounting stud
LI 103501 Coll -FM antenna R69 502322 22,000 ohms. 210% c°2«% Cone il kit for IT' speaker.
12 Part of "Macanese...,
100909 d ojee 104622 Washer-Felt for knobs
R70 502282 8200 ohms, 210% lastic-3 code 274
L3 76353 Coll -FM RF Housing -Plastic for 31h" speakers
103929 Washer -Nylon for knobs
R7IA,R7113 106536 Control-Dual volume with push-pull on -oil" 100467
L4 77973 Coil -FM oscillator switch (53)
'
105395 Speaker -3'h" PP.M.housing 78753 Wernher -Rubber for record chnger mounting stud
LS thru 71942 Coil -Filament choke R72 502215 1500 ohms, 210% 100897 Speaker-12" P.M. 102915 Washer-Vellutex for dial
L7 R73, R74 502412 120,000 ohms, 110%
L8, L9 76351 Coil -Filament choke R75 502427 270,000 ohms, 110%
PLI, PC2 106457 Clrcui -Printed circuit R76 502422 220,000 ohms, 310%
CHASSIS RC -1155B, RP -205G-1,
RS -171
©John F. Rider
RCA VICTOR
Stereophonic High -Fidelity Combination
Models SHC-2, SHC-3 and SHC-6 are radio/phono-
MODELS SHC-2, SHC-3 graph instruments very similar to Model SHC-4,
TUBE COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA 6CB6
Turntable speed
Record capacity Up to fifteen
twelve 10
16%,
inch or
331/2, 45
7 inch or
or 78 r.p.m.
X5034
oak cabinet
Door-With cloth and back panel
walnut cabinet
- less hinges for
R F. Amplifier ten 12 inch or 106763 Escutcheon-Control knob
(2) RCA
(3) RCA
(4) RCA
6X8
6BA6
6AÚ6
Mixer & Oscillator
I.F. Amplifier
2nd F.M. I.F. Ampl.
Pickup Stock No. 106770
14 watts maximum
FOR RECORD CHANGER INFORMATION
REFER TO "RP -205 SERIES SERVICE DATA"
- 106773
71892
X5042
Latch-For cabinet back cover
Latch-For cabinet door
Legs-Front legs and cross bar assembly for mahogany
cabinet (1 set)
(5) RCA 6AU6 3rd F.M. I.F. Ampl.
AND TO "RP -205 SERIES SERVICE DATA X5044 Legs-Front legs and cross bar assembly for oak cabi-
(6) RCA 6AL5 Ratio Detector
FREQUENCY RESPONSE 45 cycles to 20,000 cycles net (1 set)
(7) RCA SAVE A M. Det.-AVC-Ph, Inv. SUPPLEMENT" X5043 Legs-Front legs and cross bar assembly for walnut
(8) RCA 6AL7-GT Tuning Eye LOUDSPEAKERS cabinet (1 set)
19) RCA 5AS4A Rectifier Two 12" PM "woofers" 8 ohms @ 400 cycles X5039 Leg-Rear leg for mahogany cabinet
(10) RCA 6CG7 Two 31/2" PM "tweeters" 6-8 ohms 3000 cycles X5041 Leg-Rear leg for oak cabinet
Two -channel Audio Preamp. @
Leg-Rear leg for walnut cabinet
X5040
Ill) RCA 6CG7 Two -charnel Audio Ampl. 101859 Spring-Extension for cabinet back cover latch.
CABINET DIMENSIONS The following "MISCELLANEOUS" items are used on Model
(12) RCA 6CG7 Two -channel Audio Ampl.
SHC-2: Height. .36" Width ....374 " Depth.... 19" SHC-2 but not on Model SHC-4. Refer to replacement parts listing
(13) RCA 6V6GT Left Channel Output of Model SHC-4 for all other items.
SHC-3: Height.... 35" Width 41 Vs" Depth 181/4"
(14) RCA 6V6GT Right Channel Output SHC-6, Height... .31" Width 391/4" Depth.... 174"
The following "MISCELLANEOUS" items are used on Model
STOCK DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION NO. SHC-6 but not on Model SHC-4. Refer to replacement parts listing
for Model SHC-4 for all other items.
Models SHC-2, SHC-3 and SHC-6 are stereophonic high-fidelity used. A "left channel" external speaker system must be used in X4426 Cabinet --Cherry
combination instruments, each consisting of a tuner/amplifier, conjunction with the combination instrument when stereophonic X4425 Cabinet-Mahogany STOCK.
stereophonic record changer and four speakers all in one cabinet. sound is desired. 104860 Cap-L.H. trim for knob escutcheon or "Victrolá' No DESCRIPTION A
The tuner/amplifier incorporates a tuned r.f. stage, mixer/oscil- 104861
drawer escutcheon
Cap-R.H. trim for knob escutcheon or "Victrolá' 24497 Cabinet-Mahogany-less legs D
lator, one stage of AM If. amplification and three stages of FM drawer escutcheon X4498 Cabinet-Oak-less legs
If. amplification. Audio amplification is twin -channel for stereo- X3978 Door-L.H. and R.H.-less hardware, for cherry cabinet X9499 Cabinet-Walnut-less legs
phonic reproduction. Each audio channel consists of preamplifier, X3977 Door-L.H. and R.H.-less hardware, for mahogany 103771 Clip-Tubular for back cover latch pin
two stages of voltage amplification and, 6V6GT power output. cabinet X5045 Cloth-Grille for cabinet
X3980 Drawer-Record changer mounting-less hardware- 106800 Escutcheon-Control knob
Inverse feedback, derived from the secondaries of the two output 106801 Escutcheon-"Stereo/Monaural;' for slide switch (06)
for cherry cabinet
transformers, is applied to the third a.). amplifiers. Drawer-Record changer mounting-less hardware- 101051 Hinge-Cabinet lid
X3979
for mahogany cabinet 16773 Latch-For cabinet back cover
A switch is used to select either MONAURAL or STEREO Z5050 Leg-Metal-for cabinet
audio output. On Models SHC-2 and SHC-3 this switch is a 106590 Escutcheon-Control knob
106591 Escutcheon-"Viclrola" drawer 74712 Nut-Retainer for motif
two-pushbutton typo and is located above the tuning dial. On Panel-Record changer drawer back-mahogany only 109423 Nut-Tee--cabinet leg mounting
Model SHC-6 this switch is a slide typa and is located in the
record changer compartment. This switch permits stereo repro-
102849
106592
stocked for replacement
Pull-Door pull with key (RH and LH) (1 sol)
106819
33900
Support-Cabinet lid
Switch-"Stereo/Monaural" function switch (06)
slide type
-
duction from stereophonic sources and yet retaining many of the 102848 Slider-For record changer drawer (2 req'd)
advantages of push-pull operation when monaural sources are
-D, RP -205G-1
tJohn F. Rider CHASSIS RC -1168C,
CHASSIS RC -1155B, RP -205G-1, RS -171A
e
RCA VICTOR
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Stereophonic High-Fidelity Combination
ALIGNMENT INDICATORS: FM SWEEP ALIGNMENT:
MODEL SHC-9 An RCA VoltOhmystek or equivalent meter is necessary for meas- 11 an FM sweep generator is aced for FM alignment, adjust for
uring developed d-c voltage during FM alignment. Connections aro
Stereophonic High -Fidelity Victrola® specified in the alignment tabulation. An output motor is also neces-
10.7 rue, 0.9 me sweep. Connect oscilloscope across C23, adjusting
discriminator T6 lop core for 10.7 me crossover, god T6 bottom core
sary to indicate maximum audio output during AM alignment. for balanced peaks. Peak separation should be approximately 330
to measure audio output or to measure AVC voltage. When audio sequence, adjusting for maximum gain and symmetrical curves.
AM -FM Tuner MODEL 9-T-2 output is being measured, the volume control should be turned to
maximum. Adjust tone controls to mid -position.
o
FM Alignment b
Record Storage M
Cabinet SHR-9
ODEL
SIGNAL GENERATOR:
For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the signal
FUNCTION SWITCH IN FM POSITION
Auxiliary Speaker generator to the receiver chassis. If output measurement is used Step'
Ce nnact high Sig.gen. Turn radio Adjust for
MODEL SHS-9
do of sfg.
for AM alignment, the output of the signal generator should be kept gen. output dial to- max. output
Cabinet as low as possible to avoid AVC action.
l
T6 top core
for zero d.c.
Benches MODELS SHB-1, SHB-2 AM Alignment 1 Pin No. 1 0l
VS-12ÁU6
rosa
T6 bottom re
for maximum d.c.
Tuner Chassis No. RC -1155B FUNCTION SWITCH IN AM POSITION
Quiet
1 I
DATA in '.erfes
1
Model 9-T-2
SERVICE
top
with .Ol mid Oáiet p Int eo o (Pri.) Tl top c re
Model SHC-9 The "Mark IX D" AM -FM Tuner thigh Cl-8 t"T eboetlom
(Tod'.
(mod.) bent Stator
Model SHP-9 The "Mark IX"
Model SHS-9-Same as above except
- - 1958 No. 19 2
Tap lug
(No. 4) on
AM RF coil
freq. end T2
co T2
(taste.)
5 87 me
87
1Osed) fFMLBoac.
that cabinet top does not open. core (pri.) (gang clo
Eboot'. Mahogany, Oak or Walnut PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE 3 1620 ke. 1620 kc. 106 me TFM R.F.
106 ma
od.) (gang open) CIE' (OBC.) 6
algnal C1B-T
Model SHC-9 is a combination radio-phonograph. It is a RCA SERVICE COMPANY FM Ant.
Short wire 1400 kc. 1400. kc. CIA -T (ant.) 7 terminal'270 90 me fl-MTaR.F.
combination of Model SHP-9 and Model 9-T-2. A DIVISION OF 4
(mod.) signal CIO -T loll thru 90 me 40 me
pllooP locar ohm resistor
Model SHP-9 is a phonograph using AF amplifier chassis RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA 6
radiated
signal gang e
Repeat 'teps 6 and 7 until mas(mum
RS-17IA. record changer RP-205G -I and three speakers. 6sgnkal (1Loc k gain Is obtained
CAMDEN 8, N. J. md
Model SHS-9 is an auxiliary speaker cabinet using three 6 L4 (RF) 100 me 100 me }coM1 ant.
kignal IS
speakers. 1
Model 9-T-2 is an AM -FM tuner using tuner chassis RC -11559: 7 Repeat etapa 4, S an 6 until maximum II necessay for aeeurata peaking, the winding In the same transformer
gafo is odbtained n being peaked should be loaded with 680 ohm re'iator.
I t
it is an accessory designed for installation in Model SHP-9. tConnect Vo1lOhmyst to pin of r: through a 220' isolating relator with
I
Oscillator frequency is above signal frequency on both AM and FM 4' inch m x'mu posed lead gad terminal end. Output adjusted for
1
/
Pickup (Stock No. 106770) Stereophonic Ceramic
TUBE COMPLEMENT
FREQUENCY RESPONSE 50 cycles to 20,000 cycles va
TUNER CHASSIS RC -11559
TUNING DRIVE RATIO 71/2:1 (3% turns of knob)
10.7MC IoMC
Ts
12A U6 10.7 MC
T3
V
iloo MC 140NC
(1) RCA 6316 R F. Amplifier ® 2ndFM T2
1
e ANT
(2) RCA 19X8
(3) RCA 12BA6
Mixer -Oscillator
.. I.F. Amplifier
DIMENSIONS (Overall)
SHC-9, SHP-9, (Height. 321/2" Width.. 291/2" Depth. ,161/2"
DISC. 3rd.FM I-FAMP
2nd. FM
455KC
®
12t .AM
(l 6fgl--1
4MP
C14
AM
(6) RCA 12AL5 FM Detector SHB-I, Length.. 601/2" Width.. 171/2" 2n0AM I.`-Ara L4
01-113-2 ®
(7) RCA 12AV6 AM Dot.-AVC-Phase Inv. AÚ010
600KC .-VL2 csc
(8) RCA 35W4 .............. Rectifier OUTPUT l'f _ FM AN -RF v2 90MC
T
I900KC
19..- CID AM RF
AMPLIFIER CHASSIS RS -171A MI%ER
1
ÿC/
(I) RCA
(2) RCA
6CG7.
6CG7.
_ Two -channel A.F. Preamplifier
Two -channel 1st A.F. Amplifier
L6
600KC
AM-ÓSC
\I MC
CIE
T% 1620 KO
AM OSC
(3) RCA 6CG7 Two -channel 2nd A.F. Amplifier
(4) RCA 6V6GT Left Channel A.F. Output
(5) RCA 6V6GT.. Right Channel A.F. Output
(6) RCA 5Y3GT Rectifier
POWER SUPPLY RATING
Model SHC-9: 115 volts, 60 cycles 140 watts DIAL
TYPE
LAMP
R IB4T TUNING .17t,u-ru DIALM LAMP
TYPE 1947
Model SHP-9: 115 volts, 60 cycles 105 watts CONTROL SELECTOR
$WITCH
LOUDSPEAKERS
One 12" PM "woofer" 3 2 ohms e 400 cycles Chassis-View Showing Lora on of Tubes and Controls
Two 391 PM "tweeters" 6.8 ohms each e 3000 cycles RC-11558 Tuner
CJohn F. Rider
SHC-9, SHP-9, SHS-9, 9-T-2
POSITION #1 - PHONO SINGLE
Yellow leads (secondary tapi of both output trarx-
DESCRIPTION tormers art connected in parallel through 5101-B Front.
J101
Model SHC-9 is a radio-phonograph. It is a combination of ended amplifiers for dual -channel amplification of .stereophonic TO V10213
TAPE
Model SHP-9 and Model 9-T-2. sound from records or tapes. The outputs of these two single -ended (LEFT
)0104 CHAN)
Model SHP-9 is phonograph designed for use with either amplifiers are reconnected as a push-pull amplifier when using the .047
stereophonic records or monaural records. The instrument employs instrument for monaural reproduction. Three 6CG7 tubes (dual
audio amplifier chassis RS -171A, record changer RP-205G-1, one triode) provide three stages of dual -channel AF amplification; a 120RIII N
12 -inch wide -range speaker and two 31 inch tweeters mounted 6V6GT tube is used for power output in each channel. Negative
n plastic housings to give panoramic distribution of the higher feedback. applied to each third AF amplifier, is derived from the J102 B+ POSITION #2-PAINS STEREO
frequencies. secondaries of the two output transformers. Identical to Position #1 except that:
TUNER GROUNDED
The tuner chassis provides R-F amplification on both AM and FM A dual loudness control and dual tone controls are used to pro- 11l There is no connection between term. #7 and
operation. The FM ®tenuº input is broad-banded and resonates to vide equal and simultaneous regulation of volume and tone in each #enB or betweenh. term. #11 and #2 of the funs.
the approximate conter of the FM band. The mixer is pentode amplifier channel. A gain equalization control in the input of the li Switc
connected for AM operation and triode connected for FM opera- right channel 3rd AF amplifies stage permits the right channel TO V102A 121 1101-B Front does net connect yellow leads of out-
tion. AM I-F circuits use a conventional I -F amplifier and a diode (internal speakers) output to be balanced with left channel (ex- put transformers in parallel.
detector which provides AVC voltage. FM I -F circuits include three ternal speakers) output. CI09
(flIGHT
CHAN.)
I -F amplifiers without AVC and a discdminator detector. An item of J103 04T
A speaker selection switch (one system or two system) is used to
unusual interest is the inclusion of cm A.F. phase inverter in This connect the two amplifier channels in parallel when internal PHONO RtD
chassis. This simplifies switching between stereo and monaural speakers only are used. Provision is made to use this instrument 120K
operation in the di, chassis. AC supply voltage for the 35W4 as a companion speaker in conjunction with other amplifiers when B+
rectifier tube and the series connected tube heaters is obtained from so desired. POSITION #5-TAPE SINGLE
an isolation transformer.
A four -speed record changer (16%, 331/2, 45 and 78 r.p.m.) is Identical to Position #1 except that,
A five -position audio function snitch is contained in the audio used which is designed for use with either stereophonic or monaural SIOIA (1) Through connection of tape inputs is made through
amplifier chassis and permits use of a tape recorder in conjunction records. It utilizes a ceramic two-stylus pickup having two elements term. #12 and #7 instead of #11 and #7.
with either radio or phono functions. This chassis has two single- and two audio outputs. 5101-8 TO OUTPUT 121 Yellow leads of both output transformers are con-
12 2 R104 OF V101-13 nected in parallel through 5101-B Front.
7.17,1/0r.."
I-F
I01
TOPE
SIOi
Al2 R106 POSITION #3-TUNER
TI
( TI03 123.17IÁ Amplifier Chassis- 74-r."-3107
RIOT
r00UTFUT
VI01-A
(1) Tuner input is connected 'to grids of V101-A andV101Á.
View Showing Location (21 Output to tape recorder (1101) is connected to outputs of 81014
of Tubes and Controls and 8101-B as in Position #1.
ar PANs S101 -B
TO GRID (3) Yellow leads (secondary tap) of both output transformera are con-
nected in parallel through S101 -B Front.
J102 eF V101 -B
TUNER
TO GR1D
tlap:g <Y.
OF VI01-A
T103 sPEAKERs
Simplified Schematic Diagrams of Function Switch in
101
Amplified Chassis RS -171A
pvi TO
JI03
PHONO
5103
SI -A
TI021
ere'J INT. 4 EKT.
PREANP.
7. Fir plate choke LI, should be dressed a1 least t/s" away from
POSITION #4-TAPE STEREO
2. Stand PC10I and PC102 vertically between the tono controls. I1) Tape Inputs are connected Independently
AM R.F. coil L4 and at least Ye" hors shield. to grids of 8101-11 and
3. Dress all wires and components away from R140 (2200 ohms). V101 -B.
8. Mixer grid condenser C10 should be dressed away from FM
oscillator gang stator terminal and away from leads connecting 4. Leads from (unction switch to V101 should be dressed down to 121 Tuner Input Is grounded.
to terminals 8 and 9 of V2 socket. chassis and against chassis apron; maintain some separation (3) Phono Input Is open circuited.
between wires. Yellow leads (secondary tap) of the output
141 transformers are not
connected in parallel. Turning Drive Cord Assembly
®John A. ºa.x.-
CHASSIS RC -1155B, RP -205G-1, RS -171A
R -F SHELF SHIELD
6836 12BAG 12AU6 I2ALS
R-FAM}L. C8 MR AND FM 2N0. F.M FM DET.
IM Aran I -F MPL. T6
94 v 107 MC. Disc.
Il 51 +95V. 51 +7
C1B1-L2-74
F.MLRFt 9-281"r`
COIL CC
}o`I : `_33 R
-C1
A.M
COIL
R -F 2- J 6-.AAA--e.
6 C22-
47001
L3
=
L4
zh Ide0áO.BV. T 7
.
L
330Lrs.T-1-4.
t12-14
5
J .-..
1C15 R9 ;1517
00 00
RN
C36
.0
R32
ISOK
V7
+50V CO P 0 o
LA 14700 100K; 14700 R2 220 T470D R29
C
270K 330K 12AV6
000 53e
AM A56
R30
30K R31
0
G g`XERS
V1028 VI0313 V705 F2¢ i1l-E-rR ci±Wi
SI -B pc 102
FRONT 824. 6CG7 6CG7 6V6GT }}
82 6CVI0G72A 6CG7
V101 A A.F. AMP. A.F. AMP.
R115 +81V.
6CG7 220: 912,
IIIV. 12.
AFAMP. .0 47
R113AL
V8 500K R132 7
1122
1200 +144. A. 35W4
RECT.
T7
LF.TONE SOOK
BALANCE
REO RIIBÌ sCltl Cil3 I22K
.W 4IC323375
Á0.1U51.
22K .0047
G C114 -J_ 009 I
,01 CIIB
C32Á 7JA22
ME I80 MF
ISO P2 IMP 1500
bBLü INTERNAL SPEAKERS
;IRK. FOR RIGHT CHANNEL
vGRN-BLK. S R134 RI40
6 3 W3 íí IOOK RI38 22W
40
v.t
V]
12AY6
V6
12ALS
V5
12AU6
V4
12AU6
V3
12BA6
V2
9X8
VI
6BJ6
ii
1847 0- I2
01847
1 º T21002
2MTMT
L9 4 10 LII 4
I 3 DIAL LAMPS I
io V@ 98 MA
C 27 o V106
4700 T 0 14700 T4TCa0
I
5Y3GT
RECT.
«k. LEFT O O RIGHT DSI Y105 V104 V103 V102 V101
NGE% 2 INDEX 51 6 5101 FUNCTION SWITCHES CHAN. CHAN. 46 6V6GT 6V6GT 6CGT'6CG7 6W7
TAB , TAB FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS V P2 J105
-L4
L:°Ì
L3 L6 -L7 FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN MA%.
MO. X.
A-M R.F. A -M OSC. MO 4% `I.('
COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION N0.7 BRN-BLK.
COIL COIL 51 $101
POSITION 1-A41 RADIO POSITION I -PHONO SINGLE SRN. 7, 511 5,
POSITION 2 -F -M RÁ010 POSITION 2-PHONO STEREO
POSITION 3 -TUNER 174ÁC
POSITION 4 -TAPE STEREO 60N
POSITION 5 -TAPE SINGLE
©John F. Rider
SHC-9, SHP-9, SHS-9, 9-T-2
REPLACEMENTS PARTS (Continued)
CHANNEL GAIN EQUALIZATION-CHASSIS RS -171A YMOO
DESCRIPTION SYMBOL SNCK
NOC DESCRIPTION
A gain equalization control is provided to enable the gain of the 4. Both internal and external speaker systems must be connected 73935 Clip-IF transformers mounting
RIGHT CHANNEL (internalspeakers) to be balanced with the or the outputs loaded equally with resistors. If output is 5101 A,s101B 106209 Switch-Function
74879 Connector -2 -contact female for antenna loads 5102 Part of RI23A, A123B
gain of the LEFT CHANNEL (external speakers). Measured with an output meter, a channel having no speakers 74882 Connector-3 -contact male audio cable (rom tuner 5103 46760 Switch-Speaker selector
This equalization control (8132) is l rated the bottom apron connected will have an abnormally high output voltage 72953 Cord-Dial drive (250 foot spool) TIOI 106458 Transformer-Power
of the chassis toward the front of the cabinet o When adjusting this reading. 104610 Dial-Tuning control 0102. 7103 106211 Transformer-Output
ontrol, lour conditions must exist: Adjust the equalization control (R132) t obtain right channel
101345 Eyelet-For RF shelf mounting grommet ]0392 Cable-AC power ca cable and plug
A monaural signal input must be used. Thisshould be a 104603 Eyelet-Tuner wood frame and dial mounting 106289 CliáMountiotg andchetent for loudness control
1. output goal to left channel output. The left channel gain is not X3971 Frame-Wood frame for AM/FM tuner dial
monaural record; use a frequency test record when measuring adjustable. 16058 Grommet-Rubber RF shell mounting (4 req'd) 100270 Grommet-Strain relief for power cable .(1 net)
with output meter use a music record for listening test 10.612 Plate-Dial back late with 'h" O.D. pulley, 100643 Socket-Pilot lamp socket and leads
The function switch (5101) must be in k2 Pon tion (PH NOTES: double pulley nah-less double pulley
/\
2. 102787 Socket-Octal for V104 and VI05
STEREO)- This enables the two channels to have independent It is not necessary to measure the audio output while making the 104305 Pointer-Control dial 31251 Socket-Octal for v106
outputs. equalization adjustment; sufficient accuracy can usually be had by 101352 Pulley-Double for dial bookplate 76971 Socket -9 pin miniature for V101 and 1102
3. The pecker selection switch (5103) must be in the 'WI'. & listening. 101351 Pulley-RF shelf drive cord 100474 Socket -9 pin miniature for V103
EXT. sSPKRS." position. This is necessary for the two channels If the external speaker system is other than 3.5 ohms impedance,
102327 Pulley-," O.D. for dial bookplate
34300 ScPulleys 6-32 '/." cup point for driven cord RECORD CHANGEA WIRING
the output voltages will not be equal for equal power output.
to have Independent outputs.
104604 Shaft-Tuning control P103 74882 Connector -3 -contact male
cable
- for phono pickup
75192 Shield-Far VI P104 106344 Connector -2-contact male, for phone motor cable
Shield-For
ci erc
[],ov Ì }
79721
79263
100642
77087
Shield-For
V2
V6
Socket-Lamp socket and lead assembly
Socket-7 pin miniature for VI
100211 Connector-Closed end for phono motor tende
SPEAKER ASSEMBLY
7311] Socket -7 pin miniature for V3, V4, V5, V6, V7 6 0726. CI27 IOOSO9 Capacitor-Electrolytic.8 ml., 10 v. AC
ac VB 31048 Connector-Sindg e contact male for speaker
pea cable
100111 Socket-9 pin miniature for V2 100467 Housing-Plastic, for 3K" speaker
100109 Spring-Drive cord 100395 Speaker-Plan PM
Washer-"C" type retaining for doubla pulley Speaker-I2"
'
t2
z" E
®
77586
77585 Washer-"C" type retaining for tuning control
shaft
106702 PM
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
LÑ (] st MODELS d UM
AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 101363 Antenna-AM.loop for SHC-9
RS-17IA 100523 Board-Terminal for FM antenna for SHC-9
CAPACITORS: 104531 Bracket-Mounting for window
Speaker Connections-Model SHC-9 or SHP-9 Speaker Connections-Model SHS-9 C103A, C103B 106210 Elootro1Ytio, W.
mi., 400/400 v. 104796 Bushing-Tuner mounting for SHC-9
0104 105290 Paper, 0.047 ml., ±l0%, 400 v. X4496 Cabinet-Black-less legs
IMPORTANT clos mru part of PC102 X4493 Cabinet-Mahogany-less legs
CI08
0109 105240 Paper, 0.047 mf., 310%, 400 v. X4495 Cabinet-Oak-less legs
The three soea
speakers must be connected as shown in the illus- ihru X4494 Cabinet-Walnut-less legs
Part of PCI01
(rations above. Improper connections may result in distorted
or weak reproduction. Eh"
0113
CILS
106772
79343.
Film, I mi., ±10%, 50 v,
Paper, 0.022 m(., 3'10%, 200 v,
X3959
X3723
X3725
Cloth-Grille, for black cabinet
Cloth-Grille, for mahogany cabinet
Cloth-Grille, for walnut or oak cabinet
CIl6 105578 Paper, 0.047 mi., ±10%, 200 v. 74752 Connector-2 -contact male for FM antenna cable
REPLACEMENT PARTS CH7 106772 Film, l ml., ±10%, 50 v. 74882 Connector-3 -contact male for AM loop antenna
0116 79343 Paper, 0.022 mf., ±10%, 200 v, cable
SYMBOL STOCK SYMBOL STOCK CI 19 105578 Paper, 0.047 mi., ±10%, 200 v. X3800 Cover-Bottom tar loner compartment
NO. NO. DESCRIPTION NO. NO. DESCRIPTION C120 78922 Papér, 0.1 mt., ±10%, 400 v. ' 100459 Cushion-Cabinet lid
0121 105240 Paper, 0.047 mf., ±10% 400 v. 106425 Escutcheon-Control knob
AM/FM TUNER CHASSIS RESISTORS: Fixed, Com posiLion, 'h w il unless C122, C123 78571 Paper, 0.27. mf., ±l0%, 400 v. 101051 Hinge-Cabinet lid
RC -11556 olhocwleo specified C124A,B,C 105765 Electrolytic, 35/3S/20 mt., 400/400/25 v. 79957 Insulator-Record changer mounting (4 req'd)
CAPACITORS: RI 502068 68 ohms, 310% 0127 Part of Speaker Assembly 104797 Knob-AM/FM function
C1A,B,C,D,E 105328 Variable tuning 112 502522 2.2 megohms, 320% )101 Ihr' 101998 Connector-3-conlaet polarised female lape input- 104798 Knob-Tuning
C3 74182 Ceramic, 5.6 mmf., 21.0 mod., 500 v. Coef.-0 R3 502282 8200 ohms, ±10% 1103 output, tuner input and phono input 106446 Knob-Audio function
C9 73558 Paper, 0.047 ml., ±20%, 200 v. R4 502539 3.9 megohms, ±10 % 1104, (105 106471 Connector-2-oonlacl female for phono motor or 106666 Knob-Loudness
tuner isolation transformer leads Knob-Treble or abass
C5, C6 73473 Ceramic, 4700 mail., }100% -0%, 500 v. RS 502318 18,000 ohms, ±10°/ 35787 Connector-Single tact female, for external
104127
2700 ohms, ±l0%
)106 23796 Leg-Metal toc cabinet
C7 101940 Ceramic, 22 mod., ±10%, 500 v. Rio 502227 speakers X5049 Lid-Less hardware-for Maack cabinet
CB 70595 Ceramic, 12 mm(., ±5%, 500 v. A7 502122 220 ohms, ±20% II07 101526 lack-Internal speaker X5046 Lid-Less hardware-for mahogany cabinet
C9 73473 Ceramic, 4700 mm(., }100% 500 v, 1118 502310 10,000 ohms, ±10 % PC101, PC102 106457 Circuit-Printed circuit audio coupling 4 X5048 Lid-Less hardware-for oak cabinet
010 101379 Mica, 220 mail., ±20% 500 v.. R9 502410 100,000 ohms, ±S% RESISTORS: Fixed, Composition % watt unless X5047 Lid-Less hardware-tor walnut cabinet
CII 77530 Ceramic, 7 ment., 30.5 mm(., 500 v. RIO 502068 68 ohms, ±10% otherwise specified 106789 Moti!-"Dual Amplifier-Stereo-Orthophonie High
Rll ohms, ±20 % R10 502282 8200 ohms, 1-10% Fidelity RCA Victor
012 77531 Ceramic, 47 mm(., 210%, 500 v. Coef:0 502122 220
76894 Nut-310-32 for record changer mounting stud
81044 502410 100,0000 ohms, ±10 %
013 77532A Ceramic, 330 =mi., -1-21/2%, 500 v. Cool. -750 Rl2 502927 270,000 ohms, ±10% 4'79339
RIOS 502527 2.7 ±10%
C14 105660 Feed thru, 1000 mmf., +100% -B%, 500 v. R13 502112 120 ohms, ±10% RI06 502410 100,000 ohms, ±10% 104423 Nut-Teo-leg mounting
CIS 73473 Ceramic, 4700 In.,
}100%-0%, 500 v. R14 502122 220 ohms, ±20% R107 502282 8200 ohms, ±10% 106926 Ornament-11, shape (pilet light)
C16 100150 Feed th., 33 mail., ±5%, 500 v. RIS 502410 100,000 ohms, ±5% 8108 502527 2.7 m gehms, 510% 104421 SPrMg-For lid support
Cl7 Ihru C20 73473 Ceramic, 9700 mmf., +100%, -0%, 500 v, RI6 502112 120 ohms, ±10% RI09 502215 1500 ohms, ±10% 104128 Spring-Record changer mounting (4 req'd)
Ceramic, 3306 mm(., ±20%, S00 v, R17 502310 10,000 ohms, ±10% RI10, Rlll 502412 120,000 ohms, ±10% 74734 Spring-Retaining for knobs
C21
C.
C23, C24
104205
73473
76992 Mica, 970 mmI., ±20%, 300 v.
-
Ceramic, 4700 mail., } 100% 0°/., 500 v. R18,R19,R20
R22
502410
76346
100,000 ohms, ±5%
1200 ohms, ±10%, 4 w., wirewound
R112
R113A,R113B 106214
Part of PC102
Control-Dual basa
104124
79339
Stud-Record changer mounting-front and rear
posiüons
Stud-Record changer mounting-side positions
8114 Part of PC102
C26 73592 Paper, 0.047 mf., 320%, 600 v. R23 502147 470 ohms, ±_20% R115, Allio Part of PCI01 109422 Support-Cabinet lid
027 73473 Ceramic, 4700 mail., }100% -0%, 500 v. 1124 502427 270,000 ohms, ±10% 79340 lin stud
Washer-Fiber, for record changer mounting
R717 502422 220,000 ohms, ±10%
.8 105660 Feed thru, 1000 mmf., }100 %'-0%, S00 v, R25 502439 390,000 ohms, ±10% R118A,R118B 106213 Control-Dual treble .:79339
Washer-Nylon, for kn¡@s
.9 73473 Ceramic, 4700 mail., }100% -0,,
500 v. R26 502410 100,000 ohms, ±5% 8119
R120
502322
502422
22,000 ohms, ±10%
220,000 ohms, 1-10%
,
103929
78753 Washer-Rubber, for ord changer mounting
C30 76992 Mica, 470 mini., 320%, 300 v, R27 502210 1000 ohms, ±10% stud 79339
Cal 73473 Ceramic, 4700 mail., +100% -0%, 500 v. R28 502322 22,000 ohms, 310%
R121 502322 22,000 ohms, -CIO % 104540 Window-Plastic, for pilot light
R122 502282 ohms,
C32A, C326 73520 Electrolytic. 50/80 mf., 150/150 v, R29, R30 502433 330,000 ohms, ±10% R123A,A123B 106537 Control-Loudness
Coonlrol WLoudness control with push-pull MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
79316 PaPer, 0.01 mf., ±10%, 200 v. R3I 502410 100,000 ohms, ±5 %
C34 73473 Ceramic, 4700 mail., +100% -0%, 500 v. R32 502415 150,000 ohms, ±10% R124 502282
ff"
8200 ohms, ±10%
tch (5102) MODEL SHE-9
Cabinet-Ebony-less legs
ci
04467
C35 103440 Ceramic, 5.6 mint., ±0,5 mail., SOO v. Coot 3300 R33 502610 10 megohms, ±10% 8125 502215 1500 ohms, ±10% X4464 Cabinet-Mahogany-less lags D
C36 106185 Paper, 0.01 ml., 310%, 400 v. SIR, SIB 104608 Switch-AM/FM function R126,111127 502412 120,000 ohms, 310% X4466 Cabinet-Oak-less legs
C37 101000 Paper,
Pa 0.01 ait., ±l0%, 200 v. TI 100112 Transformer-1st FM IF R128 502310 10,000 ohms, ±10% X4465 Cabinet-Walnut-less legs
C38 103269A Pa per, 0.056 ml., 310%, 400 v. T2 76335 Transformer-1st AM IF R129 502927 270,000 ohms, ±10°0 X3959 Cloth-Ebony cabinet
8130 502422 2200 ohms, Cloth-Grille for oak and walnut cabinets
II 106349 Connector -2 -contact male for AC power T3 77513 Tranaformor-2nd FM IF R131 502233 ohms, _104'
°
X3724
X3723 Cloth-Mahogany cabinet
Ll 77534 Coll-RF choke T4 76328 Tranaformor-2nd AM IF R133 106232 Control-Gain-Equalisation Log-Metal-tor cabinet
23796
L2 77536 Coil-FM RF TS 77512 Transformer-3rd FM IF AI33 502233 3300 ohms, 110% 106325 Motif-"Stereo Orthophonie High Fidelity RCA
U. l.4 77525 Coil-AM RF Tfi 77511 Transformer-FM discriminator R134,R135 502410 100,000 ohms, 310°b Vìctoi'
L5 77538 Coil-FM antenna iv 304609 Transformer-Power transformer ß136,P137 502447 470,000 ohms, ±10% 104423 Nul-e5,16-I8 lee
L6, L7 77526 Coll-AM oscillator 104612 Bumper-For tuner wood (rame (4 roq'd) R138 502247 4700 ohms, X10%
L8 77537 Coll-FM oscillator 104611 Bumper-Rubber for R.F. shelf mounting A139 522115 150 ohms, ±µ0%, 2 w. REPLACEMENT PARTS NOT STOCKED
A140 522222 2200 ohmsµ 10%, 2 w,
L9, LIO, LIl 77535 Coil-Filament choke IO1344 Bushing-For t'tuning control shafth R141, R142 522047 47 ohms, 30%, 2 w,
FOR SOIR -9, SHH-1 or SHB-2
35W4
^6 1
12BE6 128A6
V2 V3
12A76 5005
V4
,,,,
`T--r (All resistors Y2
RESISTORS
w., 10% unless otherwise noted)'
39-9-1
45-7-3
Pulley Idler (5)
Receptacle, AC Interlock
71-69-0 Shield, Tube (2)
R1,R3 60-22501 2.2 megohm 11-1683 Bracket, Interlock Mounting
R2 60-22301 22K ohm 11-1063 Bracket, Control Mounting
Fig. 2. Top View Chassis 528.53080 R4 60-15101 150 ohm
R5 60-47301 47K ohm CABINET PARTS LIST -MODELS 7043, 7043A
VI Vz V3 V4
R6 24-147-2 megohm, TONE
1 & 8049
IEeA6 2aTe
9NvartEP
CONVERTER msmocs R7 60-18101 180 ohm 42-7-3 Cabinet & Lid
qET 9 i51 AUNO o arrur
R8 60-12211 1.2K ohm, w. 1 21-197-0 Back Cover
R9 24-275-0 1 megohm, OFF/ON-VOLUME 84-3753 Assembly, Back Cover
RC1 13-14-3 Couplate (Inc. interlock & Linecord)
49-1149 Leg (Inc. Nut & Washer) (4)
TRANSFORMERS AND COILS 23-21-0 Line Cord & Plug
40-352-2 Logo, "METECOR"
T1 10-81-2 Transformer, I.F. Input 33-335-4 Speaker, 5" PM, 3.2 ohm (2)
T2 10-71-2 Transformer, I.F. Output 45-129-0 Speaker, Plug (2)
T3 80-9-1 Transformer, Audio Output 45-1-0 Plug, Phono Motor
LI 82-122-0 Antenna, Ferrite Rod 45-18-0 Phono Plug
L2 10-34-4 Coil, Oscillator 98-92-0 Grill Cloth
52-704.0 Knob, TONE
MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS 52-849-0 Knob, TUNING
Óo{ a
52-850-0 Knob, RADIO -PHONO
<w,nnx V6
A..
a SWÉ
SIA & B 69-244-0 Switch, RADIO/PHONO 52-705-0 Knob, OFF/ON-VOLUME
84-3661 Pulley and Pulley Bushing 83-700 45 RPM Adaptor Discs (Pack of 12)
I O-1 38-1806 Service Data Sheet
38-1805 Owners Manual
so or vs va e7`w.
vz
wa ..cs Iz6 12 6 v3
rzT
Models 7043,7043A & 8049 use a record changer of the 528.56000 series. The actual record changer used can be
ÌJ_9 z determined ONLY by the number on the metal plate found under the turntable. Refer to the parts list corresponding
to the number on the metal plate for repair parts information.
Fig. 3. Schematic Diagram -- Chassis 528.53080
®John FN Rider
CHARROS 528. 53080
CHASSIS 528. 53420
NN
W
NN -+U kN W oNNUV ONNNN W N O
NON-
AÑPb V .OOAOOPU o
OW
O-POUOU
,2
A CO OOm
fár
N U O
Ó
A W AU U AP U U 1
U U 1 V 1 A lA
4 -7A 74 m Z
PP ODAOOPU W`OPOUO 4 O
U b V
ON W
U W W NOOW A U OV 5
J AÓ Ó W
©John F. Rider
o
SILVERTONE CLOCK -RADIO RECEIVER CHASSIS NUMBER 528.53420
RIS ºººº9º
H TE
T2 V6
I.e
WTRI' 35W4
PACI
DRUM SHOWN
WITH TUNING
t
ir
12866
GANG FULLY 35C5 ºI-;II
CLOSED. 12AV6. 4.
Y 60606
STATION SELECTOR
FINISH,
START,
-)I-1/4 TURNS
3 TURNS
AROUND
FIG. 3.
VOLUME
SHAFT. 01-
528.53410
MODEL
NUMBERS
9027
PARTS LIST 9028
for 9029
CLOCK RADIO
ele LEA
o©©
0
cie
1213E6 F.
¡¿e Ilm 60 ¡,.,.N) º
PUT
Wri 35W4
I VI vACI
V3 I
V5
6BJ6
6BJ6 V4 5005
12AV6
STATION
START,
SELECTOR
U4 TURN
VOLUME
ººººº
Schematic Part
CHASSIS PARTS LIST aaoaa Tit
Location No. Description
CAPACITORS
Cl A, B&C 19-27.3 Variable, Tuning
C2 20-47-1 Tubular, .047 mfd., 200 v., 20%
C3, C5 15.10217 Disc, .001 mfd., 500 v., GMV
C4 15-470118 Disc, 47 mmfd., 500 v., N3300
C6 15-10116 Disc, 100 mmfd., 500 v., 20%
C970
C7
CB A & B
C10
15.60216
18-58.5
16-47348
15-20317
Disc, .006 mfd., 500 v., 20%, GP
Electrolytic, 30 mfd., 150 v. (A);
mfd., 150 V. (B)
Tubular, .047 mfd., 400 V. 20%
Disc, .02 mfd., 500 v., GMV
RESISTORS
(All resistors 15. w., 10% unless otherwise noted)
R1 60-82001 82 ohm
R2, R4 60-10401 100K ohm
R3 60-22301 22K ohm
R5 60-68001 68 ohm
R6 60-22502 2.2 megohm, 20%
R7 60-47301 47K ohm
R8 24-317-0 1megohm, VOLUME
R9 60-12101 120 ohm
R10 60-10321 10K ohm, 2 w.
RII 60-10211 1K ohm 1K ohm, w. 1
R12 60-27001 27 ohm
013, R14 60-18301 18K ohm (Mounted on Clock
RC1
Timer)
13-14-3 Ceramic Coupling Unit
TRANSFORMERS AND COILS
T1 10-94-2 Transformer, I.F. Input
T2 10-95-2 Transformer, I.F. Output
T3 80-67-1 Transformer, Audio Output (Mounted on Speaker)
L1 82-148-0 Antenna, Ferrite Rod
L2 10-23-0 Coil, R.F. (with Cover)
L3 10-35-4 Coil, Oscillator
MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS
11-1299 Bracket, Front
37-57-0 Insulator, Shield
39-9-1 Pulley, Idler
11.1295 Brocket, Antenna Mounting
51.109 Cord, Dial
70-295-0 Spring, Extension
52-62-1 Pointer
45-22-2 Socket, Tube (V1, V3)
45-23.2 Socket, Tube (V5, V6)
45-49-2 Socket, Tube (V2, V4)
71-69.0 Shield, Tube
45-56-4 Socket, Pilot Light
89-7 Light, Pilot, 7,47
©John F. Rider
(`AASSTS 528. 53410
RADIO PAGE. 25-6 SEARS ROEBUCK
t t MEASURED
NO SONAL INPUT.
Sig i O
WITH ETON
S PORT OF T 1 ANT TRANS
( Revised ) 528.53200
S PARTS LIST
CLOCK RADIO
for
MODEL
NUMBERS
8019
8020
9017
1
VI v2 V3 V4
12E1E6 12RA6 1241/6 SOCS
MisER,OSC. LE AMP DET, IST A 1010 AMR AUDIO OUTIVT
TI T2
I.F INPUT TRANS. I.F. OUTPUT TRANS.
t00 Fc Iq
LI
ANTENNA
N-
IA
YYK 12
OSC. COIL
i1
I-^
C3
.001
I`
112
100K
R3
47
1='
,00,1_7_____
! 11
4
g RC I
R7
0
ac
CT
006
IH
7g
-á
"UK
TS
AUDIO OUTPUT
TRANS.
R6 i
.y
) !
IMEO
-1-1.025i
T
1C1e1
T TT
VOLUME
L J -I /OWED aTOK 1
004 T
470N
ono
SPEAK2R
T 250
Y
R4
Vy
.005
CS
T ),if I.
RN
2.2 MEG L220MMF IK,IW
-C2
I 047
V5
N!0
C6A
35W4 Y30
RECTIFIER Iw v
OFF/ON SWITCH
12AV6 12CE6 128A6 SOCS 35W4
ON
CLOCK TUER
110V1 1
A.C. INTERLOCK
cos
Li BOTTOM VIEW CLOOI
O
1 SO
ISO,/
OSCILLATOR COIL OF 07V MOTOR
NOTTON VIEW TURF SOCKETS 51
00,0
r
NOTES.
I. VALUES OF CAPACITORS IN UFO, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. ALL RESISTORS I/2 WATT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3 VOLTAGE MEASURED FRON POINT INDICATED TO GROUND
WITH 20,000 OHM/VOLT METER ON II7V.A.C. LINE..
m
i ó
9
o
-;
Ñ
E ó
>
a
o
h -o
°
D.
L7 C4 -rain[lS'
0f
;L1U
>N>
°y>
q
G
^ú
ñ
O : ; >
ó
C
_ ;....i 1 I 1111 I
>o n'O
E ..v
'
rHo
`o.qr)Ooo..-
-,g v., vloH
> >
E ; W J oO
7.n 7 OU_IL
ti J U -.:a o
E1 óoqo7vó%
E É E u O
a
°
E
O>
ó ó á-
¿ Er
IY '69049997, C s ó
r ,n E E E E E u
E^ ó c E o, ,D o o
.-O
úOo?pÿvuùúioyoÉówóóKá
°
_
a . a N
E E
a a
6T Ñ O n N O 3C 2 2
Q>I-OOOOOW WON.-rNa.-.-.-U
E O O
O
.- KI-1-1-U
O
D. K . LL
a
U ; yz
mnnn .....0.90-,
g0n mN v t.4Nr-`r
a O
,..'-^",..'-^"....,
N n 0V g Uj p
-' N VíN.-fVM
@ OUN1
00.-(V `m Q V1
OO
M
rT
N.-RN V N.-- nnMt
d°ÿ ád iú J ñóm óoó
1
N .- ; e .G .0 .O ,C N -° .° ^-
%óqóóqwóór
^
K
u m
C m
r¡ ° a Q
c r.n.onm
UUUUUUUU Nrly
2'KR'2 K2onmU
vs R'KD: F -)-I- J
z
528,53350
MODEL
NUMBERS
9214
for 9217A
92188
3WAY
PORTABLE RADIO
40-43-1 40-43-1
42-67-2 40-67-2
Not Supplied o e Ropor, Pori
VI V2 V3 V4
IR5 1U 4 IU5 3V4 T3
AUDIO OUTPUT
1.F. AMPLIFIER OUT AVC. A AUDIO OUTPUT AMP.
CONVERTER
TI
I.F. INPUT
_gaNsy_
75
IST AUDIO AMP. 75Y
TRANS.
---7
-
LI 2ív 71
FERRITE IF002 ;ap
P.
ROD Id
ANTENNA 75 [tT 7JYr , 10
L.
6 SPEAKER
Id Be 7
7 B5
CS
.005
COO
OMEG
) © Q C
-- ------
)
3.3
© O
.3
OSE. COIL RS 0 [470 K
LE I MEG. ME 002 G
.1 VOLUME
R3 I I
ZONED
PAC I
C6A
100
RI
\
C4 IOV
---
1.5 K CB
C68
LIJ30
I50V
-- T.02
SIB»
-----
SIA
O O
T-
---
\}}
NOTES
SLI 52Bj" S2zO
I. VALUES OF CAPACITORS IN MED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. SIA,SIB IS OFF/0.N SWITCH ON VOLUME CONTROL.
R6
160,3W
R7
1.8K
- SO2A
áá O 1
® W
2
M LI__
2 O
>
Ú
i
;Z.
Q .,
ó
°^ ;
^ n.
12.;. -ja. u a eL
OO a M
O EO a
:> >^ O i 0
=
N
O
V4
~
>Ñ J. >.
>g,..-P::.? -;
°'
> f
,
eó O m
ON Ñ Em
W e UU ó ó
Q
m uf zo- s lie °
b. be D J ó E
-O QI m m tO m
13
p 4
e....,- EoEN B N -O moJ J Q In ; tEó
omómóóE_cEó
au~^ Ñ
.2- ó°óxá
UNN.:oO>.oöHscErsEoEOZEW.uUF-
°°'°E°O m
F -J óm uÓ
ó.Co<`
ÿ:,Pc°m
á
!3.
u
sms a,
a."`-Ño->^uONOE2YW á N
/K^ C
M
Fj
-U
O
IL
cE Ú-«
«._°óóóómQO>F-pW.pF-W;.-^
o
W
KNUÑ¢UU-
.
O N O^ O
^^
00N N
00 O O
Z
a N^9 Q J M O NN
O Q uf
re 70 u O
_K
PO mtoONOoNNl1QFOÑQVIJ
OnhuePu) b N ^.-N.-l7N^ NN ^,O^Q W .-.N^
.-nfVÑ.ÓÓ.OmVfl
uf ul NIQ
m
az
O OPOOÓm O.O -bbbbN^O^bb`O.-
N^NNN^ N.- OOOÑOÿ f7PÑñulu)Nhn l7
D^ NbOQQQQQM
B
v G
ó m m
E
° 4 a 1-
U
Ú
Be J UUUUUU Nm
.-NMQuf.O
UU .-Nl.1QN.0NOJ6
KKO_COa'a'R2' p,
c).-N
1..1.-. JJ NN
III
SEARS ROEBUCK RADIO PAGE 25-II
528.53370
MODEL
NUMBERS
PARTS LIST 9045
for 9046
Siivegne
RADIO -RECORD
CHANGER
SCHEMATIC PART
SCHEMATIC PART
DESCRIPTION LOCATION NUMBER DESCRIPTION
LOCATION NUMBER
..1.if-z="7"A.
n:. .6)_,OTT. TO
.urv wmro
o
RADIO PAGE 25-12 SEARS ROEBUCK
VI V2 V3
129E6 Vs
120A6 2ER6 3505
CONVERTER LE AMR OCT. & AUDIO AMP. AUDIO OUTPUT
TI T2
CF. INPUT TRANS .E OUTMIT TRANS
löi v Iosr 2s V4 IISV
12Bí6
INVERTER
C3
hit)O
I T3
AUDIO DIITPUT
Ri
..wn
1.111E8
40.--1 F--11M1-
Mt. 0.0
SLUE
ITs..
TRANS.
MMl
0
,e, Te -3
3 z vfYlo'
L2
03C.COI;
TDó A
0.Ca
SIA O
t
I
NM
2.2
R1
mu/
/
=o4T AN
PHONO
I
Ct SOO V6
04T
muse alo 3505
AUDIO OUTPUT
NOTES: 160
L ALL RESISTORS I/2 WATT, UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED.
2. CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN MED., UNLESS OrrvQR EWITGH ON
OTHERWISE NOTED. RCLORO CNANOLN
3 VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM POINT INDICATED
TO 6- WITH ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER.
4. ALL RESISTANCES MEASURED WITH PART
V4 V3 VI V2 V6 V5 y CItA
!0
ISOV
n
ADSU MOWO
1 IITV.SC.
60 ti
urt
C17-
SLI
u
n FlOv WM
SELENIUM
NIT
33, SW
OFF/ON SNITCH
oN
1CHI
To0 i RECTIFIER
RECORD
LáIONEm coNTROL CHANGER
GASH!
GROUND
i
f-
illir r-
I-
Nb
-
7-/1
i_-_
----_ \-----__
,))))))
/////}
......,``
.
O
I
0
i
I
I
I
1
i[
á
á
Z
1 1ó
ïI
:ñ
V V
^^
N
CVR"
máúVutVoE
9:
,Em
n,Y
T
á
V
uc .t i
o, ®
CC
ÑVöóÓú7.
ó
- `
B~`
Jet EaÓÑW
.
M 5-1-.3pQ3cCCwY 3ó
g
óóv3
N t') 9
s_
v
úd `./i Vi
-0
6
ó YNN
h O
M
h
4
m
tg
2.
ä
Ó Evo
P
}2
O-§ N
VI
"I31n
0- N
O
_L1
ióE
""
D
Y
ög?:
NgpppQ
c') Y
C
h
rn
4gQ
út'f
O N
E
°
>a
° O
Y7 .4M
co
-o
CO
P
U
Ñ
ó
VD
él
D
<
t
aV
h
SEARS ROEBUCK RADIO PAGE 25-I;
528.53380
MODEL
NUMBERS
9061
PARTS LIST 9062
for
AM -FM
RADIO -RECORD CHANGER
C1,A,B,C,D,E 19.6-6
R61 24.180.2 Bass Control
Tuning Trimmer, Part of C7 A R66,R67 60.12401 120K ohm
C3,C9,C14,C19 15.470611 Tubular, 47 mmfd. R70,R73 60.10102 100 ohm, 20%
C4,C5,C7,C12, R71,R72 60.36125 360 ohm, 2 w., 5%
C13,C22,C23, R75 60.39201
C26,C27,C28, 3.9K ohm
C29,C30,C31, 15-10316 Disc, .01 GP TRANSFORMERS AND COILS
C33,C34,C46, L1 10-3-1 Coil, Artsenna (FM)
C49,C52,C53 L2 10-24.1 Coil, R.F. (FM)
C6 19.165-0 AM Antenna Trimmer L3 10-47.4 Coil, Oscillator (FM)
C8,C35,C48 16.47348 Tub., .047 mfd. L4 10-140.1 Coil, Choke
CIO 20-45-0 Tub., 3.3 manic!. L5 70-46.4 Coil, Oscillator (AM)
C11,C15,C24 15.50216 Disc, .005 mfd., 20% L6 10.129.1 Choke, R.F.
C16 Trimmer AM Osc. (Part of CI A) L7 80.11.6 Filter Choke
C17 15-100611 Tub., 10 mmfd., NPO T1,T2 10-44-2 Transformer,lst
& 2nd IF (FM)
C18 15-330611 Tub., 33 mmfd., NPO T3 10.15- 0 Transformer Ratio Detector (PM)
C20 Trimmer (Part of Cl B) T4 10. 101.2Transformer, 1st IF (AM)
C21 15-101618 Tub., 100 mmfd., N3300 T5 10-45.2 Transformer, 2nd IF (AM)
C25 20.27.0 Tub., 6.8 mmfd., NPO T6 80.11.0 Transformer, Power
C32,C68 15-10116 Disc, 100 mmfd., 20%, GP T7 80-24-1 Transformer, Audio Output
C36,C38,C39 15-27111 Disc, 270 mmfd., GP
C37 15.10261 MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS
Tub., .001 mfd., GP
C40 18-74-5 Electrolytic, 8 mfd., 50 v. 11-1367 Bracket, Pilot Light (2)
C41,C65 15.10271 Disc, .001 mfd. 11-1369 Bracket, Tuning Eye
C42 15.47111 Disc, 470 mmfd., GP 11- 1371 Bracket, Pointer Mounting
C43 15-15211 Disc, 1500 mmfd., G 11.1376 Bracket, Pointer Support
C44 15-60211 Disc, .006 mfd., GP 21-17-1 Shell, Connector
C45 20-647-1 Tub., .047 mfd., 600 v., 85 21.82- Shell, Connector
1
..r
O .
Va
O OD N
.O O
M N VO er O -
O CO O O 1 ñ ^
N M N RN N.
N OD vO O O OO
mD VD b vD CO
N
O
U
0 M 00 N
0 R 0 ^
0 u1
0 'R 0
066ZV vvuCC CCocCZr-
SILVERTONE AM -FM RADIO CHASSIS NUMBER 528.53380
SILVERTONE AM -FM RADIO CHASSIS NUMBER 528.53380
® IS
Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Desrlptlon
1 42.79.3 Cabinet (Mahogany 9061) 15 33.375.4 Tweeter, 5" PM
1 42-80.3 Cabinet (Limed Oak 9062) 16 49-354 Knob, Phono Door
2 49-98 Drawer Pull 17 40.145.0 Escutcheon, Auto Power Control
3 22.66-3 Clamp, Spindle Adaptor 18 52-1115.0 Knob, Indicating
4 22.20.1 Clip, Capacitor, Mounting 19 52.1109.0 Knob, Station Selector
5 33.365.4 Speaker, 8" PM, 8 ohm 20 52-1132-0 Knob, OFF/ON Switch
6 33.319.4 Speaker, 15" PM, 8 ohm 21 52-1131-0 Knob, Dual
7 22-151.2 "T" Nut, 010.32 22 67.654.0 Diol Scale
8 !9.401 Leg (Mahogany Rear) 23 22.58-5 Dial Scale Cushion
8 49-402 Log (Limed Oak - Rear) 24 Radio Chassis
9 98.163.0 Grill Cloth 25 84.6299 45 RPM, Spindle Adaptor (Cat. No, 57.57741
10 18-9.5 Cross over Capacitor, 4 mfd., NP 26 Record Chonger
11 11-1377 Clip, Capacitor Mounting 27 40.102-3 Leg Band (2)
12 49-392 Hinge Pin (2) 28 49.399 Leg (Mahogany Front)
13 21.46.0 Control Panel Cover (Mahogany) 28 49-401 Leg, (Limed Ook Front)
13 21.407.0 Control Panel Cover (Limed Oak) 29 40.107.3 Rod, Leg Support
14 31.511.0 Panel Background 21-397-0 Back, Phono Comportment
Sfiariall DIAL
DIAL CORD PLACEMENT
STRINGING INSTRUCTIONS
Place the dial pointer onto the pointer slide and turn the
at each end. Turn the tuning gang fully out of mesh and tuning gang completely in mesh. Lace the dial cord
hook one endof the cordover the metal hook on the con- around the three hooks on the front of the pointer and
denser pulley nearest the front of the chassis and pro- with the tuning condenser still fully in mesh, slide the
ceed with the stringing as shown in the drawing below. pointer over until it lines up with the last dial cali-
RADIO CHASSIS 51 SERIES bration mark at the low frequency end of the broadcast
band. This completes the assembly.
GENERAL
This manual covers the 51 series radio chassis, ver- made regarding the AC switch on the rear of the band
DIAL STRINGING GUIDE
sions 51-01AA thru 51-11AA and also the 51-03BA ver- switch. This switch was eliminated and a double -throw (51-03, 51-05 & 51-08)
sion. Three complete electrical parts lists and 3 sche- switch used on the Bass control as an Off -On switch.
matics are shown to provide complete coverage. On This change is shown on the schematic diagram on
the 51-03ßA version an electrical change has been page Io .
PULLEY ..13"
CHASSIS DIFFERENCES
Chassis No. Tuning Eye Output Chassis No. Tuning Eye Output
51-01 No Push -Pull 51-07 No Push -Pull
51-02 Single Ended 51-08
51-03
No
Yes None 51-09
Yes None a /
No Push -Pull CONDENSER PULLEY
51-04 Yes Push -Pull 51-10 Not Released PULLEY TUNyVG SNAFS DORO
51-05 Yes None DEnuL - rRaeeeo -
51-11 No Push -Pull 'NORN - Oí VINS.
51-08 Not Released
PULLE
1-o
co
d ß 7p
Úá. yF> Ñ O0
F
T
,°O,q
[
r,v
oFl
.o w
w;
0)
v^O'a." F 0%N
[d§a :..m w
aO+M
%b
Ñ
ppa
la N a tV
N
áaN
5,,,,; N
.1
C.-1
x OU9m <die' CO
0
dm."^ x.. .rm,
us
V E' .a N
1`a
Ñ-
Ñ]
2
Ó
OÓ
faci
0
a
áUU
p
1
o
U co W3ó dU 1
y W
C
Nma
O83 m
a
0 +
3
Fÿº2 s B
P _gM M M
O .d 0
cu
O
cm
O
C F ír2 F F É 1
C4
w
U p 8 ó ó ó
.2á
E.2 F o o d
F 3 3 3
%1 ca á 1
0 021S0 31013
00N00b1 01013
p. â
0 Q
xO
E.
w
m
U
6m
° m5
0e F 00)10091 11013
w c. a r,,x
y ,,C->
- - =
Y O ® V1010
ó:coi93
M m
zW
w
> ® 91013
O
aw CO
w
v a
Só
w
.] 4oóo.Ñ
.-ra
F
a .f :: - -
>. w
p,
0 ä 2
K xa
p
w á F 2 C
Q0
N
G
Ñ
u %
C.
0 FeG
N
O
Gv .
t:,'
%
w 0
m
O
%
N
M.
12w
.Yi
.
a/
4 "O+
F W
'.
0
º..-.
m
bi,
ú1
yy
ó ro
4
e
r
3
74
y
.f
V
vd a
x d
ä
a
dä
xN á
0
c°o
pp G E"
FD3mó
Ñ qN
á ¢a O pp
áa
C. O p.
F ., 13.... u
UF UF r4 eó
á
zw w
co 8 LAI
awN m ." ó.cN
ºó
F W
áS
Q cmi r r - eFW
ºó w
O
2' c.)
3a.
o
pp
F O CL N 0 O.N
w3á
o
-
1
e .o e
F
0.
3a
%
m
F
z ó m m
- -
ó ó á .o
z ao
%
a
mÉ
m
w
F
m
E' If, É F% 0 ó m
N .Op W AfA
ob
N ó0ó .00. Ñ OÑ Ñ 2420O.-Oi .
0.
Q E. VUU F F ,ñ F E. x -. U U U .] .
C4 x
W
x v
p w
ó
ó co U p O O O
[U
f4
F
i ó F
m
u
x á F m ái
m
o;
.1, m
.] m o
F
. Á z3 F a o eo
. F
m
S
A
3
a°
3
á á
3 r,
ó
E
.. P. vm
z 0
x d
x.
°
g p w m ;:
m
F .7 a.8 c)
ob xv
zlíio á -O
e
g á
zw W wá m 1 W 7
`
Ó 0,
co
0 Cr)
O
_v
-S a Q Q t
m
aámaZú°'
OF
o
aaó S a od ap F3óC
áo
ai
w
g^
`n
w.
1
a Fe'"
u
I.',
W
o
'
0 ., 2
.
' `ÿ°d
`ço3O
W
- -
U ro. U fUp..x.. W .:i.N. m
SPARTAN RADIO PAGE 25 -3
F ó$Ñ
.. . . . .
... NN..awHN.N..,.vaaa.«a.N«,v.:.ChÚwa.r.M.on.VHNNN«.iN..,.-irrN..i,.,NN
°zá 25'
Ñ«
S$ñ ó
á n,NNv«NN
« N«N Ñh«vN.aNNNMNNNNrNHÑN2NN«'«N wwÑ,N
3d
z » >
>
' É
m
ó 2.2
Nc $É$ 2 2i UER
F
ó
LE ó g
,-
ryócÓ
E E o
xa_oS-ó
E r
N.E
-
á
22 3 3 g
...R
NUóm ÑÑmÑ,3
-
ú,
«
3
°
ú
^ ó
ON
5
mo-cneinm,-mm
--"""G ôóóóóóóóCüôCóóóóôeNCCcCnCaKCo.5eCÑ
GC UUUUUUUU :
-...7, ....a.,
..
222222222222222222222222222222222222
O
C Sgm
á ,193e2muMm.ge:,Me.,,g3 HNNNNNNNN3có Nn,n,NN«NNNN«HVNNH«N Nn,««N
x
°m v
0
c
`,3
>
S3 fi Éc
aEE ó>>>
t ó ñ ó
ç É É6 eaO
2 ÉÉcc
o~000aoSnÉóño=E
°5
¢
282,2'ä-FÉF.EcwNEEayenw,
c
c
-Eóa o
'",---'-..!2.
=aó Lo: - U
cñcEr$,"oÑ`áSgggP.:óSÿ a
Np
.;:
- ó _
o`_áÚ ' `
° a "2ÚÚÚÚÚÚÚÚÚÚÚP 82"r4m.M-2rva
W54 4id úÚÚUÚÚ
O.J
z
ô223223223222¿23óóoó
FFFFFÉFFFÉF(..]â.].a_tá
ôóóóóóóóó ;: a°m ÑN aÑôóóóós óóóóó
0000.000.0..........0000000000C>UVÚVUÚ
we
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(51-01, 51-04, 51-07, 51-09, 51-111
RADIO PAGE 25-4 SPARTAN
«o«
E
a
«$« w a. wwrvawwNwawavNawrva4l
v äg H«NMra vN ;Mw,
E. g 8882
Mg
. . . . . . .
n
.
moN«-oammSmemmô
mmm mnN.w-..mm..oc
z
á
mRe
c 333323332332333ó3ôti33ôóSôô EeaÑá
z
N«H«NNHNHN««
«_m ÑeÑÑSnÑe«ÑWie««Ñ«Ñngw«ÑÑAn=ÑÑÑ Hm
s « m
á
> >m
o
> e
ó ^v
é
z z
E o
eEEvyÉE6oEEE'..
n Q," a .óôóóóó
á
á úgÑE.'3v .m2eoE.ìÉ 3
5
cic
o ge u.m
ms
w 3
NN 3
Ñ hom á wo MiaiiÿS
QËËNËËÉÉBÉo2 2E m
xe óóóÉóxooóóoóoxx .SáÉ
m
iËo5iiciiiOt£
áCTÇ Ç"C@Cç° é x d.vóEoxoóÑoeóoóx°oe
mN^'..N.....w..n.u..m..m..mvá.SFßlÑcmÑ-..-+M<mi
e e339ËË
a Uqqq GGS
t*1VUUÚUÚUÚUÚGW
a ri
ôóóôóóóeó`: mzázâázáá2ááááá.ászaúzzáazáie2ááaaúzái
úúúúóúúúóóúúúóó 2
. . . . . . . . . .. . .
g
.322g
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
H 88-91222.2
N......
''
°z °z
"a.E«amc«N«2g
8SS55SSôSSóóóô MFAHU
a mmmmm,,.on,MBo., NNHNN«NNNNHN««NN«..,NNm..,m..,m« ................
É
m
6
U >;9
óe ÿ ËËËË
z
w $ s e
'MK Ó v
°ö Ë8
..dg
É.`V.'
:oO wm
,oEËËE'
z á
Z
u É 2g"'-2 ° trËËËË E 5éá -..
u M új,.
m
Swwws
loo a° °
é 3á
u_2 us<gr
-EEEE,ËEEEËEËEEEEEF.ó.ó.°
B!ao~w0000 w
e
ó.m^
Á R
1Sw zów"áóà
ehleuÁdaáewwwaw
<' mV
ºwwiiinñiiúiiúúúiiiúm°
ciómmm[ó
ów
;
ÁE
C mÿmti,n
ááámmmri
5ça
a
o
óóóô
5 FFE.NNÉ.ÑFHFÉ.áâáááááá 0000000UUooUUUooUooUooUUUOUOUU m MP U
wn,n nwnr nc
SPARTAN RADIO PAGE 25-5
22282
$«« 8808888888888288888888828i888888ww88888888T88828
«ti« ,N
a '
««« rN « 4,ä,,,irro,4 ,4 aw«ro tiron,
o 44
-8a8Bm"'8 &8ee,.
=000áoádsosóáooááágááá^^s3ssáS sáássSáá'áágás
0. H,.,aaÑçi<'2Ñ2Ñ R1ÑRR.RN«^,ÑñfÑSfsÑRam
- ~ -8oa00000c000c0008o0
àd
4
> >
8
e m
ó zpp 4e :?sv
-
-Ë ËË ËEEË
00333
a
Ë
EÉEEÑEEEE ,
F
ws
F8i QE
Ñ óójóé8m 2 `g -ä-:u-
3 3 s
iËBË; `ú e ó 3 ó
ÚÚUÚ4g(Ú -z' mYwYóBomn"emboY; rig oÑYY?$omóY1aÉB ÇRmc
ill
-rnmnmo-mm
0000000o
ôó`aóóóóóó.".óóóóáôó"óóóóöéo-"'ommo_wmjp
zzzzzztrZCCCC[GCCzzzzzzzzzzfzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz
.
aËE .
E-
':iYñÿ'ñ J_L''E?2o'
sv.ó=öE.NEB'
ËËËËËc
5 úmo
ñ
oñóo
egoo4w=_
óc..
E uá
Ú a EF
'Fu_uSuUVÚÚVÚUVá <VuÚ@@=2,1-r84EzW.
o
©
Yn F F FF F F F F F F.u.,
g. `..2'..i
i_IJ öó_ócS¿ßo=w"vnmmmo=rv.,n.,r=Ñ=.^ó óóôçcóºóSóá
UVUUUUUCSVUVVUUVUUUíIUUUUUVUUUJVUÚÚÚÚÚÚVÚtìÚ
COMPLETE SERVICE INFORMATION CHASSIS I -629-1,-2
July 1958
CHASSIS: I -629-1,-2
MODELS: 1107 8l 2108
SYLVANIA NOME ELECTRONICS, a division of Sylvania Electric Products Inc., Service Dept., Batavia, N.Y.
SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RANGE 540 KC to 1650 KC
POWER SUPPLY 117V. 60 Cycles o
POWER CONSUMPTION 35 Watts
MODEL 1107 INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY (IF) 455 KC
SPEAKER 4" PM
TUBE COMPLEMENT
V1 Oscillator/Mixer 12AU6
V2 Detector, 1st AF Amplifier 12AT6
V3 AF Output SOCS
V4 Rectifier 35W4
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS
Connect an isolation transformer between
power line and radio chassis. Utili -e
MODEL 2108 a test bench with a non-conductive work .aGG9 s
T
surface during all electrical tests on A
IOMEG
receiver.
_
Zpn c-ll
ó- ;
o
ÓÓ
1. Disconnect power line plug from power
outlet.
n
2. Pull out on Volume and Station Selector
CLOCK REMOVAL knobs until free from respective > Il,siól' {.+.--,II
shafts. ,l, M
I. Remove back cover and chassis as out-
lined under "Preliminary Instructions" 3. Remove screws securing back cover and lop
in the alignment procedure. remove back cover as far as permis-
ti
sible without unsoldering antenna leads R
2. Remove the On/Off/Auto knob by pulling from chassis.
straight outward. zm
º nm
4. Disconnect speaker leads at tie points ÑZ
3. Carefully depress side of clock crystal (3) and (4)- NOTE: On models incor-
until tabs on crystal clear slots in porating a clock, also unsolder clock pÿ
cabinet. Remove crystal. leads at tie points (5), (6) and (7).
Remove screw and clip securing chassis
4. Remove clock hands by pulling straight and remove chassis from cabinet.
out. NOTE: For correct position when
replacing clock hands, rotate alarm set 5. Remove speaker from cabinet if spare
knob counterclockwise until a speaker of the exact type (with output
click is
heard. Stop rotation at this point and transformer connected) is not available.
place alarm and hour hand pointing
in
the 6 o'clock direction, the minute o
and 6. Reconnect output transformer to tie
sweep hand in the 12 o'clock direction.
points (3) and (4). (On models in-
corporating a clock, also place a
5. Compress four (4) spring clips securing jumper wire across tie points (6) and
clock to cabinet then remove clock. Reconnect back cover interlock
(7).
assembly to chassis. Stand radio
6. For clock replacement, reverse the
above procedure.
chassis in such a manner to facilitate
under Chassis IF Alignment. Icoar'0-Ove0 e
®Sohn P. Rider
CHASSIS 1-629-1, -2
RADIO PAGE 25-2 SYLVANIA
SCHEMATIC SERVICE
LOCATION PART NO. DESCRIPTION
TI 121-0107 TRANSFORMER IF .
CHASSIS PARTS
SOCKET - TUBE 7 PIN MINIATURE - 412-0040 412-0040
TERMINAL - AC PRONG 487-0040 487.0040
SCHEMATIC NOTES:
I. VOLTAGES MEASURED TO NEGATIVE "B" USING SYLVANIA "POLYMETER", LINE VOLTAGE 1I7VAC AND
SIGNAL.INPUT KEPT TO MINIMUM.
2. COIL AND TRANSFORMER RESISTANCES ARE AVERAGE VALUES AND ARE TAKEN WITH COMPONENT CONNECTED
IN THE CIRCUIT.
3. INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY 455KC.
4. ENCIRCLED NUMBERS CORRESPOND WITH TIE POINTS ON PRINTED BOARD.
5. VOLTAGE SOURCE IS INDICATED BY ENCIRCLED SYMBOL Q: CORRESPONDING SYMBOL WITHOUT CIRCLE
INDICATES VOLTAGE TIE POINTS.
6. 1 DESIGNATES NEGATIVE "B".
STEP ALIGNMENT SETUP NOTES TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP ADJUST FOR MAXIMUM OUTPUT
1. Set variable tuning capacitor fully SIGNAL GENERATOR "Hot" lead through a
- T1 -B - Bottom core
open (minimum capacity). .1 Mfd. capacitor to tie point number T1 -A Top core
(1). Ground lead to negative "B".
Set generator to 455 KC. Repeat for optimum performance.
CHASSIS: I -630-I,-2
MODELS: 1108 & 2109
SPECIFICATIONS
O
FREQUENCY RANGE 540 KC to 1650 KC Py
POWER SUPPLY 117 Volts
MODEL 1108 POWER CONSUMPTION 35 Watts
ti
Áti
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY
SPEAKER
(IF) 455 KC
4" PM
m
e m m
a ro
3f
Nz
TUBE COMPLIMENT
bÿ
V1 Oscillator/Mixer 12BE6
V2 IF Amplifier 12BA6 zozzz_oz
Or n y
V3 Detector, AVC, 1st AF Amplifier 12AT6
V4 AF Output Amplifier SOCS
V5 Rectifi%r
MODEL 2109 35W4
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS
Connect an isolation transformer between
power line and radio chassis. Utilize a
CLOCK REMOVAL test bench with a non-conductive work
surface during all electrical tests on
1. Remove back cover and chassis as out-
receiver.
«
lined under "Preliminary Instructions" xm
o
in the alignment procedure.
1. Disconnect power line plug from power
ti
<
Cut outlet. O O O m
2. retaining washer on volume knob .. o
to facilitate knob removal, then remove c n
2. Pull out on Volume and Station Selector
1
CJoYm F. Rider
RADIO PAGE 25 -4 SYLVAN A I
I
CAPACITORS COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
o
co
UD 170.0019 VARIABLE TUNING CAPACITOR - MODEL 1108 L1 PART OF
170.0029 VARIABLE TUNING CAPACITOR - MODEL 2109 BACKCOVER LOOP. ANTENNA
07 C1,C3 ANTENNA GANG. OSCILLATOR GANG L2 113-0045 COIL OSCILLATOR
-
C6,C7.C8 PART OF PPI SEE "MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL PARTS" T3 143-0045 TRANSFORMER AUDIO OUTPUT .
(SPEAKER MOUNTED)
C9,C10.C11 PART OF PPI SEE "MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL PARTS"
C12 .022 MFD 20% 400V.
. PAPER - - MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL PARTS
C13 161-2016 2 SECTION ELECTROLYTIC
PP1 190.0028 PLATE - AUDIO DETECTOR
A 30 MFD 150V,
C6,C7 125 MMFD. .005 MFD
8 70 MFD 150V. -
1. Set variable tuning capacitor SIGNAL GENERATOR - "Hot" lead T2 -D - Bottom core
plates fully open (minimum ca- through .1 Mfd. capacitor to T2 -C - Top core
pacity). junction of R1 (22 Ohm) and pin 7 TI -B - Bottom core
of V1 (12BE6); ground lead to T1 -A - Top core
(negative "B"). Set generator to
455 KC. Repeat for opti-
mum performance.
AC VOLTMETER - across speaker
voice coil.
2. Same as step 1. SIGNAL GENERATOR - Radiate signal C4 trimmer
to receiver through a loop of
several turns of wire. Set gen-
erator to 1650 KC.
---
V3
yR
VI 'DATE
12066 BET. AVG'
OSC/MI7(ER 1ST AF AMP..
Ru
8 12K PLATE
-- pulDIO DETECTOR---
\
BL
/
...m
H®
,
SWI
C\14 09/0w SWITCH
R5 MODEL 1108 ON,
\ I-- i 3 S
15041
J .3
.MEQ
Cj
oz_
cl2
.047
7\\ 'u`
®I(
/
V2
\\
/4
j5
/
(--
nu -------111
14Y-{AAIJ3Ì..:,..F
TE
11.
%¿ O
I---7--____,'12
rS
t'
[11:::
2
/3
V4
\14
(
S
..
"ÌÑPD
\F
i
4\`
5
t lT
F!
/1
I- SW
ION/OFF/AUTO
'PART OF
!CLOCK
TO
1
O
TO
ll
0
October 1958
SERVICE pm
.
LITERATURE
w QQQr->
-,11"fa1
mm
CHASSIS: 1 - 631- I SYLVANIA ID
ID
Ah.fOOO' N
I
MODELS: 130 3 A ADIO T[LEVIXIOX
m ti
w2
e tiID
Ú
w
SYLVANIA HOME ELECTRONICS, a division of Sylvania Electric Product Inc., Service Dept., Batavia, N.Y. o Aÿ OD
O O
W N yzym
ÿ2 ,e Ì
la
I Q.. y
...
ID
SPECIFICATIONS al
TUBE COMPLIMENT
V1 Oscillator/Mixer 12BE6
V2 IF Amplifier 12BA6
V3 Detector, AVC, 1st AF Amplifier 12AT6
V4 AF Output Amplifier SOCS
V5 Rectifier 35W4
MODEL 1303
RII
nv I
lJohn F. Rider
CHASSIS 1-631-1
RADIO PAGE 25-6 SYLVANIA
RESISTORS
Rf 22 OHM 20% - W. -
CABINET PARTS
R2 22,000 OHM - 20% - W.
R3 150 00M 20% W.
- -
DESCRIPTION 1303RE 1303TU 1303YE
R4 3.3 MEGOHM - 20% - +W.
47.000 OHM - 20% +W. ARM - VARIABLE CAPACITOR DRIVE 473.0005 473-0005 473-0005
R5 -
ADJUST
ALIGNMENT SETUP NOTES TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP FOR MAXIMUM OUTPUT
1. Set variable tuning capacitor plates SIGNAL GENERATOR - "Hot" lead through T2 - D Bottom Core
fully open (minimum capacity). .1 Mfd capacitor to junction of R1 T2 - C Top Core
(22 Ohm) and pin 7 of VI (12BE6); Ti - B Bottom Core
ground lead to (negative "B"). Set T1 - A Top Core
generator to 455 KC.
Repeat for optimum performance.
AC VOLTMETER - across speaker voice coil.
3. Set variable tuning capacitor to 600 KC SIGNAL GENERATOR - Radiate signal to C2 Trimmer
position, plates fully meshed except receiver through a loop of several turns
for approximately 3/16 inch. Adjust of wire. Set generator to a frequency
this setting slightly to eliminate any corresponding to receiver tuning
interfering signal. capacitor setting (until signal is
heard through receiver speaker).
AC VOLTMETER - Across speaker voice coil.
4. Same as step 3 - 600 KC position. SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as step 3. L2 (Oscillator coil) while
simultaneously rocking tuning
AC VOLTMETER - Across speaker voice coil, capacitor through the 600 KC
position.
t-- DRIVESTRING
26" EARLY PROD.
PULLEY- 34" LATER PROD.
VARIABLE TUNING
PULLEY -
DIAL POINTER
SHAFTTTUNINO
4-
DIAL STRINGING
COMPLETE SERVICE INFORMATION RADIO
CHASSIS 1- 632 - 1, -2
dV
October 1958
CHASSIS: I-632-1,-2
MODELS: 1304 & 2305
'----.-.
m
c - I
SYLVANIA HOME ELECTRONICS, a division of Sylvania Electric Products Inc., Service Dept., Batavia, N.Y.
__r..p:ÁÌ- -
m m
a=
\7
MODEL 2305
SPECIFICATIONS
TUBE COMPLIMENT
FREQUENCY RANGE 540 KC to 1650 KC
POWER SUPPLY V1 RF Amplifier
117 Volts 6BJ6
POWER CONSUMPTION V2 Converter 12BE6
35 Watts V3 IF Amplifier 1.1
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY 6BJ6
455 KC V4 Det., AVC and AF Amplifier
SPEAKERS MODEL 1304 (2) 1/4" PM 12AT6
5 VS AF Output Amplifier 5005
MODEL 2305 (1)
-
5" PM V6 Rectifier 35W4
.
CHASSIS REMOVAL PROCEDURE
and unsolder at the following points.
1. Disconnect power line
plug from power outlet.
MODEL 1304
'? 8
s g ,_
2. Remove three (3) screws
securing back cover A. Speaker transformer leads at tie points
and remove back cover. 1,
2 and 3. m
B. Pilot lamp leads at tie points 4 and
"<
3. Remove volume and tone knobs 5.
straight by pulling -2I
out.
I1,3
speaker to volume
control. B. Clock, appliance receptacle and pilot lamp , 2
leads at tie points 4 and 5. ú
Remove screw securing to
operate
chaswith clock disconnected, Toapply "H1 xa
, e.
6.
cabinet tine
board (Model 1304), interlock -interlock voltagge to tie Points 4 end 5. j ag
7.
appliance
©John F. Rider
RADIO PAGE 25 - 8 SYLVANIA
1. Set variable tuning capacitor SIGNAL GENERATOR - "Hot" lead T3 -D - Bottom core
plates fully open (minimum ca- through a .1 Mfd. capacitor to pin T3 -C - Top core
pacity). 7 of V2 (12BE6); ground lead to T2 -B - Bottom core
(negative "B"). Set generator to T2 -A - Top core
455 KC.
4. Set variable tuning capacitor to SIGNAL GENERATOR - Radiate signal L2 - Oscillator coil
600 KC position, plates fully to receiver through a loop of Ti - RF coil
meshed except for approximately several turns of wire. Set gen -
3/16 inch. Adjust this setting erator to a frequency correspond -
slightly to eliminate any inter- ing to receiver tuning capacitor
fering signals. setting (until signal is heard
through receiver speaker).
While rocking variable
AC VOLTMETER - Across speaker tuning capacitor through
voice coil. 600 KC.
JI
R6
VOLUME
MEG
- 4F
A I
C10 V2
TOI()
e___1(.047 120E6 .01
®
CONVERTER
5_a3F
/ DO 2.2 MEG
~
Â
s. ®41 2
V4
12676
3
L/r.
s'` _
7
23 -- FG1(
DET. AVC
4 070
SWI
7 v711--.-
4 5 150V
AMP
R1.2y3
PART OF
__.../ I`2 _C16
0.s.`.,'\
I
R0--11,.
,p 6 VOLUME'GONT.
5\N
TTl
OMODEL ßO4
I
IMErOo7
. Li
OOK 2
CI9
I
R®
s-- 2
I
J.
I-4
I
3W431
`1.
t
4F
8`A5
I 1
1// SOGS
3IF \\
.u,2 '.61-el
I
'Z74 4F
.. t%1 i ) AF OUTPUT
O
5' S YIVAC 4
I\-'
I
Va INPUT 5
VI ® 68J6
IF AMR
021
.047T
RF
68J6
AMP.
°<'F F. TO INTERLOCK TERM-
15 PILOT LAMP NAL BOARD. CABINET
IOW MOUNTED: -
VC
5I/4"PMI 12305 O SPI
DIAL
RI
SW
ON/OFF/MITO RE
_. J
PART OF CLOCK
/ D,n1 Srr
RI M.
15 M.o. 2. - EW.
R2 22.000 Oxy 20% . fw.
R3
R4 CHASSIS PARTS
R10,R11,R12 2
R13 150 Oxx In IW,
CABINET PARTS
DESCRIPTION
1304RE 2305RE
473-0005
BAcKGRouRo DIAL 728.0002
473.0005 4U,M5
728.0002 728.0002 720.0003 728.0003 728.0003
415.0029 415.0029 415.0029 415.0029
Berpro. SLEER/00/0./RADIo/RAOlo 415-0029 415.0029
ALA. 751.0001 751.0001 751.0001
822.0029 822-0031 822.0033 822-0037 822.0038 822-0039
822.0035 822-0035 822.0035 822.0036 822.0036 822-0036
195..19 195.0020 195.0021 195.0019 195.0020
: 195.0021
818.0170 818.0170 818.0170 818.0159
CAESTAL CLoCK 818.0169 818-0169
717.0007 717.0007 717-0007
722-0070 722.0071 722-0071 722.0071
740-0225
fr'Z' 740.0223 740.0223 740.0223
740-0225
740.0223
740.0.5 740.0225
740.0223 740.0223
740.0222 740.0222 740-02. 740.0222 740.0222 740.0222
740-0224 740.0224 740-0224 740.0224
OvERLAE EIBTTON ON 740.0224 740-0224
POINTER - SIADE 7510002 751.0002 751.0002
792.0024 792.0024 792.0024 782.0024
POLL. VAlei4ELE TONI. 792.0024 792.0024
493.0148 493.0146 493.0148 493.0148 493.0148 403.0148
554-0006 554-0086 554.0088 854-0086 554.0086 554.0.6
493.0150 493-0150 493.0150
493.0149 493.0149 .193.0149 493.0148 493.0149 493-0149
411-0036 411.0036 411-0038 411.0037 411.0037 411.0037
417.0009 417.0009 417-0009
SPEAKER 539.0510 539.0510 539.0510
- 5 1/45 PM IINcLuers
TRAREpoRNER) 539.0578 5390576 5390578
539-0579 539,0579 539-0579
496.0023 495-0023 498.0023 495-0023 496-0023 496.0023
818.0171 818-0171 818.0171
818.0173 818-0173 818.0173
V318.0172 810- 80172
o
-0
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS 1-632-1, -2
WG
No. 10-475 MODEL NO. DC2836B
MODEL NO. DC2836B
FACTS ABOUT YOUR NEW TRUETONE FM
AND BROADCAST RADIO
Instructions for Installation, Operation, and Service
I111RU-Check Antenna. If an outside
antenna is being FAULTY FM RECEPTION
used, inspect the antenna system to
good condition and not grounded
see that it is in "Ihe requirements ter FM reception
CHECK YOUR LINE VOLTAGE at any point. are more critical than
carefully installed according to the directions furnished for Standard band broadcast or
short wave reception,
with it and connected to the FM terminals FOURTH -Test Tubes. Remove the tubes This includes the area in which the
at the rear take them to your local radio from the radio,
Me type of antenna used,
receiver is located,
Unless otherwise marked this radio must be operated of the receiver. It should be remembered dealer the
on a supply of 105-125 volts AC, 50-60 cycles or 105- in conjunction
with Me erection of an FM folded dipole antenna tested either by means of e tube tester and have them located from the station to be distance the receiver is
or received and other factors
125 volts DC. Do not connect the radio to a wall outlet FM reception is usually limited to 'glee
that them in a radio Mat is operating satisfactorily. by meerting not encountered in Standard
band broadcast reception.
unless certain that the power supply is correct for the sight"
distances or up to 45 miles. Before erecting ofa special It is to be noted Mat reception
in Me high frequency FM
receiver. If in doubt, telephone your local power company antenna for FM reception it is best to FIFTH -Service. If the radio does not band is usually limited to "line
make certain Mat function properly of sight" distances or
before inserting the plug. Radios of this model which an FM stati:. exists in your area, after the above procedure has been followed up to about 45 miles. Also
tall buildings or other struc-
and the tubes
are to be used on other power supplies are marked have been tested, get in touch with the tures between the transmitter and
the radio was purchased or
dealer from whom found to affect reception.
the receiver may be
accordingly. call in a competent radio Reception under theseconditions
technician. will sometimes be helped by
the addition of an external
BROADCAST BAND folded dipole antenna with a
300
formation concerning this is given ohm line lead-in. In-
540-1600 KILOCYCLES -This band is calibrated in the Antenna para-
graph.
numbers. To obtain the kilocycle number add in channel
two zeros
to the dial number. Thus when
the dial pointer is at 12
on the dial, the radio is tuned to 1200
kilocycles. PRI. AOJ.)
1111i1111111111
ON-OFF SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
T-5
ROD ANT. l
`))111111J 11111111111111111111111
C-24
AM ANT.
AM PRI. ADJ. TRIMMER
The On -Off switch and Volume control are
the same knob. To turn the radio
operated by SEC. ADJ. C-25
on, turn the knob AM OSC.
clockwise until a click is heard, Allow
approximately Aj TRIMMER
30 seconds for the tubes to heat.
Then continue to turn
the knob clockwise to increase the volume. TUBES cJSEC. ADJ.
9
label on the radio.
range. When operating Me radio with(frequency modulation)
FM If there is any doubt concerning
withdraw the plug (roe the outlet and power supply,
the built -ín antennas, the
directional effects are obtained. Better The string from the FM tuner to the tuning A
reception of distant consult the local shaft is
stations and reduction of local interference power company before reinserting the plug. wound 2 turns counter-clockwise and then
may be obtained tied to the
by rotating the radio until the clip.
desired signal is at a max- SECOND-Check 'Tube positions. See that
imum. the tubes are
However, in some locations for the in Me correct sockets as shown in the
stations, an outside antenna is essential. reception of FM -illustration.
A folded dipole
with a 300 ohm line lead-in should Make certain Mat the tubes are operating. (Glass .1--DRIVE
be used. It trust be tubes
will light very dimly.) BA13-3239 STRING
John F. Rider
RADIO PAGE 25-2 WESTERN AUTO
E
c.-.
O ^ Ñ E c
E E
'x
O
Ó áÓ Z éO OÓ Z ÓZ O
XO Z eO"'eO
E E
E n
! U ~ Ú
O G
0
Jx
<H U ue O
o ° O
O
E
°
K E E z
W W
.5°M
i;;.-J,InE-ac 2
e .`"c&
u
8¢
n m
LL LL LL
00ó 'x
0 2'8'g
-0,-.7b. n F,
g m mo E
o ú
E E
ó
o
E E
ó ó
o
2:6'',11
52
E 3
'E
y°>
ó úá . FwF^
Ñ vof M
Y >
c m
> $ "oóaui
.-.
ó^ <MO
o
ET,
c
n
2" c
o O 0
c
-
F: Cj ,°
>Ll,
J
NÚ
u
C
^ O fo C
°
dc .° Zó ç E O ..
QE6 < ó Q E Ñ L C1 ÿ
F Ó UUQSQy; L
(V v
W
~
LL LL LL Vóó
r N
s
n n n
fn U
P P
d ó d d °z °z
>
.0. w
- . E o. o. á E - É
Iro.
O x xE O .0 ó Ó
o. OLL o O O ó .3
-7.
;
40 5 S
c
< . Z
.g ó ó
.
U C
_
o^
° `
ñ a
Ó
c;
pee 3 3
_
m -
x
8 2x
?
d U+ ó ó
w,_. -
o V U
Ñ ó
Ç> ó
Net
m
Ñj0«Yy ÿ0 .v
°U <OÑP f.0
LL
y U . _ > _AO>
a >Y z i u
ó
ó á ñ 2--m44-14- EA' E2 Y
é E
ill -Ev._
pmLL
ó E
6
á é LL LL 'p N
I
a
o
XN
it
Q
- o - o
O m c
.2w
ó ° ó
rm ó 01 O
U Ú U Z
E
E
r
n
u a
(.3
oz OZ
- L
ó 7.°2
ó
C ZÓ
ó W U° W
Ú U m m
elU
ó
O
W weeee.e
1»J W<>vl 2
U U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
0 ó
Z F-
â
á á
Ú
ó
&
ó
< ó
e
MODEL NO. DC2836B
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST FOR DC2836B
Ref. N. Appro.
Description ',ente
MISCELLANEOUS Sellinv
Prtee
126531 4" x 6" PM Speaker
2501163 Tuner, F-M
66X18 Selenium Rectifier 11.50
76X5 Resistor -Capacitor Assembly 2.55
3A486 Tube Socket (12AV6-35C5) .65
3A491 Tube Socket (12AL5-12ÁU6-12BE6-12866) .15
4X1165 CreM .15
13X615-3 .55
10X93
Line Cord Assembly
Drive Cord Assembly .65
28X603 Spring, Drive Cord
20X1660
28X635
10498
Ring, Compression (10A911 Knob)
Spring (10Á910-1 & 100912-1 Knob)
05 MODEL NO. DC28368
Switch, AM-FM OS
10X910-1
100911
Knob, Dial Scale FM REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST FOR DC2836B
Knob, Tuning
10A912-I Apvrox-
10Á914 Knob, Dial Scale AM Ref. N.
Knob, On -O38 and Switch Description ImofeeTIZ
S38Á586 Front Baffle & Grille Cloth Assembly St
5-380587 R_3 RESISTORS Price
Assembly, Cabinet Shell (Charcoal)
R ß84103 10 K 0.5 Carbon
C-9885106
CAPACITORS R-2 Part of 2503163 FM Tuner Assembly .15
C-1
R-10.15
R-0
C-2
C-3
R{} B84680 68 0.5 Carbon
R-5 JlL .15
C-3
R-7 B85102 1K
C-5 0.5 Carbon
R -B 864273 .10
C-5 27 K 0.5 Carbon
Part of 2501163
-38R-161
FM Tuner Assembly .15
C-7
R-14 B84223 22 K
C-8 0.5 Carbon
10 Meg. 0.5 Carbon
R-1 lA 1 .10
R-118 Part of 76X5 (See Miscellaneous)
C-1/
R-12 ß84l81 180
C-12 0.5 Carbon
R-13 885330 33
.15
C-15 - 47X507 mmf
0.5 Carbon .10
500 V Ceramic R-15 1384121 120
C-33 .30 0.5 Carbon .15
C
C-13 R20f 885225 2.2 Meg. 0.5 Carbon
L-2
47X670 47 mmE R-17 .102
C-14 Ceramic .20 36X399 500 K Volume Control
Part of T-2 R-18 1.20
C-16 Part of T-3 43X386 22 Wirewound(Fuse Type)
C-17 R-19 C84122 1.2 K
47X623 390 mmf 1.0 Carbon .20
C-18 47X575 350 V Ceramic ,30 TRANSFORMERS & COILS
990
270C-19 m8 500 V Ceramic
45X423 5 m£ .25 L-1 902408 Oscillator Coil
C-20 50 V Dry Electrolytic .85
RCP10M2103M .01 mf 200 V Molded Tubular 90 Part of 2501163 FM Tuner Assembly
.25 T-2 962309 Coi1,I-F FM
C-243.35
C-218 Part of 76X5 (See Miscellaneous) T3 1..00
962260 Ratio Detector
C -21C T-4 3.25
51X188 Output Transformer
C-22 RCP10M4103M .01 mf 1.75
400 V Molded .1 902409 Rod Antenna
1.70
Tubular 902343 Coil, 1st 1-F A -M
C-236 .25 T-7 1.20
962344 Coil, 2nd 1-F A -M
C-238_ 140232 1.30
Gang Condenser Assembly T-9 Part of 2561163 FM Tuner Assembly
C-25 Part of Gang Condenser Assembly
C-26
C-29 RCPIOM2473M .047 mf
200 V Molded
C-27 Tubular .30
C-28 Part of T-6
C-30
C-31 Part of T-7
C-32
C-34 RCP10M4473M .047 mf 400 V Molded
C-356 Tubular .30
C-3513 45X444 70 mf V
50 mf 150 V Dry Electrolytic
C-36
C.37 80X15 680 aanf 500 V Ceramic
C-39
Prices Shown Are Approximate and Subject to Change Without
Notice.
©John F. Rider
MODEL DC2836B
MODELS DC2980A, DC2981A
INSTALLATION OPERATION
Place the receiver upright on a table or other level surface Insert the power cord plug into the power receptacle.
convenient to a power outlet. Do not place it on or near a Turn the receiver on, by turning the Volume Control knob
radiator or heater. at the left clockwise until a click is heard. In about 30
seconds the set will be in operating condition. Turning the
This receiver is designed to operate from a 117 Volt AC
INSTALLATION, OPERATING
Volume to the right or clockwise increases the volume.
or DC source of supply. On AC, improved reception may
sometimes be obtained by turning the plug halfway around Tune in stations by turning the large upper knob. The
and reinserting it into the power outlet. Try it both ways numbers on the tuning scale show Kilocycles with the last
and SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS and leave it in the position which gives the best reception.
On DC, the receiver will operate with the plug inserted
in only one position.
two ciphers left off. For example number 9 is the location
of 900 Kilocycles. As you have tuned in the station desired
move the tuning knob to the position which produces the
deepest rounded tones with a minimum background noise
ANTENNA and clearest reception.
This Radio is equipped with a built-in loop antenna which The tuning scale shows the 'CO' Civil Defense Emblem
will produce satisfactory reception from nearby stations. at-Conelrad Frequencies-640 and 1240 Kilocycles. In a
This antenna may be somewhate directional and in some in- Civil Defense emergency tune to either of these frequencies
stallations the signal may be improved by turning the to receive defense news, instructions and informatiop.
cabinet in various directions.
To turn thereceiver off, turn the volume knob to the left
This receiver is designed to operate without a ground or counter clockwise position until a click is heard.
connection and no attempt should be made to use one.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply 117 Volts D.C., or 117 Volts, 50-60 Cycles A.C.
Frequency Range 535 to 1650 K C
Intermediate Frequency 455 K C
Tuning Two gang capacitor
Speaker 4 inch PM, 3.2 ohm voice coil impedance
Power Consumption 30 Watts
Power Output .. e 1 watt undistorted, 1.5 watt maximum
Sensitivity 3000 Microvolts at 50 milliwatts Output
Selectivity . . 120 kc. broad at 1000 times signal at 1000 kc.
TUBE COMPLEMENT
MODELS DC2980A ( White ) & DC2981A ( Red ) 12AU6 Miser and Oscillator
12AV6 Detector,A.V.C. and 1st Audio
50 C5 Audio Output
35W 4 Power Rectifier
©John F. Rider
MODEL NOS. DC2980A & DC2981A
MODEL NOS. DC2980A & DC2981A
TUBES
REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
This receiver is shipped with the tubes in their
removed, make certain they are reinserted
proper sockets. If for some reason tubes have
been When ordering ports, specify part number, model
into their proper sockets as shown below. number and series.
APPROX.
MATE
REF. NO. PART NO. SELLING
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
R1
RESISTORS
180-107 2.2 Megohms 5 20%, 1/2 w
R2 120-117 OS
Volume Control, 2 Me e ohms, (with
R3 180.111 Switch) 1.10
150 ohms ± 20%, 1/2 w
R4 180.101 08
2200 Ohms 5 20%, 1/2 w
RS 180.185 .08
47 Ohms 5 10%, 1/2 w
CONDENSERS .14
Ct,C2,C3,C4 160-129 245-102 MMF Variable
C5 156-107 2.64
50 MMFD
C6 168-102 6.8 MMFD 16
C7 158-102 .16
.01 MFD
CS 150-141 60-30-10/150 V, Electrolytic
18
152-111 L50
.05/400 V
C10 152-111 .26
PCI51
.05/400 V
.26
166.111 Coup(ate .82
x20 152 CABINET AND ACCESSORIES
Knob, Tuning - clew
220-122 .56
Knob, Volume - clear
210-1420 .26
Cabinet - Red (with dial) 4.00'
210-142W Cabinet - White (with dial)
TUBE LAYOUT 215-164 4.00'
Dial Insert .26
185-128 Line Cord
175-137 72
Speaker - 4" - Alnico V 3.86'
COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE TI 130 106 Transformer, IF
T2 138-130 1.50
PRELIMINARY: Transformer, Output - 2500/3.2 Ohms 1.86
LI 134-112 Loop,with back
L2 136-139 1.24'
Output meter connection Oscillator Coil .94
Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 Across 3.2 ohm speaker voice coil
watt across speaker voice coil Federal Excise Tax Included
Generator Modulation 0 4 volt
Position of volume control ,30%, 400 cycles Prices Shown Are Approximate and Subject to Change Without
Position of pointer with Rotor full maximum (fully clockwise) Notice.
open (Platea out of mesh)
1650 kc
12016
vz
12ÁY6
Q
SOCS
ANTENNA SECTION S
-
4 3584 C-9
yC-e
Gi $60 A
NEO
ree
]0 NFO
e
CNASSIS GROUND
OS
Align for maximum output. Reduce ID CD
input as needed to keep Always keep the output from the generator
NOTE
outpput near 0.4 volts. at ¡la lowest NMEGONNS
possible value. vOI. CONTROL
a 6x100 oNNS
©John B. Rider
This receiver is equipped with a six tube radio receiver Make sure that "Phono -Radio Switch" in back of receiver
incorporating a tuned radio frequency amplifier which is is moved to the right- the Radio position. Turn the re-
capable of receiving weak stations with minimum noise ceiver on, by pulling the bottom volume control knob out PHONO
background. This radio frequency stage increases selec- until a click is heard. Inabout 30 seconds the set will be in LINE
tivity - the ability to separate a signal from one station operating condition. Turning the volume control knob to the PHONO SWITCH INTERLOCK
to another - minimizing interference. Background signal right, or clockwise, increases the volume.
interference is also eliminated.
Time in stations by turning the top tuning knob at the right.
This receiver makes use of the very latest advances The number on the tuning scale show Kilocycles with the
achieved in the field of high fidelity sound reproduction. last two ciphers left off. For example number 9 is the
Great strides have been made in present day reproduc- location of 900 Kilocycles. As you have tuned in the station
tion of sound which is now accomplished with lower distor- desired move the tuning knob to the position which pro-
duces the deepest rounded tones with a minimum back- TRIMMER
tion and a finer balance between bass frequencies and
C-2
treble frequencies. Among high fidelity enthusiasts this ground noise and clearest reception.
balance between bass and treble tones is referred to as
TRIMMER
loudness contour. A tone control that enables the listener The tuning scale shows the "CD" Civil Defense Emblem C-4
to tailor the treble response to their taste has been in- at - Conelrad Frequencies - 640 and 1240 Kilocycles.
corporated in this receiver. The deep console like bass In a Civil Defense emergency tune to either of these
response achieved in thisTruetonetablereceiver - accom- frequencies to receive defense news, instructions and
plished by Basso-fonic circuitry and special speaker information.
characteristics - represents a distinct advance in the field
of table radios. To turn the receiver off, push lower volume knob in. When PILOT LIGHT
TRIMMER
Radio is turned on by pulling this knob outward again, the NO.47
C-6
INSTALLATION volume level will return to your previous setting.
Place the receiver upright on a table or other level surface TONE CONTROL
TUBE LAYOUT
convenient to a power outlet. Do not place it on or near a
radiator or heater. The center knob is the tone control. To increase bass MADE IN USA CODE 816
response, rotate this control counter clockwise, or to the MODEL NO. DC 2988A PART N0. 250-347
This receiver is designed to operate from a 117 Volt AC left . To increase treble response, rotate this control to
or DC source of supply. On AC, improved reception may the right, or clockwise.
sometimes by obtained by turning the plug halfway around
and reinserting it into the power outlet. Try it both ways PHONOGRAPH - STEREO CONNECTION
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
and leave it in the position which gives the best reception. necessary. Keep
The alignment of the receiver below indicates the method (3) Use the minimum amount of signal
On DC, the receiver will operate with the plug inserted To play records through this radio connect the "pick-up shielding is
for obtaining maximum sensitivity and lowestnoise pickup. generator as far away as possible if the
in only one position. plug" from the record player to the jack to "Phono -Stereo" inadequate.
socket at the rear of the receiver. Move phono -radio switch
ANTENNA to the left (looking at back of cabinet) turn bottom volume (1) Connect ouput meter across voice coil of receiver.
Use oxide rectifier type with 0-1 volt scale. (4) Use .4 volts as reference level.
control knob in counter clockwise position. Phonograph
This Radio is equipped with a built-in ferrite loop antenna volume increases with counter clockwise movement of this controls set in maximum position.
(2) Useisolation transformer to keep power line ground off (5) Volume and tone
which will produce satisfactory reception. This antenna may bottom volume control knob.
be somewhat directional and in some installations the signal chassis.
may be improved by turning the cabinet in various direc- This radio can be used for the second channel of a stereo
tions. phonograph by having the "pick-up plug" of stereo equip-
ment channel 2 inserted in the phono -stereo socket pro-
This receiver is designed to operate without a ground vided in the back of the receiver. The "pick-up plug" of
connection and no attempt should be made to use one. either a phonograph or the second channel stereo can
remain attached to the receiver.ln order to restore opera-
tion as a radio, return phono -radio switch to the right
move bottom volume control clockwise.
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. DC2988A
PARTS PRICE LIST
HG When ordering parts, specify stock number, model number tied
port number.
STOCK NO. DC2988A No. 10-485 RESISTORS
Approx.
Ref. Port imate
No. No. Description Selling
SIGNAL CONNECTION ADJUST Price
GENERATOR TO ADJUSTMENTS FOR R1 180-117 330 Ohms 'A Watt 10%
FREQUENCY RADIO R2 180-107 2.2 Megohms .10
64 Watt 20%
R3 180-102 22K 'h Watt 20% .08
IF
R4 180-190 10K (4 10% -08
125 180.148 220 Ohms (4 Watt 10% .10
456 KC CS Section Top and Bottom Maximum R6 180-107 .10
Approx. 500 Variable and TI and T2 Output 2.2 Megohms (4 Wats 20% .08
R7 680 Ohms (4 Watt 5% Critical
Microvolts Pin 3 I2AV6 R7 120-1407 .20
4 Megohm Volume Control with Switch
6.8 Megohm (4 Watt 20%
1.26
R90 180-1355 .08
470 K Ohms ll Watt 20% .08
Ell 180-111 150 Ohms (4 Watt 20%
R12 180-110 .08
SIGNAL POSITION CONNECT 470 K Ohms (4 Watt 20% 08
GENERATOR TO R13 180-184 1000 Ohms
OF ADJUST R14
1 W WW 10% .I8
FREQUENCY GANG 120-138 Tone Control 100 K Ohms .80
R15 180-115 15K Ohms
R16 4 Watt 10% Critical .10
180-109 330 K (4 Watt 20% .08
R17 180-159 1800 Ohms r% Watt 10% .10
1650 KC Fully Open Same as C4 Trimmer for
maximum output CONDENSERS
CI -2-3 160-130 Variable Condenser 3/sec Planetary
4-5-6 4.66
for IF Position C-7 156-111 220 MMF Disc 400V
540 KC Fully Closed Check for range only CO 152-104 .16
.05 MFD 200 WV (small) .22
C9 152-122 .1 MFD 200 WV (small)
RF C10 152-102 .34
.022 MFD 400 WV (small) .20
Cll 156-I11 220 MMF DISC 400V .16
C12 158-102 .01 MFD "K" CAP -400V
C13 152-102
.18
Spray signal .022 MFD 400 WV (small) .20
into loopstick C14 152-109 .05 MFD 400 WV (small) .28
using 6 turns C2-6 Trimmer CI5 152-109 .05 MFD 400 WV (small) .28
1500 KC See lee Maximum across generator maximum output C16 1)2- 109 .05 MFD 400 WV (small) .28
Signal output. Couple CI7A,C1713 150-142 Electrolytic 100 x 80 - 150 WV w/strap 1.76
close enough to CI8 152-122 .1 MFD - 200 WV (small) .34
get signal. C19 152-102 .022 MFD - 400 WV (small) .20
166-107 PC -50 Co uplate Tweet Filter .36
@John F. Rider
MODEL DC2988A
MODEL DC2988A
41 2 6
ANTELOOP
STICK
KNA
C x c
812
L-2
_
S®
1
22D 0
L-_
1
L 1
7
C_C no
0M
220 470K
R-12
OHM
C-2 R -I Ril
R-5
150 C-14
// 3R-16
.05
// / /
R-8
0E6.
// OSC. COIL 2.2 M
VOL
CONT.
R7
C -s 05// R-6
3 .029
7/ 8eOC
1M1Á 15 K
//
RADA 1000 R-15
PHCNO, , WATT 000
C9 35W4
1
R-17
NOTES: 1 1000 OHM
VARIABLE CONDENSER SO MF IWATT01
6
M
- 1000
-MEGOHMS
OHMS
NO. 47
- I C -17A
INT'LK
117
VOLTS
o
AC -DC C-16 LAMP V5 V3 VI V4
T4ÓOV O#I
SWITCH ON
RETMA SOURCE NO 786 VOL. CONT'L
CODE 816
PART NO 250-349
SCHEMATIC NO. DC2988A
©John F. Rider
STOCK NO. DC2989A
Pull Out
RADIO TUNING KNOB
C STOCK NO. DC2989A
Pull Out B
SELECTOR SWITCH.
KNOB
This knob la your
off and on switch
for your Clock
Rodin. To turn o
Rodin, move this
knob to position
"OW.. To turn off,
move this knob to ALARM AND
position "OFF". TI T KNOB
For "Wake up to
Music and Buzzer
Alarm", move this
knob to bottom
position "Radio
Norm Position".
Figure 2
TO PLAY THE RADIO AT ANY TIME 3. With Buzzer Alarm move "Selector Switch Knob" (see
Pull Ow Figure I) to right, or clockwise "Radio Alarm" position.
SLUMBER CONTROL KNOB Pull OwCOD
ro turn on the radio, turn the "Selector Switch Knob" to The Buzzer will come on ten minutes after the radio
Turning this knob turns the radio TONE NTROL
on for a period of time only - auto- the "ON" position. Rotam "Volume Control Knob" - ie has been turned on automatically.
Pull Out E
aticaily turns radio off after the VOLUME CONTROL lower right heed corner - to 3/4 rotation position.
time you set for has °loosed. Turned T ereas olume, turn to the right 4. To turn off Radio and Buzzer, move the "Selector Switch
clockwise oil the way Is the set-
1
ting for 60 minutes. Turned half-woy elockwise.°To lower volume, turn to Knob" clockwise to "OFF" position.
the left, counter-c lockwlse. Tune in stations by turning the "Radio Tuning Knob" locat-
Is the setting For 30 minutes of play.
You c adjust the slumber time ed at the top right hand corner. The numbers es the Tun-
5. Without Buzzer Move this "Selector Switch Knob'
settingain any a ant You p ing Scale show Kilocycles with the last two cyphers left
to 60 minafe°, by poairloning ills clockwise to "Auto -Radio" position.
control.
Figure 1
off. For example, number 9 is the location of 900 Kilo-
cycles. As you have tuned in the stations desired, move
the Tuning Knob to the position which produces the deepest
INSTALLATION - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS minimúm backgroundnoise and clear-
rounded tones with e
est reception. OPERATION OF APPLIANCE OUTLET
DESCRIPTION This receiver is designed to operate on 117 Vo t AC on y.
Improved reception may sometimes be obtained by turning An electrical appliance outlet is provided in the back of
the plug halfway around and reinserting it into the power The Tuning Scale shows the "CD" Civil Defense emblem
This Clock Radio is equipped with a six tube radio receiver at Cenelrad Frequencies 640 and 1240 kilocycles. In e the receiver for connecting an electric lamp Oran electri-
incorporating a tuned radio frequency amplifier which is outlet. Try it both ways and leave It in the position which cal appliance up to rating of 1100 Watts. This Appliance
gives the best reception. Civil Defense emergency tune to either of these frequencies
capable of receiving weak stations with minimum noise Outlet is shown in Figure 2.
to receive defense news, information in instructions.
background. This radio frequency stage increases selectiv-
ity - the ability to separate a signal from one station to ANTENNA To turn off appliance connected to the outlet, turn the
Adjust the Volume Control by turning the bestºm"'Volume
another - minimizing interference. Background signal In- "Selector Swatch Knob" to "OFF" and remove appliance
This Radio is equipped with a built-in ferrite loop antenna Knob" to the volume desired.
terference is also eliminated. Plug.
which will produce satisfactory receptionlrom nearby sta-
tions. This antenna may be somewhat directional and in To turn off the radio, turn the "Selector Switch Knob" to
This Clock Radio makes use of the very latest advances the "OFF" position. See figure 1.
some installations the signal may be improved by turning
achieved in the field of high fidelity sound reproduction.
the cabinet in various directions.
Great strides have been made in present day reproduction TO GO TO SLEEP BY MUSIC TONE CONTROL
el sound which is now acomplished with lower distortion
and a finer balance between bass frequencies and treble
This receiver is designed to operate without a ground The center knob (see figure 1) is the Tone Control. To
connection and no attempt should be made to use one. Then the "Slumber Control Knob" to thedesired play time,
frequencies. Among high fidelity enthusiasts this balance up to 60 minutes, as shown in Figure 1. If you wish to turn
increase bass response, rotate this control counterclock-
uetwees bass and treble tones is referred to as loudness wise, or to the left. To increase treble response, rotate
TO SET THE CLOCK the radio oft before end of setting turn "Slumber Control
contour. A tone control that enables the listener to tailor this control clockwise, or to the right.
Knob" counter clockwise.
the treble response to his taste has been incorporated
in this receiver. The deep console like bass response
Your self-starting Telechron movement will begin opera-
ting when the set is plugged into the AC outlet. Check the TO WAKE UP TO MUSIC(w/or without Buzzer Alarm)
achieved in this Truetone Clock Radio - accomplished by
Basso-ionic circuitry and special speaker characteristics -
clock by noting the rotation of the Sweep Second Hand. PHONOGRAPH Stereo Connection*:
Set the clock to the correct time by means of the "Alarm 1. Adjust the volume and tune the radio to the desired
represents a distinct advance in the field of Clock Radios. atlas you would like te hear In the morning.
and Time Set Knob" in the back of the cabinet. Gently pull To play records through Ais radio connect the 'pick-up
INSTALLATION this knob back - away from the cabinet- which engages the plug" from the record player to the jack to "Phone -Stereo"
hands of the clock, enabling you to set the clock to the 2. Set the Red Alarm Setting Hand to the time you want
socket at the rear of the receiver. Move phone -radie
correct Ume. See Figure 2 on telloising page. to be awakened. Gently move the "Alarm and Time Set
Place the receiver upright sea table or otter level surface switch to the left (looking at back of cabinet) turn bottom
Knob" forward to the front ofthecabinet,which engages
convenient to a power outlet. Do not place it on or near a volume control knob in counter clockwise posìtian. Phono-
the Red Alarm Setting Hand, enabling you to set the
radiator ur heater. alarm for the time you want to be awakened. See Figure graph volume increases with counter clockwise movement
of this bottom volume control knob.
2.
MODEL DC2989A
RADIO PAGE 25.e WESTERN AUTO
\ }§
\/
. (
«|; \j
) Ñ®
)} «
ѧ
«jI
J:!
)( } /\
\ z \\e
w
}\ \
§ §
\},ª,f
)$/
- _# : Ñ |
5 ° 3 i
k.\)
` \ Æ \ {~ / `
oU 8` ou
ª ª
owe, 2\\ czo ; 2
°IL U-
WESTERN AUTO RADIO PAGE
2
R-4
Ï r
LOOP STICK 6 C -I3
ANTENNA C-7 6
022 2
2 41 5
3 1
I 1 7 220
PHONO F
220 INPUT 47
R'
I
OHM
CII
R-'
R-5 R -II
150
C-10
R-8 .022
/ , 2.2
4MEG
VOL
R
(6.8
/ CONT. MEG
//
C-8 05 / R-6 R-7
/ /
.I
RADIO BS5DC
1C9 PHONO
1 1
SWITCH
VARIABLE CONDF""-. POTES: .05 400V 33W4
- 1000 OHMS C-15
1-
M- MEGOHMS OMFIC-17 B
ALL VALUES OF'C'ARE IN MICROFARAOS UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED 0.18
*DENOTES B - 125V DC
*,DENOTES CHASSIS GROUND APPLIANCE
-
OUTLET
IOOMF
INYLK 4- -1-- NO. 47 C-17 A
117
VOLTS
AC -60
CYCLES SWITCH- C -12-1180v
O LAMP VS V3 VI O V4
ONLY ON CLOCK
REF NIA SOU E NO 786 34
INÓÓÓÓWHÓ'O-I
. . . . . . . . .
cD.-iCJ.04CVÑÑNLC0JNm
. . . . . . . .
. . . . .
WHd,000
NNN dd''
HH,-iO>
N N Nd'ONd,NOVJWOOCO
o mN m m m
vJCV
N HN
. . .
m
HCO
a
i
m
0
y
Ñ>.
Ñ
m
C
ro
m
3
p
M X
m
º
724 é V
0. 3 N C Ñ
,,
ó
ti^g .,~gÑtVzO- 72.F,
N UIb4NNpNH:Ó
C,ísol+biNÑ OH
Cr ÿ
M `°;y k EE; Év oo Ñ
W Ú ';'3
`"
ÿ=w T«p
- `a3
EE >3»>x>33
ó' mc
m
«3 «m3m«33i¿óm
ÿ; Opap
9
Ü
`mÑ3N3ó3N3 H C
Fx m
C
jc
t
!!!! N
ñJNÑONOÓOOÓpVxJmW
E~ p 3.
p mO.c 0 00a
p Ha
0 0
z
ÑipgçBpEE
m2WN,2N2d
m
vv..
ÑÓ-IÓÑÓÓÓÓÓmHóU
(7
O
"
CC«
pÚ:":"
p uHHE'
V
N_
.5ÿÿaáaCami
CTCpC000,pyCm9
Uó.Ú2iV2lEZáu°rivHi
«'
,=ióórn wihHHmm.-ó,°Jil
H,-Ir-IHHHH O.ÓÑÓtiÓÓÓÓÑÓÓ
H,-1,-iHHH,«HHHHHH.-V.-i CcodtiÑHi MÑÑMCÓ,OnCOOci,,0-MMd,,H-i
0.11 00. 0000Óó
OYti~
00000000 .yNOOJWOJOJWCCCOWm
I
CONNNCOONNNNOCNNCO ppC.-IJ,H.V.Y
OÓóó.-yiÑÑFd,d,WFÑ
H2O
.yH.4.-IHHH.-C.tiH,yHH,-i mV.yHrmMM ÑNNNNNNN,-..-,.ti.ti.y
t --
A r2)
OHNmd,V,ttOC- O1-100d,vJ0Ñ00
á22áá èamággyaya.awhán.`0 ÚÚÚVÚÚÚÚVVÚÚÚFJ áá.maÑFF
RADIO PAGE 25-I0 WESTERN AUTO
Ó t 7
N x ó
ó
fi
.6
Ñ g
fi
É ÿ fi
H fi
o
2,L.
Q io
Ñ ti
Q
'fi °
F.B Ó.
m
u c
N. 4
^2 a
fi
Ú B ó N U B ó Q o
V
fi oo F é
Z , H 'ÿpmO
o UZ yVs
"
ñ O
oz,,,W
m ÿ á
m mf
g áá Ó H Ñö.
E,w:° úú>0u
4m U <%-.2.0,-.21
mp
Q HE-.
c ó 7c m
0.ÿ
Z
vg Gc>a
Ñgá
º v_ ó
9 Év
M 70
°ó
V Z°mj
zKÿä
Z0
o
U v
1.Q
a
T
" w
2N
Ñ
wx
ñ
N
ÓU ó ou
J F=
y
., U
QQW u
k°ó
H ovdi wd o
.. b
6. Z
LL
v1
IL WR'
LL
K
<wa>,r
mmm<UB
vó7v m úC
ú ú
a-k úT>U v 4O TD TU +Ó U°
ó W É
Ñ v. m'¿" U Ñ
o o.._..r
^'Ñ._...a.-,.-. ov
.ó SCS4.wXSC
ro..ovqoo,omfi.
áá.á °^,áó
`óóó öW">a
y >O
pM 2.x `.+
Ú
i
É ó <
o
ó
v
á
0
m
p Rr
4 w°
° P
d..
áá W.2co
m
á
a, o
STOCK NO. DC2989A
REPLACEMENT PARTS PRICE LIST
Approximate
When ordering ports, specify stock no., model no., and part no. Selling
Price
RESISTORS
CONDENSERS
C1-2-3-4-5-6 160-130 Variable Condenser, 3/sec, Planetary 4.66
C7 156-111 220 MMF Disc 400V .16
C8 152-104 .05 MFD 200 WV (small) .22
C9 152-122 .1 MFD 200 WV (small) . 34 2g 5
C10 152-102 .022 MPIJ 400 WV (small) .20
C11 156-111 220 MMF DISC 400V .16
C12 158-102 .01 MFD "K" CAP -400V .18
C13 152-102 .022 MED, 400 WV (small) .20
C14 152-109 . Ob MFD, 400 WV, (small) .28
C15 152-109 .05 MFD, 400 WV, (small) .28
C16 152-109 05 MFD, 400 WV (small) .28
C17A, C178 150-142 Electrolytic 100 x 50 - 150 WV W/Strap 1.76 2
C18 152-122 .1 MFD - 200 WV (small) . 34
C19 152-102 .022 MFD - 400 WV (small) .20 1--II
166-107 PC -50 Couplate tweet filter . 36
e-
COILS & TRANSFORMERS
T1
Ll
L2
L3
132-140
132-139
136-141
130-114
Loop Ferrite Rod
RF Coil (with R4)
Oscillator Coil (with R3)
IF Transformer #1
1.
1.I6
1.44
1.28
92
® J
o
ú ÿ
h
`
55
9
j ó ÿ 6 fi fi N fi
<
O LL
C
` o
<
-i--2
fi
fi
ó c `
s
`Ñ K
?
.: x
6
U
J E4o U E o 6.2
j.
Z
fi
° h
o
''foi
á o v
é
m
c
3
W o 11
WO ó
- - ö
X
h
R
=h m
6^.'
m
e°oy
ÿ ñ
°.
ÿ ÿ
no
7 áv á
0
U
ó á ®º m ó ÿ
m
ó T â
< h F óe
6 ó
n á m
,väa
fi
vv
- f.Z
Z
0 E
g,Ó_-
fi E
Woo O L
ó
g
Zh< O m
Zre
o .
a,
'3
ÿ óm
M.
t
aY
OU ó OU
st
.,1-2 ;y U
V U
<hZ
< W < iC X
V W Q tO O 9
.n Z W J' L
ñ
t -,iii
ú W< O
OC
b _ vr0
V LL v < <L N V W
LL LL
Or
STOCK NO. DC2989A
REPLACEMENT PARTS PRICE LIST
H
Approximate
When ordering parts, specify stock no., model no., and part no. Selling
Price
RESISTORS
©John F. Rider
MODEL NOS. DC5992 & DC5994
MODEL NOS. DC5992 & DC5994 ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
AM STAGES
The following is required for aligning: justments.
CUSTOMERS may order all replacement parts from An All Wave Signal Generator which will provide an
1 12AU7 2nd Audio & Phase Splitter 1.
accurately calibrated signal at the test frequencies Connect Radio Chassis to ground post of Signal Gene-
any Western Auto Store or Associate Store. Each
6BQ5 Audio Output (push-pull) rator with a short heavy lead.
2 store has an up-to-date price list on replacement as listed.
2 6CB6 FM -I -F Amplifier used with #1023 Tuner parts. Output indicating Meter, Non -Metallic Screwdriver, Allow Chassis and Signal Generator to "heat up" for
Dummy Antenna--,1 mf. Volume Control Maximum all Ad. 15 minutes.
2 6AU6 FM -I -F Amplifier used with #1023A Tuner 2. Company and Associate Stores may order any part
EZSI Rectifier shown in any Western Auto Replacement Parts and SIGNAL GENERATOR GANG ADJUST
1
2 U4636 FM Detector Diode Western Auto Parts Warehouse Pin 7 (Control Grid) A7 -A8 Max.
2610 Grand Avenue 455RC of V-4 .1 MFD Open A9 -A10 Output
1 Spec. Junction Diode
Kansas City 8, Missouri insulated
2 #12 Dial Lamps 1620RC Yellow Wire on LS 1.MME5 Open A6 Output * wirermayns be use-d
1 #47 Indicator Lamp
Western Auto Parts Warehouse
1227-29 First Avenue South Max. Out- Max.
Birmingham, Alabama 1400EC Yellow Wire on L5 1.MME8 put 1400KC AS Output
CARE AND MAINTENANCE Warehouse
Western Auto Parts
1217 Alhambra Avenue FM STAGES
This instrument has been designed and constructed to Sacramento, California
ender trouble -free performance with a minumum of The following is required for aligning: 300 ohms.
care o intenance and under normal conditions will Western Auto Parts Warehouse
not require any special attention. If reception i An accurately calibrated Signal Generator providing Zero center scale DC vacuum tube voltmeter having
3142-44 West Liberty
poor or radio will not operate, the following action modulated signals at the test frequencies listed a range of approximately 3 volts.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
is recommended: below. Allow Chassis and Signal Generator to "heat up" for
Non -Metallic Screwdriver. 15 minutes.
1, Be sure the radio i connected and operated as
described in this folde. Dummy Antennas and I -F Loading Resistor --5000 mmf,
2. See if there is power at the wall outlet by Bis- SIGNAL GENERATOR DIAL CONNECT ADJUST
VTVM ADJUST NOTES
ecting radio and connecting a lamp to the OUTPUT TIDKIUGR
same outlet. FREQ. TO DUMMY SETTING TO FOR
V-2 5000 MMF Rotation CIO U R9 Al -A2 -A4 Voltage 1,5 to 3. volts deflection
turned to the position you wish to have function. 10.7 MC
4. Check for a corroded or loose connection on the Extreme Junction
is used) and be sure it Pin 1 Clockwise of A-3 O. Volts
outside antenna (if one
is not grounded. 10.7 MC V-2 5000 MMF Rotation 014 & R13 (Top L2) (Balance)
2. Best possible identification of the pert itself. l ÌNDICATES VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH V2 -V3 6AUfiS ANO*1023A FM TUNER.
INGIC ATES CHASSIS GRJUU.
(a) Pert Number ALL MEA SVREMENTJ 'WITH 11] VAC ,NO SIGNAL AND V,T.V.M. TO CHASSIS.
(b) Part Name
(c) If necessary, return the old part as sample.
APPROX.
-- STMIpoRD
..
CO, F.M TUNER RART"1023A
SELLING APPROX.
60T8 1 4tie( v3-6AU6 REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION PRICE REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION
SELLING
PRICE
TRANSFORMERS & COILS CONDENSERS
L4 1405 455KC I.F. C1-,CA1-B, 1032 Filter Condenser 40-40 8 3.00
L3 1406A 455KC I.F. C1-C,C1=D 30/350 50/50
L1 1413 10.7 MC I.F.(Automatíc $ 1.00 C2 819B .01 Discap w/Tuner .14
T áE 1607-1 or equivalent) C18
,
804 .1 MFD/200 V .16
5 L2 1414 10.7 MC Ratio Detector
(automatic 2607-5 or
equivalent)
1.32 C29,C,C26,
C3233
828A .05 MFD/400 V ,22
STAN(Atii Cp_ F.M. TUN73- R1RT.1023 R25 401E Volume Control .68 C48,,CS,C29
6, 906 .005 MFD Discap .12
R28 421 Meg, Treble Control
CC9,C
1 .64
C17 845 20UUF N750 10% Discap .12
RESISTORS C14,C15,C31 832 .001 MFD Discap .12
R40 642 2K 108 10% .30 CI0,C11,C12 839 330 MMFD ,08
R39 643 130 Ohm 5W 10% .24 C25,C27 817 250 MMFD Discap .16
R41 648 1000 Ohm 2W 10% .24 C20,C31 826 100 MMFD Discap .12
81 646 4700 Ohm 1W 10% .12 C7 843 47 MMFD Discap .12
819,822 647 22K 1W 10% .14 C23 908 33 MMFD Discap .12
82,88 551A 68 Ohm Pi 10% .08 C3 846A 18 MMFD Discap 5% .14
814 520 47 Ohm ZW 20% .06 C34 830A 2 MFD Sou .84
R20 546 270 Ohm Pi 10% .08 Unpolerized Lytic
R4,87,812 539A 1000 Ohm 2W 10% .08 MISCELLANEOUS
R9 559 1500 Ohm zW 10% .08 L5 1512E Loop Ant. 1.66
R32 556A 3900 Ohm le 10% .08 2640 8" Speaker 6.96
610,011 549A 6800 Ohm AR 10% .08 2640A 8" Speaker 8.00
R36 522 10K áW 20% .06 2641 4" Speaker 3.76
R3,R6,R18 517 22K AW 20% .06 1651 Dial Plate e 3.60
C28 821 1500 MFD Discap .16 2457 AM Tuning Knob .38
823,029 523A 47K AM 10% .08 2457A AM Dial Skirt .42
m"e.rr 834,035
_J= , +.ró`,,Z`uw o0
813,R25
5238
547A
47K AM 5% .14 2458 FM Tuning Knob .42
Ti
68K AW 10% ,08 2458A FM Dial Skirt .42
R24 507A 100K AW 10%
r.A-.-,rv.aA,. .08 2436 Aux. Knobs .14
T,m.
w T 831
R27,R33
508
511A
180K AW 20%
220K zW 10%
.08
.08 M2
SW2 1892A
1024
DPDT Slide Switch
AM Tuning Gang 2.88
.28
.ee v9 )vB r jv
R17
R15,R16,R21
516
615
1 Meg.
2.2 Meg. AM 20%
AW 20% .06
.06
1023
1023A
FM Tuner (w/6658)
FM Tuner (w/6DT8)
R26 530 10 Meg. AM 20% .06
V3 vq 1 xrorzº owYs c.awo
LL
nrre3,Áó ,uroa
©John F. Rider
¡iv
MO lb
Westinghouse e!: Tg
N
SERVICE MANUAL
(Ivory) Th
H -630T4 A IF-
feg
radio
(Carnation Pink)
H-631T4A
(Light Green)
SERVICE DEPARTMENT TELEVISION -RADIO DIVISION ChassisDVE-21.
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORP. METUCHEN, N. J.
SPECIFICATIONS
D
Frequency Range 540 to 1600 Kc.
cn
Intermediate Frequency 455 Kc.
Tube Complement:
1 12AU6 Converter
1 12AV6 Der., AVC and 1st AF Amp.
1 5005 Output Amp.
1 35374 Rectifier
Power Outpm:
CS
Undistorted 09 watts
Maximum
Loudspeaker:
1 WattS
5
>
4"PM
Operating Voltage ....105 to 120 volts,50-60 cycle AC or DC
Power Consumption 30 watts
ALIGNMENT
It is recommended that the chassis be isolated from the power line by means of an isolation transformer.
While making the following adjustments, keep the volume control set for maximum output and the signal generator output
attenuated to weakest usable signal level.
1.
Stator of a:st. tuning capacitor
through a 200 mrnf
iu
capacitorcapacity 455 ho.
mnimm
Top and bottom slugs of Tl."
.1100
minimumcapacity
2. Radiated signal 1625 kc Oscillator trimmer (D)
It is recommended that a fiber aligning tool that snugly fits the slot In the powdered iron core be used to prevent chipping of the slot.
PARTS LIST
LI
SWI
When ordering parts, specify part number, description and model number of set.
1847 117V.AC -O O
CABINET AND MISCELLANEOUS
-.. .
r_
q RED LEAD
T0 T3
.
'
I :!'\
.
Pat N /
Part No. Equiv. Part No. Description
Price
©
0
a 558V120H02 Background, foil
_
z--
e..
i .40
3s'
e 513V017H01 Cabinet, H-632T5'A (Mocha & White)
.
7.95
C71S005 O' 90V
` riAr
-11 ) ( BLUE
-
Cabinet, H-633T5A (Turquoise & White)
/\\Sj,
,>F 513V0171102
_iv% a'
LEAD
TO
V-15765-1 770V415H01 Contact, male
7.95
.10
.y-
I
t New part number listed for the first time in Westinghouse television or radio service information.
©John F. Rider
MODELS
Chassis V-2391-6
a
SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Range 540 to 1600 Kt.
Intermediate Frequency 455 Kc.
Tube Complement:
1 12BA6 RF Amp.
1 12B E6 Converter
1 12BA6 IF Amp.
112AV6 Det., AVC and 1st AF Amp.
1 35C5 Output Amp.
1 35W4 Rectifier z
Power Output: á.
Undistorted 0 9watts m"
Maximum 15 warts
Loudspeaker o- 2IN
10" x 2 5/6" PM N
Operating Voltage .105 to 120 volts, 50-60 cycle AC or DC 2.
Power Consumption .ó
35 watts
302,
2.
0 mA
yD
ñ 5. o
z
`
POINTER
LOW END MAX. O o
CAP.
ro
VOLUME
CONTROL
I
11`I
TUNING
SJohn F. Rider
CHASSIS V-2391-6
CHASSIS V-2391-6
LI
A A SWI
_L. BLUE When ordering parts, specify part number, description and model number of set.
117V. p TO T3
AC
R3 (n ¡n RED CABINET AND MISCELLANEOUS
.^
Il. II
®L30O
©0--44,--. ©
Q0 7128E6
,
r,
...
C7
..e---_____________,,___0 New 0.4' Part No. E 9 uiv. Part No. List
AVC
e 125V.
Part No. Description
Price
-,. O®..©
.-rr---rr--r-- ., ® '
v/"' O
R9 C6B
o---IE--/y 558V120H02 Background, foil
-
O 35W4 .40
,---7,-7, 1 125V
CC6q
513V017H04 Cabinet, H-636T6A (Ivory & White) 7.95
I
11
I J.L-tLL.I. ...-e-,.-.3
RF
I
i
ITI
® li
O
i A
35C5O
T 513V017H05
V-15765-1 770V415H01
Cabinet, H-637T6A (Coral & White)
Contact, Male, AC
7.95
ANT. OSC I .10
.3 C5, O85V/
L4lX 3
.
1 I TRIM- . TRIM TRIM I III 751V000A01 Cord, AC power (snap-in) 1.12
I Ì
®® ,i--2-,2 .5OQj
\\,,, .2,.....,,,,,...... V-3219 Cord, dial string (100' spool) 1.57
05
R8
.
1 OZ t 558V083H05 Dial
85V.
1 -
85
t
1
l%3y,, CI
0R4 iS16. ì-l _6R7 \32 -
I
558V185H01
558V 153H01
Dial background
Front, cabinet
.15
3,00
783V061H01 Insert, cabinet mounting
0 .35
`
s®
{*7u
\I\, 12AV6 550V082H01 Knob, volume & tuning ,35
, R5
6 I
+
2
756V501H02
558V088H01
Lamp, pilot light, 4 1847
Nameplate
.22
B
.27
;
V-5353-2 767V002A01 Palout, control .05
558V089H01 Pointer, dial .22
761 V809H01 Screw, hex head, 3%" (Cabinet mounting) .05
783V055H06 Shaft, tuning .40
CONTROL) 751V529H01 Socket, dial light ,B0
BRACKET
0700 CONNECTED BY SHIELDED -LEAD.
751V513H04
751V513H05
Socket, snap -in 7 pin (35C5 & 3554)
Socket, snap -in 7 pin (12ßA6)
.17
.17
751V5461401 Socket, snap -in 7 pin (12BE6 & 12AV6) .45
FIGURE 3 - BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS 570V051H01 Speaker, 10" X 2 5/8" PM (includes T3) 8.75
V-6795-3 770V250H03 Spring, dial drive .10
763V000H24 Washer, "C" (tuning shaft) .05
t New part number fisted /o the first time in Wes inghouse television or radio servire information.
CJohn F. Rider
WESTINGHOUSE RADIO PAGE 25-7
Westinghouse MODELS
W
H -649T7
SERVICE MANUAL
(Ivory)
radio
H -650T7
(Charcoal)
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING VOLTAGES 105 to 120 volts DC or
50 to 60 cycles AC
POWER CONSUMPTION 37 Watts
POWER OUTPUT
Maximum 2.5 Watts
Undistorted 1.5 Watts
TUNER FREQUENCY RANGES:
AM 540 to 1600 kc
FM 88 to 108 me
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
AM 455 kc
FM 10.7 me
PHONO
12AL5 JACK FM TRIMMER
AM TRIMMERS
TS
Ti
II
C6 C11 i 12BA6
FM ` C26
1
12AV6 OSC
T
ON-OFF AM-FM -PHONO TUNING
VOLUME SELECTOR
PILOT LIGHTS
TONE
1
AC OrFwx -ON
CONTROL
W e
CONTROL
CONTROL
(BRACKET
R21A R21
-dVJ--MN-+o
4Ì.)..
2,94
c23f,
I
c2o©RI819j
. Q®
2
®50CS®ij _O©'r___
a ® ®51,1<=
._..._,
;Z25 RRIA
C
©izws ©
Ia*CZIB 1'744®
C
RiD
rt
LS fQ¡\ei19 áIx :y
AC
Sñ _
Figure 3 Bottom view of printed circuit chassis with components shown symbolically
©John F. Rider
FM ALIGNMENT
SHORT LEADS FM ALIGNMENT
RELFIVCR
1. Don't attempt FM alignment until the AM alignment has
been completed.
2. Cormec, two 100k ohm resistors from test point "C"
(Pi.
No. 7 12AL5) to ground as shown in schematic.
3. Use V.T.V.M. connected as indicated in the FM alignment
30 IMPROARGL Of SVIECP CARLE chart.
4. Use a signal generator with output frequencies of 10.7 mc
and 80 to 110mc. Generator should have an adjustable out-
RI Rt
put attenuator.
5. Set the volume control R22 at maximum.
6. Se, the switch SW! to the FM position.
7. Keep the signal generator output voltage level low to
Figure 5 Impedance matching network avoid overload.
FM ALIGNMENT CHART
Connect Signal
Step Generator to: Sigieq27'' Sang CUn.eYcL Adjustment
1 High side of 10.7 rnc Min. Between points Secondary of T4 (top adj.)
generator to lug unmodulated "A" and "B" for zero voltage
F or li of SW! see fig. 1
7T1
adjust for zero voltage if
AM ALIGNMENT increased 10X and "B" necessary
AM ALIGNMENT ,, "
4 " Between Recheck T.4 primary and adjust
1, Connect V.T.V.M. as indicated in the AM alignment chart. point "C" for maximum negative voltage
2. Use signal generator covering 455 kc to 1700 kc, AM and ground if necessary
modulated, with adjustable output attenuator.
3. Set the volume control R22 at maximum. 5 REMOVE THE TWO 100K OHM RESISTORS
4. Set switch SW) at AM.
5. Keep the signal generator output voltage level low to
avoid AVC action. 6 Across FM antenna 98 rnc 98 mc Between T7 for maximum negative voltage
6. Set C38 (tuning capacitor) to minimum. with proper term- unmodulated point "C"
tnation see fig.5 and ground
,, ,, ,,
" primary and secondary for
maximum negative voltage
AM ALIGNMENT CHART
8 " 108.5 mc Min. ,, C41 for maximum negative voltage
unmodulated
Step Connect Signal Signal Generator C38 V.T.V.hl.
Generator to: Frequency Setting Connection Adjustment
., ,,
9 87.5 mc Max. T7 for maximum negative voltage
High side dull 455 kc modulated unrnodulated
min. Across spkr. Primary and secondary of T5
.1 mfd to stator voice coil and T3 for maximum output 10 REPEAT STEPS 8 AND 9 UNTIL NO FURTHER CHANGE
"A" of C38. Low
side to tuning
capacitor frame 11 ACROSS FM 106 rnc Tune Between C37 "B" for maximum negative
(B-) antenna with unmodulated for point "C" voltage (rock in)
proper term- signal and ground
ination
2 " 1625 ke modulated C38 "D" for maximum output
12 " 90 me ,r ,, T6 for maximum negative voltage
3 Radiated signal 1400 kc modulated Tune " C38 "B" Rock in for unmodulated (rock in)
for maximum output
signal I3 CHECK STEPS 8 AND 9 AND TOUCH UP IF NECESSARY
©John F. Rider
CHASSIS V-2192
CHASSIS PARTS LIST -- Continued
®
CHASSIS V_2392
v
ó
-13
New Ref. Part No.
Part No. E 9 uiv. Part No. Description
P Location or Function List
price m
MISCELLANEOUS AND MODEL PARTS
t CI 213V182H01 Capacitor, 10 mmf, 10%, mica Impedance matching .25
t C2 213V 182H01 Capacitor, 10 mmf, 10%, mica Impedance matching .25
N
When ordering parts, specify part number, description of part and model number. t C3 215V111A01 Capacitor, 100 mmf, ceramic FM ant. coupling ,20
Do not order by model number alone. t C4 215V3081102 Capacitor, .001 mf, ceramic, GMV FM RF amp. screen .20
Where applicable, prices include Federal Excise Tax. 215V102A22
t
C5
C6 219V025H02
R2CC62Y5Y222M Capacitor, .0022 mf, ceramic , 20% FM RF amp. screen ..22 o
Capacitor, .0015 mf, feed tluu B+ RF amp. .20
New Ref. Part No. E q uiv. Part No. Description List t C7 215V308H02 Capacitor, .001 mf, ceramic, GMV FM osc. plate .20
Pat No. P Price t C8 215V300H45 Capacitor, 47 mmf, 10%, N750 Osc. grid .20
t 513V017813 Cabinet shell, Ivory, H649T7
t C9 217V011A09 Capacitor, 1 mmf, 10%, ceramic Osc. injection .15
4.90 CIO 215V104Á71
Cabinet shell, Charcoal, H650T7
R2CC61Y5Y471M Capacitor, 470 mmf, ceramic, 20% FM RF coupling .20
t 513V0171116 4.90 t C11 219V025H02 Capacitor, .0015 uf, feed thru B+ FM mixer .20
770V415H01 V -15765-I Contact, male, AC power .10
781 V042H01 Coupling, flexible variable gang to pulley shaft .05
t C12 215V308H02 Capacitor, .001 mf, ceramic, GMV Filament by-pass .20
751V000A01
t C13 210V1I1H06 Capacitor, .047 mf, 600 V, 20% AM RF return .25
Cord, AC power, snap -in 1.12
Cí4 215V014A70 RICC62G470K Capacitor, 47 mmf, 10%, ceramic 12AU6 grid coupling .17
V-3219 Cord, dial drive, 100 foot spool 1.57 C15 215V102A22 R2CC62Y5Y222M Capacitor, .0022 mf, ceramic, 20% 12AU6 screen by-pass .22
9 558V118H01 Dial, plastic front 1.30
C16 215V102A22 R2CC62Y5Y222M Capacitor, .0022 mf, ceramic, 20% IF Amp screen by-pass .22
t 558V175H01 Dial, background, scale .25
t 558V153H01 Front, cabinet 3,00
t C17 215V308002 Capacitor, .001 mf, ceramic FM detector .20
C18 210V111H05 Capacitor, .05 mf AVC filter .27
783V061H01 Insert, mounts cabinet front .35
t 550V082H01 - Knob, AM -FM Tuning, Volume & Tone .35
t C19 2I5V306H03 Capacitor, .01 mf, 1.4 KV, ceramic Control bracket to B- .35
C20 215V3001103 Capacitor, .01 mf, 1 KV, ceramic Audio plate
t 550V082H02 Knob, AM-FM -Phono selector .40
t C21A
.22
t 756V501H07 Lamp, pilot light, WO 1828 .95
early production Capacitor, 60 mf, 150 V, elect. B+ filter 2.10
218V033H01
768V015H18 Nut, speed, secures AM loop .05
t C21B only Capacitor, 80 ad, 150 V, elect. 13+ filter 2.10
558V088H01 Nameplate, Wide- Fi 10"Speaker .27 t C22 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 mf, ceramic Tone .20
t Pointer .20
C23 215V306H02 Capacitor, .01 mf, 1.4 KV, ceramic Control bracket to B- .35
558V1721101
t 783V055H09 Shaft, tuning .40 t C25 210V214A73 Capacitor, .047 mf, 600 V Line by-pass .35
751V513H05 Socket, 7 pin, center shield, 12AL5 .17
t C26 219V025H02 Capacitor, .0015 mf, feed thru Filament FM tuner .20
751V513H07 Socket, 7 pin, 5005 .20
t C27 219V025H02 Capacitor, .0015 mf, feed thru Filament FM tuner .20
751V5461101 Socket, 7 pin, shielded, 12AV6, 12606 & 12BA6 .45
t C28 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 mf, ceramic Filament by-pass .20
9 751V549H01 Socket, 7 pin, shielded, 12BÁ6 .45
t C29 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 mf, ceramic Filament by-pass .20
t 751V549H02 Socket, 9 pin, shielded, 12AT7 .45
t C30 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 mf, ceramic Filament by-pass .20
Socket, dial light .80
t C31 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 mf, ceramic Filament by-pass .20
751V529H01
770V2501103 V-6795-3 Spring, dial drive .10
t C32 218V012H13 Capacitor, 4 mf, electrolytic, 50 V FM detector 1.15
570V024H01 Speaker, 10" x 2 5/8" 10.12 t C33 213V182H02 Capacitor, 47 mmf, mica , 20% Line by-pass .20
t C34 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 of, ceramic Filament by-pass .20
t C36 215V3001146 Capacitor, 8.2 mull, t.5%, N470 FM osc. grid .20
CHASSIS PARTS LIST t C37 330V016H01 Capacitor, variable FM tuning 3.75
t C38 330V0151104 Capacitor, variable AM tuning 3.10
t C39 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 mf, ceramic IF amp. screen .20
t C40 215V308H04 Capacitor, .005 mf, ceramic FM mixer place .20
New Re t C41 215V307H01 Trimmer, 1.5-6 mmf FM oscillator .35
Pat No, Part No. Equiv. Part No Description Location or Function price t C42 2159308H04 Capacitor, .005 of, ceramic FM B+ decoupling .20
C43 218V022H01 Capacitor, 20 mf, electrolytic, 175 V B+ filter 1.25
121 250V234A75 RC20AE475K Resistor, 4.7 megohms, %W FM RF grid .05 C44 218V012H01 Capacitor, 40 mf, electrolytic, 25 V Audio output cathode 1.35
R2 250V226A81 RC20AE681K Resistor, 680 ohms, %W FM RF screen decoup. .17 t 230V065H01 Coil, antenna
L1 FM RF input .25
113 250V231A03 RC20AEI03K Resistor, 10K ohms, %W AM converter cathode .05 t L2 230V056H17 Coil, RF (includes 820 ohm resistor) FM mixer plate .40
R4 250V226A81 RC20AE681K Resistor, 680 ohms, %W FM osc. plate decoup. .17 L3 230V056H02 Coil, 12F reactor, 1.1 uh Filament choke .35
R5 250V223A35 RC20AE335K Resistor, 3.3 megohms, %W FM mixer grid .12 L4 230V056H02 Coil, RF reactor, 1.1 uh Filament choke .35
R6 250V221A03 RC20AE103K Resistor, 10K ohms, %W FM osc. grid .05 V-9099-5 Coil, RF reactor, 2.7 uh
L5 230V028H05 RF choke .20
R7 250V226A81 RC20AE681K Resistor, 680 ohms, %W FM mixer plate .17 L6 V-9099-5 230V028H05 Coil, RF reactor, 2.7 uh RF choke .20
R8 250V221A25 RC20AE125K Resistor, 1.2 megohms, %W 12AU6 grid .12 t L7 787V0871101 Loop antenna assembly AM loop .2.25
R9 250V226A81 RC20AE681K Resistor, 680 ohms, %W 12AU6 plate decoup. .17 SWl 756V027H01 Switch Selector 2.10
RIO 250V224A70 RC20AE470K Resistor, 47 ohms, %W IF amp. cathode .05 SW2 278V039H01 Switch, push-pull (part of R22) On-off 1.70
R11 250V226A81 RC20AE681K Resistor, 680 ohms, %W IF amp. plate decoup. .17 T1 235V039H01 V-9688 Transformer, 10.7 me FM mixer plate 1.80
R12 250V222A25 RC20AE225M Resistor, 2.2 megohms, 14W, 20% AVC filter .06
250V2I4A74
t T2 235V037H02 Transformer, 10.7 me 2nd FM IF 1.65
R13 RC20AE474J Resistor, 470K ohms, %W, 5% AVC filter .22 t T3 235V044H01 Transformer, 455 kc lst AM IF 1.65
R14 250V222A23 RC20AE223K Resistor, 22K ohms, Vg/ FM detector .07
015 250V222A21 RC20AE221K Resistor,
t T4 235 V035H01 Transformer, 10.7 me FM detector 2.30
220 ohms, %W FM audio coupling .05
R16 250V321Á81 RC30AE181K Resistor,
t T5 235V0381102 Transformer, 455 kc 2nd AM IF 1.50
180 ohms, 1W Audio output cathode .12
Rl7 250V226A83 RC20AE683K Resistor, 68K ohms, '4W Tone compensation
t T6 230V045H01 Coil RF FM plate .90
.05 t T7 238V045H02 Coil FM oscillator .90
t RI8 251V020H15 Resistor, 1Kohms, 5W B+ filter .40
t R19 251V0231420 Resistor, 22 ohms, glassohm
t T8 230V044H01 Coil AM oscillator .90
Rectifier protection .40 t T9 430V051H01 Transformer Audio output 1.75
t
t
R20
R2í
250V436Á81 RC40AE681K Resistor, 680 ohms, 2W r Pilot lamp .25 t Z1 219V019H01 Packaged circuit Audio coupling .95
250V436Á81 RC4OAE681K Resistor, 680 ohms, 2W 1` dropping .25
R22 270V0391101 Control, 500K ohms (includes SW2)
t Z2 219V02OH01 Packaged circuit FM deemphasis .75
Volume 1.70
t R23 270V0391307 Control, 1 megohm Tone
t Z3 219V022H0l Packaged circuit AM tweet filter .45
.95 t Xl 295V012H01 Rectifier, selenium AC rectifier 2.75
R24 250V321A81 RC30AE181K Resistor, 180 ohms, 1W 8+ filter .12
R25 250V224A70 RC20AE470K Resistor, 47 ohms, %W 12AU6 cathode bias .05 t New Part number listed for the first time in Westinghouse Television or Radio Service Information.
Pr ces are subject to change without notice.
All resistors are 10% unles0 otherwise specified.
©John F. Rider
Westinghouse MODELS
H659P4
SERVICE MANUAL (Mocha & White)
radio
H660P4
(Red & White)
SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RANGE 540 to 1600 Ice Te
INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY 455 kc
TUBE COMPLEMENT
1IRS Converter
I 1U4 I.F. Amplifier
1 1U5 Detector AVC and 1st Audio Amplifier
1 3V4 Audio Output
POWER CONSUMPTION AC OPERATION 15 Watts
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT (AC OPERATION)
MAXIMUM 300 Watts
UNDISTORTED 150 Watts
LOUDSPEAKER 4'. PM
POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY OPERATION
1 "A" Barter,' (9V) Eveready #276, Burgess #D6, Ray -O-Vac
#1603, General #88
I "B" Battery (90V) Eveready #479, Burgess #P60, Ray-0-
Vac #214, General #176
CURRENT CONSUMPTION (Battery Operation)
"A" Battery .050 Amp. \
"B" Battery .009 Amp.
4. Remove the two self-tapping screws securing the chassis
bracket to the top of the case.
CHASSIS REMOVAL (See figure 1)
5. Carefully slide the chassis out from the receiver case.
1. Press in the two cabinet release buttons on either side The on -off-volume control knob is captivated and thus re-
of the receiver case. Ope,, the case to expose the chassis mains in the case as the control shaft is pulled off the knob.
and batteries. When servicing with the receiver connected to the AC
2. Unsnap the battery cable assemblies H
from the "A" and power line use an isolation transformer between the receiver
"B" batteries. and the AC line. To replace the chassis reverse the above
3. Remove the two self-tapping screws securing the AC procedure. Be careful to correctly seat the chassis in the
receptacle. cabinet mounting grooves.
TONING KNOB
0 LUNEKNOB
.0INET RELEASE
Figure 1
View of cabinet case opened
BrE4T showing battery location and
LAUVE°
components to be removed for
chassis removal.
ALIGNMENT
While making the following adjustments, keep the volume control set at matimum output and the signal generator
output attenuated to ovoid AVC action.
1 Stator of ant. tuning cap. 455 kc Min. top. Top and bottom slugs of T2 and
''A" thru a .01 mfd TI in order given
capacitor
It isrecommended that a fibre aligning tool that snugly fits the slot in the powdered iron core be used to prevent
chipping of the slot in the IF transformer.
9V.
90V.
"A"BATTERY
CONTACT
"B" BATTERY
CONTACT
The Detector -First Audio Amplifier stage of this diagram (figure 2). A key (notch) on one side of the
receiver has been modularized to provide greater relia- module indicates pin #1 of the module. With exception
bility, compactness and ease of servicing. All the of pin #9 all the riser wires are soldered into the
RS components of this stage, including the tube socket, printed circuit chassis. The components contained in
1U£
S.1 LI are contained in this packaged circuit. the module are shown on the schematic enclosed in
dashed lines. The corresponding riser numbers are
OSC
TRIMMER
The module consists of five printed circuits, shown as they enter the circuit.
stacked, one on top of another. Each printed circuit is
made up of a ceramic wafer with more than one com- It is not recommended that the module itself be
L2
ponent (capacitors or resistors) printed on the wafer. serviced. It is rather difficult to replace components
AC ANT
\\ TRIMMER The five stacked wafers are connected together by within the module. If the trouble is localized to the
i twelve riser wires. At the top of the module, seven of module it is recommended that the module be replaced.
the risers connect to the tube socket. At the bottom of
xl' the module the riser wires are extended so that they To replace a module cut the riser wires at the base
can be soldered directly into the printed circuit board. of the module, where they enter the printed circuit
304 Z1 IUS C7 5 board. Remove the remaining wires from the board with
A,B,C
Because the module is a complete unit, it is easier the soldering iron (low wattage type). Observing the
to service and replace than the individual components. correct position of the module key, install the new
TO T3 A bottom view of the module is shown on the schematic module in the holes in the board and solder in place.
CJohn F. Rider
-r -F -t -t c Z - - -- -t -t -f , -+ -t - c2
É '.£
-«--t-._,-+-«-t
N w nHi y 9 É Ñ áJ c,2
ce Ñe W
--
n n
C1
...
ám a
á w ti za
°10. e
J
< < o <á <
g <n <. o
w < óó
< < < < < < < < < < < o T w 9 a 5 x a 5 Ñ 7 9 2 ó
O O O <
O < O O N O O N ... ó ó ó ÇgÇ óóÇ
w O G\
Á O O O O O O O O <.
w A
P N r J W .P N W 2222222
2 T S x 2 oS a ó S Ñ a
2 S ó 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 .-
. c N ó
m
Ñ é
n n
ñ ñ a a a 9 w ti w ë
N ti m
..
ó ó é w A Ñ b
a á a < N Ñ N
m m
ó N ó
` Ñ c a ó
v v
^
x Thv
nn n n b
N o
N N
o
n w m
° w^
b°° m n n n mn n n
o° á
W ñ ñ ' ó'
"aJô P p á 6- b° Y S l'C IC
oó°' ~ É ôóm Q= e ': y R
; ôñ.î '..:- m
i :1.5H° _nnNó< .nn3
a Y
in m m
A wm, > b b. 5
ô ô
-H ° ó °
.p ^ á
ô:.: :2! >9..9.g -e `
O 2",-x x
^ ñ Á ñ n. Ñ N Ñ33 P
X
00°v < n ñ
b
E ó Ñ- °
°g';.1 ^9ggY^ :.O. Ó^
TN27 nU.'
c -
e o.
Y 3°
..
g 9
:,' Q -,J,4 B ác8.:4.,
' a°>
.
E ó. g ,
8É n- n 3 12
^y P ro ó .n w< 7--'
ô Á A
^
°
.., ' ôó < ó
< °
3,,,".. Hs
á
ó >'7,
oOfñ>,n .1;°~
ñ ñ
F ñ M 9, °-W .
9 n
o i 0. ,ö b Ñ b b
á
p O
n
roÇ5^ "^ 7,11 °O
n ',2-.Ci d Z
bO G on
Ç ñbro . a
ñ t
á
ä w
ó ö Vr, Zr
mw !.'
c
ó g ó
J ó ó J Ó o 1 i on .n ó ó
ar
ó ó ó ó ó ó,wi, ó ;J:
®John F. Rider
CHASSIS V-2394-1
CHASSIS V-2503-1
Westinghouse HR112AN
MODELS
(mahogany)
H
high fidelity
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
V-2503-1
hI
SERVICE DEPARTMENT TELEVISION -RADIO DIVISION
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORP. METUCHEN, N. J. TUNER -AMPLIFIER .-:.
-A.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 6
AM alignment procedure g
Parts list 11
©John F. Rider
WESTINGHOUSE RADIO PAGE 25-15
TO PHONO TO SPKR.
PHONO VOICE COIL 117V
BASEPLATE R9 INPUT R AC'
ASSY
- OSC.
rl
CB
R
"'V
.
-
TRIM
" `r''
+ C101
RI
CI I 13
D X2
l//
C2 CI4 RI5
ANT. V 5 8 --1A/W
JITRIM
e
i3 -¡2 4 /'R7 s
1
2 R17
"B"
n
L25
¡
1
,
-r-- RI4312AX7
g
-./M
RI9
3 --
1
9 R13
11
-J
--I
-,--..,Z12..2 - e.,-,,,
_ _-2 7
I ' ! rr
r
f,,,13A
R
4
23 R20 3 5 -- '- -
,..*3 f
¡
4 - ;F2 AC TO
R2 2 TI 3 ,
3 4 5 6 2 35Ç5 6 2 35C55 I TC13B__ PHONO
=MOTOR
112HE6 5 (S) ; 2128A66 cl 7
I 6 1ÇI3RIB C
_
-
6 ?
Cor 7 4 ' 1 7 C3
C12
R5 R16
C7 CII
;2
LI R21
; SW2
15 4
V2503- I
FIGURE 2. BOTTOM VIEW OF V-2503-1 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD SHOWING TOP PARTS AS SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
300 OHM
RIBBON
5V4 LONG
TO PHONO
CRYSTAL
LI
6
TO PHONO
BASEPLATE
ASSY. AUDIO
OUTPUT
R1
PHONO AC TO
INPUT
CABLE
A6
<® 35C PHONO
MOTOR
.1-4e,
s C .
_ ---
ANT.
TRIM "8" I®
=u1_ 1
R
7" C SW2
OSC.
TRIM "0"
CI
RII SW I
T3
gel X2
SPEAKER
TERMINAL
If
R12
0 BOARD
_i YELLOW
GREEN
TREBLE BASS VOLUME BLACK
TUNING
RADIO SW2--PHONO
Westing-house HR112AN
MODELS
(mahogany)
.2 .2
Ga
L __..,.1'eÇ
çç
Y+ "-
HIGH FIDELITY ---
sN w TY'
ió Iá,ll^
11
LI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
J .L -Y_-_
J
2
AM alignment procedure 8
Parts list 11
r
©John F. Rider
WESTINGHOUSE RADIO PAGE 25-15
TO PHONO
BASEPL ATE
ASSY r R9
PHONO
INPUT R
R
SW
TO SPKR.
VOICE COIL
eti
117 V
AC
CS
-i N
i -1
OSC.
)1 TRIM
-y 44 e RIO
i,
CIO/
II
-
CI T 1 T3
R7
X2
ANT.
C2
? r CI4 5 6
RIS
MM-
TRIM
2 L2 5
3
'3 7 2
e
4 i
I¡ _Ï 4312AX7
7
yS
>1
¡
" RI9
.--,./VV-
R17
ii 2 2 g aRl3
I_ -__i '
t.I --- -J _
;}2;321, r -
i3 yb
23 R20 3 4 5 RI8 rC13A
R2
112ÁE6 5
4
3 4 5 R 6 2 35C5 6 = 2 35C55
6
I
IÇI3C
¡'CI3B OMOTOR
AC TO
PHONO
212BA66 C51d_ I 7
1
6 le-'`/ 7
Cor 7 4 1 7 C3 -_
RO R16
..\ C12
CT CII
3
;SW2
2 I
i5 4
V2503 -I
FIGURE 2. BOTTOM VIEW OF V-2503-1 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD SHOWING TOP PARTS AS SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS
300 OHM
RIBBON
5%i LONG
TO PHONO
CRYSTAL
TO PHONO
BASEPLATE
ASSY.
PHONO AC TO
INPUT PHONO
CABLE --- MOTOR
R17
X2
SPEAKER
TERMINAL
BOARD
YELLOW
GREEN
TREBLE BASS VOLUME BLACK
TUNING
RADIO
SW2 _ PHONO
©John 1. Rider
MORT
STANCE
s
J U+TC,iLE
LISTENER
FIGURE 7. SPEAKER LOCATION AFFECTS
F SOUND QUALITY